diff options
| author | Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org> | 2024-05-06 01:02:30 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org> | 2024-05-06 01:02:30 +0000 |
| commit | 76cb841cb886eef6b3bee341a2266c76578724ad (patch) | |
| tree | f5892e5ba6cc11949952a6ce4ecbe6d516d6ce58 /Documentation/scsi | |
| parent | Initial commit. (diff) | |
| download | linux-76cb841cb886eef6b3bee341a2266c76578724ad.tar.xz linux-76cb841cb886eef6b3bee341a2266c76578724ad.zip | |
Adding upstream version 4.19.249.upstream/4.19.249upstream
Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>
Diffstat (limited to '')
56 files changed, 16741 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX b/Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb4a76f82 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +00-INDEX + - this file +53c700.txt + - info on driver for 53c700 based adapters +BusLogic.txt + - info on driver for adapters with BusLogic chips +ChangeLog.1992-1997 + - Changes to scsi files, if not listed elsewhere +ChangeLog.arcmsr + - Changes to driver for ARECA's SATA RAID controller cards +ChangeLog.ips + - IBM ServeRAID driver Changelog +ChangeLog.lpfc + - Changes to lpfc driver +ChangeLog.megaraid + - Changes to LSI megaraid controller. +ChangeLog.megaraid_sas + - Changes to serial attached scsi version of LSI megaraid controller. +ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx + - Changes to ncr53c8xx driver +ChangeLog.sym53c8xx + - Changes to sym53c8xx driver +ChangeLog.sym53c8xx_2 + - Changes to second generation of sym53c8xx driver +FlashPoint.txt + - info on driver for BusLogic FlashPoint adapters +LICENSE.FlashPoint + - Licence of the Flashpoint driver +LICENSE.qla2xxx + - License for QLogic Linux Fibre Channel HBA Driver firmware. +LICENSE.qla4xxx + - License for QLogic Linux iSCSI HBA Driver. +Mylex.txt + - info on driver for Mylex adapters +NinjaSCSI.txt + - info on WorkBiT NinjaSCSI-32/32Bi driver +aacraid.txt + - Driver supporting Adaptec RAID controllers +advansys.txt + - List of Advansys Host Adapters +aha152x.txt + - info on driver for Adaptec AHA152x based adapters +aic79xx.txt + - Adaptec Ultra320 SCSI host adapters +aic7xxx.txt + - info on driver for Adaptec controllers +arcmsr_spec.txt + - ARECA FIRMWARE SPEC (for IOP331 adapter) +bfa.txt + - Brocade FC/FCOE adapter driver. +bnx2fc.txt + - FCoE hardware offload for Broadcom network interfaces. +cxgb3i.txt + - Chelsio iSCSI Linux Driver +dc395x.txt + - README file for the dc395x SCSI driver +dpti.txt + - info on driver for DPT SmartRAID and Adaptec I2O RAID based adapters +dtc3x80.txt + - info on driver for DTC 2x80 based adapters +g_NCR5380.txt + - info on driver for NCR5380 and NCR53c400 based adapters +hpsa.txt + - HP Smart Array Controller SCSI driver. +hptiop.txt + - HIGHPOINT ROCKETRAID 3xxx RAID DRIVER +libsas.txt + - Serial Attached SCSI management layer. +link_power_management_policy.txt + - Link power management options. +lpfc.txt + - LPFC driver release notes +megaraid.txt + - Common Management Module, shared code handling ioctls for LSI drivers +ncr53c8xx.txt + - info on driver for NCR53c8xx based adapters +osd.txt + Object-Based Storage Device, command set introduction. +osst.txt + - info on driver for OnStream SC-x0 SCSI tape +ppa.txt + - info on driver for IOmega zip drive +qlogicfas.txt + - info on driver for QLogic FASxxx based adapters +scsi-changer.txt + - README for the SCSI media changer driver +scsi-generic.txt + - info on the sg driver for generic (non-disk/CD/tape) SCSI devices. +scsi-parameters.txt + - List of SCSI-parameters to pass to the kernel at module load-time. +scsi.txt + - short blurb on using SCSI support as a module. +scsi_mid_low_api.txt + - info on API between SCSI layer and low level drivers +scsi_eh.txt + - info on SCSI midlayer error handling infrastructure +scsi_fc_transport.txt + - SCSI Fiber Channel Tansport +st.txt + - info on scsi tape driver +sym53c500_cs.txt + - info on PCMCIA driver for Symbios Logic 53c500 based adapters +sym53c8xx_2.txt + - info on second generation driver for sym53c8xx based adapters +tmscsim.txt + - info on driver for AM53c974 based adapters +ufs.txt + - info on Universal Flash Storage(UFS) and UFS host controller driver. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/53c700.txt b/Documentation/scsi/53c700.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e31aceb6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/53c700.txt @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +General Description +=================== + +This driver supports the 53c700 and 53c700-66 chips. It also supports +the 53c710 but only in 53c700 emulation mode. It is full featured and +does sync (-66 and 710 only), disconnects and tag command queueing. + +Since the 53c700 must be interfaced to a bus, you need to wrapper the +card detector around this driver. For an example, see the +NCR_D700.[ch] or lasi700.[ch] files. + +The comments in the 53c700.[ch] files tell you which parts you need to +fill in to get the driver working. + + +Compile Time Flags +================== + +A compile time flag is: + +CONFIG_53C700_LE_ON_BE + +define if the chipset must be supported in little endian mode on a big +endian architecture (used for the 700 on parisc). + + +Using the Chip Core Driver +========================== + +In order to plumb the 53c700 chip core driver into a working SCSI +driver, you need to know three things about the way the chip is wired +into your system (or expansion card). + +1. The clock speed of the SCSI core +2. The interrupt line used +3. The memory (or io space) location of the 53c700 registers. + +Optionally, you may also need to know other things, like how to read +the SCSI Id from the card bios or whether the chip is wired for +differential operation. + +Usually you can find items 2. and 3. from general spec. documents or +even by examining the configuration of a working driver under another +operating system. + +The clock speed is usually buried deep in the technical literature. +It is required because it is used to set up both the synchronous and +asynchronous dividers for the chip. As a general rule of thumb, +manufacturers set the clock speed at the lowest possible setting +consistent with the best operation of the chip (although some choose +to drive it off the CPU or bus clock rather than going to the expense +of an extra clock chip). The best operation clock speeds are: + +53c700 - 25MHz +53c700-66 - 50MHz +53c710 - 40Mhz + +Writing Your Glue Driver +======================== + +This will be a standard SCSI driver (I don't know of a good document +describing this, just copy from some other driver) with at least a +detect and release entry. + +In the detect routine, you need to allocate a struct +NCR_700_Host_Parameters sized memory area and clear it (so that the +default values for everything are 0). Then you must fill in the +parameters that matter to you (see below), plumb the NCR_700_intr +routine into the interrupt line and call NCR_700_detect with the host +template and the new parameters as arguments. You should also call +the relevant request_*_region function and place the register base +address into the `base' pointer of the host parameters. + +In the release routine, you must free the NCR_700_Host_Parameters that +you allocated, call the corresponding release_*_region and free the +interrupt. + +Handling Interrupts +------------------- + +In general, you should just plumb the card's interrupt line in with + +request_irq(irq, NCR_700_intr, <irq flags>, <driver name>, host); + +where host is the return from the relevant NCR_700_detect() routine. + +You may also write your own interrupt handling routine which calls +NCR_700_intr() directly. However, you should only really do this if +you have a card with more than one chip on it and you can read a +register to tell which set of chips wants the interrupt. + +Settable NCR_700_Host_Parameters +-------------------------------- + +The following are a list of the user settable parameters: + +clock: (MANDATORY) + +Set to the clock speed of the chip in MHz. + +base: (MANDATORY) + +set to the base of the io or mem region for the register set. On 64 +bit architectures this is only 32 bits wide, so the registers must be +mapped into the low 32 bits of memory. + +pci_dev: (OPTIONAL) + +set to the PCI board device. Leave NULL for a non-pci board. This is +used for the pci_alloc_consistent() and pci_map_*() functions. + +dmode_extra: (OPTIONAL, 53c710 only) + +extra flags for the DMODE register. These are used to control bus +output pins on the 710. The settings should be a combination of +DMODE_FC1 and DMODE_FC2. What these pins actually do is entirely up +to the board designer. Usually it is safe to ignore this setting. + +differential: (OPTIONAL) + +set to 1 if the chip drives a differential bus. + +force_le_on_be: (OPTIONAL, only if CONFIG_53C700_LE_ON_BE is set) + +set to 1 if the chip is operating in little endian mode on a big +endian architecture. + +chip710: (OPTIONAL) + +set to 1 if the chip is a 53c710. + +burst_disable: (OPTIONAL, 53c710 only) + +disable 8 byte bursting for DMA transfers. + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt b/Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48e982cd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/BusLogic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,566 @@ + BusLogic MultiMaster and FlashPoint SCSI Driver for Linux + + Version 2.0.15 for Linux 2.0 + Version 2.1.15 for Linux 2.1 + + PRODUCTION RELEASE + + 17 August 1998 + + Leonard N. Zubkoff + Dandelion Digital + lnz@dandelion.com + + Copyright 1995-1998 by Leonard N. Zubkoff <lnz@dandelion.com> + + + INTRODUCTION + +BusLogic, Inc. designed and manufactured a variety of high performance SCSI +host adapters which share a common programming interface across a diverse +collection of bus architectures by virtue of their MultiMaster ASIC technology. +BusLogic was acquired by Mylex Corporation in February 1996, but the products +supported by this driver originated under the BusLogic name and so that name is +retained in the source code and documentation. + +This driver supports all present BusLogic MultiMaster Host Adapters, and should +support any future MultiMaster designs with little or no modification. More +recently, BusLogic introduced the FlashPoint Host Adapters, which are less +costly and rely on the host CPU, rather than including an onboard processor. +Despite not having an onboard CPU, the FlashPoint Host Adapters perform very +well and have very low command latency. BusLogic has recently provided me with +the FlashPoint Driver Developer's Kit, which comprises documentation and freely +redistributable source code for the FlashPoint SCCB Manager. The SCCB Manager +is the library of code that runs on the host CPU and performs functions +analogous to the firmware on the MultiMaster Host Adapters. Thanks to their +having provided the SCCB Manager, this driver now supports the FlashPoint Host +Adapters as well. + +My primary goals in writing this completely new BusLogic driver for Linux are +to achieve the full performance that BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters and modern +SCSI peripherals are capable of, and to provide a highly robust driver that can +be depended upon for high performance mission critical applications. All of +the major performance features can be configured from the Linux kernel command +line or at module initialization time, allowing individual installations to +tune driver performance and error recovery to their particular needs. + +The latest information on Linux support for BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters, as +well as the most recent release of this driver and the latest firmware for the +BT-948/958/958D, will always be available from my Linux Home Page at URL +"http://sourceforge.net/projects/dandelion/". + +Bug reports should be sent via electronic mail to "lnz@dandelion.com". Please +include with the bug report the complete configuration messages reported by the +driver and SCSI subsystem at startup, along with any subsequent system messages +relevant to SCSI operations, and a detailed description of your system's +hardware configuration. + +Mylex has been an excellent company to work with and I highly recommend their +products to the Linux community. In November 1995, I was offered the +opportunity to become a beta test site for their latest MultiMaster product, +the BT-948 PCI Ultra SCSI Host Adapter, and then again for the BT-958 PCI Wide +Ultra SCSI Host Adapter in January 1996. This was mutually beneficial since +Mylex received a degree and kind of testing that their own testing group cannot +readily achieve, and the Linux community has available high performance host +adapters that have been well tested with Linux even before being brought to +market. This relationship has also given me the opportunity to interact +directly with their technical staff, to understand more about the internal +workings of their products, and in turn to educate them about the needs and +potential of the Linux community. + +More recently, Mylex has reaffirmed the company's interest in supporting the +Linux community, and I am now working on a Linux driver for the DAC960 PCI RAID +Controllers. Mylex's interest and support is greatly appreciated. + +Unlike some other vendors, if you contact Mylex Technical Support with a +problem and are running Linux, they will not tell you that your use of their +products is unsupported. Their latest product marketing literature even states +"Mylex SCSI host adapters are compatible with all major operating systems +including: ... Linux ...". + +Mylex Corporation is located at 34551 Ardenwood Blvd., Fremont, California +94555, USA and can be reached at 510/796-6100 or on the World Wide Web at +http://www.mylex.com. Mylex HBA Technical Support can be reached by electronic +mail at techsup@mylex.com, by Voice at 510/608-2400, or by FAX at 510/745-7715. +Contact information for offices in Europe and Japan is available on the Web +site. + + + DRIVER FEATURES + +o Configuration Reporting and Testing + + During system initialization, the driver reports extensively on the host + adapter hardware configuration, including the synchronous transfer parameters + requested and negotiated with each target device. AutoSCSI settings for + Synchronous Negotiation, Wide Negotiation, and Disconnect/Reconnect are + reported for each target device, as well as the status of Tagged Queuing. + If the same setting is in effect for all target devices, then a single word + or phrase is used; otherwise, a letter is provided for each target device to + indicate the individual status. The following examples + should clarify this reporting format: + + Synchronous Negotiation: Ultra + + Synchronous negotiation is enabled for all target devices and the host + adapter will attempt to negotiate for 20.0 mega-transfers/second. + + Synchronous Negotiation: Fast + + Synchronous negotiation is enabled for all target devices and the host + adapter will attempt to negotiate for 10.0 mega-transfers/second. + + Synchronous Negotiation: Slow + + Synchronous negotiation is enabled for all target devices and the host + adapter will attempt to negotiate for 5.0 mega-transfers/second. + + Synchronous Negotiation: Disabled + + Synchronous negotiation is disabled and all target devices are limited to + asynchronous operation. + + Synchronous Negotiation: UFSNUUU#UUUUUUUU + + Synchronous negotiation to Ultra speed is enabled for target devices 0 + and 4 through 15, to Fast speed for target device 1, to Slow speed for + target device 2, and is not permitted to target device 3. The host + adapter's SCSI ID is represented by the "#". + + The status of Wide Negotiation, Disconnect/Reconnect, and Tagged Queuing + are reported as "Enabled", Disabled", or a sequence of "Y" and "N" letters. + +o Performance Features + + BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters directly implement SCSI-2 Tagged Queuing, and so + support has been included in the driver to utilize tagged queuing with any + target devices that report having the tagged queuing capability. Tagged + queuing allows for multiple outstanding commands to be issued to each target + device or logical unit, and can improve I/O performance substantially. In + addition, BusLogic's Strict Round Robin Mode is used to optimize host adapter + performance, and scatter/gather I/O can support as many segments as can be + effectively utilized by the Linux I/O subsystem. Control over the use of + tagged queuing for each target device as well as individual selection of the + tagged queue depth is available through driver options provided on the kernel + command line or at module initialization time. By default, the queue depth + is determined automatically based on the host adapter's total queue depth and + the number, type, speed, and capabilities of the target devices found. In + addition, tagged queuing is automatically disabled whenever the host adapter + firmware version is known not to implement it correctly, or whenever a tagged + queue depth of 1 is selected. Tagged queuing is also disabled for individual + target devices if disconnect/reconnect is disabled for that device. + +o Robustness Features + + The driver implements extensive error recovery procedures. When the higher + level parts of the SCSI subsystem request that a timed out command be reset, + a selection is made between a full host adapter hard reset and SCSI bus reset + versus sending a bus device reset message to the individual target device + based on the recommendation of the SCSI subsystem. Error recovery strategies + are selectable through driver options individually for each target device, + and also include sending a bus device reset to the specific target device + associated with the command being reset, as well as suppressing error + recovery entirely to avoid perturbing an improperly functioning device. If + the bus device reset error recovery strategy is selected and sending a bus + device reset does not restore correct operation, the next command that is + reset will force a full host adapter hard reset and SCSI bus reset. SCSI bus + resets caused by other devices and detected by the host adapter are also + handled by issuing a soft reset to the host adapter and re-initialization. + Finally, if tagged queuing is active and more than one command reset occurs + in a 10 minute interval, or if a command reset occurs within the first 10 + minutes of operation, then tagged queuing will be disabled for that target + device. These error recovery options improve overall system robustness by + preventing individual errant devices from causing the system as a whole to + lock up or crash, and thereby allowing a clean shutdown and restart after the + offending component is removed. + +o PCI Configuration Support + + On PCI systems running kernels compiled with PCI BIOS support enabled, this + driver will interrogate the PCI configuration space and use the I/O port + addresses assigned by the system BIOS, rather than the ISA compatible I/O + port addresses. The ISA compatible I/O port address is then disabled by the + driver. On PCI systems it is also recommended that the AutoSCSI utility be + used to disable the ISA compatible I/O port entirely as it is not necessary. + The ISA compatible I/O port is disabled by default on the BT-948/958/958D. + +o /proc File System Support + + Copies of the host adapter configuration information together with updated + data transfer and error recovery statistics are available through the + /proc/scsi/BusLogic/<N> interface. + +o Shared Interrupts Support + + On systems that support shared interrupts, any number of BusLogic Host + Adapters may share the same interrupt request channel. + + + SUPPORTED HOST ADAPTERS + +The following list comprises the supported BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters as of +the date of this document. It is recommended that anyone purchasing a BusLogic +Host Adapter not in the following table contact the author beforehand to verify +that it is or will be supported. + +FlashPoint Series PCI Host Adapters: + +FlashPoint LT (BT-930) Ultra SCSI-3 +FlashPoint LT (BT-930R) Ultra SCSI-3 with RAIDPlus +FlashPoint LT (BT-920) Ultra SCSI-3 (BT-930 without BIOS) +FlashPoint DL (BT-932) Dual Channel Ultra SCSI-3 +FlashPoint DL (BT-932R) Dual Channel Ultra SCSI-3 with RAIDPlus +FlashPoint LW (BT-950) Wide Ultra SCSI-3 +FlashPoint LW (BT-950R) Wide Ultra SCSI-3 with RAIDPlus +FlashPoint DW (BT-952) Dual Channel Wide Ultra SCSI-3 +FlashPoint DW (BT-952R) Dual Channel Wide Ultra SCSI-3 with RAIDPlus + +MultiMaster "W" Series Host Adapters: + +BT-948 PCI Ultra SCSI-3 +BT-958 PCI Wide Ultra SCSI-3 +BT-958D PCI Wide Differential Ultra SCSI-3 + +MultiMaster "C" Series Host Adapters: + +BT-946C PCI Fast SCSI-2 +BT-956C PCI Wide Fast SCSI-2 +BT-956CD PCI Wide Differential Fast SCSI-2 +BT-445C VLB Fast SCSI-2 +BT-747C EISA Fast SCSI-2 +BT-757C EISA Wide Fast SCSI-2 +BT-757CD EISA Wide Differential Fast SCSI-2 +BT-545C ISA Fast SCSI-2 +BT-540CF ISA Fast SCSI-2 + +MultiMaster "S" Series Host Adapters: + +BT-445S VLB Fast SCSI-2 +BT-747S EISA Fast SCSI-2 +BT-747D EISA Differential Fast SCSI-2 +BT-757S EISA Wide Fast SCSI-2 +BT-757D EISA Wide Differential Fast SCSI-2 +BT-545S ISA Fast SCSI-2 +BT-542D ISA Differential Fast SCSI-2 +BT-742A EISA SCSI-2 (742A revision H) +BT-542B ISA SCSI-2 (542B revision H) + +MultiMaster "A" Series Host Adapters: + +BT-742A EISA SCSI-2 (742A revisions A - G) +BT-542B ISA SCSI-2 (542B revisions A - G) + +AMI FastDisk Host Adapters that are true BusLogic MultiMaster clones are also +supported by this driver. + +BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters are available packaged both as bare boards and as +retail kits. The BT- model numbers above refer to the bare board packaging. +The retail kit model numbers are found by replacing BT- with KT- in the above +list. The retail kit includes the bare board and manual as well as cabling and +driver media and documentation that are not provided with bare boards. + + + FLASHPOINT INSTALLATION NOTES + +o RAIDPlus Support + + FlashPoint Host Adapters now include RAIDPlus, Mylex's bootable software + RAID. RAIDPlus is not supported on Linux, and there are no plans to support + it. The MD driver in Linux 2.0 provides for concatenation (LINEAR) and + striping (RAID-0), and support for mirroring (RAID-1), fixed parity (RAID-4), + and distributed parity (RAID-5) is available separately. The built-in Linux + RAID support is generally more flexible and is expected to perform better + than RAIDPlus, so there is little impetus to include RAIDPlus support in the + BusLogic driver. + +o Enabling UltraSCSI Transfers + + FlashPoint Host Adapters ship with their configuration set to "Factory + Default" settings that are conservative and do not allow for UltraSCSI speed + to be negotiated. This results in fewer problems when these host adapters + are installed in systems with cabling or termination that is not sufficient + for UltraSCSI operation, or where existing SCSI devices do not properly + respond to synchronous transfer negotiation for UltraSCSI speed. AutoSCSI + may be used to load "Optimum Performance" settings which allow UltraSCSI + speed to be negotiated with all devices, or UltraSCSI speed can be enabled on + an individual basis. It is recommended that SCAM be manually disabled after + the "Optimum Performance" settings are loaded. + + + BT-948/958/958D INSTALLATION NOTES + +The BT-948/958/958D PCI Ultra SCSI Host Adapters have some features which may +require attention in some circumstances when installing Linux. + +o PCI I/O Port Assignments + + When configured to factory default settings, the BT-948/958/958D will only + recognize the PCI I/O port assignments made by the motherboard's PCI BIOS. + The BT-948/958/958D will not respond to any of the ISA compatible I/O ports + that previous BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters respond to. This driver supports + the PCI I/O port assignments, so this is the preferred configuration. + However, if the obsolete BusLogic driver must be used for any reason, such as + a Linux distribution that does not yet use this driver in its boot kernel, + BusLogic has provided an AutoSCSI configuration option to enable a legacy ISA + compatible I/O port. + + To enable this backward compatibility option, invoke the AutoSCSI utility via + Ctrl-B at system startup and select "Adapter Configuration", "View/Modify + Configuration", and then change the "ISA Compatible Port" setting from + "Disable" to "Primary" or "Alternate". Once this driver has been installed, + the "ISA Compatible Port" option should be set back to "Disable" to avoid + possible future I/O port conflicts. The older BT-946C/956C/956CD also have + this configuration option, but the factory default setting is "Primary". + +o PCI Slot Scanning Order + + In systems with multiple BusLogic PCI Host Adapters, the order in which the + PCI slots are scanned may appear reversed with the BT-948/958/958D as + compared to the BT-946C/956C/956CD. For booting from a SCSI disk to work + correctly, it is necessary that the host adapter's BIOS and the kernel agree + on which disk is the boot device, which requires that they recognize the PCI + host adapters in the same order. The motherboard's PCI BIOS provides a + standard way of enumerating the PCI host adapters, which is used by the Linux + kernel. Some PCI BIOS implementations enumerate the PCI slots in order of + increasing bus number and device number, while others do so in the opposite + direction. + + Unfortunately, Microsoft decided that Windows 95 would always enumerate the + PCI slots in order of increasing bus number and device number regardless of + the PCI BIOS enumeration, and requires that their scheme be supported by the + host adapter's BIOS to receive Windows 95 certification. Therefore, the + factory default settings of the BT-948/958/958D enumerate the host adapters + by increasing bus number and device number. To disable this feature, invoke + the AutoSCSI utility via Ctrl-B at system startup and select "Adapter + Configuration", "View/Modify Configuration", press Ctrl-F10, and then change + the "Use Bus And Device # For PCI Scanning Seq." option to OFF. + + This driver will interrogate the setting of the PCI Scanning Sequence option + so as to recognize the host adapters in the same order as they are enumerated + by the host adapter's BIOS. + +o Enabling UltraSCSI Transfers + + The BT-948/958/958D ship with their configuration set to "Factory Default" + settings that are conservative and do not allow for UltraSCSI speed to be + negotiated. This results in fewer problems when these host adapters are + installed in systems with cabling or termination that is not sufficient for + UltraSCSI operation, or where existing SCSI devices do not properly respond + to synchronous transfer negotiation for UltraSCSI speed. AutoSCSI may be + used to load "Optimum Performance" settings which allow UltraSCSI speed to be + negotiated with all devices, or UltraSCSI speed can be enabled on an + individual basis. It is recommended that SCAM be manually disabled after the + "Optimum Performance" settings are loaded. + + + DRIVER OPTIONS + +BusLogic Driver Options may be specified either via the Linux Kernel Command +Line or via the Loadable Kernel Module Installation Facility. Driver Options +for multiple host adapters may be specified either by separating the option +strings by a semicolon, or by specifying multiple "BusLogic=" strings on the +command line. Individual option specifications for a single host adapter are +separated by commas. The Probing and Debugging Options apply to all host +adapters whereas the remaining options apply individually only to the +selected host adapter. + +The BusLogic Driver Probing Options comprise the following: + +IO:<integer> + + The "IO:" option specifies an ISA I/O Address to be probed for a non-PCI + MultiMaster Host Adapter. If neither "IO:" nor "NoProbeISA" options are + specified, then the standard list of BusLogic MultiMaster ISA I/O Addresses + will be probed (0x330, 0x334, 0x230, 0x234, 0x130, and 0x134). Multiple + "IO:" options may be specified to precisely determine the I/O Addresses to + be probed, but the probe order will always follow the standard list. + +NoProbe + + The "NoProbe" option disables all probing and therefore no BusLogic Host + Adapters will be detected. + +NoProbeISA + + The "NoProbeISA" option disables probing of the standard BusLogic ISA I/O + Addresses and therefore only PCI MultiMaster and FlashPoint Host Adapters + will be detected. + +NoProbePCI + + The "NoProbePCI" options disables the interrogation of PCI Configuration + Space and therefore only ISA Multimaster Host Adapters will be detected, as + well as PCI Multimaster Host Adapters that have their ISA Compatible I/O + Port set to "Primary" or "Alternate". + +NoSortPCI + + The "NoSortPCI" option forces PCI MultiMaster Host Adapters to be + enumerated in the order provided by the PCI BIOS, ignoring any setting of + the AutoSCSI "Use Bus And Device # For PCI Scanning Seq." option. + +MultiMasterFirst + + The "MultiMasterFirst" option forces MultiMaster Host Adapters to be probed + before FlashPoint Host Adapters. By default, if both FlashPoint and PCI + MultiMaster Host Adapters are present, this driver will probe for + FlashPoint Host Adapters first unless the BIOS primary disk is controlled + by the first PCI MultiMaster Host Adapter, in which case MultiMaster Host + Adapters will be probed first. + +FlashPointFirst + + The "FlashPointFirst" option forces FlashPoint Host Adapters to be probed + before MultiMaster Host Adapters. + +The BusLogic Driver Tagged Queuing Options allow for explicitly specifying +the Queue Depth and whether Tagged Queuing is permitted for each Target +Device (assuming that the Target Device supports Tagged Queuing). The Queue +Depth is the number of SCSI Commands that are allowed to be concurrently +presented for execution (either to the Host Adapter or Target Device). Note +that explicitly enabling Tagged Queuing may lead to problems; the option to +enable or disable Tagged Queuing is provided primarily to allow disabling +Tagged Queuing on Target Devices that do not implement it correctly. The +following options are available: + +QueueDepth:<integer> + + The "QueueDepth:" or QD:" option specifies the Queue Depth to use for all + Target Devices that support Tagged Queuing, as well as the maximum Queue + Depth for devices that do not support Tagged Queuing. If no Queue Depth + option is provided, the Queue Depth will be determined automatically based + on the Host Adapter's Total Queue Depth and the number, type, speed, and + capabilities of the detected Target Devices. For Host Adapters that + require ISA Bounce Buffers, the Queue Depth is automatically set by default + to BusLogic_TaggedQueueDepthBB or BusLogic_UntaggedQueueDepthBB to avoid + excessive preallocation of DMA Bounce Buffer memory. Target Devices that + do not support Tagged Queuing always have their Queue Depth set to + BusLogic_UntaggedQueueDepth or BusLogic_UntaggedQueueDepthBB, unless a + lower Queue Depth option is provided. A Queue Depth of 1 automatically + disables Tagged Queuing. + +QueueDepth:[<integer>,<integer>...] + + The "QueueDepth:[...]" or "QD:[...]" option specifies the Queue Depth + individually for each Target Device. If an <integer> is omitted, the + associated Target Device will have its Queue Depth selected automatically. + +TaggedQueuing:Default + + The "TaggedQueuing:Default" or "TQ:Default" option permits Tagged Queuing + based on the firmware version of the BusLogic Host Adapter and based on + whether the Queue Depth allows queuing multiple commands. + +TaggedQueuing:Enable + + The "TaggedQueuing:Enable" or "TQ:Enable" option enables Tagged Queuing for + all Target Devices on this Host Adapter, overriding any limitation that + would otherwise be imposed based on the Host Adapter firmware version. + +TaggedQueuing:Disable + + The "TaggedQueuing:Disable" or "TQ:Disable" option disables Tagged Queuing + for all Target Devices on this Host Adapter. + +TaggedQueuing:<Target-Spec> + + The "TaggedQueuing:<Target-Spec>" or "TQ:<Target-Spec>" option controls + Tagged Queuing individually for each Target Device. <Target-Spec> is a + sequence of "Y", "N", and "X" characters. "Y" enables Tagged Queuing, "N" + disables Tagged Queuing, and "X" accepts the default based on the firmware + version. The first character refers to Target Device 0, the second to + Target Device 1, and so on; if the sequence of "Y", "N", and "X" characters + does not cover all the Target Devices, unspecified characters are assumed + to be "X". + +The BusLogic Driver Miscellaneous Options comprise the following: + +BusSettleTime:<seconds> + + The "BusSettleTime:" or "BST:" option specifies the Bus Settle Time in + seconds. The Bus Settle Time is the amount of time to wait between a Host + Adapter Hard Reset which initiates a SCSI Bus Reset and issuing any SCSI + Commands. If unspecified, it defaults to BusLogic_DefaultBusSettleTime. + +InhibitTargetInquiry + + The "InhibitTargetInquiry" option inhibits the execution of an Inquire + Target Devices or Inquire Installed Devices command on MultiMaster Host + Adapters. This may be necessary with some older Target Devices that do not + respond correctly when Logical Units above 0 are addressed. + +The BusLogic Driver Debugging Options comprise the following: + +TraceProbe + + The "TraceProbe" option enables tracing of Host Adapter Probing. + +TraceHardwareReset + + The "TraceHardwareReset" option enables tracing of Host Adapter Hardware + Reset. + +TraceConfiguration + + The "TraceConfiguration" option enables tracing of Host Adapter + Configuration. + +TraceErrors + + The "TraceErrors" option enables tracing of SCSI Commands that return an + error from the Target Device. The CDB and Sense Data will be printed for + each SCSI Command that fails. + +Debug + + The "Debug" option enables all debugging options. + +The following examples demonstrate setting the Queue Depth for Target Devices +1 and 2 on the first host adapter to 7 and 15, the Queue Depth for all Target +Devices on the second host adapter to 31, and the Bus Settle Time on the +second host adapter to 30 seconds. + +Linux Kernel Command Line: + + linux BusLogic=QueueDepth:[,7,15];QueueDepth:31,BusSettleTime:30 + +LILO Linux Boot Loader (in /etc/lilo.conf): + + append = "BusLogic=QueueDepth:[,7,15];QueueDepth:31,BusSettleTime:30" + +INSMOD Loadable Kernel Module Installation Facility: + + insmod BusLogic.o \ + 'BusLogic="QueueDepth:[,7,15];QueueDepth:31,BusSettleTime:30"' + +NOTE: Module Utilities 2.1.71 or later is required for correct parsing + of driver options containing commas. + + + DRIVER INSTALLATION + +This distribution was prepared for Linux kernel version 2.0.35, but should be +compatible with 2.0.4 or any later 2.0 series kernel. + +To install the new BusLogic SCSI driver, you may use the following commands, +replacing "/usr/src" with wherever you keep your Linux kernel source tree: + + cd /usr/src + tar -xvzf BusLogic-2.0.15.tar.gz + mv README.* LICENSE.* BusLogic.[ch] FlashPoint.c linux/drivers/scsi + patch -p0 < BusLogic.patch (only for 2.0.33 and below) + cd linux + make config + make zImage + +Then install "arch/x86/boot/zImage" as your standard kernel, run lilo if +appropriate, and reboot. + + + BUSLOGIC ANNOUNCEMENTS MAILING LIST + +The BusLogic Announcements Mailing List provides a forum for informing Linux +users of new driver releases and other announcements regarding Linux support +for BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters. To join the mailing list, send a message to +"buslogic-announce-request@dandelion.com" with the line "subscribe" in the +message body. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.arcmsr b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.arcmsr new file mode 100644 index 000000000..038a3e6ec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.arcmsr @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +************************************************************************** +** History +** +** REV# DATE NAME DESCRIPTION +** 1.00.00.00 3/31/2004 Erich Chen First release +** 1.10.00.04 7/28/2004 Erich Chen modify for ioctl +** 1.10.00.06 8/28/2004 Erich Chen modify for 2.6.x +** 1.10.00.08 9/28/2004 Erich Chen modify for x86_64 +** 1.10.00.10 10/10/2004 Erich Chen bug fix for SMP & ioctl +** 1.20.00.00 11/29/2004 Erich Chen bug fix with arcmsr_bus_reset when PHY error +** 1.20.00.02 12/09/2004 Erich Chen bug fix with over 2T bytes RAID Volume +** 1.20.00.04 1/09/2005 Erich Chen fits for Debian linux kernel version 2.2.xx +** 1.20.00.05 2/20/2005 Erich Chen cleanly as look like a Linux driver at 2.6.x +** thanks for peoples kindness comment +** Kornel Wieliczek +** Christoph Hellwig +** Adrian Bunk +** Andrew Morton +** Christoph Hellwig +** James Bottomley +** Arjan van de Ven +** 1.20.00.06 3/12/2005 Erich Chen fix with arcmsr_pci_unmap_dma "unsigned long" cast, +** modify PCCB POOL allocated by "dma_alloc_coherent" +** (Kornel Wieliczek's comment) +** 1.20.00.07 3/23/2005 Erich Chen bug fix with arcmsr_scsi_host_template_init +** occur segmentation fault, +** if RAID adapter does not on PCI slot +** and modprobe/rmmod this driver twice. +** bug fix enormous stack usage (Adrian Bunk's comment) +** 1.20.00.08 6/23/2005 Erich Chen bug fix with abort command, +** in case of heavy loading when sata cable +** working on low quality connection +** 1.20.00.09 9/12/2005 Erich Chen bug fix with abort command handling, firmware version check +** and firmware update notify for hardware bug fix +** 1.20.00.10 9/23/2005 Erich Chen enhance sysfs function for change driver's max tag Q number. +** add DMA_64BIT_MASK for backward compatible with all 2.6.x +** add some useful message for abort command +** add ioctl code 'ARCMSR_IOCTL_FLUSH_ADAPTER_CACHE' +** customer can send this command for sync raid volume data +** 1.20.00.11 9/29/2005 Erich Chen by comment of Arjan van de Ven fix incorrect msleep redefine +** cast off sizeof(dma_addr_t) condition for 64bit pci_set_dma_mask +** 1.20.00.12 9/30/2005 Erich Chen bug fix with 64bit platform's ccbs using if over 4G system memory +** change 64bit pci_set_consistent_dma_mask into 32bit +** increcct adapter count if adapter initialize fail. +** miss edit at arcmsr_build_ccb.... +** psge += sizeof(struct _SG64ENTRY *) => +** psge += sizeof(struct _SG64ENTRY) +** 64 bits sg entry would be incorrectly calculated +** thanks Kornel Wieliczek give me kindly notify +** and detail description +** 1.20.00.13 11/15/2005 Erich Chen scheduling pending ccb with FIFO +** change the architecture of arcmsr command queue list +** for linux standard list +** enable usage of pci message signal interrupt +** follow Randy.Danlup kindness suggestion cleanup this code +** 1.20.00.14 05/02/2007 Erich Chen & Nick Cheng +** 1.implement PCI-Express error recovery function and AER capability +** 2.implement the selection of ARCMSR_MAX_XFER_SECTORS_B=4096 +** if firmware version is newer than 1.42 +** 3.modify arcmsr_iop_reset to improve the ability +** 4.modify the ISR, arcmsr_interrupt routine,to prevent the +** inconsistency with sg_mod driver if application directly calls +** the arcmsr driver w/o passing through scsi mid layer +** specially thanks to Yanmin Zhang's openhanded help about AER +** 1.20.00.15 08/30/2007 Erich Chen & Nick Cheng +** 1. support ARC1200/1201/1202 SATA RAID adapter, which is named +** ACB_ADAPTER_TYPE_B +** 2. modify the arcmsr_pci_slot_reset function +** 3. modify the arcmsr_pci_ers_disconnect_forepart function +** 4. modify the arcmsr_pci_ers_need_reset_forepart function +** 1.20.00.15 09/27/2007 Erich Chen & Nick Cheng +** 1. add arcmsr_enable_eoi_mode() on adapter Type B +** 2. add readl(reg->iop2drv_doorbell_reg) in arcmsr_handle_hbb_isr() +** in case of the doorbell interrupt clearance is cached +** 1.20.00.15 10/01/2007 Erich Chen & Nick Cheng +** 1. modify acb->devstate[i][j] +** as ARECA_RAID_GOOD instead of +** ARECA_RAID_GONE in arcmsr_alloc_ccb_pool +** 1.20.00.15 11/06/2007 Erich Chen & Nick Cheng +** 1. add conditional declaration for +** arcmsr_pci_error_detected() and +** arcmsr_pci_slot_reset +** 1.20.00.15 11/23/2007 Erich Chen & Nick Cheng +** 1.check if the sg list member number +** exceeds arcmsr default limit in arcmsr_build_ccb() +** 2.change the returned value type of arcmsr_build_ccb() +** from "void" to "int" +** 3.add the conditional check if arcmsr_build_ccb() +** returns FAILED +** 1.20.00.15 12/04/2007 Erich Chen & Nick Cheng +** 1. modify arcmsr_drain_donequeue() to ignore unknown +** command and let kernel process command timeout. +** This could handle IO request violating max. segments +** while Linux XFS over DM-CRYPT. +** Thanks to Milan Broz's comments <mbroz@redhat.com> +** 1.20.00.15 12/24/2007 Erich Chen & Nick Cheng +** 1.fix the portability problems +** 2.fix type B where we should _not_ iounmap() acb->pmu; +** it's not ioremapped. +** 3.add return -ENOMEM if ioremap() fails +** 4.transfer IS_SG64_ADDR w/ cpu_to_le32() +** in arcmsr_build_ccb +** 5. modify acb->devstate[i][j] as ARECA_RAID_GONE instead of +** ARECA_RAID_GOOD in arcmsr_alloc_ccb_pool() +** 6.fix arcmsr_cdb->Context as (unsigned long)arcmsr_cdb +** 7.add the checking state of +** (outbound_intstatus & ARCMSR_MU_OUTBOUND_HANDLE_INT) == 0 +** in arcmsr_handle_hba_isr +** 8.replace pci_alloc_consistent()/pci_free_consistent() with kmalloc()/kfree() in arcmsr_iop_message_xfer() +** 9. fix the release of dma memory for type B in arcmsr_free_ccb_pool() +** 10.fix the arcmsr_polling_hbb_ccbdone() +** 1.20.00.15 02/27/2008 Erich Chen & Nick Cheng +** 1.arcmsr_iop_message_xfer() is called from atomic context under the +** queuecommand scsi_host_template handler. James Bottomley pointed out +** that the current GFP_KERNEL|GFP_DMA flags are wrong: firstly we are in +** atomic context, secondly this memory is not used for DMA. +** Also removed some unneeded casts. Thanks to Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org> +************************************************************************** diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ips b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ips new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5019f5182 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ips @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +IBM ServeRAID driver Change Log +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + + 5.00.01 - Sarasota ( 5i ) adapters must always be scanned first + - Get rid on IOCTL_NEW_COMMAND code + - Add Extended DCDB Commands for Tape Support in 5I + + 4.90.11 - Don't actually RESET unless it's physically required + - Remove unused compile options + + 4.90.08 - Data Corruption if First Scatter Gather Element is > 64K + + 4.90.08 - Increase Delays in Flashing ( Trombone Only - 4H ) + + 4.90.05 - Use New PCI Architecture to facilitate Hot Plug Development + + 4.90.01 - Add ServeRAID Version Checking + + 4.80.26 - Clean up potential code problems ( Arjan's recommendations ) + + 4.80.21 - Change memcpy() to copy_to_user() in NVRAM Page 5 IOCTL path + + 4.80.20 - Set max_sectors in Scsi_Host structure ( if >= 2.4.7 kernel ) + - 5 second delay needed after resetting an i960 adapter + + 4.80.14 - Take all semaphores off stack + - Clean Up New_IOCTL path + + 4.80.04 - Eliminate calls to strtok() if 2.4.x or greater + - Adjustments to Device Queue Depth + + 4.80.00 - Make ia64 Safe + + 4.72.01 - I/O Mapped Memory release ( so "insmod ips" does not Fail ) + - Don't Issue Internal FFDC Command if there are Active Commands + - Close Window for getting too many IOCTL's active + + 4.72.00 - Allow for a Scatter-Gather Element to exceed MAX_XFER Size + + 4.71.00 - Change all memory allocations to not use GFP_DMA flag + - Code Clean-Up for 2.4.x kernel + + 4.70.15 - Fix Breakup for very large ( non-SG ) requests + + 4.70.13 - Don't release HA Lock in ips_next() until SC taken off queue + - Unregister SCSI device in ips_release() + - Don't Send CDB's if we already know the device is not present + + 4.70.12 - Corrective actions for bad controller ( during initialization ) + + 4.70.09 - Use a Common ( Large Buffer ) for Flashing from the JCRM CD + - Add IPSSEND Flash Support + - Set Sense Data for Unknown SCSI Command + - Use Slot Number from NVRAM Page 5 + - Restore caller's DCDB Structure + + 4.20.14 - Update patch files for kernel 2.4.0-test5 + + 4.20.13 - Fix some failure cases / reset code + - Hook into the reboot_notifier to flush the controller + cache + + 4.20.03 - Rename version to coincide with new release schedules + - Performance fixes + - Fix truncation of /proc files with cat + - Merge in changes through kernel 2.4.0test1ac21 + + 4.10.13 - Fix for dynamic unload and proc file system + + 4.10.00 - Add support for ServeRAID 4M/4L + + 4.00.06 - Fix timeout with initial FFDC command + + 4.00.05 - Remove wish_block from init routine + - Use linux/spinlock.h instead of asm/spinlock.h for kernels + 2.3.18 and later + - Sync with other changes from the 2.3 kernels + + 4.00.04 - Rename structures/constants to be prefixed with IPS_ + + 4.00.03 - Add alternative passthru interface + - Add ability to flash ServeRAID BIOS + + 4.00.02 - Fix problem with PT DCDB with no buffer + + 4.00.01 - Add support for First Failure Data Capture + + 4.00.00 - Add support for ServeRAID 4 + + 3.60.02 - Make DCDB direction based on lookup table. + - Only allow one DCDB command to a SCSI ID at a time. + + 3.60.01 - Remove bogus error check in passthru routine. + + 3.60.00 - Bump max commands to 128 for use with ServeRAID + firmware 3.60. + - Change version to 3.60 to coincide with ServeRAID release + numbering. + + 1.00.00 - Initial Public Release + - Functionally equivalent to 0.99.05 + + 0.99.05 - Fix an oops on certain passthru commands + + 0.99.04 - Fix race condition in the passthru mechanism + -- this required the interface to the utilities to change + - Fix error recovery code + + 0.99.03 - Make interrupt routine handle all completed request on the + adapter not just the first one + - Make sure passthru commands get woken up if we run out of + SCBs + - Send all of the commands on the queue at once rather than + one at a time since the card will support it. + + 0.99.02 - Added some additional debug statements to print out + errors if an error occurs while trying to read/write + to a logical drive (IPS_DEBUG). + + - Fixed read/write errors when the adapter is using an + 8K stripe size. + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f6d595f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc @@ -0,0 +1,1865 @@ +Known issues : + * Please read the associated RELEASE-NOTES file !!! + * This source release intended for upstream kernel releases only! + +Changes from 20050323 to 20050413 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.28 + * Fixed build warning for 2.6.12-rc2 kernels: mempool_alloc now + requires a function which takes an unsigned int for gfp_flags. + * Removed pci dma sync calls to coherent/consistent pci memory. + * Merged patch from Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>: split helpers + for fabric and nport logins out of lpfc_cmpl_els_flogi. + * Removed sysfs attributes that are used to dump the various + discovery lists. + * Fix for issue where not all luns are seen. Search all lists + other than unmap list in lpfc_find_target(). Otherwise INQUIRY + to luns on nodes in NPR or other relevant states (PLOGI, + PRLI...) are errored back and scan() terminates. + * Removed FC_TRANSPORT_PATCHESxxx defines. They're in 2.6.12-rc1. + * Compare return value of lpfc_scsi_tgt_reset against SCSI + midlayer codes SUCCESS/FAILED which that function returns rather + than SLI return code. + * Removed extraneous calls to lpfc_sli_next_iotag which should + only be called from lpfc_sli_submit_iocb. Also make + lpfc_sli_next_iotag static. + * Added PCI ID for LP10000-S. + * Changes in lpfc_abort_handler(): Return SUCCESS if we did not + find command in both TX and TX completion queues. Return ERROR + if we timed out waiting for command to complete after abort was + issued. + * Zero-out response sense length in lpfc_scsi_prep_cmnd to prevent + interpretation of stale sense length when the command completes + - was causing spurious 0710 messages. + * Moved clearing of host_scribble inside host_lock in IO + completion path. + * Fixed a bunch of mixed tab/space indentation. + * Allow hex format numbers in sysfs attribute setting. Fix + application hang when invalid numbers are used in sysfs + settings. + * Removed extra iotag allocation by lpfc_abort_handler. + * Clear host_scribble in the scsi_cmnd structure when failing in + queuecommand. + * Changed logic at top of lpfc_abort_handler so that if the + command's host_scibble field is NULL, return SUCCESS because the + driver has already returned the command to the midlayer. + +Changes from 20050308 to 20050323 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.27 + * Changed a few lines from patch submitted by Christoph Hellwig + (3/19). MAILBOX_WSIZE * (uint32_t) is replaced with an + equivalent MAILBOX_CMDSIZE macro. + * Merged patch from Christoph Hellwig (3/19): some misc patches + against the latest drivers: + - stop using volatile. if you need special ordering use memory + barriers but that doesn't seem to be the case here + - switch lpfc_sli_pcimem_bcopy to take void * arguments. + - remove typecast for constants - a U postfix marks them + unsigned int in C + - add a MAILBOX_CMD_SIZE macro, as most users of + MAILBOX_CMD_WSIZE didn't really want the word count + - kill struct lpfc_scsi_dma_buf and embedded the two members + directly in struct lpfc_scsi_buf + - don't call dma_sync function on allocations from + pci_pool_alloc - it's only for streaming mappings (pci_map_*) + * Merged patch from Christoph Hellwig (3/19) - nlp_failMask isn't + ever used by the driver, just reported to userspace (and that in + a multi-value file which is against the sysfs guidelines). + * Change pci_module_init to pci_register_module() with appropriate + ifdefs. + * Added #include <linux/dma-mapping.h> as required by the DMA + 32bit and 64bit defines on some archs. + * Merged patch from Christoph Hellwig (03/19) - fix initialization + order - scsi_add_host must happen last from scsi POV. Also some + minor style/comment fixups. + * Fixed use of TRANSPORT_PATCHES_V2 by changing to + FC_TRANSPORT_PATCHES_V2. + +Changes from 20050223 to 20050308 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.26 + * Revise TRANSPORT_PATCHES_V2 so that lpfc_target is removed and + rport data is used instead. Removed device_queue_hash[]. + * Changed RW attributes of scan_down, max_luns and fcp_bind_method + to R only. + * Fixed RSCN handling during initial link initialization. + * Fixed issue with receiving PLOGI handling when node is on NPR + list and marked for ADISC. + * Fixed RSCN timeout issues. + * Reduced severity of "SCSI layer issued abort device" message to + KERN_WARNING. + * Feedback from Christoph Hellwig (on 2/5) - In the LPFC_EVT_SCAN + case the caller already has the target ID handly, so pass that + one in evt_arg1. + * Fix compile warning/resultant panic in + lpfc_register_remote_port(). + +Changes from 20050215 to 20050223 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.25 + * Add appropriate comments to lpfc_sli.c. + * Use DMA_64BIT_MASK and DMA_32BIT_MASK defines instead of + 0xffffffffffffffffULL & 0xffffffffULL respectively. Use pci + equivalents instead of dma_set_mask and also modify condition + clause to actually exit on error condition. + * Restart els timeout handler only if txcmplq_cnt. On submission, + mod_timer the els_tmofunc. This prevents the worker thread from + waking up the els_tmo handler un-necessarily. The thread was + being woken up even when there were no pending els commands. + * Added new typedefs for abort and reset functions. + * Collapsed lpfc_sli_abort_iocb_xxx into a single function. + * Collapsed lpfc_sli_sum_iocb_xxx into a single function. + * Removed TXQ from all abort and reset handlers since it is never + used. + * Fixed Oops panic in 8.0.23 (reported on SourceForge). The + driver was not handling LPFC_IO_POLL cases correctly in + fast_ring_event and was setting the tgt_reset timeout to 0 in + lpfc_reset_bus_handler. This 0 timeout would not allow the FW + to timeout ABTS's on bad targets and allow the driver to have an + iocb on two lists. Also split the lpfc_sli_ringtxcmpl_get + function into two routines to match the fast and slow completion + semantics - ELS completions worked for the wrong reasons. Also + provided new log message number - had two 0326 entries. + * Removed unused #define LPFC_SCSI_INITIAL_BPL_SIZE. + * Removed unused struct lpfc_node_farp_pend definition. + * Removed unused #define LPFC_SLIM2_PAGE_AREA. + * Changed zeros used as pointers to NULL. + * Removed unneeded braces around single line in lpfc_do_work. + * Close humongous memory leak in lpfc_sli.c - driver was losing 13 + iocbq structures per LIP. + * Removed last of GFP_ATOMIC allocations. + * Locks are not taken outside of nportdisc, hbadisc, els and most + of the init, sli, mbox and ct groups of functions + * Fix comment for lpfc_sli_iocb_cmd_type to fit within 80 columns. + * Replaced wait_event() with wait_event_interruptible(). + wait_event() puts the woker thread in an UNINTERRUPTIBLE state + causing it to figure in load average calculations. Also add a + BUG_ON to the ret code of wait_event_interruptible() since the + premise is that the worker thread is signal-immune. + +Changes from 20050208 to 20050215 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.24 + * Fixed a memory leak of iocbq structure. For ELS solicited iocbs + sli layer now frees the response iocbs after processing it. + * Closed large memory leak -- we were losing 13 iocbq structures + per LIP. + * Changing EIO and ENOMEM to -EIO and -ENOMEM respectively. + * Cleanup of lpfc_sli_iocb_cmd_type array and typing of iocb type. + * Implemented Christoph Hellwig's feedback from 02/05: Remove + macros putLunHigh, putLunLow. Use lpfc_put_lun() inline instead. + * Integrated Christoph Hellwig's feedback from 02/05: Instead of + cpu_to_be32(), use swab16((uint16_t)lun). This is the same as + "swab16() on LE" and "<<16 on BE". + * Added updates for revised FC remote port patch (dev_loss_tmo + moved to rport, hostdata renamed dd_data, add fc_remote_host() + on shutdown). + * Removed unnecessary function prototype. + * Added code to prevent waking up worker thread after the exit of + worker thread. Fixes panic seen with insmod/rmmod testing with + 70 disks. + * Integrated Christoph Hellwig's patch from 1/30: Make some + variables/code static (namely lpfcAlpaArray and + process_nodev_timeout()). + * Integrated Christoph Hellwig's patch from 1/30: Use + switch...case instead of if...else if...else if while decoding + JDEC id. + +Changes from 20050201 to 20050208 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.23 + * Make lpfc_work_done, lpfc_get_scsi_buf, + lpfc_mbx_process_link_up, lpfc_mbx_issue_link_down and + lpfc_sli_chipset_init static. + * Cleaned up references to list_head->next field in the driver. + * Replaced lpfc_discq_post_event with lpfc_workq_post_event. + * Implmented Christoph Hellwig's review from 2/5: Check for return + values of kmalloc. + * Integrated Christoph Hellwig's patch from 1/30: Protecting + scan_tmo and friends in !FC_TRANSPORT_PATCHES_V2 && + !USE_SCAN_TARGET. + * Integrated Christoph Hellwig's patch from 1/30: Some fixes in + the evt handling area. + * Integrated Christoph Hellwig's patch from 1/30: Remove usage of + intr_inited variable. The interrupt initilization from OS side + now happens in lpfc_probe_one(). + * Integrated Christoph Hellwig's patch from 1/30: remove shim + lpfc_alloc_transport_attr - remove shim lpfc_alloc_shost_attrs - + remove shim lpfc_scsi_host_init - allocate phba mem in scsi's + hostdata readjust code so that they are no use after free's + (don't use after scsi_host_put) - make lpfc_alloc_sysfs_attr + return errors + * Fixed panic in lpfc_probe_one(). Do not delete in a list + iterator that is not safe. + * Clean up fast lookup array of the fcp_ring when aborting iocbs. + * Following timeout handlers moved to the lpfc worker thread: + lpfc_disc_timeout, lpfc_els_timeout, lpfc_mbox, lpfc_fdmi_tmo, + lpfc_nodev_timeout, lpfc_els_retry_delay. + * Removed unused NLP_NS_NODE #define. + * Integrated Christoph Hellwig's patch from 1/30: remove unused + lpfc_hba_list; remove unused lpfc_rdrev_wd30; remove + lpfc_get_brd_no and use Linux provided IDR. + * Changed board reset procedure so that lpfc_sli_send_reset() + writes the INITFF bit and leaves lpfc_sli_brdreset() to clear + the bit. + * Removed outfcpio sysfs device attribute. + * VPD changes: 1) Modify driver to use the model name and + description from the VPD data if it exists 2) Rework use of DUMP + mailbox command to support HBAs with 256 bytes of SLIM. + * Fixed compile error for implicit definition of struct + scsi_target + +Changes from 20050124 to 20050201 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.22 + * Moved discovery timeout handler to worker thread. There are + function calls in this function which are not safe to call from + HW interrupt context. + * Removed free_irq from the error path of HBA initialization. + This will fix the free of uninitialised IRQ when config_port + fails. + * Make sure function which processes unsolicited IOCBs on ELS ring + still is called with the lock held. + * Clear LA bit from work_ha when we are not supposed to handle LA. + * Fix double locking bug in the error handling part of + lpfc_mbx_cmpl_read_la. + * Implemented fast IOCB processing for FCP ring. + * Since mboxes are now unconditionally allocated outside of the + lock, free them in cases where they are not used. + * Moved out a couple of GFP_ATOMICs in lpfc_disc_timeout, to + before locks so that they can GFP_KERNEL instead. Also cleaned + up code. + * Collapsed interrupt handling code into one function. + * Removed event posting and handling of solicited and unsolicited + iocbs. + * Remove ELS ring handling leftovers from the lpfc_sli_inter(). + * ELS ring (any slow ring) moved from the lpfc_sli_inter() into a + worker thread. Link Attention, Mbox Attention, and Error + Attention, as well as slow rings' attention is passed to the + worker thread via worker thread copy of Host Attention + register. Corresponding events are removed from the event queue + handling. + * Add entries to hba structure to delegate some functionality from + the lpfc_sli_inter() to a worker thread. + * Reduced used of GFP_ATOMIC for memory allocations. + * Moved locks deeper in order to change GFP_ATOMIC to GFP_KERNEL. + * IOCB initialization fix for Raw IO. + * Removed qcmdcnt, iodonecnt, errcnt from lpfc_target and from + driver. + * Added call to lpfc_els_abort in lpfc_free_node. Modified + lpfc_els_abort to reset txq and txcmplq iterator after a + iocb_cmpl call. + * Fixed a use after free issue in lpfc_init.c. + * Defined default mailbox completion routine and removed code in + the sli layer which checks the mbox_cmpl == 0 to free mail box + resources. + * In lpfc_workq_post_event, clean up comment formatting and remove + unneeded cast of kmalloc's return. + * Removed loop which calls fc_remote_port_unblock and + fc_remote_port_delete for every target as this same effect is + accomplished by the scsi_remove_host call. + * Minor cleanup of header files. Stop header files including + other header files. Removed sentinels which hide multiple + inclusions. Removed unneeded #include directives. + * Fixed memory leaks in mailbox error paths. + * Moved lock from around of lpfc_work_done to lpfc_work_done + itself. + * Removed typedef for LPFC_WORK_EVT_t and left just struct + lpfc_work_evt to comply with linux_scsi review coding style. + * Fixed some trailing whitespaces, spaces used for indentation and + ill-formatting multiline comments. + * Bug fix for Raw IO errors. Reuse of IOCBs now mandates setting + of ulpPU and fcpi_parm to avoid incorrect read check of Write IO + and incorrect read length. + +Changes from 20050110 to 20050124 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.21 + * Removed unpleasant casting in the definition and use of + lpfc_disc_action function pointer array. + * Makefile cleanup. Use ?= operator for setting default + KERNELVERSION and BASEINCLUDE values. Use $(PWD) consistently. + * Removed call to lpfc_sli_intr from lpfc_config_port_post. All + Linux systems will service hardware interrupts while bringing up + the driver. + * Christoph Hellwig change request: Reorg of contents of + lpfc_hbadisc.c, lpfc_scsi.h, lpfc_init.c, lpfc_sli.c, + lpfc_attr.c, lpfc_scsi.c. + * Renamed discovery thread to lpfc_worker thread. Moved handling + of error attention and link attention and mbox event handler to + lpfc_worker thread. + * Removed .proc_info and .proc_name from the driver template and + associated code. + * Removed check of FC_UNLOADING flag in lpfc_queuecommand to + determine what result to return. + * Move modification of FC_UNLOADING flag under host_lock. + * Fix IOERR_RCV_BUFFER_WAITING handling for CT and ELS subsystem. + * Workaround firmware bug for IOERR_RCV_BUFFER_WAITING on ELS + ring. + * Fixed a couple lpfc_post_buffer problems in lpfc_init.c. + * Add missing spaces to the parameter descriptions for + lpfc_cr_delay, lpfc_cr_count and lpfc_discovery_threads. + * Lock before calling lpfc_sli_hba_down(). + * Fix leak of "host" in the error path in the remove_one() path. + * Fix comment for lpfc_cr_count. It defaults to 1. + * Fix issue where we are calling lpfc_disc_done() recursively from + lpfc_linkdown(), but list_for_each_entry_safe() is not safe for + such use. + * Bump lpfc_discovery_threads (count of outstading ELS commands in + discovery) to 32 + * If the SCSI midlayer tries to recover from an error on a lun + while the corresponding target is in the NPR state, lpfc driver + will reject all the resets. This will cause the target to be + moved to offline state and block all the I/Os. The fix for this + is to delay the lun reset to a target which is not in MAPPED + state until the target is rediscovered or nodev timeout is + fired. + +Changes from 20041229 to 20050110 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.20 + * rport fix: use new fc_remote_port_rolechg() function instead of + direct structure change + * rport fix: last null pointer check + * Phase II of GFP_ATOMIC effort. Replaced iocb_mem_pool and + scsibuf_mem_pool with kmalloc and linked list. Inserted list + operations for mempool_alloc calls. General code cleanup. All + abort and reset routines converted. Handle_ring_event + converted. + * If the mbox_cmpl == lpfc_sli_wake_mbox_wait in + lpfc_sli_handle_mb_event, pmb->context1 points to a waitq. Do + not free the structure. + * rport fixes: fix for rmmod crash + * rport fixes: when receiving PRLI's, set node/rport role values + * rport fixes: fix for unload and for fabric port deletes + * VPD info bug fix. + * lpfc_linkdown() should be able to process all outstanding events + by calling lpfc_disc_done() even if it is called from + lpfc_disc_done() Moving all events from phba->dpc_disc to local + local_dpc_disc prevents those events from being processed. + Removing that queue. From now on we should not see "Illegal + State Transition" messages. + * Release host lock and enable interrupts when calling + del_timer_sync() + * All related to rports: Clean up issues with rport deletion + Convert to using block/unblock on list remove (was del/add) + Moved rport delete to freenode - so rport tracks node. + * rport fixes: for fport, get maxframe and class support + information + * Added use of wait_event to work with kthread interface. + * Ensure that scsi_transport_fc.h is always pulled in by + lpfc_scsiport.c + * In remote port changes: no longer nulling target->pnode when + removing from mapped list. Pnode get nulled when the node is + freed (after nodev tmo). This bug was causing i/o received in + the small window while the device was blocked to be errored w/ + did_no_connect. With the fix, it returns host_busy + (per the pre-remote port changes). + * Merge in support for fc transport remote port use. This removes + any consistent bindings within the driver. All scanning is now + on a per-target basis driven by the discovery engine. + +Changes from 20041220 to 20041229 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.19 + * Fixed bug for handling RSCN type 3. Terminate RSCN mode + properly after ADISC handling completes. + * Add list_remove_head macro. Macro cleans up memory allocation + list handling. Also clean up lpfc_reset_bus_handler - routine + does not need to allocate its own scsi_cmnd and scsi_device + structures. + * Fixed potential discovery bug, nlp list corrutpion fix potential + memory leak + * Part 1 of the memory allocation rework request by linux-scsi. + This effort fixes the number of bdes per scsi_buf to 64, makes + the scatter-gather count a module parameter, builds a linked + list of scsi_bufs, and removes all dependencies on lpfc_mem.h. + * Reverted lpfc_do_dpc, probe_one, remove_one to original + implementation. Too many problems (driver not completing + initial discovery, and IO not starting to disks). Backs out + kthread patch. + * Fix race condition in lpfc_do_dpc. If wake_up interrupt occurs + while lpfc_do_dpc is running disc_done and the dpc list is + empty, the latest insertion is missed and the schedule_timeout + does not wakeup. The sleep interval is MAX_SCHEDULE_TIMEOUT + defined as ~0UL >> 1, a very large number. Hacked it to 5*HZ + for now. + * Fixed bug introduced when discovery thread implementation was + moved to kthread. kthread_stop() is not able to wake up thread + waiting on a semaphore and "modprobe -r lpfc" is not always + (most of the times) able to complete. Fix is in not using + semaphore for the interruptable sleep. + * Small Makefile cleanup - Remove remnants of 2.4 vs. 2.6 + determination. + +Changes from 20041213 to 20041220 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.18 + * Janitorial cleanup after removal of sliinit and ringinit[] ring + statistic is owned by the ring and SLI stats are in sli + structure. + * Integrated patch from Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Kill + compile warnings on 64 bit platforms: %variables for %llx format + specifiers must be caste to long long because %(u)int64_t can + just be long on 64bit platforms. + * Integrated patch from Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Removes + dead code. + * Integrated patch from Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>: use + kthread interface. + * Print LPFC_MODULE_DESC banner in module init routine. + * Removed sliinit structure and ringinit[] array. + * Changed log message number from 324 to 326 in lpfc_sli.c. + * Wait longer for commands to complete in lpfc_reset_bus_handler + and lpfc_reset_bus_handler. Also use schedule_timeout() instead + of msleep() and add error message in lpfc_abort_handler() + * When setting lpfc_nodev_tmo, from dev_loss set routine, make 1 + sec minimum value. + * Functions which assume lock being held were called without lock + and kernel complained about unlocking lock which is not locked. + * Added code in linkdown to unreg if we know login session will be + terminated. + * Removed automap config parameter and fixed up use_adisc logic to + include FCP2 devices. + +Changes from 20041207 to 20041213 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.17 + * Fix sparse warnings by adding __iomem markers to lpfc_compat.h. + * Fix some sparse warnings -- 0 used as NULL pointer. + * Make sure there's a space between every if and it's (. + * Fix some overly long lines and make sure hard tabs are used for + indentation. + * Remove all trailing whitespace. + * Integrate Christoph Hellwig's patch for 8.0.14: if + pci_module_init fails we need to release the transport template. + (also don't print the driver name at startup, linux drivers can + be loaded without hardware present, and noise in the log for + that case is considered unpolite, better print messages only for + hardware actually found). + * Integrate Christoph Hellwig's patch for 8.0.14: Add missing + __iomem annotations, remove broken casts, mark functions static. + Only major changes is chaning of some offsets from word-based to + byte-based so we cans simply do void pointer arithmetics (gcc + extension) instead of casting to uint32_t. + * Integrate Christoph Hellwig's patch for 8.0.14: flag is always + LPFC_SLI_ABORT_IMED, aka 0 - remove dead code. + * Modified preprocessor #ifdef, #if, #ifndef to reflect upstream + kernel submission. Clean build with make clean;make and make + clean;make ADVANCED=1 on SMP x86, 2.6.10-rc2 on RHEL 4 Beta + 1. IO with a few lips and a long cable pull behaved accordingly. + * Implement full VPD support. + * Abort handler will try to wait for abort completion before + returning. Fixes some panics in iocb completion code path. + +Changes from 20041130 to 20041207 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.16 + * Hung dt session fix. When the midlayer calls to abort a scsi + command, make sure the driver does not complete post-abort + handler. Just NULL the iocb_cmpl callback handler and let SLI + take over. + * Add Read check that uses SLI option to validate all READ data + actually received. + + +Changes from 20041123 to 20041130 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.15 + * Ifdef'd unused "binary" attributes by DFC_DEBUG for clean + compiles + * Stop DID_ERROR from showing up along with QUEUE_FULL set by the + Clarion array (SCSI error ret. val. 0x70028) There is no need + for driver to hard fail command which was failed by the target + device. + * Fix for Scsi device scan bug reported on SourceForge. Driver + was returning a DID_ERROR in lpfc_handle_fcp_error causing + midlayer to mark report luns as failing even though it + succeeded. + * Don't ignore SCSI status on underrun conditions for inquiries, + test unit ready's, etc. This was causing us to lose + reservation conflicts, etc + +Changes from 20041018 to 20041123 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.14 + * Added new function "iterator" lpfc_sli_next_iocb_slot() which + returns pointer to iocb entry at cmdidx if queue is not full. + It also updates next_cmdidx, and local_getidx (but not cmdidx) + * lpfc_sli_submit_iocb() copies next_cmdidx into cmdidx. Now it is + the only place were we are updating cmdidx. + * lpfc_sli_update_ring() is split in to two -- + lpfc_sli_update_ring() and lpfc_sli_update_full_ring(). + * lpfc_sli_update_ring() don't to read back correct value of + cmdidx. + * Simplified lpfc_sli_resume_iocb() and its use. + * New static function lpfc_sli_next_iocb(phba, pring, &piocb) to + iterate through commands in the TX queue and new command (at the + end). + * Reduced max_lun to 256 (due to issues reported to some arrays). + Fixed comment, and macro values so def=256, min=1, max=32768. + * Fix an obvious typo/bug: kfree was used to free lpfc_scsi_buf + instead of mempool_free in lpfc_scsiport.c. + * Suppress nodev_tmo message for FABRIC nodes. + * Fixed some usage of plain integer as NULL pointer. + * Bug fix for FLOGI cmpl, lpfc_els_chk_latt error path code + cleanup. + * Fixup lpfc_els_chk_latt() to have Fabric NPorts go thru + discovery state machine as well. + * Fixes to lpfc_els_chk_latt(). + * Use DID not SCSI target id as a port_id and add some missing + locks in lpfc_fcp.c. + * Changed eh_abort_handler to return FAILED if command is not + found in driver. + * Fix crash: paging request at virtual address 0000000000100108 - + a result of removing from the txcmpl list item which was already + removed (100100 is a LIST_POISON1 value from the next pointer + and 8 is an offset of the "prev") Driver runs out of iotags and + does not handle that case well. The root of the proble is in the + initialization code in lpfc_sli.c + * Changes to work with proposed linux kernel patch to support + hotplug. + * Zero out seg_cnt in prep_io failure path to prevent double sg + unmap calls. + * Fix setting of upper 32 bits for Host Group Ring Pointers if in + SLIM. Old code was inappropriately masking off low order bits. + * Use scsi_[activate|deactivate]_tcq calls provided in scsi_tcq.h. + * Integrated patch from Christoph Hellwig (hch@lst.de): don't call + pci_dma_sync_* on coherent memory. pci_dma_sync_* is need and + must be used only with streaming dma mappings pci_map_*, not + coherent mappings. Note: There are more consistent mappings + that are using pci_dma_sync calls. Probably these should be + removed as well. + * Modified lpfc_free_scsi_buf to accommodate all three scsi_buf + free types to alleviate miscellaneous panics with cable pull + testing. + * Set hotplug to default 0 and lpfc_target_remove to not remove + devices unless hotplug is enabled. + * Fixed discovery bug: plogi cmpl uses ndlp after its freed. + * Fixed discovery bug: rnid acc cmpl, can potentially use ndlp + after its freed. + * Modularize code path in lpfc_target_remove(). + * Changes to support SCSI hotplug (ifdef'ed out because they need + kernel support USE_SCAN_TARGET requires kernel support to export + the interface to scsi_scan_target and to move the SCAN_WILD_CARD + define to a general scsi header file. USE_RESCAN_HOST requires + kernel support to export an interface to scan_scsi_host() with + the rescan flag turned on). + * Removed redundant variable declaration of lpfc_linkdown_tmo. + * Fix for large port count remove test. + * Added check to see if BAR1 register is valid before using BAR1 + register for programming config_port mail box command. + * Added lpfc_scsi_hotplug to enable/disable driver support of SCSI + hotplug. + * Changed lpfc_disc_neverdev() to lpfc_disc_illegal() and changed + lpfc_disc_nodev() to lpfc_disc_noop(). Adjusted appropriate + events to use these routines. + * Add support for SCSI device hotplug. + * Take dummy lpfc_target's into account for lpfc_slave_destroy(). + * Bug fix to store WWPN / WWNN in NameServer / FDMI lpfc_nodelist + entries. + * Added slavecnt in lpfc_target for diagnostic purposes. + * Added lpfc_hba load/unload flags to take care of special cases + for add/remove device. + * Have target add/remove delay before scanning. + * Have rmmod path cleanup blocked devices before scsi_remove_host. + * Added a #define for msleep for 2.6.5 kernels. + * In reset bus handler if memory allocation fails, return FAILED + and not SUCCESS. + * Have lpfc eh handlers, bus_reset and lun_reset, wait for all + associated I/Os to complete before returning. + * Fix memset byte count in lpfc_hba_init so that + LP1050 would initialize correctly. + * Backround nodev_timeout processing to DPC This enables us to + unblock (stop dev_loss_tmo) when appopriate. + * Fix array discovery with multiple luns. The max_luns was 0 at + the time the host structure was initialized. lpfc_cfg_params + then set the max_luns to the correct value afterwards. + * Remove unused define LPFC_MAX_LUN and set the default value of + lpfc_max_lun parameter to 512. + * Reduced stack usage of lpfc_hba_init. + * Cleaned up the following warning generated by + scripts/checkincludes.pl lpfc_fcp.c: scsi/scsi_cmnd.h is + included more than once. + * Replaced "set_current_state(TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE); + schedule_timeout(timeout)" with "msleep(timeout)". + * Fixnode was losing starget when rediscovered. We saw messages + like: lpfc 0000:04:02.0: 0:0263 Cannot block scsi target as a + result. Moved starget field into struct lpfc_target which is + referenced from the node. + * Add additional SLI layer logging in lpfc_sli.c. + * Ignore more unexpected completions in lpfc_nportdisc.c. + * Can not call lpfc_target_unblock from the soft interrupt + context. It seems to be not nessasery to unblock target from + nodev timeout. + * Introduce and use less lethal event handler for unexpected + events in lpfc_nportdisc.c. + * Can not call fc_target_(un)block() functions with interrupts + disabled in lpfc_scsiport.c. + * Added new configuration parameter, lpfc_max_luns range 1-32768, + default 32768. + * Allow lpfc_fcp.c to call lpfc_get_hba_sym_node_name(). + * Increase nodev timeout from 20 seconds to 30 seconds. + * Replace some kfree((void*)ptr) with kfree(ptr). + * Make 3 functions static: lpfc_get_hba_sym_node_name, + lpfc_intr_prep and lpfc_setup_slim_access. Move lpfc_intr_prep + and lpfc_setup_slim_access so they're defined before being used. + * Remove an unnecessary list_del() in lpfc_hbadisc.c. + * Set nlp_state before calling lpfc_nlp_list() since this will + potentially call fc_target_unblock which may cause a race in + queuecommand by releasing host_lock. + * Since lpfc_nodev_tmo < dev_loss_tmo remove queuecommand + DID_BAD_TARGET return for now. + * Fix a problem with rcv logo. + * Remove unused portstatistics_t structure. + * Remove #if 0 and unnecessary checks in lpfc_fcp.c. + * Simplify lpfc_issue_lip: Extra layer of protection removed. + * Grab lock before calling lpfc_sli_issue_mbox(phba, pmb, + MBX_NOWAIT) in lpfc_sli_issue_mbox_wait(). + +Changes from 20040920 to 20041018 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.13 + * Hide some attributes using #ifndef DFC_DEBUG ... #endif. + * Modify Makefile to (1) make BUILD_NO_DEBUG=1 will hide some + (binary) attributes (2) make BUILD_FC_TRANS=0 will build driver + for 2.6.5 kernel with block/unblock patch. + * Modified #ifdef names. + * Added support for proposed FC transport host attributes (which + replaces some of the attributes we had local to the driver). + Removed the binary statistics sysfs attribute. + * Added extra ELS verbose logging for ELS responses. + * Added recognition for BUILD_FC_TRANS=2 to Makefile to define + FC_TRANS_VER2. + * Add a pointer for link stats allocation. + * Exported lpfc_get_hba_sym_node_name for use by FC_TRANS_VER2 + sysfs routines. + * Fix discovery problem in lip testing: if device sends an ELS cmd + (i.e. LOGO) before our FLOGI completes it should be LS_RJT'ed. + * Moved #defines around to provide target_add/remove for upstream + kernel deliverables only not SLES9. Provided ifdefs to #include + target_block/unblock only if FC_TRANS_VER1. + * Add sanity check in lpfc_nlp_list move setting nlp_Target + outside #ifdef. + * Added a blocked member to the lpfc_target structure for + block/unblock. This member allows the driver to know when to + unblock for pci_remove_one or pci_add_one. #ifdef'd some more + block/unblock stuff and removed some defensive checks from + target_block/unblock. + * Moved + 5 second window to dev_loss_tmo setting and updated + comments. + * Removed NULL target check from target_block/unblock and fixed up + a few comments. + * Enable sysfs attributes on 2.6.5 kernels and remove extra + compatibility code. + * Remove any and all trailing whitespace. + * Added message 0718 and return error when dma_map_single fails. + * Changed the fcpCntl2 commands to include an FCP_ prefix to get + rid of build warnings on later 2.6.9-rc kernels. Build + conflicts with scsi/scsi.h. Remove inclusions of scsi/scsi.h + from hbadisc.c, sli.c, and fcp.c since these modules had no + dependencies on scsi.h. + * Fixed a bug with RSCN handling. A RSCN received on one device, + shouldn't affect other devices not referenced by the RSCN. + * Moved #if LINUX_VERSION_CODE >= KERNEL_VERSION(2,6,6) to include + lpfc_jedec_to_ascii to prevent warning in SLES 9. + * Update Makefile to account for SLES 9 and scsi-target upstream + kernel. + * This checkin provides block/unblock hooks for the upstream scsi + target kernel and 2.6.5 on SLES9 SP1 with the block/unblock + patch. + * Discovery changes regarding setting targetp->pnode and + ndlp->nlp_Target Ensure fc_target_* routines are called properly + from discovery. Remove list_del's from lpfc_cleanup(). Ensure + all the lpfc_consistent_bind_* routines don't set any driver + structure objects. + * Fix for timeout of READ_LA or READ_SPARAM mailbox command + causing panic. + * Cleanup list_del()'s for Discovery ndlp lists. + * Bug fixes for some insmod/rmmod crashes, link down crashes and + device loss crashes. + * Removed NLP_SEARCH_DEQUE. + * Call lpfc_target_unblock only if the targetp is nonNull and with + the host_lock held. + * Added qcmdcnt back along with misc bug fixes to discovery. + * Changed tgt_io to outfcpio lpfc_fcp.c. + * Fixed errors caused by LIP and cable pulls both with and without + block/unblock patch. + * For now we have to call fc_target_unblock and fc_target_block + with interrupts enabled. + * Save seg_cnt from dma_map_sg. Save scatter-gather start address + and pass back to dma_unmap_sg in error with seg_cnt. + * Incorporating block/unblock calls into driver with ifdefs. This + change is supported by scsi-target-2.6 kernel and forward only. + * Merged in some discovery bug fixes and added tgt io counters. + * Added sysfs attributes/interfaces: read only attribute + "management_version" and write only attribute "issue_lip". + * Fix build on big endian machines: while #if was OK with + __BIG_ENDIAN which defined as 4321, __BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD has to + be tested with #ifdef because it does not have any value, it is + either defined or not. + * Add fabric_name and port_type attributes. + * Change mdelay to msleep. mdelay works, but wastefully uses cpu + resources without a lock held. Revert to msleep. Tested with + sg_reset for bus and three attached targets. + * Added the customary #ifndef...#define...#endif to + lpfc_version.h. + * Integrate patches from Christoph Hellwig: two new helpers common + to lpfc_sli_resume_iocb and lpfc_sli_issue_iocb - singificant + cleanup of those two functions - the unused SLI_IOCB_USE_TXQ is + gone - lpfc_sli_issue_iocb_wait loses its flags argument + totally. + * Fix in lpfc_sli.c: we can not store a 5 bit value in a 4-bit + field. + * Moved some routines out of lpfc_fcp.c into more appropriate + files. + * Whitespace cleanup: remove all trailing whitespace. + * Make lpfc_disc_ndlp_show static to lpfc_fcp.c. + * Remove leftover printk and replace some with + printk(KERN_WARNING) + * Trivial: fix a few long lines and a soft tab. + * Remove warnings generated by Sparse against driver (make + C=1). Mostly these are "using integer as pointer warnings" + i.e. use NULL instead of 0. + * Integrated patch from Christoph Hellwig: Quite a lot of changes + here, the most notable is that the phba->slim2p lpfc_dmabuf goes + away in favour of a typede pointer and a dma_addr_t. Due to the + typed pointer lots of the cast mess can go away, and while at it + I also replaced the messy SLI2_SLIM_t with a simple struct + lpfc2_sli2_slim that only contains the part of the union we care + about while using SLI2_SLIM_SIZE for all size calculations + directly. + * Integrated patch from Christoph Hellwig: This streamlines the + I/O completion path a little more, especially taking care of + fast-pathing the non-error case. Also removes tons of dead + members and defines from lpfc_scsi.h - e.g. lpfc_target is down + to nothing more than the lpfc_nodelist pointer. + * Added binary sysfs file to issue mbox commands + * Replaced #if __BIG_ENDIAN with #if __BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD for + compatibility with the user space applications. + * Decrease the amount of data in proc_info. + * Condense nodelist flag members. + * Expand INFO for discovery sysfs shost entries. + * Notify user if information exceeds 4k sysfs limit. + * Removed a bunch of unused #defines. + * Added initial sysfs discovery shost attributes. + * Remove unused #defines lpfc_disc.h. + * Fixed failMask nodelist settings. + * Cleanup some old comments / unused variables. + * Add LP101 to list of recognized adapters. + +Changes from 20040908 to 20040920 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.12 + * Removed used #defines: DEFAULT_PCI_LATENCY_CLOCKS and + PCI_LATENCY_VALUE from lpfc_hw.h. + * Changes to accommodate rnid. + * Fix RSCN handling so RSCN NS queries only effect NPorts found in + RSCN data. + * If we rcv a plogi on a NPort queued up for discovery, clear the + NLP_NPR_2B_DISC bit since rcv plogi logic will force NPort thru + discovery. + * Ensure lpfc_target is also cleaned up in lpfc_cleanup(). + * Preliminary changes for block/unblock kernel API extensions in + progress with linux-scsi list. These are name changes and + prototype changes only. + * Added send_abts flag to lpfc_els_abort. For rcv LOGO when ADISC + sent, the XRI of the LOGO rcv'ed is the same as the ADISC + sent. Thus we cannot ABTS the ADISC before sending the LOGO ACC. + * Weed out some unused fc_flags. Add FC_DISC_TMO. + * board_online sysfs attribute added to support libdfc functions + InitDiagEnv and SetBrdEnv. + * Streamline code in lpfc_els_retry fixup abort case in + lpfc_els_timeout_handler(). + * Flush discovery/ELS events when we bring SLI layer down. + * ctlreg and slimem binary attributes added to support libdfc + read/write mem/ctl functions. + * Integrated Christoph Hellwig's patch: Cleanup + lpfc_sli_ringpostbuf_get. + * Modified lpfc_slave_alloc and lpfc_slave_destroy to allocate and + free a dummy target pointer. This allows queuecommand to skip + the NULL target pointer check and avoid the console spam when + slave_alloc fails. + * Fix cfg_scan_down logic, it was reversed. + * Init list head ctrspbuflist. + * Change name of lpfc_driver_abort to lpfc_els_abort since it is + only valid for ELS ring. + * Remove unused third argument for lpfc_consistent_bind_get(). + * Fix up iotag fields in lpfc_prep_els_iocb(). + * Remove log message on code path triggered by lpfc_els_abort(). + * Set host->unique_id in lpfc_fcp.c. + * Removed deadwood: lpfc_target.pHba not necessary anymore. + * Integrated patch from Christoph Hellwig: remove dead + SLI_IOCB_POLL handling. + * Integrated patch from Christoph Hellwig: Streamline I/O + submission and completion path a little. + * Remove unnecessary lpfc_brd_no. Ensure brd_no assignment is + unique. + * Removed unused MAX_FCP_LUN. + * Use mod_timer instead of add_timer for fdmi in lpfc_ct.c. + * Fixed misc discovery problems. + * Move stopping timers till just before lpfc_mem_free() call. + * Fix up NameServer reglogin error path. + * Cleanup possible outstanding discovery timers on rmmod. + * Fix discovery NPort to NPort pt2pt problem. + * Get rid of ip_tmofunc / scsi_tmofunc. + * Integrated patch from Christoph Hellwig: + lpfc_disc_done/lpfc_do_dpc cleanup - lpfc_disc_done can return + void - move lpfc_do_dpc and lpfc_disc_done to lpfc_hbadisc.c - + remove checking of list emptiness before calling lpfc_disc_done, + it handles the empty list case just fine and the additional + instructions cost less then the bustlocked spinlock operations. + * Integrated patch from Christoph Hellwig: This adds a new 64bit + counter instead, brd_no isn't reused anymore. Also some tiny + whitespace cleanups in surrounding code. + * Reorder functions in lpfc_els.c to remove need for prototypes. + * Removed unused prototypes from lpfc_crtn.h - + lpfc_ip_timeout_handler, lpfc_read_pci and lpfc_revoke. + * Removed some unused prototypes from lpfc_crtn.h - + lpfc_scsi_hba_reset, lpfc_scsi_issue_inqsn, + lpfc_scsi_issue_inqp0, lpfc_scsi_timeout_handler. + * Integrated patch from Christoph Hellwig: remove TRUE/FALSE + usage. + * Integrated patch from Christoph Hellwig: Remove unused function + prototypes lpfc_set_pkt_len and lpfc_get_pkt_data from + lpfc_crtn.h - fixes build warnings. + * Removed unused struct lpfc_dmabufip definition from lpfc_mem.h. + * Removed pre-2.6.5 MODULE_VERSION macro from lpfc_compat.h. + * Fixing missing static and removing dead code. + * Adding nodewwn, portwwn and portfcid shost attributes. + * Initial support for CT via sysfs. request payloads of size less + than PAGE_SIZE and rsp payloads of size PAGE_SIZE are supported. + Driver maintains a list of rsp's and passes back rsp's + corresponding to the pid of the calling process. + * Support for RefreshInformation, GetAdapterAttributes, + GetPortStatistics. + * Make nodev-tmo default to 20 seconds. + * Fix up some DSM error cases, unreg_login rpi where needed. + * Fix up comments for fc_target_block / fc_target_unblock. + * Fix up code for scsi_block_requests / scsi_unblock_requests. + * Add NLP_FCP_TARGET for nodeinfo support. + * Move suspend/resume in lpfc_nlp_list under appropriate case - + Used host_lock for DPC to avoid race (remove dpc_lock) + * Fix some corner cases for PLOGI receive - simplify error case + for cmpl_reglogin_reglogin_issue. + * Bug fix for ppc64 EEH MMIO panic - always do readl after + writel's of HBA registers to force flush. + * Get rid of initial static routine declarations in lpfc_hbadisc.c + and lpfc_els.c. + * Updates to discovery processing. + +Changes from 20040823 to 20040908 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.11 + * Removed persistent binding code. + * Display both ASC and ASCQ info. + * Fixed link down->up transitions when linkdown tmo expires. Fix + was in the defensive error checking at the start of + queuecommand. + * Removed lpfc_scsi_timeout_handler as this timer is no longer + required. The midlayer will exhaust retries and then call + lpfc_abort_handler, lpfc_reset_lun_handler, and + lpfc_reset_target_handler. + * Minimal support for SCSI flat space addressing/volume set + addressing. Use 16 bits of LUN address so that flat + addressing/VSA will work. + * Changed 2 occurrences of if( 1 != f(x)) to if(f(x) != 1) + * Drop include of lpfc_cfgparm.h. + * Reduce stack usage of lpfc_fdmi_cmd in lpfc_ct.c. + * Add minimum range checking property to /sys write/store + functions. + * Fix display of node_name and port_name via fc transport + attr. + * Removed biosparam code. + * Removed range checking. phba->config[] array elements are now + embedded into the hba struct. lpfc_config_setup() has been + removed. + * Collapsed lpfc_scsi_cmd_start into lpfc_queuecommand and cleaned + up combined routines. + * Removed unused prototypes myprint and + lpfc_sched_service_high_priority_queue. + * Removed unused function lpfc_nodev. + * Removed scsi_cmnd->timeout_per_command cancelation. SCSI midlayer + now times out all commands - FW is instructed to not timeout. + * Removed polling code from lpfc_scsi_cmd_start. Reorganized + queuecommand and cmd_start some. + +Changes from 20040810 to 20040823 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.10 + * Additional timer changes as per Arjan / Christoph's comments. + * Used mod_timer() instead of del_timer_sync() where appropriate. + * Fixed a use after free case (panic on 2.6.8.1 with + CONFIG_DEBUG_SLAB set). + * Fix compile warning in lpfc_fcp.c. + * Minor fix for log message, that prints unassigned brdno which is + zero. + * Move scsi_host_alloc() to the beginning of probe_one(). This + ensures that host_lock is available at later stages and also + avoids tons of unnecessary initializing if host_alloc() + fails. + * Removed else clause from lpfc_slave_configure that set + sdev->queue_depth. The driver informs the midlayer of its + setting in the template and only overrides if queue tagging is + enabled. + * Added PCI_DEVICE_ID_ZEPHYR and PCI_DEVICE_ID_ZFLY (Junior + Zephyr) support + +Changes from 20040730 to 20040810 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.9 + * Removed per HBA driver lock. Driver now uses the host->host_lock + * Restored support for the 2.6.5 kernel for those linux distributions + shipped with the 2.6.5 kernel. + * Applied patch from Christoph Hellwig (hch@infradead.org) as follows + "[PATCH] use scsi host private data in ->proc_info. + * Applied patch from Christoph Hellwig (hch@infradead.org) as follows + "Re: [Emulex] Ready for next round. This patch cleans up the memory + allocation routines a little and fixes a missing mempool_destroy and + some missing error handling." + * Changed pointers assignments from 0 to NULL. + * Added fixes to the lpfc_reset_lun_handler and lpfc_reset_bus_handler + entry points that caused kernel to Oops or hang. + * Added fixes to targetless hosts that caused modprobe and insmod to hang. + * Ongoing cleanup to many files + +Changes from 20040723 to 20040730 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.8 + * Removed unused LPFN_DRIVER_VERSION #define. + * Folded lpfc_findnode_scsiid into lpfc_find_target, its only + caller. + * Removed 2 unneeded arguments to lpfc_find_target (lun and + create_flag). + * Make lpfc_sli_reset_on_init = 1 + * Minor cleanup to quieten sparse. + * Removed missing function = 0 in tmo routine in lpfc_els.c. + * Moved additional binding parameters into lpfc_defaults.c: + lpfc_automap / lpfc_fcp_bind_method + * Use msecs_to_jiffies() where applicable. + * Only use queue depth attribute only after SLI HBA setup was + completed. + * Put in memory barriers for PPC + * Added PCI_DEVICE_ID_HELIOS and PCI_DEVICE_ID_JFLY (Junior + Helios) support + * Added 4&10 gigabit choices in user option link_speed + * Updated timer logic: Set timer data after init_timer use + timer_pending() instead of expires. + * Removed some remnants of IP over FC support from Kconfig and + Makefile. + * Remove redundant prototypes for lpfc_handle_eratt, + lpfc_handle_latt and lpfc_read_pci. + * Ongoing cleanup of lpfc_init.c. + * Changed LPFC_CFG_DFT_HBA_Q_DEPTH -> LPFC_CFG_HBA_Q_DEPTH. + * Another cleanup stab at lpfc_ct.c. Remove castings, structure + code sanely, remove redundant code, reorganize code so that + functions are invoked after definition. + +Changes from 20040716 to 20040723 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.7 + * Cleanup of lpfc_ct.c. Removed number of casts, removed tons of + dead/redundant code, cleaned up badly and poorly written code, + cleaned up return values. + * Fixed Persistent binding implementation + * Removed all references to lpfc_scsi_req_tmo + * Removed last references to lun_skip config parameter. + * Removed LPFC_DEV_RPTLUN node failure bit because we don't issue + REPORT_LUNS from the driver anymore. + * Removed LUN-tracking in driver. Removed lpfc_lun struct and + moved any functionality we still need to lpfc_target. + * Added new lpfc_jedec_to_ascii() call and replace two instances + of duplicate code with calls to this function. + * Removed Volume Set Addressing handling on LUN IDs. + * Applied patch from Christoph Hellwig (hch@infradead.org) that + removes dead code belonging to lpfc_build_scsi_cmnd() and its + call path. This is related to the recently removed report_lun + code. + +Changes from 20040709 to 20040716 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.6 + * Removed internal report LUNs usage. Removed functions: + lpfc_disc_issue_rptlun, lpfc_disc_cmpl_rptlun, + lpfc_disc_retry_rptlun and their use. + * Removed usused scheduler prototypes in lpfc_crtn.h + * Replace lpfc_geportname() with generic memcmp(). + * Rearrange code in lpfc_rcv_plogi_plogi_issue() to make it a + little more readable. + * Remove redundant port_cmp != 2 check in if + (!port_cmp) { .... if (port_cmp != 2).... } + * Clock changes: removed struct clk_data and timerList. + * Clock changes: separate nodev_tmo and els_retry_delay into 2 + separate timers and convert to 1 argument changed + LPFC_NODE_FARP_PEND_t to struct lpfc_node_farp_pend convert + ipfarp_tmo to 1 argument convert target struct tmofunc and + rtplunfunc to 1 argument * cr_count, cr_delay and + discovery_threads are only needed to be module_params and not + visible via sysfs. + +Changes from 20040614 to 20040709 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.5 + * Make lpfc_info static. + * Make lpfc_get_scsi_buf static. + * Print a warning if pci_set_mwi returns an error. + * Changed SERV_PARM to struct serv_parm. + * Changed LS_RJT to struct ls_rjt. + * Changed CSP to struct csp. + * Changed CLASS_PARMS to struct class_parms. + * Some cosmetic coding style cleanups to lpfc_fcp.c. + * Providing a sysfs interface that dumps the last 32 + LINK_[UP|DOWN] and RSCN events. + * Get rid of delay_iodone timer. + * Remove qfull timers and qfull logic. + * Convert mbox_tmo, nlp_xri_tmo to 1 argment clock handler + * Removed duplicate extern defs of the bind variables. + * Streamline usage of the defines CLASS2 and CLASS3, removing + un-necessary checks on config[LPFC_CFG_FCP_CLASS]. + * Moving the persistent binding variables to new file + lpfc_defaults.c + * Changed LPFC_SCSI_BUF_t to struct lpfc_scsi_buf. + * Moved config specific code from probe_one() into + config_setup(). Removing a redundant check on scandown value + from bind_setup() as this is already done in config_setup(). + * Changed LPFC_SLI_t to struct lpfc_sli. + * Changed FCP_CMND to struct fcp_cmnd. + * Changed FCP_RSP to struct fcp_rsp. + * Remove the need for buf_tmo. + * Changed ULP_BDE64 to struct ulp_bde64. + * Changed ULP_BDE to struct ulp_bde. + * Cleanup lpfc_os_return_scsi_cmd() and its call path. + * Removed lpfc_no_device_delay. + * Consolidating lpfc_hba_put_event() into lpfc_put_event(). + * Removed following attributes and their functionality: + lpfc_extra_io_tmo, lpfc_nodev_holdio, lpfc_delay_rsp_err, + lpfc_tgt_queue_depth and lpfc_check_cond_err. + * Clock changes consolidating timers, just in the struct lpfc_hba, + to get rid of clkData and pass only one argument to timeout + routine. Also, removing need for outstanding clock linked list + to stop these timers at rmmod. + * Move lpfc.conf contents into lpfc_fcp.c. Removing per adapter + attributes in favor of global attributes. + * Fix a potential null pointer reference of pmbuf in lpfc_ct.c. + * On reset_lun, issue LUN_RESET as opposed to ABORT_TASK_SET. + * Removed SCSI_REQ_TMO related code. + * Introducing two new defines LPFC_ATTR_R and LPFC_ATTR_RW that do + a module_param, MODULE_PARM_DESC, lpfc_param_show, + [lpfc_param_store] and CLASS_DEVICE_ATTRIBUTE. + * Properly clean up when allocation of a linked BDE fails in the + SCSI queuecommand path. + * Fail SCSI command if dma_map_sg call fails. + * Remove unused macros SWAP_ALWAYS and SWAP_ALWAYS16. + * Reset context2 to 0 on exit in + lpfc_sli_issue_iocb_wait_high_priority() and + lpfc_sli_issue_iocb_wait(). + * Arranging lpfc_scsiport.c to follow style of use after + definition. This removes the need for the cruft of forward + declarations. Also removing a redundant #define ScsiResult as it + already available elsewhere. + * Applying "Streamline lpfc error handling" patch from Christoph + Hellwig (hch@infradead.org) with following modifications: fix + mem leaks, remove some misplaced code that need not be there, + print a message on exit (old code prints two (entry/exit)), make + ret values consistent (either 1/0 or SUCCESS/FAILURE), keep all + eh routines in a single file (lpfc_scsiport.c). + * Move contents of lpfc_module_param.h into lpfc_fcp.c. + * Changed sysfs attributes to CLASS_DEVICE_ATTRIBUTES (previously + DEVICE_ATTRIBUTES). They now appear in + /sys/class/scsi_host/hostx (previously in + /sys/bus/pci/drivers/lpfc/devx). + * Removed lpfc_syfs.h and lpfc_sysfs.c. + * Cleanup of config params. Throttle params have been removed. + max_lun has been removed. max_target is replaced with a #define, + lun_skip is removed. Remove ipfc config params and related + code. + * Changed DMABUF_t usage to struct lpfc_dmabuf. + * Downsizing iCfgParam structure to include a_string, a_low, a_hi + and a_default values only. + * Free SCSI buf safety memory pool on shutdown to eliminate memory + leak. + * Change lpfc_printf_log to a #define. Also include phba->brd_no + and newline in the print string rather than in the #define. + * Remove code that optionally locates Host Group Pointers in host + memory SLIM since this is no longer needed for PPC64, once + CONFIG_PORT uses HBA's view of its BAR0. + * Removed the forward declarations of the sli functions and + rearranging the code in lpfc_sli.c. + * Removed the preamble functionality from logging. + * Make lpfc_sli_hba_setup() return negative error codes on error + and correct the comment left over in lpfc_fcp.c + * Removed the lpfc_loadtime variable. + * Put a space between all ifs and their open parens '('. + * Change Studly_Caps LPFC_SCSI_BUF_t to struct lpfc_scsi_buf. + * Fixed insmod hang after hardware error. + * Relocated scsi_host alloc to before we enable the interrupt + handler + * Add .tmp_versions directory to Makefile clean target. This + directory is created in the 2.6.5+ build process (with Red Hat + kernels at least). + * Changing phba->config to kmalloc lpfc_icfgparam and not + *phba->config. This is manifesting itself as a panic in + pci_release_region(). + * Fix for firmware download / board reset problem. + * Integrated patch from Christoph Hellwig (hch@infradead.org) to + reorganize and cleanup lpfc_fcp.c + * Don't abort commands immediately when there is an RSCN event to + give driver time to rediscover targets before the midlayer + retries the SCSI commands. + +Changes from 20040604 to 20040614 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.4 + * Removed lpfc_valid_lun function. + * Added scsi_buf safety pool to address scsi_buf failures in + queuecommand under low memory conditions. Allocations now come + from kmalloc initially, but if kmalloc fails, the allocation + comes from the safety pool. + * Modified lpfc_slave_alloc to only set the scsi_device->hostdata + pointer if the driver has discovered the target. This routine + always returns success now as well since no error ever occurs in + the alloc routine. + * Mask only info and warning messages. Print all error messages + irrespective of mask. + * Removing lpfc_log_chk_msg_disabled() + * Changed lpfc_printf_log to take struct lpfc_hba * directly + instead of a "board number". + * Convert dma_sync_single to pci_dma_sync_single_for_{device/cpu}. + * Implemented new style log messages. The message strings are now + embedded in the call to lpfc_printf_log. + * Decreased FLOGI discovery timeout to 20 seconds. + * On error in lpfc_pci_probe_one() return -1 and not 1. + * Allow for board numbers that are not sequential, paving the way + for hotplug support. + * scsi_add_host() can fail, so wrap it around in an if(). Also + initiate scsi_scan_host() after attaching the sysfs attributes. + * lpfc_release_version is used only in lpfc_ct.c, so move it there + and mark it as static. + * Removed lpfc_sleep_ms and replaced with mdelay or schedule calls + directly + * Removed all (struct list_head *) casts from clkData-related list + handling in list_add, list_del macros. + * Removed EXPORT_SYMBOLs. + * Removed LPFC_MIN_QFULL and lpfc_qthrottle_up. + * Replace LPFCSCSITARGET_t with struct lpfc_target. + * Replace LPFCSCSILUN_t with struct lpfc_lun. + * Remove unused struct declarations (fcPathId and fcRouteId) from + lpfc_scsi.h. + * Rewrite use of FC transport attributes. + * Fix crash when link is lost. This was due to lpfc_delay_iodone + calling list_del on an object that was never put on a list. + * Remove trailing spaces at the end of all lines. + * Set MAX_FCP_TARGET to 256 from 0xff. Set MAX_FCP_LUN and + MAX_FCP_CMDS to their decimal equivalents and updated + documentation. + +Changes from 20040526 to 20040604 + + * Changed version number to 8.0.3 + * Completed sysfs FC transport support. + * Removed unused fields in SCSI LUN and SCSI Target structures: + void *pTargetProto; void *pTargetOSEnv; void *pLunOSEnv; + * Modified list_for_each to list_for_each_entry. Modified + list_for_each_safe to list_for_each_entry_safe. + * Remove lpfc_dfc.h file. + * Changed pHba->phba, pCommand->pcmd + * Changed plogi_ndlp -> plogindlp, pos_tmp->postmp, pRsp->prsp, + pCmd->pcmd + * Changed pText -> ptext + * Changed p_tmp_buff -> ptmpbuff + * Changed pBufList -> pbuflist, pRsp -> prsp, pCmd -> pcmd + * Changed *pos_tmp -> *postmp, *p_mbuf -> *pmbuf + * Following changes are made to the SCSI fast path: Added + DMA_BUF_t member to the lpfc_scsi_buf_t. This will reduce a + memory allocation in the scsi fast path. Added check for + targetp == NULL in the scsi fast path. Increased number of + scatter gather entries in lpfc_scsi_dma_ext to 4 from 3 and + changed the size of lpfc_scsi_dma_ext to 264 + * Fixing some missing static lpfc_nportdisc.c. + * Reordered #include lines so that lpfc.h doesn't have to #include + other header files. + * Remove lpfc_get_hba_sym_node_name() as a global EXPORT and make + it static. + * Move struct clk_data definition from lpfc_hw.h to lpfc_sli.h. + * Changed LPFC_IOCBQ_t to struct lpfc_iocbq. + * Changed LPFC_SLI_RING_t to struct lpfc_sli_ring. + * Changed LPFC_NODELIST_t to struct lpfc_nodelist. + * Rearranged lpfc_nportdisc.c by moving state machine array + (lpfc_disc_action) and the one function that uses it, + lpfc_disc_state_machine, to the end of the file, removing the + need for the raft of prototypes at the top. + * Changed LPFC_BINDLIST_t to struct lpfc_bindlist. + * Removed lpfc_issue_ct_rsp(), lpfc_sleep(), lpfc_add_bind(), + lpfc_del_bind(), lpfc_sli_wake_mbox_wait() and + lpfc_sli_issue_mbox_wait(). + * Fixed a large number of overly-long lines. + * Fixed some discovery problems: Introduced deferred ndlp removal + when in DSM to avoid panic when in nested DMSs Fix NportId + fffc01 handling to not relogin after LOGO fixed handling of LOGO + on PLOGI issue. + * Changed SLI_CT_REQUEST to lpfc_sli_ct_request. + * Changed NAME_TYPE to struct lpfc_name. + * Changed lpfcCfgParam_t to struct lpfc_cfgparam. + * Changed LPFC_STAT_t to struct lpfc_stats. + * Changed HBAEVT_t to struct lpfc_hba_event. + * Changed Studly_Caps lpfcHBA_t to struct lpfc_hba. + * Removed no longer used tasklet_running flag. + * Removing *PSOME_VAR typedefs and using SOME_VAR* directly. + * Changing .use_clustering to ENABLE_CLUSTERING. + * Modify lpfc_queuecommand to return SCSI_MLQUEUE_HOST_BUSY when + it can't queue a SCSI command. Also, remove cmnds_in_flight + member of struct lpfcHBA for 2.6 kernels as it was only needed + to determine what to return from queuecommand. + * Change return type of lpfc_evt_iocb_free to void as it doesn't + return anything. + * Remove unused cmnd_retry_list and in_retry members in struct + lpfcHBA. + * Remove some instances of unneeded casting of kmalloc's return in + lpfc_scsiport.c + * Remove lpfc_linux_attach() and lpfc_linux_detach(). Integrate + them into lpfc_probe_one() and lpfc_release_one() respectively. + * Remove lpfc_num_iocbs, lpfc_num_bufs module parameters + * Remove #defines for NUM_NODES, NUM_BUFS and NUM_IOCBS + +Changes from 20040515 to 20040526 + + * Changing version number to 8.0.2. + * Including dma-mapping.h as one of the include headers. Also + rearrange the #include order. + * Make functions static as appropriate. + * queuecommand() will now return SCSI_MLQUEUE_HOST_BUSY instead of + 1 to backpressure midlayer. + * Removed function prototypes for lpfc_start_timer() and + lpfc_stop_timer() + * Changed timer support to be inline. Clk_data is now declared + right next to the corresponding timer_list entry so we don't + have to allocate these clk_data dynamically. + * Add readls after writels to PCI space to flush the writes. + * Fix misspelled word "safety" in function names. + * Fix up comments in lpfc.conf for per HBA parameters to reflect + new implementation. + * Change lpfc_proc_info handler to get the Nodename from + fc_nodename and not fc_portname. + * Fix up some comments and whitespace in lpfc_fcp.c. + * Formatting changes: get rid of leading spaces in code + * Move discovery processing from tasklet to a kernel thread. + * Move ndlp node from unmap list to map list if ADISC completed + successfully. + * Flush all the ELS IOCBs when there is a link event. + * LP9802 qdepth is twice the LP9802DC qdepth. Delay + elx_sched_init after READ_CONFIG to get max_xri from the + firmware. Reset ELX_CFG_DFT_HBA_Q_DEPTH to max_xri after + READ_CONFIG + * Fix fc_get_cfg_parm() to be more robust and support embedded hex + values. The lpfc_param's are now defined as: + lpfc_log_verbose="lpfc:0,lpfc0:0x10,lpfc1:4,lpfc100:0xffff" The + "," delimter does not matter. It can be anything or not exist at + all. ie param = "lpfc:0lpfc0:0x10.lpfc1:4txtlpfc100:0xffff" will + also work. Additionally the string is treated as case + insensitive. + * Changed all usage of lpfc_find_lun_device() to lpfc_find_lun(). + * Removed unnecessary wrappers lpfc_find_lun_device() and + lpfc_tran_find_lun(). + * Switch from using internal bus/id/lun to similar data from + scsi_device structure. + * Eliminate one-line function lpfc_find_target() + * Added slave_alloc, slave_destory + * lpfc_scsi_cmd_start can now acquire lun pointer from + scsi_device->hostdata, which is setup in slave_alloc. + * Eliminate unnecessary checking on every cmd just to see if we + are accessing the device the first time. + * Remove assumption in lpfc_reset_lun_handler that a valid + lpfc_scsi_buf is hung off of linux's scsi_cmnd->host_scribble + when our reset is called. + +Changes from 20040507 to 20040515 + + * Changed version to 8.0.1 + * Fixed crash on driver rmmod after error injection tests and + lpfc_tasklet deadlock. + * Modified lpfc.conf to remove limit on number of support hosts + * Removed HBAAPI + * Removed duplication of SCSI opcodes from lpfc_fcp.h that are + available in scsi/scsi.h + * Rework module_param usage + * Added MODULE_PARAM_DESC for various module_params + * Removed #define EXPORT_SYMTAB + * Removed #includes of if_arp.h and rtnetlink.h + * Removed string "Open Source" from MODULE_DESC + * Cleanup duplicated string definitions used by MODULE_DESC + * Renamed lpfc_pci_[detect|release] to lpfc_pci_[probe|remove]_one + * Fix formatting of lpfc_driver + * Remove unnecessary memset to 0 of lpfcDRVR + * Attach driver attributes always unless pci_module_init failed + * Remove all one-line wrappers from lpfc_mem. + * Remove lpfc_sysfs_set_[show|store] as it is no longer needed + * Redo lpfc_sysfs_params_[show|store] to one value per attribute rule + * Breakdown lpfc_sysfs_info_show into smaller one value per attribute + * Use device attributes instead of driver attributes where appropriate + * Remove no longer needed EXPORT_SYMBOLs + * Remove some unused code (1600 msg's related) + +Changes from 20040429 to 20040507 + + * Change version to 8.0.0 + * Fix the number of cmd / rsp ring entries in lpfc_fcp.c to match + the divisions setup in lpfc_hw.h. + * Remove phba->iflag reference. + * Several locking improvements. + * Remove functions lpfc_drvr_init_lock, lpfc_drvr_lock, + lpfc_drvr_unlock and lpfc_hipri_*. + * Remove LPFC_DRVR_LOCK and LPFC_DRVR_UNLOCK macros. + * Make lpfc_info() use lpfc_get_hba_model_desc() instead of + rewriting almost identical code. + * Fix 1 overly long line in each of lpfc_cfgparm.h, lpfc_ftp.c and + lpfc_sli.c. + * Fix build for Red Hat 2.6.3 kernel by #defining MODULE_VERSION + only if it isn't already defined. + * Change elx_sli_issue_mbox_wait to return correct error code to + the caller. + * In some of the els completion routines, after calling + lpfc_elx_chk_latt, driver ignores the return code of the + lpfc_elx_chk_latt. This will prevent the discovery state machine + restarting correctly when there are link events in the middle of + discovery state machine running. Fix this by exiting discovery + state machine if lpfc_els_chk_latt returns a non zero value. + * Removed MAX_LPFC_BRDS from lpfc_diag.h + * Removed unused first_check. + * Remove some unused fields and defines. + * Change lpfc-param names to lpfc_param. + * Add use of MODULE_VERSION macro for 2.6 kernels. + * Shorten length of some of the comment lines to make them more + readable. + * Move FCP_* definitions to their own header file, lpfc_fcp.h. + * Remove unused prototypes from lpfc_crtn.h: fcptst, iptst, + lpfc_DELAYMS. + * Remove duplicated prototypes from lpfc_crtn.h: + lpfc_config_port_prep, lpfc_config_port_post, + lpfc_hba_down_prep. + * Removed some unused export_symbols. + * Install driver files into */drivers/scsi/lpfc instead of + */drivers/scsi. + +Changes from 20040426 to 20040429 + + * Declared export symbol lpfc_page_alloc and lpfc_page_free + * Changed lpfc version number to 6.98.3 + * Move the definition of MAX_LPFC_BRDS to the only header file + that uses it (lpfc_diag.h). + * Change lpfc_sli_wake_iocb_wait to do a regular wake_up since + lpfc_sli_issue_iocb_wait now sleeps uninterruptible. + * Replace list_for_each() with list_for_each_safe() when a list + element could be deleted. + * Fix IOCB memory leak + +Changes from 20040416 to 20040426 + + * Change lpfc_config_port_prep() to interpret word 4 of the DUMP + mbox response as a byte-count + * Add info attribute to sysfs + * Minor formatting (spaces to tabs) cleanup in lpfc_sched.h + * Remove unused log message number 732 + * Completing MODULE_PARM -> module_param changes + * Removed unused targetenable module parameter + * Removed locks from lpfc_sli_issue_mbox_wait routine + * Removed code that retry 29,00 check condition + * Removed code that manipulates rspSnsLen. + * Fix use of lun-q-depth config param + * Fix severity inconsistency with log message 249 + * Removed lpfc_max_target from lpfc_linux_attach + * Replace references to lpfcDRVR.pHba[] with lpfc_get_phba_by_inst() + * Change lpfc_param to lpfc-param + * Partially removed 32 HBA restriction within driver. Incorported + lpfc_instcnt, lpfc_instance[], and pHba[] into lpfcDRVR + structure Added routines lpfc_get_phba_by_inst() + lpfc_get_inst_by_phba() lpfc_check_valid_phba() + * Turn on attributes "set" & "params" by default. + * Further formatting/whitespace/line length cleanup on: lpfc_ct.c + lpfc_els.c lpfc_fcp.c lpfc_hbadisc.c lpfc_init.c lpfc_ipport.c + lpfc_mbox.c lpfc_nportdisc.c lpfc_sched.c lpfc_sched.h + lpfc_scsi.h lpfc_scsiport.c lpfc_sli.c and lpfc_sli.h + * Add log message 249 to log any unsupported device addressing + modes encountered. + * Add support for 256 targets and 256 LUNs + * Fixed panic in lpfc_linkdown. + * Removed (struct list_head*) casting in several calls to list_del + * Free irq reservation and kill running timers when insmod or + modprobe are killed via ctrl-c + * Remove drivers/scsi from include path + * Wrap use of log message 311 in macro + * Detect failure return from pci_map_sg call in lpfc_os_prep_io + * Fix use-after-free of IOCB in lpfc_sli_process_sol_iocb which + was causing an Oops on 2.6.5 kernel. + * Cleanup use of several gotos not used for error exit. + * Replace memcpy_toio() and memcpy_toio() with endian-dependent + lpfc_memcpy_to_slim() and lpfc_memcpy_from_slim() so that for + big endian hosts like PPC64, the SLIM is accessed 4 bytes at a + time instead of as a byte-stream. + +Changes from 20040409 to 20040416 + + * The scsi_register and scsi_alloc_host OS calls can fail and + return a zero-valued host pointer. A ctrl-C on 2.6 kernels + during driver load will cause this and the driver to panic. + Fixed this bug. Also found a bug in the error_x handling with + lpfc_sli_hba_down - it was in the wrong place and the driver + lock was not held, but needed to be (in lpfc_linux_attach) Fixed + both. Did some minor comment clean up. + * Removed unwanted (void *) castings. + * Replace define of INVALID_PHYS, with kernel 2.6.5's + dma_mapping_error() and add a inline function for earlier + kernels. Remove lpfc_bad_scatterlist(). + * Clean up formatting in hbaapi.h, lpfc.h, lpfc_cfgparm.h, + lpfc_crtn.h, lpfc_ct.c, lpfc_diag.h, lpfc_disc.h, lpfc_els.c, + lpfc_fcp.c, lpfc_hbadisc.c, lpfc_hw.h, lpfc_init.c, + lpfc_ipport.c, lpfc_logmsg.c, lpfc_logmsg.h and lpfc_scsiport.c + - mostly replacing groups of 8 spaces with hard tabs and keeping + lines to 80 column max.. + * Removed LPFC_DRVR_LOCK call from lpfc_unblock_requests for 2.4 + kernels. The lpfc_scsi_done routine already unlocks the driver + lock since it expects this lock to be held. + * Removed global lock capabilities from driver lock routines + * Remove SA_INTERRUPT flag from request_irq + * Move dma_addr_t cast inside of getPaddr macro as everywhere + getPaddr is used, the return is cast to dma_addr_t. + * Clean up formatting in lpfc_sli.c and lpfc_sysfs.c - mostly + replacing groups of 8 spaces with hard tabs and keeping lines + to 80 column max. + * Fix build for RHEL 2.1 BOOT kernels by always #including + interrupt.h in lpfc.h. + * Fix RHEL 3 build by #defining EXPORT_SYMTAB. + * Replace sprintf with snprintf in lpfc_proc_info. + * Fix build warnings on 2.6 kernels - remove no longer used calls + to character device initialization. + * Initial support code for discovery in tasklet conversion. + * Removing char interface and ioctl code. + * Change all elx prefixes to lpfc + * Replace lpfc_write_slim() & lpfc_read_slim() with memcpy_toio(), + memcpy_fromio(), writel() & readl(). + +Changes from 20040402 to 20040409 + + * Replaced lpfc_read_hbaregs_plus_offset and + lpfc_write_hbaregs_plus_offset functions with readl and writel. + * Get rid of long mdelay's in insmod path + * Changed the way our pci_device_id structures are initialized + * Replace lpfc_read/write_CA/HA/HC/HS with calls to readl() & + writel() directly. + * Increase SLI2_SLIM to 16K Increase cmd / rsp IOCBs accordingly + * Removed lpfc_els_chk_latt from the lpfc_config_post function. + lpfc_els_chk_latt will enable the link event interrupts when + flogi is pending which causes two discovery state machines + running parallelly. + * Add pci_disable_device to unload path. + * Move lpfc_sleep_event from lpfc_fcp.c to lpfc_util_ioctl.c + * Call dma_map_single() & pci_map_single() directly instead of via + macro lpfc_pci_map(). Allow address 0 for PPC64. + * Change sleep to uninterruptible in lpfc_sli_issue_icob_wait + because this function doesn't handle signals. + * Move lpfc_wakeup_event from lpfc_fcp.c to lpfc_ioctl.c + * Remove unneeded #include <linux/netdevice.h> + * Remove unused clock variables lpfc_clkCnt and lpfc_sec_clk. + * Get rid of capitalization of function names. + * Removed lpfc_addr_sprintf. + * Implemented gotos in lpfc_linux_attach for error cases. + * Replace mlist->dma.list = dmp->dma.list; to mlist = dmp. + * Remove functions lpfc_get_OsNameVersion and elx_wakeup. Change + elx_wakeup to wake_up_interruptible + * Add function lpfc_get_os_nameversion and change + lpfc_get_OsNameVersion to lpfc_get_os_nameversion. + * Remove lpfc_get_OsNameVersion + * Change driver name to a consistent lpfc in every visible place. + * Fix build warning: removed unused variable ret in lpfc_fdmi_tmo. + * Remove lpfc_utsname_nodename_check function + * Remove functions lpfc_register_intr and lpfc_unregister_intr + * Fill in owner field in lpfc_ops file_operations struct and + remove now unnecessary open and close entry points. + * Change function name prefixes from elx_ to lpfc_ + * Remove special case check for TUR in elx_os_prep_io() + * Renamed elx_scsi.h to lpfc_scsi.h + * Renamed elx_sched.h to lpfc_sched.h + * Renamed elx_mem.h to lpfc_mem.h + * Renamed elx_sli.h to lpfc_sli.h + * Renamed elx_logmsg.h to lpfc_logmsg.h + * Renamed elx.h to lpfc.h + * Renamed elx_sli.c to lpfc_sli.c + * Renamed elx_sched.c to lpfc_sched.c + * Renamed elx_mem.c to lpfc_mem.c + * Renamed elx_logmsg.c to lpfc_logmsg.c + * Renamed lpfcLINUXfcp.c lpfc_fcp.c + * Renamed elx_clock.c to lpfc_clock.c + * Reduce stack usage in lpfc_info(). + * Move lpip_stats structure from lpfc_hba.h to lpfc_ip.h. + * Move lpfc_stats and HBAEVT_t structures from lpfc_hba.h to + lpfc.h + * Remove lpfc_hba.h + * Remove duplicate rc definitions from + * Removed code which used next pointer to store mbox structure. + * Cleaned up list iterations. + * Removed non list manipulation of the next pointers. + * Change list_del()/INIT_LIST_HEAD sequences to list_del_init() + * In ELX_IOCBQ_t: Moved hipri_trigger field to iocb_flag. Combined + hipri_wait_queue and rsp_iocb in union + * Replaced casting from list_head with list_entry macro. + * Added ct_ndlp_context field to the ELX_IOCBQ_t. + * Do not use DMABUf_t list to store ndlp context + * Return 0 from lpfc_process_iotcl_util() when ELX_INITBRDS + succeeds. + * remove elx_os_scsiport.h + * Do not use DMABUf_t list to hold rpi context + * Replace elx_cfg_* names with lpfc_cfg-* + * Moved FCP activity to ring 0. Moved ELS/CT activity to ring 2. + * Clean up formatting of elx_sli.h (tabs for indents, 80 column + lines). + * Remove unused elxclock declaration in elx_sli.h. + * Since everywhere IOCB_ENTRY is used, the return value is cast, + move the cast into the macro. + * Split ioctls out into separate files + +Changes from 20040326 to 20040402 + + * Updated ChangeLog for 20040402 SourceForge drop. + * Use safe list iterator for ndlp list + * Added code to return NLP_STE_FREED_NODE from the discovery + state machine functions if the node is freed from the + function. + * Fixes to DMABUF_t handling + * Fix for load error in discovery + * Remove loop_cnt variable from lpfc_rcv_plogi_unused_node. + * Remove nle. reference. + * Remove support for building 2.4 drivers + * Remove elx_util.h and replace elx_disc.h with lpfc_disc.h + * Implemented the Linux list macros in the discovery code. + Also moved elx_disc.h contents into lpfc_disc.h + * Unused variable cleanup + * Use Linux list macros for DMABUF_t + * Break up ioctls into 3 sections, dfc, util, hbaapi + rearranged code so this could be easily separated into a + differnet module later All 3 are currently turned on by + defines in lpfc_ioctl.c LPFC_DFC_IOCTL, LPFC_UTIL_IOCTL, + LPFC_HBAAPI_IOCTL + * Misc cleanup: some goto's; add comments; clarify function + args + * Added code to use list macro for ELXSCSITARGET_t. + * New list implementation for ELX_MBOXQ_t + * Cleaned up some list_head casting. + * Put IPFC ifdef around two members of struct lpfc_nodelist. + * Cleaned up iocb list using list macros and list_head data + structure. + * lpfc_online() was missing some timer routines that were + started by lpfc_linux_attach(). These routines are now also + started by lpfc_online(). lpfc_offline() only stopped + els_timeout routine. It now stops all timeout routines + associated with that hba. + * Replace separate next and prev pointers in struct + lpfc_bindlist with list_head type. In elxHBA_t, replace + fc_nlpbind_start and _end with fc_nlpbind_list and use + list_head macros to access it. + * Fix ulpStatus for aborting I/Os overlaps with newer firmware + ulpStatus values + * Rework params_show/store to be consistent as the other + routines. Remove generic'ness and rely on set attribute. + * Remove unused log message. + * Collapse elx_crtn.h and prod_crtn.h into lpfc_crtn.h + * Ifdef Scheduler specific routines + * Removed following ununsed ioclt's: ELX_READ_IOCB + ELX_READ_MEMSEG ELX_READ_BINFO ELX_READ_EINVAL ELX_READ_LHBA + ELX_READ_LXHBA ELX_SET ELX_DBG LPFC_TRACE + * Removed variable fc_dbg_flg + * Fixed a bug where HBA_Q_DEPTH was set incorrectly for + 3-digit HBAs. Also changed can_queue so midlayer will only + send (HBA_Q_DEPTH - 10) cmds. + * Clean up code in the error path, check condition. Remove + ununsed sense-related fields in lun structure. + * Added code for safety pools for following objects: mbuf/bpl, + mbox, iocb, ndlp, bind + * Wrapped '#include <elx_sched.h>' in '#ifdef USE_SCHEDULER'. + * Fixed 'make clean' target. + * Build now ignores elx_sched.o, and includes lpfc_sysfs.o. + * Wrapped lpfndd.o target in BUILD_IPFC ifdef. + * Removed elx_os.h inclusion in implementation files. + * Removed ELX_OS_IO_t data structure and put data direction + and non scatter/gather physical address into the scsi buffer + structure directly. Moved DRVR_LOCK, putPaddr, getPaddr + macros and some defines into elx.h since they are required + by the whole driver. + * Migrated following ioctls (debug) ELX_DISPLAY_PCI_ALL + ELX_DEVP ELX_READ_BPLIST ELX_RESET_QDEPTH ELX_STAT. + * Step 1 of attempt to move all Debug ioctls to sysfs. + Implemented the following IOCTLs in sysfs: ELX_WRITE_HC + ELX_WRITE_HS ELX_WRITE_HA ELX_WRITE_CA ELX_READ_HC + ELX_READ_HS ELX_READ_HA ELX_READ_CA ELX_READ_MB ELX_RESET + ELX_READ_HBA ELX_INSTANCE ELX_LIP. Also introduced + attribute "set" to be used in conjunction with the above + attributes. + * Removed DLINK, enque and deque declarations now that clock + doesn't use them anymore + * Separated install rule so that BUILD_IPFC has to be set when + make is called in order for the install rule to attempt to + copy the lpfndd.o driver. This change fixes a bug that + occurs because the install rule by default attempted to + install lpfndd.o, whereas the default make rule did not by + default build lpfndd.o. + * Keep track if hbaapi index numbers need to be refreshed. + * Removed prod_os.h from include list. + * Removed LPFC_LOCK and LPFC_UNLOCK macros. Added OS calls + into elx_os_scsiport.c. This file is now empty. + * Added spin_lock_irqsave and spin_unlock_irqrestore calls + into code directly and removed LPFC_LOCK_ and _UNLOCK_ + macros + * Remove references to "elx_clock.h" + * Added utsname.h to include list. The previous checkin to + elx_os.h removed its inclusion of utsname.h since there is + precious little in the file. However, lpfcLINUXfcp.c needs + it and now has it. + * Removed some commented-out code + * Removed elx_lck_t data structure, stray elxDRVR_t type, and + include from file. No longer used. + * Removed two PCI Sync defines. Removed includes - not + needed. Cleaned up macro lines. + * Added two functions from elxLINUXfcp.c. These functions + were IPFC specific. + * Removed hipri lock abstractions and added OS call into code. + Removed elx_lck_t and added spinlock_t directly. Moved two + IPFC functions into lpfc_ipport.c + * Moved IP specific structures to lpfc_ip.h file. + * lpfc_ipfarp_timeout() uses system timer. Remove all usages + of old internal clock support. + * Made changes to compile without IPFC support for the default + build. Added ifdef IPFC for all lpfc_ip.h includes. + * Patched elx_free_scsi_buf + * Removed elx_sched.o from 2.6 dependencies + * Reworked lpfc_pcimap. + * Use Linux swap macros to replace ELX swapping macros + (SWAP_SHORT, SWAP_LONG, SWAP_DATA, SWAP_DATA16, + PCIMEM_SHORT, PCIMEM_LONG, PCIMEM_DATA). + * move in_interrupt() check inside of elx_sleep_ms() + * Moved location of pci.h include. + * Restored elx_lck_t types in elxHBA_t. + * Removed elx_pci_dma_sync call. Also removed some PCI + defines from elx_hw.h and removed the spinlock_t locks that + are no longer used in elx.h + * elx_iodone() now uses system timer. + * elx_qfull_retry() now uses system timer. + * lpfc_put_buf(), lpfc_ip_xri_timeout() and + lpfc_ip_timeout_handler() now use system timer. + * lpfc_fdmi_tmo() and lpfc_qthrottle_up() now use system + timer. + * Removed num_bufs and num_iocbs configuration parameters. + * Fixed a memory corruption bug. This was caused by a memory + write to ndlp structure from lpfc_cmpl_els_acc function. + This ndlp structure was freed from lpfc_els_unsol_event. + * lpfc_disc_timeout() and lpfc_establish_link_tmo() now use + system timer. Also update lpfc_els_retry_delay() to do a + single lock release at the end. + * Remove use of PAN (pseudo adapter number). + * Reintroduced usage of the cross compiler for building on + ppc64 to remove build errors that were cropping up when + using the standard gcc compiler. + * Fix no-unlock-before return in lpfc_els_retry_delay which was + causing a deadlock on insmod in some environments. + * Minor format changes fix up comments + * Create utility clock function elx_start_timer() and + elx_stop_timer(). All timeout routines now use these common + routines. + * Minor formating changes fix up comments + * Minor formatting changes get rid of failover defines for + syntax checking + * Minor formatting changes remove ISCSI defines. + * Fix typo in install target for 2.4 kernels. + * Removed unused elx_scsi_add_timer extern function + declaration. + * Cleanup casting around DMA masks. + * Comment out lpfndd.o modules_install section as lpfndd.o is + not generated if CONFIG_NET_LPFC is not set. Also refer to + BASEINCLUDE only in out of kernel source module builds as it + will not exist otherwise. + * Removed unused malloc counters from lpfcLINUXfcp.c. + * Remove some unnecessary #includes in lpfcLINUXfcp.c + * Remove unncessary #includes in elxLINUXfcp.c + * Minor formatting cleanups in Makefile to avoid some + linewrapping. + * Removed unused elx_mem_pool data structure. + * Remove several unnecessary #includes. + * Moving fix for memory leak in ioctl lip area to sysfs's lip. + * Removed unused elx_dma_handle_t elx_acc_handle_t + FC_MAX_SEGSZ and FC_MAX_POOL. + * Rewrite of Makefile. Fixes breakages with make -j4 during + kernel compile. Does not recompile all files on every + build. Uses the kernel build's definitions of CFLAGS, + MODFLAGS etc. Removed "make rpm" option. + * Removed unused #defines CLOSED, DEAD, OPENED, NORMAL_OPEN + and unneeded #include of elx_sched.h in elx.h. + * Several log message updates + * Add PCI_DEVICE_ID_FIREFLY for LP6000 + * Fixed known issues in 20040326: driver crashes on rmmod in + both 2.4 and 2.6 kernels + + +Changes from 20040319 to 20040326 + + * Updated ChangeLog for 20040326 SourceForge drop. + * remove lpfc_isr / lpfc_tmr logic fixed up 8 spaces from + previous checkins with tabs + * replace elx_in_intr() with in_interrupt() + * Remove unused messages 1602 and 1603. + * Fix the following issues with log messages: Remove unused + messages 406, 407, 409, 927, 928, 1201, 1202, 1204, 1205, 1206 + and 1207. Create a new message 738 to fix duplicate instances + of 736. + * Removed remaining pci interface abstractions from elxLINUXfcp.c. + Implemented OS calls directly in all remaining files and cleaned + up modules. Removed prototypes as well. + * Removed following functions/structures elx_mem_dmapool + elx_idx_dmapool elx_size_dmapool elx_kmem_lock dfc_data_alloc + dfc_data_free dfc_mem struct mbuf_info elx_acc_handle_t + data_handle elx_dma_handle_t dma_handle struct elx_memseg + MEMSEG_t + * lpfc_els_timeout_handler() now uses system timer. + * Further cleanup of #ifdef powerpc + * lpfc_scsi_timeout_handler() now uses system timer. + * Replace common driver's own defines for endianness w/ Linux's + __BIG_ENDIAN etc. + * Added #ifdef IPFC for all IPFC specific code. + * lpfc_disc_retry_rptlun() now uses system timer. + * lpfc_npr_timeout() now uses system timer. + * Modified detect code, on insmod, to only wait a max of 2 secs if + link comes up and there are no devices. + * Move remaining message logging functions into + elx_logmsg.c/elx_logmsg.h. + * Added code to clear link attention bit when there is a pending + link event and the memory allocation for read_la mail box + command fails. + * Removed function calls for mapping bar registers and allocating + kernel virtual memory mappings to the mapped bars Removed + prototypes, lpfc_driver_cache_line, and pci_bar1_map rename to + pci_bar2_map. + * Allocate mbox only if the hba_state is in ready state. + * Complete lip support via sysfs. To lip, echo brdnum > + /sys/bus/pci/drivers/lpfc/lip. + * moving sysfs show/store implementations to lpfc_sysfs.c. Also add + support for lip. + * Add files: lpfc_sysfs.c, lpfc_sysfs.h + * move LPFC_DRIVER_NAME and LPFC_MODULE_DESC out of lpfcLINUXfcp.c + to lpfc_version.h, since it is now needed in lpfc_sysfs.c + * elx_mbox_timeout now uses system timer + * Changed lpfc_nodev_timeout, lpfc_els_retry_delay and + lpfc_linkdown_timeout to use the system timer instead of + internal clock support. + * Move remaining message logging functions in elx_util.c to + elx_logmsg.c. + * Remove some unnecessary typecasting. + * Remove log message that is no longer used (was used by + elx_str_atox). + * Replaced DLINK_t and SLINK_t by standard Linux list_head + * Removed deque macro + * Replaced ELX_DLINK_t ans ELX_SLINK_t by Linux struct list_head + (except for clock) + * Removed following functions from code: linux_kmalloc linux_kfree + elx_alloc_bigbuf elx_free_bigbuf + * Removed following abstract functions from the code. elx_malloc + elx_free elx_ip_get_rcv_buf elx_ip_free_rcv_buf + elx_mem_alloc_dmabuf elx_mem_alloc_dmabufext elx_mem_alloc_dma + elx_mem_alloc_buf lpfc_bufmap + * Removed custom PCI configuration #defines and replaced with + OS-provided #defines. Also added linux/pci.h to *.c files. + * Remove elx_str_ctox. Replace elx_str_atox with sscanf. + * Many indentation/whitespace fixes. + * Replace elx_str_ctox with isxdigit where it was only used to + check the value of a character. + * Removed following functions from the code. elx_kmem_free + elx_kmem_alloc elx_kmem_zalloc + * Change use of 2.4 SCSI typedef Scsi_Host_Template to struct + scsi_host_template for 2.6 kernels. + * Change use of 2.4 SCSI typedefs (Scsi_Device, Scsi_Cmnd, + Scsi_Request) the their real struct names. + * Move 2.6 compatibility irqreturn definitions to lpfc_compat.h. + Protect these definitions from conflicting with similar ones in + later 2.4 kernels. + * Remove unused definitions: LINUX_TGT_t, LINUX_LUN_t, + LINUX_BUF_t, elx_lun_t, SET_ADAPTER_STATUS. + * Convert pci_ calls to linux 2.6 dma_ equivalents. + * Removed unused types: struct buf, struct sc_buf, T_SCSIBUF + typedef. + * Fix Makefile so that 2.4 drivers don't always rebuild all files. + * Remove unused _static_ and fc_lun_t definitions. + * Cleaned up some memory pool implementation code. + * Fix panic with char dev changes. Turns out that 2.6.4 code does + the same in kernel space with the 2.4 interface style + definitions. So remove the new char dev code altogether. + * Remove typecasting from fc_get_cfg_param and consolidate + multiple instances of the parameter switch into a single + instance. + * Use lpfc_is_LC_HBA() macro that tests pcidev->device directly + instead of saving a private copy that undergoes varied shifting + & casting. + * Removed usage of all memory pools. + +Changes from 20040312 to 20040319 + + * Use dev_warn instead of printk for 2.6 kernels + * Correct Iocbq completion routine for 2.6 kernel case + * Change void *pOSCmd to Scsi_Smnd *pCmd + * Change void *pOScmd to struct sk_buff *pCmd + * Remove data directon code. + * Removed memory pool for buf/bpl buffers and use kmalloc/kfree + pci_pool_alloc/free directly. + * Move PPC check for DMA address 0 in scatter-gather list, into + lpfc_compat.h + * Always use pci_unmap_single() instead of pci_unmap_page() + * Clean up the 2.6 vs 2.4 #if blocks. + * Conditionalize Scheduler + * Add a comment to explain a little what the first Makefile + section does. + * Removed lpfc_intr_post + * Sysfs new display format. Also added write functionality. You + can [ echo "0 log_verbose 3" > + /sys/bus/pci/drivers/lpfc/params]. Hex support yet to be added. + * Removed several #ifdef powerpc, including for a discovery issue + in lpfc_ValidLun() + * Change elx_printf_log to use vsprintf. + * Added lpfc_compat.h provides macros to aid compilation in the + Linux 2.4 kernel over various platform architectures. Initially + support mapping to a DMA address. + * Removed memory pool for nlp/bind buffers and use kmalloc/kfree + directly. + * Removed memory pool for iocb buffers and use kmalloc/kfree + directly. + * Removed memory pool for mailbox buffers and use kmalloc/kfree + directly. + * Cleaned up back and forth casts + * Initial support for sysfs for 2.6 kernel. + * Changed elx_dma_addr_t to dma_addr_t + * Fix a 2.6 kernel check to be >= 2.6.0 instead of > (was missing + 2.6.0). + * Remove elx_printf and elx_str_sprintf. Replace elx_print with + printk. + * Replace elx_printf with printk. + * Replace elx_str_sprintf with sprintf. + * Removed the mem_lock, its prototype, function, macro, and + iflags. + * Use kmalloc/kfree for ELX_SCSI_BUF_t + * Use linux pci_pools for SCSI_DMA_EXT + * Use linux pci_pools for BPLs. + * Minor cleanup of DFC args for PPC64. + * Several small indentation cleanups. + * New Linux 2.6 style of char device registration. + * Migrated members of LPFCHBA_t and LINUX_HBA_t into elxHBA_t + * Use strcpy, strncmp, isdigit, strlen instead of abstractions + * Cleanup of driver_template. + * Facilitate compile time turn on/off of lpfc_network_on. + * Split large source files into smaller, better named ones. + +Changes from 2.10a to 20040312 + + * Fix build for 2.4 kernels + * Move driver version macros into lpfc_version.h file. + * Fixed data miscompare with LIP. + * Removed elx_sli, elx_ioc, elx_disc, elx_sch routines, + prototypes, and reference points. + * Correct the space insertions with hardtabs + * Remove routine call pointers in ELX_SLI_INIT_t struct. + * Removed module locks except for drvr, mem, and clock. + * Removed unused module locks from sourcebase. Kept drvr_lock, + mem_lock, and clock_lock. + * Change NULL to 0 diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2052fdbe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid @@ -0,0 +1,614 @@ +Release Date : Thu Nov 16 15:32:35 EST 2006 - + Sumant Patro <sumant.patro@lsi.com> +Current Version : 2.20.5.1 (scsi module), 2.20.2.6 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.9 (scsi module), 2.20.2.6 (cmm module) + +1. Changes in Initialization to fix kdump failure. + Send SYNC command on loading. + This command clears the pending commands in the adapter + and re-initialize its internal RAID structure. + Without this change, megaraid driver either panics or fails to + initialize the adapter during kdump's second kernel boot + if there are pending commands or interrupts from other devices + sharing the same IRQ. +2. Authors email-id domain name changed from lsil.com to lsi.com. + Also modified the MODULE_AUTHOR to megaraidlinux@lsi.com + +Release Date : Fri May 19 09:31:45 EST 2006 - Seokmann Ju <sju@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.4.9 (scsi module), 2.20.2.6 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.8 (scsi module), 2.20.2.6 (cmm module) + +1. Fixed a bug in megaraid_init_mbox(). + Customer reported "garbage in file on x86_64 platform". + Root Cause: the driver registered controllers as 64-bit DMA capable + for those which are not support it. + Fix: Made change in the function inserting identification machanism + identifying 64-bit DMA capable controllers. + + > -----Original Message----- + > From: Vasily Averin [mailto:vvs@sw.ru] + > Sent: Thursday, May 04, 2006 2:49 PM + > To: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org; Kolli, Neela; Mukker, Atul; + > Ju, Seokmann; Bagalkote, Sreenivas; + > James.Bottomley@SteelEye.com; devel@openvz.org + > Subject: megaraid_mbox: garbage in file + > + > Hello all, + > + > I've investigated customers claim on the unstable work of + > their node and found a + > strange effect: reading from some files leads to the + > "attempt to access beyond end of device" messages. + > + > I've checked filesystem, memory on the node, motherboard BIOS + > version, but it + > does not help and issue still has been reproduced by simple + > file reading. + > + > Reproducer is simple: + > + > echo 0xffffffff >/proc/sys/dev/scsi/logging_level ; + > cat /vz/private/101/root/etc/ld.so.cache >/tmp/ttt ; + > echo 0 >/proc/sys/dev/scsi/logging + > + > It leads to the following messages in dmesg + > + > sd_init_command: disk=sda, block=871769260, count=26 + > sda : block=871769260 + > sda : reading 26/26 512 byte blocks. + > scsi_add_timer: scmd: f79ed980, time: 7500, (c02b1420) + > sd 0:1:0:0: send 0xf79ed980 sd 0:1:0:0: + > command: Read (10): 28 00 33 f6 24 ac 00 00 1a 00 + > buffer = 0xf7cfb540, bufflen = 13312, done = 0xc0366b40, + > queuecommand 0xc0344010 + > leaving scsi_dispatch_cmnd() + > scsi_delete_timer: scmd: f79ed980, rtn: 1 + > sd 0:1:0:0: done 0xf79ed980 SUCCESS 0 sd 0:1:0:0: + > command: Read (10): 28 00 33 f6 24 ac 00 00 1a 00 + > scsi host busy 1 failed 0 + > sd 0:1:0:0: Notifying upper driver of completion (result 0) + > sd_rw_intr: sda: res=0x0 + > 26 sectors total, 13312 bytes done. + > use_sg is 4 + > attempt to access beyond end of device + > sda6: rw=0, want=1044134458, limit=951401367 + > Buffer I/O error on device sda6, logical block 522067228 + > attempt to access beyond end of device + +2. When INQUIRY with EVPD bit set issued to the MegaRAID controller, + system memory gets corrupted. + Root Cause: MegaRAID F/W handle the INQUIRY with EVPD bit set + incorrectly. + Fix: MegaRAID F/W has fixed the problem and being process of release, + soon. Meanwhile, driver will filter out the request. + +3. One of member in the data structure of the driver leads unaligne + issue on 64-bit platform. + Customer reporeted "kernel unaligned access addrss" issue when + application communicates with MegaRAID HBA driver. + Root Cause: in uioc_t structure, one of member had misaligned and it + led system to display the error message. + Fix: A patch submitted to community from following folk. + + > -----Original Message----- + > From: linux-scsi-owner@vger.kernel.org + > [mailto:linux-scsi-owner@vger.kernel.org] On Behalf Of Sakurai Hiroomi + > Sent: Wednesday, July 12, 2006 4:20 AM + > To: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org; linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org + > Subject: Re: Help: strange messages from kernel on IA64 platform + > + > Hi, + > + > I saw same message. + > + > When GAM(Global Array Manager) is started, The following + > message output. + > kernel: kernel unaligned access to 0xe0000001fe1080d4, + > ip=0xa000000200053371 + > + > The uioc structure used by ioctl is defined by packed, + > the allignment of each member are disturbed. + > In a 64 bit structure, the allignment of member doesn't fit 64 bit + > boundary. this causes this messages. + > In a 32 bit structure, we don't see the message because the allinment + > of member fit 32 bit boundary even if packed is specified. + > + > patch + > I Add 32 bit dummy member to fit 64 bit boundary. I tested. + > We confirmed this patch fix the problem by IA64 server. + > + > ************************************************************** + > **************** + > --- linux-2.6.9/drivers/scsi/megaraid/megaraid_ioctl.h.orig + > 2006-04-03 17:13:03.000000000 +0900 + > +++ linux-2.6.9/drivers/scsi/megaraid/megaraid_ioctl.h + > 2006-04-03 17:14:09.000000000 +0900 + > @@ -132,6 +132,10 @@ + > /* Driver Data: */ + > void __user * user_data; + > uint32_t user_data_len; + > + + > + /* 64bit alignment */ + > + uint32_t pad_0xBC; + > + + > mraid_passthru_t __user *user_pthru; + > + > mraid_passthru_t *pthru32; + > ************************************************************** + > **************** + +Release Date : Mon Apr 11 12:27:22 EST 2006 - Seokmann Ju <sju@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.4.8 (scsi module), 2.20.2.6 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.7 (scsi module), 2.20.2.6 (cmm module) + +1. Fixed a bug in megaraid_reset_handler(). + Customer reported "Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference + at virtual address 00000000" when system goes to reset condition + for some reason. It happened randomly. + Root Cause: in the megaraid_reset_handler(), there is possibility not + returning pending packets in the pend_list if there are multiple + pending packets. + Fix: Made the change in the driver so that it will return all packets + in the pend_list. + +2. Added change request. + As found in the following URL, rmb() only didn't help the + problem. I had to increase the loop counter to 0xFFFFFF. (6 F's) + http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-scsi&m=110971060502497&w=2 + + I attached a patch for your reference, too. + Could you check and get this fix in your driver? + + Best Regards, + Jun'ichi Nomura + +Release Date : Fri Nov 11 12:27:22 EST 2005 - Seokmann Ju <sju@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.4.7 (scsi module), 2.20.2.6 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.6 (scsi module), 2.20.2.6 (cmm module) + +1. Sorted out PCI IDs to remove megaraid support overlaps. + Based on the patch from Daniel, sorted out PCI IDs along with + character node name change from 'megadev' to 'megadev_legacy' to avoid + conflict. + --- + Hopefully we'll be getting the build restriction zapped much sooner, + but we should also be thinking about totally removing the hardware + support overlap in the megaraid drivers. + + This patch pencils in a date of Feb 06 for this, and performs some + printk abuse in hope that existing legacy users might pick up on what's + going on. + + Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org> + --- + +2. Fixed a issue: megaraid always fails to reset handler. + --- + I found that the megaraid driver always fails to reset the + adapter with the following message: + megaraid: resetting the host... + megaraid mbox: reset sequence completed successfully + megaraid: fast sync command timed out + megaraid: reservation reset failed + when the "Cluster mode" of the adapter BIOS is enabled. + So, whenever the reset occurs, the adapter goes to + offline and just become unavailable. + + Jun'ichi Nomura [mailto:jnomura@mtc.biglobe.ne.jp] + --- + +Release Date : Mon Mar 07 12:27:22 EST 2005 - Seokmann Ju <sju@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.4.6 (scsi module), 2.20.2.6 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.5 (scsi module), 2.20.2.5 (cmm module) + +1. Added IOCTL backward compatibility. + Convert megaraid_mm driver to new compat_ioctl entry points. + I don't have easy access to hardware, so only compile tested. + - Signed-off-by:Andi Kleen <ak@muc.de> + +2. megaraid_mbox fix: wrong order of arguments in memset() + That, BTW, shows why cross-builds are useful-the only indication of + problem had been a new warning showing up in sparse output on alpha + build (number of exceeding 256 got truncated). + - Signed-off-by: Al Viro + <viro@parcelfarce.linux.theplanet.co.uk> + +3. Convert pci_module_init to pci_register_driver + Convert from pci_module_init to pci_register_driver + (from:http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors/TODO) + - Signed-off-by: Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org> + +4. Use the pre defined DMA mask constants from dma-mapping.h + Use the DMA_{64,32}BIT_MASK constants from dma-mapping.h when calling + pci_set_dma_mask() or pci_set_consistend_dma_mask(). See + http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?t=108001993000001&r=1&w=2 for more + details. + Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@nuerscht.ch> + Signed-off-by: Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org> + +5. Remove SSID checking for Dobson, Lindsay, and Verde based products. + Checking the SSVID/SSID for controllers which have Dobson, Lindsay, + and Verde is unnecessary because device ID has been assigned by LSI + and it is unique value. So, all controllers with these IOPs have to be + supported by the driver regardless SSVID/SSID. + +6. Date Thu, 27 Jan 2005 04:31:09 +0100 + From Herbert Poetzl <> + Subject RFC: assert_spin_locked() for 2.6 + + Greetings! + + overcautious programming will kill your kernel ;) + ever thought about checking a spin_lock or even + asserting that it must be held (maybe just for + spinlock debugging?) ... + + there are several checks present in the kernel + where somebody does a variation on the following: + + BUG_ON(!spin_is_locked(&some_lock)); + + so what's wrong about that? nothing, unless you + compile the code with CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK but + without CONFIG_SMP ... in which case the BUG() + will kill your kernel ... + + maybe it's not advised to make such assertions, + but here is a solution which works for me ... + (compile tested for sh, x86_64 and x86, boot/run + tested for x86 only) + + best, + Herbert + + - Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>, Thu, 27 Jan 2005 + +Release Date : Thu Feb 03 12:27:22 EST 2005 - Seokmann Ju <sju@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.4.5 (scsi module), 2.20.2.5 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.4 (scsi module), 2.20.2.4 (cmm module) + +1. Modified name of two attributes in scsi_host_template. + On Wed, 2005-02-02 at 10:56 -0500, Ju, Seokmann wrote: + > + .sdev_attrs = megaraid_device_attrs, + > + .shost_attrs = megaraid_class_device_attrs, + + These are, perhaps, slightly confusing names. + The terms device and class_device have well defined meanings in the + generic device model, neither of which is what you mean here. + Why not simply megaraid_sdev_attrs and megaraid_shost_attrs? + + Other than this, it looks fine to me too. + +Release Date : Thu Jan 27 00:01:03 EST 2005 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.4.4 (scsi module), 2.20.2.5 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.3 (scsi module), 2.20.2.4 (cmm module) + +1. Bump up the version of scsi module due to its conflict. + +Release Date : Thu Jan 21 00:01:03 EST 2005 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.4.3 (scsi module), 2.20.2.5 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.2 (scsi module), 2.20.2.4 (cmm module) + +1. Remove driver ioctl for logical drive to scsi address translation and + replace with the sysfs attribute. To remove drives and change + capacity, application shall now use the device attribute to get the + logical drive number for a scsi device. For adding newly created + logical drives, class device attribute would be required to uniquely + identify each controller. + - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> + + "James, I've been thinking about this a little more, and you may be on + to something here. Let each driver add files as such:" + + - Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>, 12.15.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + + + "Then, if you simply publish your LD number as an extra parameter of + the device, you can look through /sys to find it." + + - James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@SteelEye.com>, 01.03.2005 + linux-scsi mailing list + + + "I don't see why not ... it's your driver, you can publish whatever + extra information you need as scsi_device attributes; that was one of + the designs of the extensible attribute system." + + - James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@SteelEye.com>, 01.06.2005 + linux-scsi mailing list + +2. Add AMI megaraid support - Brian King <brking@charter.net> + PCI_VENDOR_ID_AMI, PCI_DEVICE_ID_AMI_MEGARAID3, + PCI_VENDOR_ID_AMI, PCI_SUBSYS_ID_PERC3_DC, + +3. Make some code static - Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de> + Date: Mon, 15 Nov 2004 03:14:57 +0100 + + The patch below makes some needlessly global code static. + -wait_queue_head_t wait_q; + +static wait_queue_head_t wait_q; + + Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de> + +4. Added NEC ROMB support - NEC MegaRAID PCI Express ROMB controller + PCI_VENDOR_ID_LSI_LOGIC, PCI_DEVICE_ID_MEGARAID_NEC_ROMB_2E, + PCI_SUBSYS_ID_NEC, PCI_SUBSYS_ID_MEGARAID_NEC_ROMB_2E, + +5. Fixed Tape drive issue : For any Direct CDB command to physical device + including tape, timeout value set by driver was 10 minutes. With this + value, most of command will return within timeout. However, for those + command like ERASE or FORMAT, it takes more than an hour depends on + capacity of the device and the command could be terminated before it + completes. + To address this issue, the 'timeout' field in the DCDB command will + have NO TIMEOUT (i.e., 4) value as its timeout on DCDB command. + + + +Release Date : Thu Dec 9 19:10:23 EST 2004 + - Sreenivas Bagalkote <sreenib@lsil.com> + +Current Version : 2.20.4.2 (scsi module), 2.20.2.4 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.1 (scsi module), 2.20.2.3 (cmm module) + +i. Introduced driver ioctl that returns scsi address for a given ld. + + "Why can't the existing sysfs interfaces be used to do this?" + - Brian King (brking@us.ibm.com) + + "I've looked into solving this another way, but I cannot see how + to get this driver-private mapping of logical drive number-> HCTL + without putting code something like this into the driver." + + "...and by providing a mapping a function to userspace, the driver + is free to change its mapping algorithm in the future if necessary .." + - Matt Domsch (Matt_Domsch@dell.com) + +Release Date : Thu Dec 9 19:02:14 EST 2004 - Sreenivas Bagalkote <sreenib@lsil.com> + +Current Version : 2.20.4.1 (scsi module), 2.20.2.3 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.1 (scsi module), 2.20.2.2 (cmm module) + +i. Fix a bug in kioc's dma buffer deallocation + +Release Date : Thu Nov 4 18:24:56 EST 2004 - Sreenivas Bagalkote <sreenib@lsil.com> + +Current Version : 2.20.4.1 (scsi module), 2.20.2.2 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.0 (scsi module), 2.20.2.1 (cmm module) + +i. Handle IOCTL cmd timeouts more properly. + +ii. pci_dma_sync_{sg,single}_for_cpu was introduced into megaraid_mbox + incorrectly (instead of _for_device). Changed to appropriate + pci_dma_sync_{sg,single}_for_device. + +Release Date : Wed Oct 06 11:15:29 EDT 2004 - Sreenivas Bagalkote <sreenib@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.4.0 (scsi module), 2.20.2.1 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.4.0 (scsi module), 2.20.2.0 (cmm module) + +i. Remove CONFIG_COMPAT around register_ioctl32_conversion + +Release Date : Mon Sep 27 22:15:07 EDT 2004 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.4.0 (scsi module), 2.20.2.0 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.3.1 (scsi module), 2.20.2.0 (cmm module) + +i. Fix data corruption. Because of a typo in the driver, the IO packets + were wrongly shared by the ioctl path. This causes a whole IO command + to be replaced by an incoming ioctl command. + +Release Date : Tue Aug 24 09:43:35 EDT 2004 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.3.1 (scsi module), 2.20.2.0 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.3.0 (scsi module), 2.20.2.0 (cmm module) + +i. Function reordering so that inline functions are defined before they + are actually used. It is now mandatory for GCC 3.4.1 (current stable) + + Declare some heavy-weight functions to be non-inlined, + megaraid_mbox_build_cmd, megaraid_mbox_runpendq, + megaraid_mbox_prepare_pthru, megaraid_mbox_prepare_epthru, + megaraid_busywait_mbox + + - Andrew Morton, 08.19.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + + "Something else to clean up after inclusion: every instance of an + inline function is actually rendered as a full function call, because + the function is always used before it is defined. Atul, please + re-arrange the code to eliminate the need for most (all) of the + function prototypes at the top of each file, and define (not just + declare with a prototype) each inline function before its first use" + + - Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>, 07.27.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + + +ii. Display elapsed time (countdown) while waiting for FW to boot. + +iii. Module compilation reorder in Makefile so that unresolved symbols do + not occur when driver is compiled non-modular. + + Patrick J. LoPresti <patl@users.sourceforge.net>, 8.22.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + + +Release Date : Thu Aug 19 09:58:33 EDT 2004 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.3.0 (scsi module), 2.20.2.0 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.2.0 (scsi module), 2.20.1.0 (cmm module) + +i. When copying the mailbox packets, copy only first 14 bytes (for 32-bit + mailboxes) and only first 22 bytes (for 64-bit mailboxes). This is to + avoid getting the stale values for busy bit. We want to set the busy + bit just before issuing command to the FW. + +ii. In the reset handling, if the reseted command is not owned by the + driver, do not (wrongly) print information for the "attached" driver + packet. + +iii. Have extended wait when issuing command in synchronous mode. This is + required for the cases where the option ROM is disabled and there is + no BIOS to start the controller. The FW starts to boot after receiving + the first command from the driver. The current driver has 1 second + timeout for the synchronous commands, which is far less than what is + actually required. We now wait up to MBOX_RESET_TIME (180 seconds) for + FW boot process. + +iv. In megaraid_mbox_product_info, clear the mailbox contents completely + before preparing the command for inquiry3. This is to ensure that the + FW does not get junk values in the command. + +v. Do away with the redundant LSI_CONFIG_COMPAT redefinition for + CONFIG_COMPAT. Replace <asm/ioctl32.h> with <linux/ioctl32.h> + + - James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@SteelEye.com>, 08.17.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + +vi. Add support for 64-bit applications. Current drivers assume only + 32-bit applications, even on 64-bit platforms. Use the "data" and + "buffer" fields of the mimd_t structure, instead of embedded 32-bit + addresses in application mailbox and passthru structures. + +vii. Move the function declarations for the management module from + megaraid_mm.h to megaraid_mm.c + + - Andrew Morton, 08.19.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + +viii. Change default values for MEGARAID_NEWGEN, MEGARAID_MM, and + MEGARAID_MAILBOX to 'n' in Kconfig.megaraid + + - Andrew Morton, 08.19.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + +ix. replace udelay with msleep + +x. Typos corrected in comments and whitespace adjustments, explicit + grouping of expressions. + + +Release Date : Fri Jul 23 15:22:07 EDT 2004 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.2.0 (scsi module), 2.20.1.0 (cmm module) +Older Version : 2.20.1.0 (scsi module), 2.20.0.0 (cmm module) + +i. Add PCI ids for Acer ROMB 2E solution + +ii. Add PCI ids for I4 + +iii. Typo corrected for subsys id for megaraid sata 300-4x + +iv. Remove yield() while mailbox handshake in synchronous commands + + + "My other main gripe is things like this: + + + // wait for maximum 1 second for status to post + + for (i = 0; i < 40000; i++) { + + if (mbox->numstatus != 0xFF) break; + + udelay(25); yield(); + + } + + which litter the driver. Use of yield() in drivers is deprecated." + + - James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@SteelEye.com>, 07.14.2004 + linux-scsi mailing list + +v. Remove redundant __megaraid_busywait_mbox routine + +vi. Fix bug in the management module, which causes a system lockup when the + IO module is loaded and then unloaded, followed by executing any + management utility. The current version of management module does not + handle the adapter unregister properly. + + Specifically, it still keeps a reference to the unregistered + controllers. To avoid this, the static array adapters has been + replaced by a dynamic list, which gets updated every time an adapter + is added or removed. + + Also, during unregistration of the IO module, the resources are + now released in the exact reverse order of the allocation time + sequence. + + +Release Date : Fri Jun 25 18:58:43 EDT 2004 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.1.0 +Older Version : megaraid 2.20.0.1 + +i. Stale list pointer in adapter causes kernel panic when module + megaraid_mbox is unloaded + + +Release Date : Thu Jun 24 20:37:11 EDT 2004 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.0.1 +Older Version : megaraid 2.20.0.00 + +i. Modules are not 'y' by default, but depend on current definition of + SCSI & PCI. + +ii. Redundant structure mraid_driver_t removed. + +iii. Miscellaneous indentation and goto/label fixes. + - Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>, 06.24.2004 linux-scsi + +iv. scsi_host_put(), do just before completing HBA shutdown. + + + +Release Date : Mon Jun 21 19:53:54 EDT 2004 - Atul Mukker <atulm@lsil.com> +Current Version : 2.20.0.0 +Older Version : megaraid 2.20.0.rc2 and 2.00.3 + +i. Independent module to interact with userland applications and + multiplex command to low level RAID module(s). + + "Shared code in a third module, a "library module", is an acceptable + solution. modprobe automatically loads dependent modules, so users + running "modprobe driver1" or "modprobe driver2" would automatically + load the shared library module." + + - Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com> 02.25.2004 LKML + + "As Jeff hinted, if your userspace<->driver API is consistent between + your new MPT-based RAID controllers and your existing megaraid driver, + then perhaps you need a single small helper module (lsiioctl or some + better name), loaded by both mptraid and megaraid automatically, which + handles registering the /dev/megaraid node dynamically. In this case, + both mptraid and megaraid would register with lsiioctl for each + adapter discovered, and lsiioctl would essentially be a switch, + redirecting userspace tool ioctls to the appropriate driver." + + - Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com> 02.25.2004 LKML + +ii. Remove C99 initializations from pci_device id. + + "pci_id_table_g would be much more readable when not using C99 + initializers. + PCI table doesn't change, there's lots of users that prefer the more + readable variant. And it's really far less and much easier to grok + lines without C99 initializers." + + - Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>, 05.28.2004 linux-scsi + +iii. Many fixes as suggested by Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> on + linux-scsi, 05.28.2004 + +iv. We now support up to 32 parallel ioctl commands instead of current 1. + There is a conscious effort to let memory allocation not fail for ioctl + commands. + +v. Do away with internal memory management. Use pci_pool_(create|alloc) + instead. + +vi. Kill tasklet when unloading the driver. + +vii. Do not use "host_lock', driver has fine-grain locks now to protect all + data structures. + +viii. Optimize the build scatter-gather list routine. The callers already + know the data transfer address and length. + +ix. Better implementation of error handling and recovery. Driver now + performs extended errors recovery for instances like scsi cable pull. + +x. Disassociate the management commands with an overlaid scsi command. + Driver now treats the management packets as special packets and has a + dedicated callback routine. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas new file mode 100644 index 000000000..234ddabb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas @@ -0,0 +1,641 @@ +Release Date : Thu. Jun 19, 2014 17:00:00 PST 2014 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford + Kashyap Desai + Sumit Saxena + Uday Lingala +Current Version : 06.803.02.00-rc1 +Old Version : 06.803.01.00-rc1 + 1. Fix reset_mutex leak in megasas_reset_fusion(). + 2. Remove unused variables in megasas_instance. + 3. Fix LD/VF affiliation parsing. + 4. Add missing initial call to megasas_get_ld_vf_affiliation(). + 5. Version and Changelog update. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Release Date : Mon. Mar 10, 2014 17:00:00 PST 2014 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford + Kashyap Desai + Sumit Saxena +Current Version : 06.803.01.00-rc1 +Old Version : 06.700.06.00-rc1 + 1. Load correct raid context timeout value for multipathing & clustering. + 2. Fix megasas_ioc_init_fusion to use local stack variable. + 3. Return leaked MPT frames to MPT command pool. + 4. Add Dell PowerEdge VRTX SR-IOV VF device support. + 5. Version and Changelog update. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Release Date : Sat. Aug 31, 2013 17:00:00 PST 2013 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford + Kashyap Desai + Sumit Saxena +Current Version : 06.700.06.00-rc1 +Old Version : 06.600.18.00-rc1 + 1. Add High Availability clustering support using shared Logical Disks. + 2. Version and Changelog update. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Release Date : Wed. May 15, 2013 17:00:00 PST 2013 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford + Kashyap Desai + Sumit Saxena +Current Version : 06.600.18.00-rc1 +Old Version : 06.506.00.00-rc1 + 1. Return DID_ERROR for scsi io, when controller is in critical h/w error. + 2. Fix the interrupt mask for Gen2 controller. + 3. Update balance count in driver to be in sync of firmware. + 4. Free event detail memory without device ID check. + 5. Set IO request timeout value provided by OS timeout for Tape devices. + 6. Add support for MegaRAID Fury (device ID-0x005f) 12Gb/s controllers. + 7. Add support to display Customer branding details in syslog. + 8. Set IoFlags to enable Fast Path for JBODs for Invader/Fury(12 Gb/s) + controllers. + 9. Add support for Extended MSI-x vectors for Invader and Fury(12Gb/s + HBA). + 10.Add support for Uneven Span PRL11. + 11.Add support to differentiate between iMR and MR Firmware. + 12.Version and Changelog update. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Release Date : Sat. Feb 9, 2013 17:00:00 PST 2013 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford +Current Version : 06.506.00.00-rc1 +Old Version : 06.504.01.00-rc1 + 1. Add 4k FastPath DIF support. + 2. Don't load DevHandle unless FastPath enabled. + 3. Version and Changelog update. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Release Date : Mon. Oct 1, 2012 17:00:00 PST 2012 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford +Current Version : 06.504.01.00-rc1 +Old Version : 00.00.06.18-rc1 + 1. Removed un-needed completion_lock spinlock calls. + 2. Add module param for configurable MSI-X vector count. + 3. Load io_request DataLength in bytes. + 4. Add array boundary check for SystemPD. + 5. Add SystemPD FastPath support. + 6. Remove duplicate code. + 7. Version, Changelog, Copyright update. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Release Date : Tue. Jun 17, 2012 17:00:00 PST 2012 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford/Kashyap Desai +Current Version : 00.00.06.18-rc1 +Old Version : 00.00.06.15-rc1 + 1. Fix Copyright dates. + 2. Add throttlequeuedepth module parameter. + 3. Add resetwaittime module parameter. + 4. Move poll_aen_lock initializer. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Release Date : Mon. Mar 19, 2012 17:00:00 PST 2012 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford +Current Version : 00.00.06.15-rc1 +Old Version : 00.00.06.14-rc1 + 1. Optimize HostMSIxVectors setting. + 2. Add fpRead/WriteCapable, fpRead/WriteAcrossStripe checks. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Release Date : Fri. Jan 6, 2012 17:00:00 PST 2010 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford +Current Version : 00.00.06.14-rc1 +Old Version : 00.00.06.12-rc1 + 1. Fix reglockFlags for degraded raid5/6 for MR 9360/9380. + 2. Mask off flags in ioctl path to prevent memory scribble with older + MegaCLI versions. + 3. Remove poll_mode_io module parameter, sysfs node, and associated code. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Release Date : Wed. Oct 5, 2011 17:00:00 PST 2010 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford +Current Version : 00.00.06.12-rc1 +Old Version : 00.00.05.40-rc1 + 1. Continue booting immediately if FW in FAULT at driver load time. + 2. Increase default cmds per lun to 256. + 3. Fix mismatch in megasas_reset_fusion() mutex lock-unlock. + 4. Remove some un-necessary code. + 5. Clear state change interrupts for Fusion/Invader. + 6. Clear FUSION_IN_RESET before enabling interrupts. + 7. Add support for MegaRAID 9360/9380 12GB/s controllers. + 8. Add multiple MSI-X vector/multiple reply queue support. + 9. Add driver workaround for PERC5/1068 kdump kernel panic. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Release Date : Tue. Jul 26, 2011 17:00:00 PST 2010 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford +Current Version : 00.00.05.40-rc1 +Old Version : 00.00.05.38-rc1 + 1. Fix FastPath I/O to work with degraded RAID 1. + 2. Add .change_queue_depth support. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Release Date : Wed. May 11, 2011 17:00:00 PST 2010 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford +Current Version : 00.00.05.38-rc1 +Old Version : 00.00.05.34-rc1 + 1. Remove MSI-X black list, use MFI_REG_STATE.ready.msiEnable. + 2. Remove un-used function megasas_return_cmd_for_smid(). + 3. Check MFI_REG_STATE.fault.resetAdapter in megasas_reset_fusion(). + 4. Disable interrupts/free_irq() in megasas_shutdown(). + 5. Fix bug where AENs could be lost in probe() and resume(). + 6. Convert 6,10,12 byte CDB's to 16 byte CDB for large LBA's for FastPath + IO. + 7. Add 1078 OCR support. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Release Date : Thu. Feb 24, 2011 17:00:00 PST 2010 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford +Current Version : 00.00.05.34-rc1 +Old Version : 00.00.05.29-rc1 + 1. Fix some failure gotos from megasas_probe_one(), etc. + 2. Add missing check_and_restore_queue_depth() call in + complete_cmd_fusion(). + 3. Enable MSI-X before calling megasas_init_fw(). + 4. Call tasklet_schedule() even if outbound_intr_status == 0 for MFI based + boards in MSI-X mode. + 5. Fix megasas_probe_one() to clear PCI_MSIX_FLAGS_ENABLE in msi control + register in kdump kernel. + 6. Fix megasas_get_cmd() to only print "Command pool empty" if + megasas_dbg_lvl is set. + 7. Fix megasas_build_dcdb_fusion() to not filter by TYPE_DISK. + 8. Fix megasas_build_dcdb_fusion() to use io_request->LUN[1] field. + 9. Add MR_EVT_CFG_CLEARED to megasas_aen_polling(). + 10. Fix tasklet_init() in megasas_init_fw() to use instancet->tasklet. + 11. Fix fault state handling in megasas_transition_to_ready(). + 12. Fix max_sectors setting for IEEE SGL's. + 13. Fix iMR OCR support to work correctly. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Release Date : Tues. Dec 14, 2010 17:00:00 PST 2010 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford +Current Version : 00.00.05.29-rc1 +Old Version : 00.00.04.31-rc1 + 1. Rename megaraid_sas.c to megaraid_sas_base.c. + 2. Update GPL headers. + 3. Add MSI-X support and 'msix_disable' module parameter. + 4. Use lowest memory bar (for SR-IOV VF support). + 5. Add struct megasas_instance_temlate changes, and change all code to use + new instance entries: + + irqreturn_t (*service_isr )(int irq, void *devp); + void (*tasklet)(unsigned long); + u32 (*init_adapter)(struct megasas_instance *); + u32 (*build_and_issue_cmd) (struct megasas_instance *, + struct scsi_cmnd *); + void (*issue_dcmd) (struct megasas_instance *instance, + struct megasas_cmd *cmd); + + 6. Add code to support MegaRAID 9265/9285 controllers device id (0x5b). +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +1 Release Date : Thur. May 03, 2010 09:12:45 PST 2009 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.04.31-rc1 +3 Older Version : 00.00.04.17.1-rc1 + +1. Add the Online Controller Reset (OCR) to the Driver. + OCR is the new feature for megaraid_sas driver which + will allow the fw to do the chip reset which will not + affect the OS behavior. + + To add the OCR support, driver need to do: + a). reset the controller chips -- Xscale and Gen2 which + will change the function calls and add the reset function + related to this two chips. + + b). during the reset, driver will store the pending cmds + which not returned by FW to driver's pending queue. Driver + will re-issue those pending cmds again to FW after the OCR + finished. + + c). In driver's timeout routine, driver will report to + OS as reset. Also driver's queue routine will block the + cmds until the OCR finished. + + d). in Driver's ISR routine, if driver get the FW state as + state change, FW in Failure status and FW support online controller + reset (OCR), driver will start to do the controller reset. + + e). In driver's IOCTL routine, the application cmds will wait for the + OCR to finish, then issue the cmds to FW. + + f). Before driver kill adapter, driver will do last chance of + OCR to see if driver can bring back the FW. + +2. Add the support update flag to the driver to tell LSI megaraid_sas + application which driver will support the device update. So application + will not need to do the device update after application add/del the device + from the system. +3. In driver's timeout routine, driver will do three time reset if fw is in + failed state. Driver will kill adapter if can't bring back FW after the + this three times reset. +4. Add the input parameter max_sectors to 1MB support to our GEN2 controller. + customer can use the input parameter max_sectors to add 1MB support to GEN2 + controller. + +1 Release Date : Thur. Oct 29, 2009 09:12:45 PST 2009 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.04.17.1-rc1 +3 Older Version : 00.00.04.12 + +1. Add the pad_0 in mfi frame structure to 0 to fix the + context value larger than 32bit value issue. + +2. Add the logic drive list to the driver. Driver will + keep the logic drive list internal after driver load. + +3. driver fixed the device update issue after get the AEN + PD delete/ADD, LD add/delete from FW. + +1 Release Date : Tues. July 28, 2009 10:12:45 PST 2009 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.04.12 +3 Older Version : 00.00.04.10 + +1. Change the AEN sys PD update from scsi_scan to + scsi_add_device and scsi_remove_device. +2. Takeoff the debug print-out in aen_polling routine. + +1 Release Date : Thur. July 02, 2009 10:12:45 PST 2009 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.04.10 +3 Older Version : 00.00.04.08 + +1. Add the 3 mins timeout during the controller initialize. +2. Add the fix for 64bit sense date errors. + +1 Release Date : Tues. May 05, 2009 10:12:45 PST 2009 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.04.08 +3 Older Version : 00.00.04.06 + +1. Add the fix of pending in FW after deleted the logic drives. +2. Add the fix of deallocating memory after get pdlist. + +1 Release Date : Tues. March 26, 2009 10:12:45 PST 2009 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.04.06 +3 Older Version : 00.00.04.04 + +1. Add the fix of the driver cmd empty fix of the driver cmd empty. +2. Add the fix of the driver MSM AEN CMD cause the system slow. + +1 Release Date : Tues. March 03, 2009 10:12:45 PST 2009 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.04.04 +3 Older Version : 00.00.04.01 + +1. Add the Tape drive fix to the driver: If the command is for + the tape device, set the pthru timeout to the os layer timeout value. + +2. Add Poll_wait mechanism to Gen-2 Linux driv. + In the aen handler, driver needs to wakeup poll handler similar to + the way it raises SIGIO. + +3. Add new controller new SAS2 support to the driver. + +4. Report the unconfigured PD (system PD) to OS. + +5. Add the IEEE SGL support to the driver + +6. Reasign the Application cmds to SAS2 controller + +1 Release Date : Thur.July. 24 11:41:51 PST 2008 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Sumant Patro + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.04.01 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.22 + +1. Add the new controller (0078, 0079) support to the driver + Those controllers are LSI's next generatation(gen2) SAS controllers. + +1 Release Date : Mon.June. 23 10:12:45 PST 2008 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Sumant Patro + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.22 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.20 + +1. Add shutdown DCMD cmd to the shutdown routine to make FW shutdown proper. +2. Unexpected interrupt occurs in HWR Linux driver, add the dumy readl pci flush will fix this issue. + +1 Release Date : Mon. March 10 11:02:31 PDT 2008 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Sumant Patro + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.20-RC1 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.16 + +1. Rollback the sense info implementation + Sense buffer ptr data type in the ioctl path is reverted back + to u32 * as in previous versions of driver. + +2. Fixed the driver frame count. + When Driver sent wrong frame count to firmware. As this + particular command is sent to drive, FW is seeing continuous + chip resets and so the command will timeout. + +3. Add the new controller(1078DE) support to the driver + and Increase the max_wait to 60 from 10 in the controller + operational status. With this max_wait increase, driver will + make sure the FW will finish the pending cmd for KDUMP case. + +1 Release Date : Thur. Nov. 07 16:30:43 PST 2007 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Sumant Patro + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.16 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.15 + +1. Increased MFI_POLL_TIMEOUT_SECS to 60 seconds from 10. FW may take + a max of 60 seconds to respond to the INIT cmd. + +1 Release Date : Fri. Sep. 07 16:30:43 PST 2007 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Sumant Patro + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.15 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.14 + +1. Added module parameter "poll_mode_io" to support for "polling" + (reduced interrupt operation). In this mode, IO completion + interrupts are delayed. At the end of initiating IOs, the + driver schedules for cmd completion if there are pending cmds + to be completed. A timer-based interrupt has also been added + to prevent IO completion processing from being delayed + indefinitely in the case that no new IOs are initiated. + +1 Release Date : Fri. Sep. 07 16:30:43 PST 2007 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Sumant Patro + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.14 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.13 + +1. Setting the max_sectors_per_req based on max SGL supported by the + FW. Prior versions calculated this value from controller info + (max_sectors_1, max_sectors_2). For certain controllers/FW, + this was resulting in a value greater than max SGL supported + by the FW. Issue was first reported by users running LUKS+XFS + with megaraid_sas. Thanks to RB for providing the logs and + duplication steps that helped to get to the root cause of the + issue. 2. Increased MFI_POLL_TIMEOUT_SECS to 60 seconds from + 10. FW may take a max of 60 seconds to respond to the INIT + cmd. + +1 Release Date : Fri. June. 15 16:30:43 PST 2007 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Sumant Patro + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.13 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.12 + +1. Added the megasas_reset_timer routine to intercept cmd timeout and throttle io. + +On Fri, 2007-03-16 at 16:44 -0600, James Bottomley wrote: +It looks like megaraid_sas at least needs this to throttle its commands +> as they begin to time out. The code keeps the existing transport +> template use of eh_timed_out (and allows the transport to override the +> host if they both have this callback). +> +> James + +1 Release Date : Sat May. 12 16:30:43 PST 2007 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Sumant Patro + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.12 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.11 + +1. When MegaSAS driver receives reset call from OS, driver waits in reset +routine for max 3 minutes for all pending command completion. Now driver will +call completion routine every 5 seconds from the reset routine instead of +waiting for depending on cmd completion from isr path. + +1 Release Date : Mon Apr. 30 10:25:52 PST 2007 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Sumant Patro + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.11 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.09 + + 1. Memory Manager for IOCTL removed for 2.6 kernels. + pci_alloc_consistent replaced by dma_alloc_coherent. With this + change there is no need of memory manager in the driver code + + On Wed, 2007-02-07 at 13:30 -0800, Andrew Morton wrote: + > I suspect all this horror is due to stupidity in the DMA API. + > + > pci_alloc_consistent() just goes and assumes GFP_ATOMIC, whereas + > the caller (megasas_mgmt_fw_ioctl) would have been perfectly happy + > to use GFP_KERNEL. + > + > I bet this fixes it + + It does, but the DMA API was expanded to cope with this exact case, so + use dma_alloc_coherent() directly in the megaraid code instead. The dev + is just &pci_dev->dev. + + James <James.Bottomley@SteelEye.com> + + 3. SYNCHRONIZE_CACHE is not supported by FW and thus blocked by driver. + 4. Hibernation support added + 5. Performing diskdump while running IO in RHEL 4 was failing. Fixed. + +1 Release Date : Fri Feb. 09 14:36:28 PST 2007 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Sumant Patro + Bo Yang + +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.09 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.08 + +i. Under heavy IO mid-layer prints "DRIVER_TIMEOUT" errors + + The driver now waits for 10 seconds to elapse instead of 5 (as in + previous release) to resume IO. + +1 Release Date : Mon Feb. 05 11:35:24 PST 2007 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Sumant Patro + Bo Yang +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.08 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.07 + +i. Under heavy IO mid-layer prints "DRIVER_TIMEOUT" errors + + Fix: The driver is now throttling IO. + Checks added in megasas_queue_command to know if FW is able to + process commands within timeout period. If number of retries + is 2 or greater,the driver stops sending cmd to FW temporarily. IO is + resumed if pending cmd count reduces to 16 or 5 seconds has elapsed + from the time cmds were last sent to FW. + +ii. FW enables WCE bit in Mode Sense cmd for drives that are configured + as WriteBack. The OS may send "SYNCHRONIZE_CACHE" cmd when Logical + Disks are exposed with WCE=1. User is advised to enable Write Back + mode only when the controller has battery backup. At this time + Synhronize cache is not supported by the FW. Driver will short-cycle + the cmd and return success without sending down to FW. + +1 Release Date : Sun Jan. 14 11:21:32 PDT 2007 - + Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com>/Bo Yang +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.07 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.06 + +i. bios_param entry added in scsi_host_template that returns disk geometry + information. + +1 Release Date : Fri Oct 20 11:21:32 PDT 2006 - Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com>/Bo Yang +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.06 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.05 + +1. Added new memory management module to support the IOCTL memory allocation. For IOCTL we try to allocate from the memory pool created during driver initialization. If mem pool is empty then we allocate at run time. +2. Added check in megasas_queue_command and dpc/isr routine to see if we have already declared adapter dead + (hw_crit_error=1). If hw_crit_error==1, now we donot accept any processing of pending cmds/accept any cmd from OS + +1 Release Date : Mon Oct 02 11:21:32 PDT 2006 - Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.05 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.04 + +i. PCI_DEVICE macro used + + Convert the pci_device_id-table of the megaraid_sas-driver to the PCI_DEVICE-macro, to safe some lines. + + - Henrik Kretzschmar <henne@nachtwindheim.de> +ii. All compiler warnings removed +iii. megasas_ctrl_info struct reverted to 3.02 release +iv. Default value of megasas_dbg_lvl set to 0 +v. Removing in megasas_exit the sysfs entry created for megasas_dbg_lvl +vi. In megasas_teardown_frame_pool(), cmd->frame was passed instead of + cmd->sense to pci_pool_free. Fixed. Bug was pointed out by + Eric Sesterhenn + +1 Release Date : Wed Sep 13 14:22:51 PDT 2006 - Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.04 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.03 + +i. Added Reboot notify +ii. Reduced by 1 max cmds sent to FW from Driver to make the reply_q_sz same + as Max Cmds FW can support + +1 Release Date : Tue Aug 22 16:33:14 PDT 2006 - Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.03 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.02 + +i. Send stop adapter to FW & Dump pending FW cmds before declaring adapter dead. + New variable added to set dbg level. +ii. Disable interrupt made as fn pointer as they are different for 1068 / 1078 +iii. Frame count optimization. Main frame can contain 2 SGE for 64 bit SGLs and + 3 SGE for 32 bit SGL +iv. Tasklet added for cmd completion +v. If FW in operational state before firing INIT, now we send RESET Flag to FW instead of just READY. This is used to do soft reset. +vi. megasas_ctrl_prop structure updated (based on FW struct) +vii. Added print : FW now in Ready State during initialization + +1 Release Date : Sun Aug 06 22:49:52 PDT 2006 - Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.02 +3 Older Version : 00.00.03.01 + +i. Added FW tranistion state for Hotplug scenario + +1 Release Date : Sun May 14 22:49:52 PDT 2006 - Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> +2 Current Version : 00.00.03.01 +3 Older Version : 00.00.02.04 + +i. Added support for ZCR controller. + + New device id 0x413 added. + +ii. Bug fix : Disable controller interrupt before firing INIT cmd to FW. + + Interrupt is enabled after required initialization is over. + This is done to ensure that driver is ready to handle interrupts when + it is generated by the controller. + + -Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> + +1 Release Date : Wed Feb 03 14:31:44 PST 2006 - Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> +2 Current Version : 00.00.02.04 +3 Older Version : 00.00.02.04 + +i. Remove superfluous instance_lock + + gets rid of the otherwise superfluous instance_lock and avoids an unsafe + unsynchronized access in the error handler. + + - Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> + + +1 Release Date : Wed Feb 03 14:31:44 PST 2006 - Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> +2 Current Version : 00.00.02.04 +3 Older Version : 00.00.02.04 + +i. Support for 1078 type (ppc IOP) controller, device id : 0x60 added. + During initialization, depending on the device id, the template members + are initialized with function pointers specific to the ppc or + xscale controllers. + + -Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> + +1 Release Date : Fri Feb 03 14:16:25 PST 2006 - Sumant Patro + <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> +2 Current Version : 00.00.02.04 +3 Older Version : 00.00.02.02 +i. Register 16 byte CDB capability with scsi midlayer + + "This patch properly registers the 16 byte command length capability of the + megaraid_sas controlled hardware with the scsi midlayer. All megaraid_sas + hardware supports 16 byte CDB's." + + -Joshua Giles <joshua_giles@dell.com> + +1 Release Date : Mon Jan 23 14:09:01 PST 2006 - Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> +2 Current Version : 00.00.02.02 +3 Older Version : 00.00.02.01 + +i. New template defined to represent each family of controllers (identified by processor used). + The template will have definitions that will be initialised to appropriate values for a specific family of controllers. The template definition has four function pointers. During driver initialisation the function pointers will be set based on the controller family type. This change is done to support new controllers that has different processors and thus different register set. + + -Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> + +1 Release Date : Mon Dec 19 14:36:26 PST 2005 - Sumant Patro <Sumant.Patro@lsil.com> +2 Current Version : 00.00.02.00-rc4 +3 Older Version : 00.00.02.01 + +i. Code reorganized to remove code duplication in megasas_build_cmd. + + "There's a lot of duplicate code megasas_build_cmd. Move that out of the different codepaths and merge the reminder of megasas_build_cmd into megasas_queue_command" + + - Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> + +ii. Defined MEGASAS_IOC_FIRMWARE32 for code paths that handles 32 bit applications in 64 bit systems. + + "MEGASAS_IOC_FIRMWARE can't be redefined if CONFIG_COMPAT is set, we need to define a MEGASAS_IOC_FIRMWARE32 define so native binaries continue to work" + + - Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9288e3d89 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx @@ -0,0 +1,495 @@ +Sat May 12 12:00 2001 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version ncr53c8xx-3.4.3b + - Ensure LEDC bit in GPCNTL is cleared when reading the NVRAM. + Fix sent by Stig Telfer <stig@api-networks.com>. + - Define scsi_set_pci_device() as nil for kernel < 2.4.4. + +Mon Feb 12 22:30 2001 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version ncr53c8xx-3.4.3 + - Call pci_enable_device() as AC wants this to be done. + - Get both the BAR cookies actual and PCI BAR values. + (see Changelog.sym53c8xx rev. 1.7.3 for details) + - Merge changes for linux-2.4 that declare the host template + in the driver object also when the driver is statically + linked with the kernel. + +Sun Sep 24 21:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version ncr53c8xx-3.4.2 + - See Changelog.sym53c8xx, driver version 1.7.2. + +Wed Jul 26 23:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version ncr53c8xx-3.4.1 + - Provide OpenFirmware path through the proc FS on PPC. + - Remove trailing argument #2 from a couple of #undefs. + +Sun Jul 09 16:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version ncr53c8xx-3.4.0 + - Remove the PROFILE C and SCRIPTS code. + This facility was not this useful and thus was not longer + desirable given the increasing complexity of the driver code. + - Merges from FreeBSD sym-1.6.2 driver: + * Clarify memory barriers needed by the driver for architectures + that implement a weak memory ordering. + - General cleanup: + Move definitions for barriers and IO/MMIO operations to the + sym53c8xx_defs.h header files. They are now shared by the + both drivers. + Use SCSI_NCR_IOMAPPED instead of NCR_IOMAPPED. + +Thu May 11 12:30 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * revision 3.3b + +Mon Apr 24 12:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2i + - Return value 1 (instead of 0) from the driver setup routine. + - Let the driver also attach controllers that have been set to + OFF in the NVRAM as it did prior to revision 3.2g. + +Sat Apr 1 12:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2h + - Fix a compilation problem on Alpha introduced in version 3.2g. + (`port' changed to `base_io'). + - Move from `sym' to this driver a tiny change for __sparc__ that + applies to cache line size (? Probably from David S Miller). + - Make sure no data transfer will happen for Scsi_Cmnd requests + that supply SCSI_DATA_NONE direction (this avoids some BUG() + statement in the PCI code when a data buffer is also supplied). + +Thu Mar 16 9:30 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * revision 3.3b-3 + - Added exclusion for the 53C1010 and 53C1010_66 chips + to the driver (change to sym53c8xx_comm.h). + +Mon March 6 23:15 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2g + - Add the file sym53c8xx_comm.h that collects code that should + be shared by sym53c8xx and ncr53c8xx drivers. For now, it is + a header file that is only included by the ncr53c8xx driver, + but things will be cleaned up later. This code addresses + notably: + * Chip detection and PCI related initialisations + * NVRAM detection and reading + * DMA mapping + * Boot setup command + * And some other ... + - Add support for the new dynamic dma mapping kernel interface. + Requires Linux-2.3.47 (tested with pre-2.3.47-6). + - Get data transfer direction from the scsi command structure + (Scsi_Cmnd) when this information is available. + +Mon March 6 23:15 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2g + - Add the file sym53c8xx_comm.h that collects code that should + be shared by sym53c8xx and ncr53c8xx drivers. For now, it is + a header file that is only included by the ncr53c8xx driver, + but things will be cleaned up later. This code addresses + notably: + * Chip detection and PCI related initialisations + * NVRAM detection and reading + * DMA mapping + * Boot setup command + * And some other ... + - Add support for the new dynamic dma mapping kernel interface. + Requires Linux-2.3.47 (tested with pre-2.3.47-6). + - Get data transfer direction from the scsi command structure + (Scsi_Cmnd) when this information is available. + +Fri Jan 14 14:00 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * revision pre-3.3b-1 + - Merge parallel driver series 3.31 and 3.2e + +Tue Jan 11 14:00 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * revision 3.31 + - Added support for mounting disks on wide-narrow-wide + scsi configurations. + - Built off of version 3.30 + +Mon Jan 10 13:30 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * revision 3.30 + - Added capability to use the integrity checking code + in the kernel (optional). + - Disabled support for the 53C1010. + - Built off of version 3.2c + +Sat Jan 8 22:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2e + - Add year 2000 copyright. + - Display correctly bus signals when bus is detected wrong. + - Remove the dead code that broke driver 3.2d. + +Mon Dec 6 22:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2d + - Change messages written by the driver at initialisation and + through the /proc FS (rather cosmetic changes that consist in + printing out the PCI bus number and device/function). + - Get rid of the old PCI bios interface, but preserve kernel 2.0 + compatibility from a simple wrapper. + - Remove the compilation condition about having to acquire the + io_request_lock since it seems to be a definite feature now.:) + - proc_dir structure no longer needed for kernel >= 2.3.27. + - Change the driver detection code by the sym53c8xx one, modulo + some minor changes. The driver can now attach any number of + controllers (>40) and does no longer hoger stack space at + initialisation. + - Definitely disable overlapped PCI arbitration for all dual + function chips, since I cannot make sure for what chip revisions + it is actually safe. + - Add support for the SYM53C1510D. + - Update the poor Tekram sync factor table. + - Remove the compilation condition about having to acquire the + io_request_lock since it seems to be a definite feature now.:) + - proc_dir structure no longer needed for kernel >= 2.3.27. + +Sat Sep 11 18:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2c + - Handle correctly (hopefully) jiffies wrap-around. + - Restore the entry used to detect 875 until revision 0xff. + (I removed it inadvertently, it seems :) ) + - Replace __initfunc() which is deprecated stuff by __init which + is not yet so. ;-) + - Add support of some 'resource handling' for linux-2.3.13. + Basically the BARs have been changed to something more complex + in the pci_dev structure. + - Remove some deprecated code. + +Sat May 10 11:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision pre-3.2b-1 + - Support for the 53C895A by Pamela Delaney <pam.delaney@lsil.com> + The 53C895A contains all of the features of the 896 but has only + one channel and has a 32 bit PCI bus. It does 64 bit PCI addressing + using dual cycle PCI data transfers. + - Miscellaneous minor fixes. + - Some additions to the README.ncr53c8xx file. + +Sun Apr 11 10:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2a + - Add 'hostid:#id' boot option. This option allows to change the + default SCSI id the driver uses for controllers. + - Remove nvram layouts and driver set-up structures from the C source, + and use the one defined in sym53c8xx_defs.h file. + (shared by both drivers). + - Set for now MAX LUNS to 16 (instead of 8). + +Thu Mar 11 23:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.2 (8xx-896 driver bundle) + - Only define the host template in ncr53c8xx.h and include the + sym53c8xx_defs.h file. + - Declare static all symbols that do not need to be visible from + outside the driver code. + - Add 'excl' boot command option that allows to pass to the driver + io address of devices not to attach. + - Add info() function called from the host template to print + driver/host information. + - Minor documentation additions. + +Sat Mar 6 11:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1h + - Fix some oooold bug that hangs the bus if a device rejects a + negotiation. Btw, the corresponding stuff also needed some cleanup + and thus the change is a bit larger than it could have been. + - Still some typo that made compilation fail for 64 bit (trivial fix). + +Sun Feb 14:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1g + - Deal correctly with 64 bit PCI address registers on Linux 2.2. + Pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff. + - Allow to tune request_irq() flags from the boot command line using + ncr53c8xx=irqm:??, as follows: + a) If bit 0x10 is set in irqm, IRQF_SHARED flag is not used. + b) If bit 0x20 is set in irqm, IRQF_DISABLED flag is not used. + By default the driver uses both IRQF_SHARED and IRQF_DISABLED. + Option 'ncr53c8xx=irqm:0x20' may be used when an IRQ is shared by + a 53C8XX adapter and a network board. + - Tiny misspelling fixed (ABORT instead of ABRT). Was fortunately + harmless. + - Negotiate SYNC data transfers with CCS devices. + +Sat Jan 16 17:30 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1f + - Some PCI fix-ups not needed any more for PPC (from Cort). + - Cache line size set to 16 DWORDS for Sparc (from DSM). + - Waiting list look-up didn't work for the first command of the list. + - Remove 2 useless lines of code. + +Sun Dec 13 18:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1e + - Same work-around as for the 53c876 rev <= 0x15 for 53c896 rev 1: + Disable overlapped arbitration. This will not make difference + since the chip has on-chip RAM. + +Thu Nov 26 22:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1d + - The SISL RAID change requires now remap_pci_mem() stuff to be + compiled for __i386__ when normal IOs are used. + - Minor spelling fixes in doc files. + +Sat Nov 21 18:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1c + - Ignore chips that are driven by SISL RAID (DAC 960). + Change sent by Leonard Zubkoff and slightly reworked. + - Still a buglet in the tags initial settings that needed to be fixed. + It was not possible to disable TGQ at system startup for devices + that claim TGQ support. The driver used at least 2 for the queue + depth but did'nt keep track of user settings for tags depth lower + than 2. + +Wed Nov 11 10:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1b + - The driver was unhappy when configured with default_tags > MAX_TAGS + Hopefully doubly-fixed. + - Update the Configure.help driver section that speaks of TAGS. + +Wed Oct 21 21:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.1a + - Changes from Eddie Dost for Sparc and Alpha: + ioremap/iounmap support for Sparc. + pcivtophys changed to bus_dvma_to_phys. + - Add the 53c876 description to the chip table. This is only useful + for printing the right name of the controller. + - DEL-441 Item 2 work-around for the 53c876 rev <= 5 (0x15). + - Add additional checking of INQUIRY data: + Check INQUIRY data received length is at least 7. Byte 7 of + inquiry data contains device features bits and the driver might + be confused by garbage. Also check peripheral qualifier. + - Cleanup of the SCSI tasks management: + Remove the special case for 32 tags. Now the driver only uses the + scheme that allows up to 64 tags per LUN. + Merge some code from the 896 driver. + Use a 1,3,5,...MAXTAGS*2+1 tag numbering. Previous driver could + use any tag number from 1 to 253 and some non conformant devices + might have problems with large tag numbers. + - 'no_sync' changed to 'no_disc' in the README file. This is an old + and trivial mistake that seems to demonstrate the README file is + not often read. :) + +Sun Oct 4 14:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.0i + - Cosmetic changes for sparc (but not for the driver) that needs + __irq_itoa() to be used for printed IRQ value to be understandable. + - Some problems with the driver that didn't occur using driver 2.5f + were due to a SCSI selection problem triggered by a clearly + documented feature that in fact seems not to work: (53C8XX chips + are claimed by the manuals to be able to execute SCSI scripts just + after abitration while the SCSI core is performing SCSI selection). + This optimization is broken and has been removed. + - Some broken scsi devices are confused when a negotiation is started + on a LUN that does not correspond to a real device. According to + SCSI specs, this is a device firmware bug. This has been worked + around by only starting negotiation if the LUN has previously be + used for at least 1 successful SCSI command. + - The 'last message sent' printed out on M_REJECT message reception + was read from the SFBR i/o register after the previous message had + been sent. + This was not correct and affects all previous driver versions and + the original FreeBSD one as well. The SCSI scripts has been fixed + so that it now provides the right information to the C code. + +Sat Jul 18 13:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.0g + - Preliminary fixes for Big Endian (sent by Eddie C. Dost). + Big Endian architectures should work again with the driver. + Eddie's patch has been partially applied since current 2.1.109 + does not have all the Sparc changes of the vger tree. + - Use of BITS_PER_LONG instead of (~0UL == 0xffffffffUL) has fixed + the problem observed when the driver was compiled using EGCS or + PGCC. + +Mon Jul 13 20:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.0f + - Some spelling fixes. + - linux/config.h misplaced in ncr53c8xx.h + - MODULE_PARM stuff added for linux 2.1. + - check INQUIRY response data format is exactly 2. + - use BITS_PER_LONG if defined. + +Sun Jun 28 12:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.0e + - Some cleanup, spelling fixes, version checks, documentations + changes, etc ... + +Sat Jun 20 20:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.0c + - Add a boot setup option that allows to set up device queue depths + at boot-up. This option is very useful since Linux does not + allow to change scsi device queue depth once the system has been + booted up. + +Sun Jun 15 23:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.0a + - Support for up to 64 TAGS per LUN. + - Rewrite the TARGET vs LUN capabilities management. + CmdQueue is now handled as a LUN capability as it shall be. + This also fixes a bug triggered when disabling tagged command + queuing for a device that had this feature enabled. + - Remove the ncr_opennings() stuff that was useless under Linux + and hard to understand to me. + - Add "setverbose" procfs driver command. It allows to tune + verbose level after boot-up. Setting this level to zero, for + example avoid flooding the syslog file. + - Add KERN_XXX to some printk's. + +Tue Jun 10 23:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 3.0 + - Linux config changes for 2.0.34: + Remove NVRAM detection config option. This option is now enabled + by default but can be disabled by editing the driver header file. + Add a PROFILE config option. + - Update Configure.help + - Add calls to new function mdelay() for milli-seconds delay if + kernel version >= 2.1.105. + - Replace all printf(s) by printk(s). After all, the ncr53c8xx is + a driver for Linux. + - Perform auto-sense on COMMAND TERMINATED. Not sure it is useful. + - Some other minor changes. + +Tue Jun 4 23:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6n + - Code cleanup and simplification: + Remove kernel 1.2.X and 1.3.X support. + Remove the _old_ target capabilities table. + Remove the error recovery code that have'nt been really useful. + Use a single alignment boundary (CACHE_LINE_SIZE) for data + structures. + - Several aggressive SCRIPTS optimizations and changes: + Reselect SCRIPTS code rewritten. + Support for selection/reselection without ATN. + And some others. + - Miscallaneous changes in the C code: + Count actual number of CCB queued to the controller (future use). + Lots of other minor changes. + +Wed May 13 20:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6m + - Problem of missed SCSI bus reset with the 53C895 fixed by + Richard Waltham. The 53C895 needs about 650 us for the bus + mode to settle. Delays used while resetting the controller + and the bus have been adjusted. Thanks Richard! + - Some simplification for 64 bit arch done ccb address testing. + - Add a check of the MSG_OUT phase after Selection with ATN. + - The new tagged queue stuff seems ok, so some informationnal + message have been conditionned by verbose >= 3. + - Donnot reset if a SBMC interrupt reports the same bus mode. + - Print out the whole driver set-up. Some options were missing and + the print statement was misplaced for modules. + - Ignore a SCSI parity interrupt if the chip is not connected to + the SCSI bus. + +Sat May 1 16:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6l + - Add CCB done queue support for Alpha and perhaps some other + architectures. + - Add some barriers to enforce memory ordering for x86 and + Alpha architectures. + - Fix something that looks like an old bug in the nego SIR + interrupt code in case of negotiation failure. + +Sat Apr 25 21:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6k + - Remove all accesses to the on-chip RAM from the C code: + Use SCRIPTS to load the on-chip RAM. + Use SCRIPTS to repair the start queue on selection timeout. + Use the copy of script in main memory to calculate the chip + context on phase mismatch. + - The above allows now to use the on-chip RAM without requiring + to get access to the on-chip RAM from the C code. This makes + on-chip RAM useable for linux-1.2.13 and for Linux-Alpha for + instance. + - Some simplifications and cleanups in the SCRIPTS and C code. + - Buglet fixed in parity error recovery SCRIPTS (never tested). + - Minor updates in README.ncr53c8xx. + +Wed Apr 15 21:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6j + - Incorporate changes from linux-2.1.95 ncr53c8xx driver version. + - Add SMP support for linux-2.1.95 and above. + - Fix a bug when QUEUE FULL is returned and no commands are + disconnected. This happens with Atlas I / L912 and may happen + with Atlas II / LXY4. + - Nail another one on CHECK condition when requeuing the command + for auto-sense. + - Call scsi_done() for all completed commands after interrupt + handling. + - Increase the done queue to 24 entries. + +Sat Apr 4 20:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6i + - CTEST0 is used by the 53C885 for Power Management and + priority setting between the 2 functions. + Use SDID instead as actual target number. Just have had to + overwrite it with SSID on reselection. + - Split DATA_IN and DATA_OUT scripts into 2 sub-scripts. + 64 segments are moved from on-chip RAM scripts. + If more segments, a script in main memory is used for the + additional segments. + - Since the SCRIPTS processor continues SCRIPTS execution after + having won arbitration, do some stuff prior to testing any SCSI + phase on reselection. This should have the vertue to process + scripts in parallel with the SCSI core performing selection. + - Increase the done queue to 12 entries. + +Sun Mar 29 12:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6h + - Some fixes. + +Tue Mar 26 23:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6g + - New done queue. 8 entries by default (6 always useable). + Can be increased if needed. + - Resources management using doubly linked queues. + - New auto-sense and QUEUE FULL handling that does not need to + stall the NCR queue any more. + - New CCB starvation avoiding algorithm. + - Prepare CCBs for SCSI commands that cannot be queued, instead of + inserting these commands into the waiting list. The waiting list + is now only used while resetting and when memory for CCBs is not + yet available? + +Sun Feb 8 22:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6f + - Some fixes in order to really support the 53C895, at least with + FAST-20 devices. + - Heavy changes in the target/lun resources management to allow + the scripts to jump directly to the CCB on reselection instead + of walking on the lun CCBs list. Up to 32 tags per lun are now + supported without script processor and PCI traffic overhead. + +Sun Jan 11 22:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * revision 2.6d + - new (different ?) implementation of the start queue: + Use a simple CALL to a launch script in the CCB. + - implement a minimal done queue (1 entry :-) ). + this avoid scanning all CCBs on INT FLY (Only scan all CCBs, on + overflow). Hit ratio is better than 99.9 % on my system, so no + need to have a larger done queue. + - generalization of the restart of CCB on special condition as + Abort, QUEUE FULL, CHECK CONDITION. + This has been called 'silly scheduler'. + - make all the profiling code conditionned by a config option. + This spare some PCI traffic and C code when this feature is not + needed. + - handle more cleanly the situation where direction is unknown. + The pointers patching is now performed by the SCRIPTS processor. + - remove some useless scripts instructions. + + Ported from driver 2.5 series: + ------------------------------ + - Use FAST-5 instead of SLOW for slow scsi devices according to + new SPI-2 draft. + - Make some changes in order to accommodate with 875 rev <= 3 + device errata listing 397. Minor consequences are: + . Leave use of PCI Write and Invalidate under user control. + Now, by default the driver does not enable PCI MWI and option + 'specf:y' is required in order to enable this feature. + . Memory Read Line is not enabled for 875 and 875-like chips. + . Programmed burst length set to 64 DWORDS (instead of 128). + (Note: SYMBIOS uses 32 DWORDS for the SDMS BIOS) + - Add 'buschk' boot option. + This option enables checking of SCSI BUS data lines after SCSI + RESET (set by default). (Submitted by Richard Waltham). + - Update the README file. + - Dispatch CONDITION MET and RESERVATION CONFLICT scsi status + as OK driver status. + - Update the README file and the Symbios NVRAM format definition + with removable media flags values (available with SDMS 4.09). + - Several PCI configuration registers fix-ups for powerpc. + (Patch sent by Cort). diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c1933707d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx @@ -0,0 +1,593 @@ +Sat May 12 12:00 2001 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.3c + - Ensure LEDC bit in GPCNTL is cleared when reading the NVRAM. + Fix sent by Stig Telfer <stig@api-networks.com>. + - Backport from SYM-2 the work-around that allows to support + hardwares that fail PCI parity checking. + - Check that we received at least 8 bytes of INQUIRY response + for byte 7, that contains device capabilities, to be valid. + - Define scsi_set_pci_device() as nil for kernel < 2.4.4. + - + A couple of minor changes. + +Sat Apr 7 19:30 2001 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.3b + - Fix an unaligned LOAD from scripts (was used as dummy read). + - In ncr_soft_reset(), only try to ABORT the current operation + for chips that support SRUN bit in ISTAT1 and if SCRIPTS are + currently running, as 896 and 1010 manuals suggest. + - In the CCB abort path, do not assume that the CCB is currently + queued to SCRIPTS. This is not always true, notably after a + QUEUE FULL status or when using untagged commands. + +Sun Mar 4 18:30 2001 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.3a + - Fix an issue in the ncr_int_udc() (unexpected disconnect) + handling. If the DSA didn't match a CCB, a bad write to + memory could happen. + +Mon Feb 12 22:30 2001 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.3 + - Support for hppa. + Tiny patch sent to me by Robert Hirst. + - Tiny patch for ia64 sent to me by Pamela Delaney. + +Tue Feb 6 13:30 2001 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.3-pre1 + - Call pci_enable_device() as AC wants this to be done. + - Get both the BAR cookies used by CPU and actual PCI BAR + values used from SCRIPTS. Recent PCI chips are able to + access themselves using internal cycles, but they compare + BAR values to destination address to make decision. + Earlier chips simply use PCI transactions to access IO + registers from SCRIPTS. + The bus_dvma_to_mem() interface that reverses the actual + PCI BAR value from the BAR cookie is now useless. + This point had been discussed at the list and the solution + got approved by PCI code maintainer (Martin Mares). + - Merge changes for linux-2.4 that declare the host template + in the driver object also when the driver is statically + linked with the kernel. + - Increase SCSI message size up to 12 bytes, given that 8 + bytes was not enough for the PPR message (fix). + - Add field 'maxoffs_st' (max offset for ST data transfers). + The C1010 supports offset 62 in DT mode but only 31 in + ST mode, to 2 different values for the max SCSI offset + are needed. Replace the obviously wrong masking of the + offset against 0x1f for ST mode by a lowering to + maxoffs_st of the SCSI offset in ST mode. + - Refine a work-around for the C1010-66. Revision 1 does + not requires extra cycles in DT DATA OUT phase. + - Add a missing endian-ization (abrt_tbl.addr). + - Minor clean-up in the np structure for fields accessed + from SCRIPTS that requires special alignments. + +Sun Sep 24 21:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.2 + - Remove the hack for PPC added in previous driver version. + - Add FE_DAC feature bit to distinguish between 64 bit PCI + addressing (FE_DAC) and 64 bit PCI interface (FE_64BIT). + - Get rid of the boot command line "ultra:" argument. + This parameter wasn't that clever since we can use "sync:" + for Ultra/Ultra2 settings, and for Ultra3 we may want to + pass PPR options (for now only DT clocking). + - Add FE_VARCLK feature bit that indicates that SCSI clock + frequency may vary depending on board design and thus, + the driver should try to evaluate the SCSI clock. + - Simplify the way the driver determine the SCSI clock: + ULTRA3 -> 160 MHz, ULTRA2 -> 80 MHz otherwise 40 MHz. + Measure the SCSI clock frequency if FE_VARCLK is set. + - Remove FE_CLK80 feature bit that got useless. + - Add support for the SYM53C875A (Pamela Delaney). + +Wed Jul 26 23:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.1 + - Provide OpenFirmware path through the proc FS on PPC. + - Download of on-chip SRAM using memcpy_toio() doesn't work + on PPC. Restore previous method (MEMORY MOVE from SCRIPTS). + - Remove trailing argument #2 from a couple of #undefs. + +Sun Jul 09 16:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.7.0 + - Remove the PROFILE C and SCRIPTS code. + This facility was not this useful and thus was not longer + desirable given the increasing complexity of the driver code. + - Merges from FreeBSD sym-1.6.2 driver: + * Clarify memory barriers needed by the driver for architectures + that implement a weak memory ordering. + * Simpler handling of illegal phases and data overrun from + SCRIPTS. These errors are now immediately reported to + the C code by an interrupt. + * Sync the residual handling code with sym-1.6.2 and now + report `resid' to user for linux version >= 2.3.99 + - General cleanup: + Move definitions for barriers and IO/MMIO operations to the + sym53c8xx_defs.h header files. They are now shared by the + both drivers. + Remove unused options that claimed to optimize for the 896. + If fact, they were not this clever. :) + Use SCSI_NCR_IOMAPPED instead of NCR_IOMAPPED. + Remove a couple of unused fields from data structures. + +Thu May 11 12:40 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * version sym53c8xx-1.6b + - Merged version. + +Mon Apr 24 12:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5m + - Return value 1 (instead of 0) from the driver setup routine. + - Do not enable PCI DAC cycles. This just broke support for + SYM534C896 on sparc64. Problem fixed by David S. Miller. + +Fri Apr 14 9:00 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * version sym53c8xx-1.6b-9 + - Added 53C1010_66 support. + - Small fix to integrity checking code. + - Removed requirement for integrity checking if want to run + at ultra 3. + +Sat Apr 1 12:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5l + - Tiny change for __sparc__ appeared in 2.3.99-pre4.1 that + applies to cache line size (? Probably from David S Miller). + - Make sure no data transfer will happen for Scsi_Cmnd requests + that supply SCSI_DATA_NONE direction (this avoids some BUG() + statement in the PCI code when a data buffer is also supplied). + +Sat Mar 11 12:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.6b-5 + - Test against expected data transfer direction from SCRIPTS. + - Add support for the new dynamic dma mapping kernel interface. + Requires Linux-2.3.47 (tested with pre-2.3.47-6). + Many thanks to David S. Miller for his preliminary changes + that have been useful guidelines. + - Get data transfer direction from the scsi command structure + (Scsi_Cmnd) with kernels that provide this information. + +Mon Mar 6 23:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5k + - Test against expected data transfer direction from SCRIPTS. + - Revert the change in 'ncr_flush_done_cmds()' but unmap the + scsi dma buffer prior to queueing the command to our done + list. + - Miscellaneous (minor) fixes in the code added in driver + version 1.5j. + +Mon Feb 14 4:00 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * version sym53c8xx-pre-1.6b-2. + - Updated the SCRIPTS error handling of the SWIDE + condition - to remove any reads of the sbdl + register. Changes needed because the 896 and 1010 + chips will check parity in some special circumstances. + This will cause a parity error interrupt if not in + data phase. Changes based on those made in the + FreeBSD driver version 1.3.2. + +Sun Feb 20 11:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5j + - Add support for the new dynamic dma mapping kernel interface. + Requires Linux-2.3.47 (tested with pre-2.3.47-6). + Many thanks to David S. Miller for his preliminary changes + that have been useful guidelines, for having reviewed the + code and having tested this driver version on Ultra-Sparc. + - 2 tiny bugs fixed in the PCI wrapper that provides support + for early kernels without pci device structure. + - Get data transfer direction from the scsi command structure + (Scsi_Cmnd) with kernels that provide this information. + - Fix an old bug that only affected 896 rev. 1 when driver + profile support option was set in kernel configuration. + +Fri Jan 14 14:00 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * version sym53c8xx-pre-1.6b-1. + - Merge parallel driver series 1.61 and 1.5e + +Tue Jan 11 14:00 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * version sym53c8xx-1.61 + - Added support for mounting disks on wide-narrow-wide + scsi configurations. + - Modified offset to be a maximum of 31 in ST mode, + 62 in DT mode. + - Based off of 1.60 + +Mon Jan 10 10:00 2000 Pam Delaney (pam.delaney@lsil.com) + * version sym53c8xx-1.60 + - Added capability to use the integrity checking code + in the kernel (optional). + - Added PPR negotiation. + - Added support for 53C1010 Ultra 3 part. + - Based off of 1.5f + +Sat Jan 8 22:00 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5h + - Add year 2000 copyright. + - Display correctly bus signals when bus is detected wrong. + - Some fix for Sparc from DSM that went directly to kernel tree. + +Mon Dec 6 22:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5g + - Change messages written by the driver at initialisation and + through the /proc FS (rather cosmetic changes that consist in + printing out the PCI bus number and PCI device/function). + - Ensure the SCRIPTS processor is stopped while calibrating the + SCSI clock (the initialisation code has been a bit reworked). + Change moved to the FreeBSD sym_hipd driver). + - Some fixes in the MODIFY_DP/IGN_RESIDUE code and residual + calculation (moved from FreeBSD sym_hipd driver). + - Add NVRAM support for Tekram boards that use 24C16 EEPROM. + Code moved from the FreeBSD sym_hipd driver, since it has + been that one that got this feature first. + - Definitely disable overlapped PCI arbitration for all dual + function chips, since I cannot make sure for what chip revisions + it is actually safe. + - Add support for the SYM53C1510D (also for ncr53c8xx). + - Fix up properly the PCI latency timer when needed or asked for. + - Get rid of the old PCI bios interface, but preserve kernel 2.0 + compatibility from a simple wrapper. + - Update the poor Tekram sync factor table. + - Fix in a tiny 'printk' bug that may oops in case of extended + errors (unrecovered parity error, data overrun, etc ...) + (Sent by Pamela Delaney from LSILOGIC) + - Remove the compilation condition about having to acquire the + io_request_lock since it seems to be a definite feature now.:) + - Change get_pages by GetPages since Linux >= 2.3.27 now wants + get_pages to ever be used as a kernel symbol (from 2.3.27). + - proc_dir structure no longer needed for kernel >= 2.3.27. + +Sun Oct 3 19:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5f + - Change the way the driver checks the PCI clock frequency, so + that overclocked PCI BUS up to 48 MHz will not be refused. + The more the BUS is overclocked, the less the driver will + guarantee that its measure of the SCSI clock is correct. + - Backport some minor improvements of SCRIPTS from the sym_hipd + driver. + - Backport the code rewrite of the START QUEUE dequeuing (on + bad scsi status received) from the sym_hipd driver. + +Sat Sep 11 11:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5e + - New linux-2.3.13 __setup scheme support added. + - Cleanup of the extended error status handling: + Use 1 bit per error type. + - Also save the extended error status prior to auto-sense. + - Add the FE_DIFF chip feature bit to indicate support of + diff probing from GPIO3 (825/825A/876/875). + - Remove the quirk handling that has been useless since day one. + - Work-around PCI chips being reported twice on some platforms. + - Add some redundant PCI reads in order to deal with common + bridge misbehaviour regarding posted write flushing. + - Add some other conditionnal code for people who have to deal + with really broken bridges (they will have to edit a source + file to try these options). + - Handle correctly (hopefully) jiffies wrap-around. + - Restore the entry used to detect 875 until revision 0xff. + (I removed it inadvertently, it seems :) ) + - Replace __initfunc() which is deprecated stuff by __init which + is not yet so. ;-) + - Rewrite the MESSAGE IN scripts more generic by using a MOVE + table indirect. Extended messages of any size are accepted now. + (Size is limited to 8 for now, but a constant is just to be + increased if necessary) + - Fix some bug in the fully untested MDP handling:) and share + some code between MDP handling and residual calculation. + - Calculate the data transfer residual as the 2's complement + integer (A positive value in returned on data overrun, and + a negative one on underrun). + - Add support of some 'resource handling' for linux-2.3.13. + Basically the BARs have been changed to something more complex + in the pci_dev structure. + - Remove some deprecated code. + +Sat Jun 5 11:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5c + - Do not negotiate on auto-sense if we are currently using 8 bit + async transfer for the target. + - Only check for SISL/RAID on i386 platforms. + (A problem has been reported on PPC with that code). + - On MSG REJECT for a negotiation, the driver attempted to restart + the SCRIPT processor when this one was already running. + +Sat May 29 12:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5b + - Force negotiation prior auto-sense. + This ensures that the driver will be able to grab the sense data + from a device that has received a BUS DEVICE RESET message from + another initiator. + - Complete all disconnected CCBs for a logical UNIT if we are told + about a UNIT ATTENTION for a RESET condition by this target. + - Add the control command 'cleardev' that allows to send a ABORT + message to a logical UNIT (for test purpose). + +Tue May 25 23:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5a + - Add support for task abort and bus device reset SCSI message + and implement proper synchonisation with SCRIPTS to handle + correctly task abortion without races. + - Send an ABORT message (if untagged) or ABORT TAG message (if tagged) + when the driver is told to abort a command that is disconnected and + complete the command with appropriate error. + If the aborted command is not yet started, remove it from the start + queue and complete it with error. + - Add the control command 'resetdev' that allows to send a BUS + DEVICE RESET message to a target (for test purpose). + - Clean-up some unused or useless code. + +Fri May 21 23:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.5 + - Add support for CHMOV with Wide controllers. + - Handling of the SWIDE (low byte residue at the end of a CHMOV + in DATA IN phase with WIDE transfer when the byte count gets odd). + - Handling of the IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE message. + Handled from SCRIPTS as possible with some optimizations when both + a wide device and the controller are odd at the same time (SWIDE + present and IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE message on the BUS at the same time). + - Check against data OVERRUN/UNDERRUN condition at the end of a data + transfer, whatever a SWIDE is present (OVERRUN in DATA IN phase) + or the SODL is full (UNDERRUN in DATA out phase). + - Handling of the MODIFY DATA POINTER message. + This one cannot be handled from SCRIPTS, but hopefully it will not + happen very often. :) + - Large rewrite of the SCSI MESSAGE handling. + +Sun May 9 11:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.4 + - Support for IMMEDIATE ARBITRATION. + See the README file for detailed information about this feature. + Requires both a compile option and a boot option. + - Minor SCRIPTS optimization in reselection pattern for LUN 0. + - Simpler algorithm to deal with SCSI command starvation. + Just use 2 tag counters in flip/flop and switch to the other + one every 3 seconds. + - Do some work in SCRIPTS after the SELECT instruction and prior + to testing for a PHASE. SYMBIOS say this feature is working fine. + (Btw, only problems with Toshiba 3401B had been reported). + - Measure the PCI clock speed and do not attach controllers if + result is greater than 37 MHz. Since the precision of the + algorithm (from Stefan Esser) is better than 2%, this should + be fine. + - Fix the misdetection of SYM53C875E (was detected as a 876). + - Fix the misdetection of SYM53C810 not A (was detected as a 810A). + - Support for up to 256 TAGS per LUN (CMD_PER_LUN). + Currently limited to 255 due to Linux limitation. :) + - Support for up to 508 active commands (CAN_QUEUE). + - Support for the 53C895A by Pamela Delaney <pam.delaney@lsil.com> + The 53C895A contains all of the features of the 896 but has only + one channel and has a 32 bit PCI bus. It does 64 bit PCI addressing + using dual cycle PCI data transfers. + - Miscellaneous minor fixes. + - Some additions to the README.ncr53c8xx file. + +Tue Apr 15 10:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.3e + - Support for any number of LUNs (64) (SPI2-compliant). + (Btw, this may only be ever useful under linux-2.2 ;-)) + +Sun Apr 11 10:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.3d + - Add 'hostid:#id' boot option. This option allows to change the + default SCSI id the driver uses for controllers. + - Make SCRIPTS not use self-mastering for PCI. + There were still 2 places the driver used this feature of the + 53C8XX family. + - Move some data structures (nvram layouts and driver set-up) to + the sym53c8xx_defs.h file. So, the both drivers will share them. + - Set MAX LUNS to 16 (instead of 8). + +Sat Mar 20 21:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.3b + - Add support for NCR PQS PDS. + James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@columbiasc.ncr.com> + - Allow value 0 for host ID. + - Support more than 8 controllers (> 40 in fact :-) ) + - Add 'excl=#ioaddr' boot option: exclude controller. + (Version 1.3a driver) + +Thu Mar 11 23:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.3 (8xx-896 driver bundle) + - Equivalent changes as ncr53c8xx-3.2 due to the driver bundle. + (See Changelog.ncr53c8xx) + - Do a normal soft reset as first chip reset, since aborting current + operation may raise an interrupt we are not able to handle since + the interrupt handler is not yet established. + +Sat Mar 6 11:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.2b + - Fix some oooold bug that hangs the bus if a device rejects a + negotiation. Btw, the corresponding stuff also needed some cleanup + and thus the change is a bit larger than it could have been. + - Still some typo that made compilation fail for 64 bit (trivial fix). + +Sun Feb 21 20:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.2a + - The rewrite of the interrupt handling broke the SBMC interrupt + handling due to a 1 bit mask tiny error. Hopefully fixed. + - If INQUIRY came from a scatter list, the driver looked into + the scatterlist instead of the data.:) Since this should never + happen, we just discard the data if use_sg is not zero. + +Fri Feb 12 23:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.2 + - Major rewrite of the interrupt handling and recovery stuff for + the support of non compliant SCSI removal, insertion and all + kinds of screw-up that may happen on the SCSI BUS. + Hopefully, the driver is now unbreakable or may-be, it is just + quite brocken. :-) + Many thanks to Johnson Russel (Symbios) for having responded to + my questions and for his interesting advices and comments about + support of SCSI hot-plug. + - Add 'recovery' option to driver set-up. + - Negotiate SYNC data transfers with CCS devices. + - Deal correctly with 64 bit PCI address registers on Linux 2.2. + Pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff. + +Sun Jan 31 18:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.1a + - Some 896 chip revisions (all for now :-)), may hang-up if the + soft reset bit is set at the wrong time while SCRIPTS are running. + We need to first abort the current SCRIPTS operation prior to + resetting the chip. This fix has been sent to me by SYMBIOS/LSI + and I just translated it into ncr53c8xx syntax. + Must be considered 100 % trustable, unless I did some mistake + when translating it. :-) + +Sun Jan 24 18:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.1 + - Major rewrite of the SCSI parity error handling. + The informations contained in the data manuals are incomplete about + this feature. + I asked SYMBIOS about and got in reply the explanations that are + _indeed_ missing in the data manuals. + - Allow to tune request_irq() flags from the boot command line using + ncr53c8xx=irqm:??, as follows: + a) If bit 0x10 is set in irqm, SA_SHIRQ flag is not used. + b) If bit 0x20 is set in irqm, SA_INTERRUPT flag is not used. + By default the driver uses both SA_SHIRQ and SA_INTERRUPT. + Option 'ncr53c8xx=irqm:0x20' may be used when an IRQ is shared by + a 53C8XX adapter and a network board. + - Fix for 64 bit PCI address register calculation. (Lance Robinson) + - Fix for big-endian in phase mismatch handling. (Michal Jaegermann) + +Fri Jan 1 20:00 1999 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.0a + - Waiting list look-up didn't work for the first command of the list. + Hopefully fixed, but tested on paper only. ;) + - Remove the most part of PPC specific code for Linux-2.2. + Thanks to Cort. + - Some other minors changes. + +Sat Dec 19 21:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version sym53c8xx-1.0 + - Define some new IO registers for the 896 (istat1, mbox0, mbox1) + - Revamp slightly the Symbios NVRAM lay-out based on the excerpt of + the header file I received from Symbios. + - Check the PCI bus number for the boot order (Using a fast + PCI controller behing a PCI-PCI bridge seems sub-optimal). + - Disable overlapped PCI arbitration for the 896 revision 1. + - Reduce a bit the number of IO register reads for phase mismatch + by reading DWORDS at a time instead of BYTES. + +Thu Dec 3 24:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.18 + - I received this afternoon a 896 from SYMBIOS and started testing + the driver with this beast. After having fixed 3 buglets, it worked + with all features enabled including the phase mismatch handling + from SCRIPTS. Since this feature is not yet tested enough, the + boot option 'ncr53c8xx=specf:1' is still required to enable the + driver to handle PM from SCRIPTS. + +Sun Nov 29 18:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.17 + - The SISL RAID change requires now remap_pci_mem() stuff to be + compiled for __i386__ when normal IOs are used. + - The PCI memory read from SCRIPTS that should ensure ordering + was in fact misplaced. BTW, this may explain why broken PCI + device drivers regarding ordering are working so well. ;-) + - Rewrite ncr53c8xx_setup (boot command line options) since the + binary code was a bit too bloated in my opinion. + - Make the code simpler in the wakeup_done routine. + +Tue Nov 24 23:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.16 + - Add SCSI_NCR_OPTIMIZE_896_1 compile option and 'optim' boot option. + When set, the driver unconditionnaly assumes that the interrupt + handler is called for command completion, then clears INTF, scans + the done queue and returns if some completed CCB is found. If no + completed CCB are found, interrupt handling will proceed normally. + With a 896 that handles MA from SCRIPTS, this can be a great win, + since the driver will never performs PCI read transactions, but + only PCI write transactions that may be posted. + If the driver haven't to also raise the SIGP this would be perfect. + Even with this penalty, I think that this will work great. + Obviously this optimization makes sense only if the IRQ is not + shared with another device. + - Still a buglet in the tags initial settings that needed to be fixed. + It was not possible to disable TGQ at system startup for devices + that claim TGQ support. The driver used at least 2 for the queue + depth but did'nt keep track of user settings for tags depth lower + than 2. + +Thu Nov 19 23:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.15 + - Add support for hardware LED control of the 896. + - Ignore chips that are driven by SISL RAID (DAC 960). + Change sent by Leonard Zubkoff and slightly reworked. + - Prevent 810A rev 11 and 860 rev 1 from using cache line based + transactions since those early chip revisions may use such on + LOAD/STORE instructions (work-around). + - Remove some useless and bloat code from the pci init stuff. + - Do not use the readX()/writeX() kernel functions for __i386__, + since they perform useless masking operations in order to deal + with broken driver in 2.1.X kernel. + +Wed Nov 11 10:00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.14 + - The driver was unhappy when configured with default_tags > MAX_TAGS + Hopefully doubly-fixed. + - Set PCI_PARITY in PCI_COMMAND register in not set (PCI fix-up). + - Print out some message if phase mismatch is handled from SCRIPTS. + +Sun Nov 1 14H00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.13 + - Some rewrite of the device detection code. This code had been + patched too much and needed to be face-lifted a bit. + Remove all platform dependent fix-ups that was not needed or + conflicted with some other driver code as work-arounds. + Reread the NVRAM before the calling of ncr_attach(). This spares + stack space and so allows to handle more boards. + Handle 64 bit base addresses under linux-2.0.X. + Set MASTER bit in PCI COMMAND register if not set. + +Wed Oct 30 22H00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.12 + - Damned! I just broke the driver for Alpha by leaving a stale + instruction in the source code. Hopefully fixed. + - Do not set PFEN when it is useless. Doing so we are sure that BOF + will be active, since the manual appears to be very unclear on what + feature is actually used by the chip when both PFEN and BOF are + set. + +Sat Oct 24 16H00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.11 + - LOAD/STORE instructions were miscompiled for register offsets + beyond 0x7f. This broke accesses to 896' new registers. + - Disable by default Phase Mismatch handling from SCRIPTS, since + current 896 rev.1 seems not to operate safely with the driver + when this feature is enabled (and above LOAD/STORE fix applied). + I will change the default to 'enabled' when this problem will be + solved. + Using boot option 'ncr53c8xx=specf:1' enables this feature. + - Implement a work-around (DEL 472 - ITEM 5) that should allow the + driver to safely enable hardware phase mismatch with 896 rev. 1. + +Tue Oct 20 22H00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.10 + - Add the 53c876 description to the chip table. This is only useful + for printing the right name of the controller. + - Add additional checking of INQUIRY data: + Check INQUIRY data received length is at least 7. Byte 7 of + inquiry data contains device features bits and the driver might + be confused by garbage. Also check peripheral qualifier. + - Use a 1,3,5,...MAXTAGS*2+1 tag numbering. Previous driver could + use any tag number from 1 to 253 and some non conformant devices + might have problems with large tag numbers. + - Use NAME53C and NAME53C8XX for chip name prefix chip family name. + Just give a try using "sym53c" and "sym53c8xx" instead of "ncr53c" + and "ncr53c8xx". :-) + +Sun Oct 11 17H00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.9 + - DEL-441 Item 2 work-around for the 53c876 rev <= 5 (0x15). + - Break ncr_scatter() into 2 functions in order to guarantee best + possible code optimization for the case we get a scatter list. + - Add the code intended to support up to 1 tera-byte for 64 bit systems. + It is probably too early, but I wanted to complete the thing. + +Sat Oct 3 14H00 1998 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr) + * version pre-sym53c8xx-0.8 + - Do some testing with io_mapped and fix what needed to be so. + - Wait for SCSI selection to complete or time-out immediately after + the chip won arbitration, since executing SCRIPTS while the SCSI + core is performing SCSI selection breaks the selection procedure + at least for some chip revisions. + - Interrupt the SCRIPTS if a device does not go to MSG OUT phase after + having been selected with ATN. Such a situation is not recoverable, + better to fail when we are stuck. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx_2 b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx_2 new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18a5d712a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.sym53c8xx_2 @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ +Sat Dec 30 21:30 2000 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.0-20001230 + - Initial release of SYM-2. + +Mon Jan 08 21:30 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.1-20010108 + - Change a couple of defines containing ncr or NCR by their + equivalent containing sym or SYM instead. + +Sun Jan 14 22:30 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.2-20010114 + - Fix a couple of printfs: + * Add the target number to the display of transfer parameters. + * Make the display of TCQ and queue depth clearer. + +Wed Jan 17 23:30 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.3-20010117 + - Wrong residual values were returned in some situations. + This broke cdrecord with linux-2.4.0, for example. + +Sat Jan 20 18:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.4-20010120 + - Add year 2001 to Copyright. + - A tiny bug in the dma memory freeing path has been fixed. + (Driver unload failed with a bad address reference). + +Wed Jan 24 21:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.5-20010124 + - Make the driver work under Linux-2.4.x when statically linked + with the kernel. + - Check against memory allocation failure for SCRIPTZ and add the + missing free of this memory on instance detach. + - Check against GPIO3 pulled low for HVD controllers (driver did + just the opposite). + Misdetection of BUS mode was triggered on module reload only, + since BIOS settings were trusted instead on first load. + +Wed Feb 7 21:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.6-20010207 + - Call pci_enable_device() as wished by kernel maintainers. + - Change the sym_queue_scsiio() interface. + This is intended to simplify portability. + - Move the code intended to deal with the dowloading of SCRIPTS + from SCRIPTS :) in the patch method (was wrongly placed in + the SCRIPTS setup method). + - Add a missing cpu_to_scr() (np->abort_tbl.addr) + - Remove a wrong cpu_to_scr() (np->targtbl_ba) + - Cleanup a bit the PPR failure recovery code. + +Sat Mar 3 21:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + - Add option SYM_OPT_ANNOUNCE_TRANSFER_RATE and move the + corresponding code to file sym_misc.c. + Also move the code that sniffes INQUIRY to sym_misc.c. + This allows to share the corresponding code with NetBSD + without polluating the core driver source (sym_hipd.c). + - Add optionnal code that handles IO timeouts from the driver. + (not used under Linux, but required for NetBSD) + - Donnot assume any longer that PAGE_SHIFT and PAGE_SIZE are + defined at compile time, as at least NetBSD uses variables + in memory for that. + - Refine a work-around for the C1010-33 that consists in + disabling internal LOAD/STORE. Was applied up to revision 1. + Is now only applied to revision 0. + - Some code reorganisations due to code moves between files. + +Tues Apr 10 21:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.9-20010412 + - Reset 53C896 and 53C1010 chip according to the manual. + (i.e.: set the ABRT bit in ISTAT if SCRIPTS are running) + - Set #LUN in request sense only if scsi version <= 2 and + #LUN <= 7. + - Set busy_itl in LCB to 1 if the LCB is allocated and a + SCSI command is active. This is a simplification. + - In sym_hcb_free(), do not scan the free_ccbq if no CCBs + has been allocated. This fixes a panic if attach failed. + - Add DT/ST (double/simple transition) in the transfer + negotiation announce. + - Forces the max number of tasks per LUN to at least 64. + - Use pci_set_dma_mask() for linux-2.4.3 and above. + - A couple of comments fixes. + +Wed May 22:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.10-20010509 + - Mask GPCNTL against 0x1c (was 0xfc) for the reading of the NVRAM. + This ensure LEDC bit will not be set on 896 and later chips. + Fix sent by Chip Salzenberg <chip@perlsupport.com>. + - Define the number of PQS BUSes supported. + Fix sent by Stig Telfer <stig@api-networks.com> + - Miscellaneous common code rearrangements due to NetBSD accel + ioctl support, without impact on Linux (hopefully). + +Mon July 2 12:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.11-20010702 + - Add Tekram 390 U2B/U2W SCSI LED handling. + Submitted by Chip Salzenberg <chip@valinux.com> + - Add call to scsi_set_pci_device() for kernels >= 2.4.4. + - Check pci dma mapping failures and complete the IO with some + error when such mapping fails. + - Fill in instance->max_cmd_len for kernels > 2.4.0. + - A couple of tiny fixes ... + +Sun Sep 9 18:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.12-20010909 + - Change my email address. + - Add infrastructure for the forthcoming 64 bit DMA addressing support. + (Based on PCI 64 bit patch from David S. Miller) + - Donnot use anymore vm_offset_t type. + +Sat Sep 15 20:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.13-20010916 + - Add support for 64 bit DMA addressing using segment registers. + 16 registers for up to 4 GB x 16 -> 64 GB. + +Sat Sep 22 12:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.14-20010922 + - Complete rewrite of the eh handling. The driver is now using a + semaphore in order to behave synchronously as required by the eh + threads. A timer is also used to prevent from waiting indefinitely. + +Sun Sep 30 17:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.15-20010930 + - Include <linux/module.h> unconditionnaly as expected by latest + kernels. + - Use del_timer_sync() for recent kernels to kill the driver timer + on module release. + +Sun Oct 28 15:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.16-20011028 + - Slightly simplify driver configuration. + - Prepare a new patch against linux-2.4.13. + +Sat Nov 17 10:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.17 + - Fix a couple of gcc/gcc3 warnings. + - Allocate separately from the HCB the array for CCBs hashed by DSA. + All driver memory allocations are now not greater than 1 PAGE + even on PPC64 / 4KB PAGE surprising setup. + +Sat Dec 01 18:00 2001 Gerard Roudier + * version sym-2.1.17a + - Use u_long instead of U32 for the IO base cookie. This is more + consistent with what archs are expecting. + - Use MMIO per default for Power PC instead of some fake normal IO, + as Paul Mackerras stated that MMIO works fine now on this arch. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt b/Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b5f29cb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/FlashPoint.txt @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +The BusLogic FlashPoint SCSI Host Adapters are now fully supported on Linux. +The upgrade program described below has been officially terminated effective +31 March 1997 since it is no longer needed. + + + + MYLEX INTRODUCES LINUX OPERATING SYSTEM SUPPORT FOR ITS + BUSLOGIC FLASHPOINT LINE OF SCSI HOST ADAPTERS + + +FREMONT, CA, -- October 8, 1996 -- Mylex Corporation has expanded Linux +operating system support to its BusLogic brand of FlashPoint Ultra SCSI +host adapters. All of BusLogic's other SCSI host adapters, including the +MultiMaster line, currently support the Linux operating system. Linux +drivers and information will be available on October 15th at +http://sourceforge.net/projects/dandelion/. + +"Mylex is committed to supporting the Linux community," says Peter Shambora, +vice president of marketing for Mylex. "We have supported Linux driver +development and provided technical support for our host adapters for several +years, and are pleased to now make our FlashPoint products available to this +user base." + +The Linux Operating System + +Linux is a freely-distributed implementation of UNIX for Intel x86, Sun +SPARC, SGI MIPS, Motorola 68k, Digital Alpha AXP and Motorola PowerPC +machines. It supports a wide range of software, including the X Window +System, Emacs, and TCP/IP networking. Further information is available at +http://www.linux.org and http://www.ssc.com/. + +FlashPoint Host Adapters + +The FlashPoint family of Ultra SCSI host adapters, designed for workstation +and file server environments, are available in narrow, wide, dual channel, +and dual channel wide versions. These adapters feature SeqEngine +automation technology, which minimizes SCSI command overhead and reduces +the number of interrupts generated to the CPU. + +About Mylex + +Mylex Corporation (NASDAQ/NM SYMBOL: MYLX), founded in 1983, is a leading +producer of RAID technology and network management products. The company +produces high performance disk array (RAID) controllers, and complementary +computer products for network servers, mass storage systems, workstations +and system boards. Through its wide range of RAID controllers and its +BusLogic line of Ultra SCSI host adapter products, Mylex provides enabling +intelligent I/O technologies that increase network management control, +enhance CPU utilization, optimize I/O performance, and ensure data security +and availability. Products are sold globally through a network of OEMs, +major distributors, VARs, and system integrators. Mylex Corporation is +headquartered at 34551 Ardenwood Blvd., Fremont, CA. + + #### + +Contact: + +Peter Shambora +Vice President of Marketing +Mylex Corp. +510/796-6100 +peters@mylex.com + + ANNOUNCEMENT + BusLogic FlashPoint LT/BT-948 Upgrade Program + 1 February 1996 + + ADDITIONAL ANNOUNCEMENT + BusLogic FlashPoint LW/BT-958 Upgrade Program + 14 June 1996 + +Ever since its introduction last October, the BusLogic FlashPoint LT has +been problematic for members of the Linux community, in that no Linux +drivers have been available for this new Ultra SCSI product. Despite its +officially being positioned as a desktop workstation product, and not being +particularly well suited for a high performance multitasking operating +system like Linux, the FlashPoint LT has been touted by computer system +vendors as the latest thing, and has been sold even on many of their high +end systems, to the exclusion of the older MultiMaster products. This has +caused grief for many people who inadvertently purchased a system expecting +that all BusLogic SCSI Host Adapters were supported by Linux, only to +discover that the FlashPoint was not supported and would not be for quite +some time, if ever. + +After this problem was identified, BusLogic contacted its major OEM +customers to make sure the BT-946C/956C MultiMaster cards would still be +made available, and that Linux users who mistakenly ordered systems with +the FlashPoint would be able to upgrade to the BT-946C. While this helped +many purchasers of new systems, it was only a partial solution to the +overall problem of FlashPoint support for Linux users. It did nothing to +assist the people who initially purchased a FlashPoint for a supported +operating system and then later decided to run Linux, or those who had +ended up with a FlashPoint LT, believing it was supported, and were unable +to return it. + +In the middle of December, I asked to meet with BusLogic's senior +management to discuss the issues related to Linux and free software support +for the FlashPoint. Rumors of varying accuracy had been circulating +publicly about BusLogic's attitude toward the Linux community, and I felt +it was best that these issues be addressed directly. I sent an email +message after 11pm one evening, and the meeting took place the next +afternoon. Unfortunately, corporate wheels sometimes grind slowly, +especially when a company is being acquired, and so it's taken until now +before the details were completely determined and a public statement could +be made. + +BusLogic is not prepared at this time to release the information necessary +for third parties to write drivers for the FlashPoint. The only existing +FlashPoint drivers have been written directly by BusLogic Engineering, and +there is no FlashPoint documentation sufficiently detailed to allow outside +developers to write a driver without substantial assistance. While there +are people at BusLogic who would rather not release the details of the +FlashPoint architecture at all, that debate has not yet been settled either +way. In any event, even if documentation were available today it would +take quite a while for a usable driver to be written, especially since I'm +not convinced that the effort required would be worthwhile. + +However, BusLogic does remain committed to providing a high performance +SCSI solution for the Linux community, and does not want to see anyone left +unable to run Linux because they have a Flashpoint LT. Therefore, BusLogic +has put in place a direct upgrade program to allow any Linux user worldwide +to trade in their FlashPoint LT for the new BT-948 MultiMaster PCI Ultra +SCSI Host Adapter. The BT-948 is the Ultra SCSI successor to the BT-946C +and has all the best features of both the BT-946C and FlashPoint LT, +including smart termination and a flash PROM for easy firmware updates, and +is of course compatible with the present Linux driver. The price for this +upgrade has been set at US $45 plus shipping and handling, and the upgrade +program will be administered through BusLogic Technical Support, which can +be reached by electronic mail at techsup@buslogic.com, by Voice at +1 408 +654-0760, or by FAX at +1 408 492-1542. + +As of 14 June 1996, the original BusLogic FlashPoint LT to BT-948 upgrade +program has now been extended to encompass the FlashPoint LW Wide Ultra +SCSI Host Adapter. Any Linux user worldwide may trade in their FlashPoint +LW (BT-950) for a BT-958 MultiMaster PCI Ultra SCSI Host Adapter. The +price for this upgrade has been set at US $65 plus shipping and handling. + +I was a beta test site for the BT-948/958, and versions 1.2.1 and 1.3.1 of +my BusLogic driver already included latent support for the BT-948/958. +Additional cosmetic support for the Ultra SCSI MultiMaster cards was added +subsequent releases. As a result of this cooperative testing process, +several firmware bugs were found and corrected. My heavily loaded Linux +test system provided an ideal environment for testing error recovery +processes that are much more rarely exercised in production systems, but +are crucial to overall system stability. It was especially convenient +being able to work directly with their firmware engineer in demonstrating +the problems under control of the firmware debugging environment; things +sure have come a long way since the last time I worked on firmware for an +embedded system. I am presently working on some performance testing and +expect to have some data to report in the not too distant future. + +BusLogic asked me to send this announcement since a large percentage of the +questions regarding support for the FlashPoint have either been sent to me +directly via email, or have appeared in the Linux newsgroups in which I +participate. To summarize, BusLogic is offering Linux users an upgrade +from the unsupported FlashPoint LT (BT-930) to the supported BT-948 for US +$45 plus shipping and handling, or from the unsupported FlashPoint LW +(BT-950) to the supported BT-958 for $65 plus shipping and handling. +Contact BusLogic Technical Support at techsup@buslogic.com or +1 408 +654-0760 to take advantage of their offer. + + Leonard N. Zubkoff + lnz@dandelion.com diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.FlashPoint b/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.FlashPoint new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ffd0fe226 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.FlashPoint @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ + FlashPoint Driver Developer's Kit + Version 1.0 + + Copyright 1995-1996 by Mylex Corporation + All Rights Reserved + +This program is free software; you may redistribute and/or modify it under +the terms of either: + + a) the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software + Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later version, + + or + + b) the "BSD-style License" included below. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY +or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See either the GNU General Public +License or the BSD-style License below for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., +675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. + +The BSD-style License is as follows: + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +met: + +1. Redistributions of source code must retain this LICENSE.FlashPoint + file, without modification, this list of conditions, and the following + disclaimer. The following copyright notice must appear immediately at + the beginning of all source files: + + Copyright 1995-1996 by Mylex Corporation. All Rights Reserved + + This file is available under both the GNU General Public License + and a BSD-style copyright; see LICENSE.FlashPoint for details. + +2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + +3. The name of Mylex Corporation may not be used to endorse or promote + products derived from this software without specific prior written + permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY MYLEX CORP. ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES +OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN +NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, +INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES +(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR +SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER +CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla2xxx b/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla2xxx new file mode 100644 index 000000000..52f0b4359 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla2xxx @@ -0,0 +1,290 @@ +Copyright (c) 2003-2014 QLogic Corporation +QLogic Linux FC-FCoE Driver + +This program includes a device driver for Linux 3.x. +You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the +GNU General Public License (a copy of which is attached hereto as +Exhibit A) published by the Free Software Foundation (version 2). + + + +EXHIBIT A + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla4xxx b/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla4xxx new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fcc27ad27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla4xxx @@ -0,0 +1,289 @@ +Copyright (c) 2003-2013 QLogic Corporation +QLogic Linux iSCSI Driver + +This program includes a device driver for Linux 3.x. +You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the +GNU General Public License (a copy of which is attached hereto as +Exhibit A) published by the Free Software Foundation (version 2). + + +EXHIBIT A + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt b/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac8db8cee --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/NinjaSCSI.txt @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ + + WorkBiT NinjaSCSI-3/32Bi driver for Linux + +1. Comment + This is Workbit corp.'s(http://www.workbit.co.jp/) NinjaSCSI-3 +for Linux. + +2. My Linux environment +Linux kernel: 2.4.7 / 2.2.19 +pcmcia-cs: 3.1.27 +gcc: gcc-2.95.4 +PC card: I-O data PCSC-F (NinjaSCSI-3) + I-O data CBSC-II in 16 bit mode (NinjaSCSI-32Bi) +SCSI device: I-O data CDPS-PX24 (CD-ROM drive) + Media Intelligent MMO-640GT (Optical disk drive) + +3. Install +[1] Check your PC card is true "NinjaSCSI-3" card. + If you installed pcmcia-cs already, pcmcia reports your card as UNKNOWN + card, and write ["WBT", "NinjaSCSI-3", "R1.0"] or some other string to + your console or log file. + You can also use "cardctl" program (this program is in pcmcia-cs source + code) to get more info. + +# cat /var/log/messages +... +Jan 2 03:45:06 lindberg cardmgr[78]: unsupported card in socket 1 +Jan 2 03:45:06 lindberg cardmgr[78]: product info: "WBT", "NinjaSCSI-3", "R1.0" +... +# cardctl ident +Socket 0: + no product info available +Socket 1: + product info: "IO DATA", "CBSC16 ", "1" + + +[2] Get the Linux kernel source, and extract it to /usr/src. + Because the NinjaSCSI driver requires some SCSI header files in Linux + kernel source, I recommend rebuilding your kernel; this eliminates + some versioning problems. +$ cd /usr/src +$ tar -zxvf linux-x.x.x.tar.gz +$ cd linux +$ make config +... + +[3] If you use this driver with Kernel 2.2, unpack pcmcia-cs in some directory + and make & install. This driver requires the pcmcia-cs header file. +$ cd /usr/src +$ tar zxvf cs-pcmcia-cs-3.x.x.tar.gz +... + +[4] Extract this driver's archive somewhere, and edit Makefile, then do make. +$ tar -zxvf nsp_cs-x.x.tar.gz +$ cd nsp_cs-x.x +$ emacs Makefile +... +$ make + +[5] Copy nsp_cs.ko to suitable place, like /lib/modules/<Kernel version>/pcmcia/ . + +[6] Add these lines to /etc/pcmcia/config . + If you use pcmcia-cs-3.1.8 or later, we can use "nsp_cs.conf" file. + So, you don't need to edit file. Just copy to /etc/pcmcia/ . + +------------------------------------- +device "nsp_cs" + class "scsi" module "nsp_cs" + +card "WorkBit NinjaSCSI-3" + version "WBT", "NinjaSCSI-3", "R1.0" + bind "nsp_cs" + +card "WorkBit NinjaSCSI-32Bi (16bit)" + version "WORKBIT", "UltraNinja-16", "1" + bind "nsp_cs" + +# OEM +card "WorkBit NinjaSCSI-32Bi (16bit) / IO-DATA" + version "IO DATA", "CBSC16 ", "1" + bind "nsp_cs" + +# OEM +card "WorkBit NinjaSCSI-32Bi (16bit) / KME-1" + version "KME ", "SCSI-CARD-001", "1" + bind "nsp_cs" +card "WorkBit NinjaSCSI-32Bi (16bit) / KME-2" + version "KME ", "SCSI-CARD-002", "1" + bind "nsp_cs" +card "WorkBit NinjaSCSI-32Bi (16bit) / KME-3" + version "KME ", "SCSI-CARD-003", "1" + bind "nsp_cs" +card "WorkBit NinjaSCSI-32Bi (16bit) / KME-4" + version "KME ", "SCSI-CARD-004", "1" + bind "nsp_cs" +------------------------------------- + +[7] Start (or restart) pcmcia-cs. +# /etc/rc.d/rc.pcmcia start (BSD style) +or +# /etc/init.d/pcmcia start (SYSV style) + + +4. History +See README.nin_cs . + +5. Caution + If you eject card when doing some operation for your SCSI device or suspend +your computer, you encount some *BAD* error like disk crash. + It works good when I using this driver right way. But I'm not guarantee +your data. Please backup your data when you use this driver. + +6. Known Bugs + In 2.4 kernel, you can't use 640MB Optical disk. This error comes from +high level SCSI driver. + +7. Testing + Please send me some reports(bug reports etc..) of this software. +When you send report, please tell me these or more. + card name + kernel version + your SCSI device name(hard drive, CD-ROM, etc...) + +8. Copyright + See GPL. + + +2001/08/08 yokota@netlab.is.tsukuba.ac.jp <YOKOTA Hiroshi> diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30f643f61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/aacraid.txt @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +AACRAID Driver for Linux (take two) + +Introduction +------------------------- +The aacraid driver adds support for Adaptec (http://www.adaptec.com) +RAID controllers. This is a major rewrite from the original +Adaptec supplied driver. It has significantly cleaned up both the code +and the running binary size (the module is less than half the size of +the original). + +Supported Cards/Chipsets +------------------------- + PCI ID (pci.ids) OEM Product + 9005:0285:9005:0285 Adaptec 2200S (Vulcan) + 9005:0285:9005:0286 Adaptec 2120S (Crusader) + 9005:0285:9005:0287 Adaptec 2200S (Vulcan-2m) + 9005:0285:9005:0288 Adaptec 3230S (Harrier) + 9005:0285:9005:0289 Adaptec 3240S (Tornado) + 9005:0285:9005:028a Adaptec 2020ZCR (Skyhawk) + 9005:0285:9005:028b Adaptec 2025ZCR (Terminator) + 9005:0286:9005:028c Adaptec 2230S (Lancer) + 9005:0286:9005:028c Adaptec 2230SLP (Lancer) + 9005:0286:9005:028d Adaptec 2130S (Lancer) + 9005:0285:9005:028e Adaptec 2020SA (Skyhawk) + 9005:0285:9005:028f Adaptec 2025SA (Terminator) + 9005:0285:9005:0290 Adaptec 2410SA (Jaguar) + 9005:0285:103c:3227 Adaptec 2610SA (Bearcat HP release) + 9005:0285:9005:0293 Adaptec 21610SA (Corsair-16) + 9005:0285:9005:0296 Adaptec 2240S (SabreExpress) + 9005:0285:9005:0292 Adaptec 2810SA (Corsair-8) + 9005:0285:9005:0297 Adaptec 4005 (AvonPark) + 9005:0285:9005:0298 Adaptec 4000 (BlackBird) + 9005:0285:9005:0299 Adaptec 4800SAS (Marauder-X) + 9005:0285:9005:029a Adaptec 4805SAS (Marauder-E) + 9005:0286:9005:029b Adaptec 2820SA (Intruder) + 9005:0286:9005:029c Adaptec 2620SA (Intruder) + 9005:0286:9005:029d Adaptec 2420SA (Intruder HP release) + 9005:0286:9005:02ac Adaptec 1800 (Typhoon44) + 9005:0285:9005:02b5 Adaptec 5445 (Voodoo44) + 9005:0285:15d9:02b5 SMC AOC-USAS-S4i + 9005:0285:9005:02b6 Adaptec 5805 (Voodoo80) + 9005:0285:15d9:02b6 SMC AOC-USAS-S8i + 9005:0285:9005:02b7 Adaptec 5085 (Voodoo08) + 9005:0285:9005:02bb Adaptec 3405 (Marauder40LP) + 9005:0285:9005:02bc Adaptec 3805 (Marauder80LP) + 9005:0285:9005:02c7 Adaptec 3085 (Marauder08ELP) + 9005:0285:9005:02bd Adaptec 31205 (Marauder120) + 9005:0285:9005:02be Adaptec 31605 (Marauder160) + 9005:0285:9005:02c3 Adaptec 51205 (Voodoo120) + 9005:0285:9005:02c4 Adaptec 51605 (Voodoo160) + 9005:0285:15d9:02c9 SMC AOC-USAS-S4iR + 9005:0285:15d9:02ca SMC AOC-USAS-S8iR + 9005:0285:9005:02ce Adaptec 51245 (Voodoo124) + 9005:0285:9005:02cf Adaptec 51645 (Voodoo164) + 9005:0285:9005:02d0 Adaptec 52445 (Voodoo244) + 9005:0285:9005:02d1 Adaptec 5405 (Voodoo40) + 9005:0285:15d9:02d2 SMC AOC-USAS-S8i-LP + 9005:0285:15d9:02d3 SMC AOC-USAS-S8iR-LP + 9005:0285:9005:02d4 Adaptec ASR-2045 (Voodoo04 Lite) + 9005:0285:9005:02d5 Adaptec ASR-2405 (Voodoo40 Lite) + 9005:0285:9005:02d6 Adaptec ASR-2445 (Voodoo44 Lite) + 9005:0285:9005:02d7 Adaptec ASR-2805 (Voodoo80 Lite) + 9005:0285:9005:02d8 Adaptec 5405Z (Voodoo40 BLBU) + 9005:0285:9005:02d9 Adaptec 5445Z (Voodoo44 BLBU) + 9005:0285:9005:02da Adaptec 5805Z (Voodoo80 BLBU) + 1011:0046:9005:0364 Adaptec 5400S (Mustang) + 1011:0046:9005:0365 Adaptec 5400S (Mustang) + 9005:0287:9005:0800 Adaptec Themisto (Jupiter) + 9005:0200:9005:0200 Adaptec Themisto (Jupiter) + 9005:0286:9005:0800 Adaptec Callisto (Jupiter) + 1011:0046:9005:1364 Dell PERC 2/QC (Quad Channel, Mustang) + 1011:0046:9005:1365 Dell PERC 2/QC (Quad Channel, Mustang) + 1028:0001:1028:0001 Dell PERC 2/Si (Iguana) + 1028:0003:1028:0003 Dell PERC 3/Si (SlimFast) + 1028:0002:1028:0002 Dell PERC 3/Di (Opal) + 1028:0004:1028:0004 Dell PERC 3/SiF (Iguana) + 1028:0004:1028:00d0 Dell PERC 3/DiF (Iguana) + 1028:0002:1028:00d1 Dell PERC 3/DiV (Viper) + 1028:0002:1028:00d9 Dell PERC 3/DiL (Lexus) + 1028:000a:1028:0106 Dell PERC 3/DiJ (Jaguar) + 1028:000a:1028:011b Dell PERC 3/DiD (Dagger) + 1028:000a:1028:0121 Dell PERC 3/DiB (Boxster) + 9005:0285:1028:0287 Dell PERC 320/DC (Vulcan) + 9005:0285:1028:0291 Dell CERC 2 (DellCorsair) + 1011:0046:103c:10c2 HP NetRAID-4M (Mustang) + 9005:0285:17aa:0286 Legend S220 (Crusader) + 9005:0285:17aa:0287 Legend S230 (Vulcan) + 9005:0285:9005:0290 IBM ServeRAID 7t (Jaguar) + 9005:0285:1014:02F2 IBM ServeRAID 8i (AvonPark) + 9005:0286:1014:9540 IBM ServeRAID 8k/8k-l4 (AuroraLite) + 9005:0286:1014:9580 IBM ServeRAID 8k/8k-l8 (Aurora) + 9005:0285:1014:034d IBM ServeRAID 8s (Marauder-E) + 9005:0286:9005:029e ICP ICP9024RO (Lancer) + 9005:0286:9005:029f ICP ICP9014RO (Lancer) + 9005:0286:9005:02a0 ICP ICP9047MA (Lancer) + 9005:0286:9005:02a1 ICP ICP9087MA (Lancer) + 9005:0285:9005:02a4 ICP ICP9085LI (Marauder-X) + 9005:0285:9005:02a5 ICP ICP5085BR (Marauder-E) + 9005:0286:9005:02a6 ICP ICP9067MA (Intruder-6) + 9005:0285:9005:02b2 ICP (Voodoo 8 internal 8 external) + 9005:0285:9005:02b8 ICP ICP5445SL (Voodoo44) + 9005:0285:9005:02b9 ICP ICP5085SL (Voodoo80) + 9005:0285:9005:02ba ICP ICP5805SL (Voodoo08) + 9005:0285:9005:02bf ICP ICP5045BL (Marauder40LP) + 9005:0285:9005:02c0 ICP ICP5085BL (Marauder80LP) + 9005:0285:9005:02c8 ICP ICP5805BL (Marauder08ELP) + 9005:0285:9005:02c1 ICP ICP5125BR (Marauder120) + 9005:0285:9005:02c2 ICP ICP5165BR (Marauder160) + 9005:0285:9005:02c5 ICP ICP5125SL (Voodoo120) + 9005:0285:9005:02c6 ICP ICP5165SL (Voodoo160) + 9005:0286:9005:02ab (Typhoon40) + 9005:0286:9005:02ad (Aurora ARK) + 9005:0286:9005:02ae (Aurora Lite ARK) + 9005:0285:9005:02b0 (Sunrise Lake ARK) + 9005:0285:9005:02b1 Adaptec (Voodoo 8 internal 8 external) + 9005:0285:108e:7aac SUN STK RAID REM (Voodoo44 Coyote) + 9005:0285:108e:0286 SUN STK RAID INT (Cougar) + 9005:0285:108e:0287 SUN STK RAID EXT (Prometheus) + 9005:0285:108e:7aae SUN STK RAID EM (Narvi) + +People +------------------------- +Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk> +Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org> (updates for new-style PCI probing and SCSI host registration, + small cleanups/fixes) +Matt Domsch <matt_domsch@dell.com> (revision ioctl, adapter messages) +Deanna Bonds (non-DASD support, PAE fibs and 64 bit, added new adaptec controllers + added new ioctls, changed scsi interface to use new error handler, + increased the number of fibs and outstanding commands to a container) + + (fixed 64bit and 64G memory model, changed confusing naming convention + where fibs that go to the hardware are consistently called hw_fibs and + not just fibs like the name of the driver tracking structure) +Mark Salyzyn <Mark_Salyzyn@adaptec.com> Fixed panic issues and added some new product ids for upcoming hbas. Performance tuning, card failover and bug mitigations. +Achim Leubner <Achim_Leubner@adaptec.com> + +Original Driver +------------------------- +Adaptec Unix OEM Product Group + +Mailing List +------------------------- +linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org (Interested parties troll here) +Also note this is very different to Brian's original driver +so don't expect him to support it. +Adaptec does support this driver. Contact Adaptec tech support or +aacraid@adaptec.com + +Original by Brian Boerner February 2001 +Rewritten by Alan Cox, November 2001 diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/advansys.txt b/Documentation/scsi/advansys.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a3db62b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/advansys.txt @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +AdvanSys (Advanced System Products, Inc.) manufactures the following +RISC-based, Bus-Mastering, Fast (10 Mhz) and Ultra (20 Mhz) Narrow +(8-bit transfer) SCSI Host Adapters for the ISA, EISA, VL, and PCI +buses and RISC-based, Bus-Mastering, Ultra (20 Mhz) Wide (16-bit +transfer) SCSI Host Adapters for the PCI bus. + +The CDB counts below indicate the number of SCSI CDB (Command +Descriptor Block) requests that can be stored in the RISC chip +cache and board LRAM. A CDB is a single SCSI command. The driver +detect routine will display the number of CDBs available for each +adapter detected. The number of CDBs used by the driver can be +lowered in the BIOS by changing the 'Host Queue Size' adapter setting. + +Laptop Products: + ABP-480 - Bus-Master CardBus (16 CDB) + +Connectivity Products: + ABP510/5150 - Bus-Master ISA (240 CDB) + ABP5140 - Bus-Master ISA PnP (16 CDB) + ABP5142 - Bus-Master ISA PnP with floppy (16 CDB) + ABP902/3902 - Bus-Master PCI (16 CDB) + ABP3905 - Bus-Master PCI (16 CDB) + ABP915 - Bus-Master PCI (16 CDB) + ABP920 - Bus-Master PCI (16 CDB) + ABP3922 - Bus-Master PCI (16 CDB) + ABP3925 - Bus-Master PCI (16 CDB) + ABP930 - Bus-Master PCI (16 CDB) + ABP930U - Bus-Master PCI Ultra (16 CDB) + ABP930UA - Bus-Master PCI Ultra (16 CDB) + ABP960 - Bus-Master PCI MAC/PC (16 CDB) + ABP960U - Bus-Master PCI MAC/PC Ultra (16 CDB) + +Single Channel Products: + ABP542 - Bus-Master ISA with floppy (240 CDB) + ABP742 - Bus-Master EISA (240 CDB) + ABP842 - Bus-Master VL (240 CDB) + ABP940 - Bus-Master PCI (240 CDB) + ABP940U - Bus-Master PCI Ultra (240 CDB) + ABP940UA/3940UA - Bus-Master PCI Ultra (240 CDB) + ABP970 - Bus-Master PCI MAC/PC (240 CDB) + ABP970U - Bus-Master PCI MAC/PC Ultra (240 CDB) + ABP3960UA - Bus-Master PCI MAC/PC Ultra (240 CDB) + ABP940UW/3940UW - Bus-Master PCI Ultra-Wide (253 CDB) + ABP970UW - Bus-Master PCI MAC/PC Ultra-Wide (253 CDB) + ABP3940U2W - Bus-Master PCI LVD/Ultra2-Wide (253 CDB) + +Multi-Channel Products: + ABP752 - Dual Channel Bus-Master EISA (240 CDB Per Channel) + ABP852 - Dual Channel Bus-Master VL (240 CDB Per Channel) + ABP950 - Dual Channel Bus-Master PCI (240 CDB Per Channel) + ABP950UW - Dual Channel Bus-Master PCI Ultra-Wide (253 CDB Per Channel) + ABP980 - Four Channel Bus-Master PCI (240 CDB Per Channel) + ABP980U - Four Channel Bus-Master PCI Ultra (240 CDB Per Channel) + ABP980UA/3980UA - Four Channel Bus-Master PCI Ultra (16 CDB Per Chan.) + ABP3950U2W - Bus-Master PCI LVD/Ultra2-Wide and Ultra-Wide (253 CDB) + ABP3950U3W - Bus-Master PCI Dual LVD2/Ultra3-Wide (253 CDB) + +Driver Compile Time Options and Debugging + +The following constants can be defined in the source file. + +1. ADVANSYS_ASSERT - Enable driver assertions (Def: Enabled) + + Enabling this option adds assertion logic statements to the + driver. If an assertion fails a message will be displayed to + the console, but the system will continue to operate. Any + assertions encountered should be reported to the person + responsible for the driver. Assertion statements may proactively + detect problems with the driver and facilitate fixing these + problems. Enabling assertions will add a small overhead to the + execution of the driver. + +2. ADVANSYS_DEBUG - Enable driver debugging (Def: Disabled) + + Enabling this option adds tracing functions to the driver and the + ability to set a driver tracing level at boot time. This option is + very useful for debugging the driver, but it will add to the size + of the driver execution image and add overhead to the execution of + the driver. + + The amount of debugging output can be controlled with the global + variable 'asc_dbglvl'. The higher the number the more output. By + default the debug level is 0. + + If the driver is loaded at boot time and the LILO Driver Option + is included in the system, the debug level can be changed by + specifying a 5th (ASC_NUM_IOPORT_PROBE + 1) I/O Port. The + first three hex digits of the pseudo I/O Port must be set to + 'deb' and the fourth hex digit specifies the debug level: 0 - F. + The following command line will look for an adapter at 0x330 + and set the debug level to 2. + + linux advansys=0x330,0,0,0,0xdeb2 + + If the driver is built as a loadable module this variable can be + defined when the driver is loaded. The following insmod command + will set the debug level to one. + + insmod advansys.o asc_dbglvl=1 + + Debugging Message Levels: + 0: Errors Only + 1: High-Level Tracing + 2-N: Verbose Tracing + + To enable debug output to console, please make sure that: + + a. System and kernel logging is enabled (syslogd, klogd running). + b. Kernel messages are routed to console output. Check + /etc/syslog.conf for an entry similar to this: + + kern.* /dev/console + + c. klogd is started with the appropriate -c parameter + (e.g. klogd -c 8) + + This will cause printk() messages to be be displayed on the + current console. Refer to the klogd(8) and syslogd(8) man pages + for details. + + Alternatively you can enable printk() to console with this + program. However, this is not the 'official' way to do this. + Debug output is logged in /var/log/messages. + + main() + { + syscall(103, 7, 0, 0); + } + + Increasing LOG_BUF_LEN in kernel/printk.c to something like + 40960 allows more debug messages to be buffered in the kernel + and written to the console or log file. + +3. ADVANSYS_STATS - Enable statistics (Def: Enabled) + + Enabling this option adds statistics collection and display + through /proc to the driver. The information is useful for + monitoring driver and device performance. It will add to the + size of the driver execution image and add minor overhead to + the execution of the driver. + + Statistics are maintained on a per adapter basis. Driver entry + point call counts and transfer size counts are maintained. + Statistics are only available for kernels greater than or equal + to v1.3.0 with the CONFIG_PROC_FS (/proc) file system configured. + + AdvanSys SCSI adapter files have the following path name format: + + /proc/scsi/advansys/{0,1,2,3,...} + + This information can be displayed with cat. For example: + + cat /proc/scsi/advansys/0 + + When ADVANSYS_STATS is not defined the AdvanSys /proc files only + contain adapter and device configuration information. + +Driver LILO Option + +If init/main.c is modified as described in the 'Directions for Adding +the AdvanSys Driver to Linux' section (B.4.) above, the driver will +recognize the 'advansys' LILO command line and /etc/lilo.conf option. +This option can be used to either disable I/O port scanning or to limit +scanning to 1 - 4 I/O ports. Regardless of the option setting EISA and +PCI boards will still be searched for and detected. This option only +affects searching for ISA and VL boards. + +Examples: + 1. Eliminate I/O port scanning: + boot: linux advansys= + or + boot: linux advansys=0x0 + 2. Limit I/O port scanning to one I/O port: + boot: linux advansys=0x110 + 3. Limit I/O port scanning to four I/O ports: + boot: linux advansys=0x110,0x210,0x230,0x330 + +For a loadable module the same effect can be achieved by setting +the 'asc_iopflag' variable and 'asc_ioport' array when loading +the driver, e.g. + + insmod advansys.o asc_iopflag=1 asc_ioport=0x110,0x330 + +If ADVANSYS_DEBUG is defined a 5th (ASC_NUM_IOPORT_PROBE + 1) +I/O Port may be added to specify the driver debug level. Refer to +the 'Driver Compile Time Options and Debugging' section above for +more information. + +Credits (Chronological Order) + +Bob Frey <bfrey@turbolinux.com.cn> wrote the AdvanSys SCSI driver +and maintained it up to 3.3F. He continues to answer questions +and help maintain the driver. + +Nathan Hartwell <mage@cdc3.cdc.net> provided the directions and +basis for the Linux v1.3.X changes which were included in the +1.2 release. + +Thomas E Zerucha <zerucha@shell.portal.com> pointed out a bug +in advansys_biosparam() which was fixed in the 1.3 release. + +Erik Ratcliffe <erik@caldera.com> has done testing of the +AdvanSys driver in the Caldera releases. + +Rik van Riel <H.H.vanRiel@fys.ruu.nl> provided a patch to +AscWaitTixISRDone() which he found necessary to make the +driver work with a SCSI-1 disk. + +Mark Moran <mmoran@mmoran.com> has helped test Ultra-Wide +support in the 3.1A driver. + +Doug Gilbert <dgilbert@interlog.com> has made changes and +suggestions to improve the driver and done a lot of testing. + +Ken Mort <ken@mort.net> reported a DEBUG compile bug fixed +in 3.2K. + +Tom Rini <trini@kernel.crashing.org> provided the CONFIG_ISA +patch and helped with PowerPC wide and narrow board support. + +Philip Blundell <philb@gnu.org> provided an +advansys_interrupts_enabled patch. + +Dave Jones <dave@denial.force9.co.uk> reported the compiler +warnings generated when CONFIG_PROC_FS was not defined in +the 3.2M driver. + +Jerry Quinn <jlquinn@us.ibm.com> fixed PowerPC support (endian +problems) for wide cards. + +Bryan Henderson <bryanh@giraffe-data.com> helped debug narrow +card error handling. + +Manuel Veloso <veloso@pobox.com> worked hard on PowerPC narrow +board support and fixed a bug in AscGetEEPConfig(). + +Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@conectiva.com.br> made +save_flags/restore_flags changes. + +Andy Kellner <AKellner@connectcom.net> continued the Advansys SCSI +driver development for ConnectCom (Version > 3.3F). + +Ken Witherow for extensive testing during the development of version 3.4. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aha152x.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aha152x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94848734a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/aha152x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +$Id: README.aha152x,v 1.2 1999/12/25 15:32:30 fischer Exp fischer $ +Adaptec AHA-1520/1522 SCSI driver for Linux (aha152x) + +Copyright 1993-1999 Jürgen Fischer <fischer@norbit.de> +TC1550 patches by Luuk van Dijk (ldz@xs4all.nl) + + +In Revision 2 the driver was modified a lot (especially the +bottom-half handler complete()). + +The driver is much cleaner now, has support for the new +error handling code in 2.3, produced less cpu load (much +less polling loops), has slightly higher throughput (at +least on my ancient test box; a i486/33Mhz/20MB). + + +CONFIGURATION ARGUMENTS: + +IOPORT base io address (0x340/0x140) +IRQ interrupt level (9-12; default 11) +SCSI_ID scsi id of controller (0-7; default 7) +RECONNECT allow targets to disconnect from the bus (0/1; default 1 [on]) +PARITY enable parity checking (0/1; default 1 [on]) +SYNCHRONOUS enable synchronous transfers (0/1; default 1 [on]) +DELAY: bus reset delay (default 100) +EXT_TRANS: enable extended translation (0/1: default 0 [off]) + (see NOTES) + +COMPILE TIME CONFIGURATION (go into AHA152X in drivers/scsi/Makefile): + +-DAUTOCONF + use configuration the controller reports (AHA-152x only) + +-DSKIP_BIOSTEST + Don't test for BIOS signature (AHA-1510 or disabled BIOS) + +-DSETUP0="{ IOPORT, IRQ, SCSI_ID, RECONNECT, PARITY, SYNCHRONOUS, DELAY, EXT_TRANS }" + override for the first controller + +-DSETUP1="{ IOPORT, IRQ, SCSI_ID, RECONNECT, PARITY, SYNCHRONOUS, DELAY, EXT_TRANS }" + override for the second controller + +-DAHA152X_DEBUG + enable debugging output + +-DAHA152X_STAT + enable some statistics + + +LILO COMMAND LINE OPTIONS: + +aha152x=<IOPORT>[,<IRQ>[,<SCSI-ID>[,<RECONNECT>[,<PARITY>[,<SYNCHRONOUS>[,<DELAY> [,<EXT_TRANS]]]]]]] + + The normal configuration can be overridden by specifying a command line. + When you do this, the BIOS test is skipped. Entered values have to be + valid (known). Don't use values that aren't supported under normal + operation. If you think that you need other values: contact me. + For two controllers use the aha152x statement twice. + + +SYMBOLS FOR MODULE CONFIGURATION: + +Choose from 2 alternatives: + +1. specify everything (old) + +aha152x=IOPORT,IRQ,SCSI_ID,RECONNECT,PARITY,SYNCHRONOUS,DELAY,EXT_TRANS + configuration override for first controller + + +aha152x1=IOPORT,IRQ,SCSI_ID,RECONNECT,PARITY,SYNCHRONOUS,DELAY,EXT_TRANS + configuration override for second controller + +2. specify only what you need to (irq or io is required; new) + +io=IOPORT0[,IOPORT1] + IOPORT for first and second controller + +irq=IRQ0[,IRQ1] + IRQ for first and second controller + +scsiid=SCSIID0[,SCSIID1] + SCSIID for first and second controller + +reconnect=RECONNECT0[,RECONNECT1] + allow targets to disconnect for first and second controller + +parity=PAR0[PAR1] + use parity for first and second controller + +sync=SYNCHRONOUS0[,SYNCHRONOUS1] + enable synchronous transfers for first and second controller + +delay=DELAY0[,DELAY1] + reset DELAY for first and second controller + +exttrans=EXTTRANS0[,EXTTRANS1] + enable extended translation for first and second controller + + +If you use both alternatives the first will be taken. + + +NOTES ON EXT_TRANS: + +SCSI uses block numbers to address blocks/sectors on a device. +The BIOS uses a cylinder/head/sector addressing scheme (C/H/S) +scheme instead. DOS expects a BIOS or driver that understands this +C/H/S addressing. + +The number of cylinders/heads/sectors is called geometry and is required +as base for requests in C/H/S addressing. SCSI only knows about the +total capacity of disks in blocks (sectors). + +Therefore the SCSI BIOS/DOS driver has to calculate a logical/virtual +geometry just to be able to support that addressing scheme. The geometry +returned by the SCSI BIOS is a pure calculation and has nothing to +do with the real/physical geometry of the disk (which is usually +irrelevant anyway). + +Basically this has no impact at all on Linux, because it also uses block +instead of C/H/S addressing. Unfortunately C/H/S addressing is also used +in the partition table and therefore every operating system has to know +the right geometry to be able to interpret it. + +Moreover there are certain limitations to the C/H/S addressing scheme, +namely the address space is limited to up to 255 heads, up to 63 sectors +and a maximum of 1023 cylinders. + +The AHA-1522 BIOS calculates the geometry by fixing the number of heads +to 64, the number of sectors to 32 and by calculating the number of +cylinders by dividing the capacity reported by the disk by 64*32 (1 MB). +This is considered to be the default translation. + +With respect to the limit of 1023 cylinders using C/H/S you can only +address the first GB of your disk in the partition table. Therefore +BIOSes of some newer controllers based on the AIC-6260/6360 support +extended translation. This means that the BIOS uses 255 for heads, +63 for sectors and then divides the capacity of the disk by 255*63 +(about 8 MB), as soon it sees a disk greater than 1 GB. That results +in a maximum of about 8 GB addressable diskspace in the partition table +(but there are already bigger disks out there today). + +To make it even more complicated the translation mode might/might +not be configurable in certain BIOS setups. + +This driver does some more or less failsafe guessing to get the +geometry right in most cases: + +- for disks<1GB: use default translation (C/32/64) + +- for disks>1GB: + - take current geometry from the partition table + (using scsicam_bios_param and accept only `valid' geometries, + ie. either (C/32/64) or (C/63/255)). This can be extended translation + even if it's not enabled in the driver. + + - if that fails, take extended translation if enabled by override, + kernel or module parameter, otherwise take default translation and + ask the user for verification. This might on not yet partitioned + disks. + + +REFERENCES USED: + + "AIC-6260 SCSI Chip Specification", Adaptec Corporation. + + "SCSI COMPUTER SYSTEM INTERFACE - 2 (SCSI-2)", X3T9.2/86-109 rev. 10h + + "Writing a SCSI device driver for Linux", Rik Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) + + "Kernel Hacker's Guide", Michael K. Johnson (johnsonm@sunsite.unc.edu) + + "Adaptec 1520/1522 User's Guide", Adaptec Corporation. + + Michael K. Johnson (johnsonm@sunsite.unc.edu) + + Drew Eckhardt (drew@cs.colorado.edu) + + Eric Youngdale (eric@andante.org) + + special thanks to Eric Youngdale for the free(!) supplying the + documentation on the chip. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2d327300 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,497 @@ +==================================================================== += Adaptec Ultra320 Family Manager Set = += = += README for = += The Linux Operating System = +==================================================================== + +The following information is available in this file: + + 1. Supported Hardware + 2. Version History + 3. Command Line Options + 4. Additional Notes + 5. Contacting Adaptec + + +1. Supported Hardware + + The following Adaptec SCSI Host Adapters are supported by this + driver set. + + Ultra320 ASIC Description + ---------------------------------------------------------------- + AIC-7901A Single Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to + Ultra320 SCSI ASIC + AIC-7901B Single Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to + Ultra320 SCSI ASIC with Retained Training + AIC-7902A4 Dual Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to + Ultra320 SCSI ASIC + AIC-7902B Dual Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to + Ultra320 SCSI ASIC with Retained Training + + Ultra320 Adapters Description ASIC + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Adaptec SCSI Card 39320 Dual Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to 7902A4/7902B + Ultra320 SCSI Card (one external + 68-pin, two internal 68-pin) + Adaptec SCSI Card 39320A Dual Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to 7902B + Ultra320 SCSI Card (one external + 68-pin, two internal 68-pin) + Adaptec SCSI Card 39320D Dual Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to 7902A4 + Ultra320 SCSI Card (two external VHDC + and one internal 68-pin) + Adaptec SCSI Card 39320D Dual Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to 7902A4 + Ultra320 SCSI Card (two external VHDC + and one internal 68-pin) based on the + AIC-7902B ASIC + Adaptec SCSI Card 29320 Single Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to 7901A + Ultra320 SCSI Card (one external + 68-pin, two internal 68-pin, one + internal 50-pin) + Adaptec SCSI Card 29320A Single Channel 64-bit PCI-X 133MHz to 7901B + Ultra320 SCSI Card (one external + 68-pin, two internal 68-pin, one + internal 50-pin) + Adaptec SCSI Card 29320LP Single Channel 64-bit Low Profile 7901A + PCI-X 133MHz to Ultra320 SCSI Card + (One external VHDC, one internal + 68-pin) + Adaptec SCSI Card 29320ALP Single Channel 64-bit Low Profile 7901B + PCI-X 133MHz to Ultra320 SCSI Card + (One external VHDC, one internal + 68-pin) +2. Version History + + 3.0 (December 1st, 2005) + - Updated driver to use SCSI transport class infrastructure + - Upported sequencer and core fixes from adaptec released + version 2.0.15 of the driver. + + 1.3.11 (July 11, 2003) + - Fix several deadlock issues. + - Add 29320ALP and 39320B Id's. + + 1.3.10 (June 3rd, 2003) + - Align the SCB_TAG field on a 16byte boundary. This avoids + SCB corruption on some PCI-33 busses. + - Correct non-zero luns on Rev B. hardware. + - Update for change in 2.5.X SCSI proc FS interface. + - When negotiation async via an 8bit WDTR message, send + an SDTR with an offset of 0 to be sure the target + knows we are async. This works around a firmware defect + in the Quantum Atlas 10K. + - Implement controller suspend and resume. + - Clear PCI error state during driver attach so that we + don't disable memory mapped I/O due to a stray write + by some other driver probe that occurred before we + claimed the controller. + + 1.3.9 (May 22nd, 2003) + - Fix compiler errors. + - Remove S/G splitting for segments that cross a 4GB boundary. + This is guaranteed not to happen in Linux. + - Add support for scsi_report_device_reset() found in + 2.5.X kernels. + - Add 7901B support. + - Simplify handling of the packetized lun Rev A workaround. + - Correct and simplify handling of the ignore wide residue + message. The previous code would fail to report a residual + if the transaction data length was even and we received + an IWR message. + + 1.3.8 (April 29th, 2003) + - Fix types accessed via the command line interface code. + - Perform a few firmware optimizations. + - Fix "Unexpected PKT busfree" errors. + - Use a sequencer interrupt to notify the host of + commands with bad status. We defer the notification + until there are no outstanding selections to ensure + that the host is interrupted for as short a time as + possible. + - Remove pre-2.2.X support. + - Add support for new 2.5.X interrupt API. + - Correct big-endian architecture support. + + 1.3.7 (April 16th, 2003) + - Use del_timer_sync() to ensure that no timeouts + are pending during controller shutdown. + - For pre-2.5.X kernels, carefully adjust our segment + list size to avoid SCSI malloc pool fragmentation. + - Cleanup channel display in our /proc output. + - Workaround duplicate device entries in the mid-layer + device list during add-single-device. + + 1.3.6 (March 28th, 2003) + - Correct a double free in the Domain Validation code. + - Correct a reference to free'ed memory during controller + shutdown. + - Reset the bus on an SE->LVD change. This is required + to reset our transceivers. + + 1.3.5 (March 24th, 2003) + - Fix a few register window mode bugs. + - Include read streaming in the PPR flags we display in + diagnostics as well as /proc. + - Add PCI hot plug support for 2.5.X kernels. + - Correct default precompensation value for RevA hardware. + - Fix Domain Validation thread shutdown. + - Add a firmware workaround to make the LED blink + brighter during packetized operations on the H2A4. + - Correct /proc display of user read streaming settings. + - Simplify driver locking by releasing the io_request_lock + upon driver entry from the mid-layer. + - Cleanup command line parsing and move much of this code + to aiclib. + + 1.3.4 (February 28th, 2003) + - Correct a race condition in our error recovery handler. + - Allow Test Unit Ready commands to take a full 5 seconds + during Domain Validation. + + 1.3.2 (February 19th, 2003) + - Correct a Rev B. regression due to the GEM318 + compatibility fix included in 1.3.1. + + 1.3.1 (February 11th, 2003) + - Add support for the 39320A. + - Improve recovery for certain PCI-X errors. + - Fix handling of LQ/DATA/LQ/DATA for the + same write transaction that can occur without + interveining training. + - Correct compatibility issues with the GEM318 + enclosure services device. + - Correct data corruption issue that occurred under + high tag depth write loads. + - Adapt to a change in the 2.5.X daemonize() API. + - Correct a "Missing case in ahd_handle_scsiint" panic. + + 1.3.0 (January 21st, 2003) + - Full regression testing for all U320 products completed. + - Added abort and target/lun reset error recovery handler and + interrupt coalescing. + + 1.2.0 (November 14th, 2002) + - Added support for Domain Validation + - Add support for the Hewlett-Packard version of the 39320D + and AIC-7902 adapters. + Support for previous adapters has not been fully tested and should + only be used at the customer's own risk. + + 1.1.1 (September 24th, 2002) + - Added support for the Linux 2.5.X kernel series + + 1.1.0 (September 17th, 2002) + - Added support for four additional SCSI products: + ASC-39320, ASC-29320, ASC-29320LP, AIC-7901. + + 1.0.0 (May 30th, 2002) + - Initial driver release. + + 2.1. Software/Hardware Features + - Support for the SPI-4 "Ultra320" standard: + - 320MB/s transfer rates + - Packetized SCSI Protocol at 160MB/s and 320MB/s + - Quick Arbitration Selection (QAS) + - Retained Training Information (Rev B. ASIC only) + - Interrupt Coalescing + - Initiator Mode (target mode not currently + supported) + - Support for the PCI-X standard up to 133MHz + - Support for the PCI v2.2 standard + - Domain Validation + + 2.2. Operating System Support: + - Redhat Linux 7.2, 7.3, 8.0, Advanced Server 2.1 + - SuSE Linux 7.3, 8.0, 8.1, Enterprise Server 7 + - only Intel and AMD x86 supported at this time + - >4GB memory configurations supported. + + Refer to the User's Guide for more details on this. + +3. Command Line Options + + WARNING: ALTERING OR ADDING THESE DRIVER PARAMETERS + INCORRECTLY CAN RENDER YOUR SYSTEM INOPERABLE. + USE THEM WITH CAUTION. + + Put a .conf file in the /etc/modprobe.d/ directory and add/edit a + line containing 'options aic79xx aic79xx=[command[,command...]]' where + 'command' is one or more of the following: + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: verbose + Definition: enable additional informative messages during + driver operation. + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: debug:[value] + Definition: Enables various levels of debugging information + The bit definitions for the debugging mask can + be found in drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/aic79xx.h under + the "Debug" heading. + Possible Values: 0x0000 = no debugging, 0xffff = full debugging + Default Value: 0x0000 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: no_reset + Definition: Do not reset the bus during the initial probe + phase + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: extended + Definition: Force extended translation on the controller + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: periodic_otag + Definition: Send an ordered tag periodically to prevent + tag starvation. Needed for some older devices + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: reverse_scan + Definition: Probe the scsi bus in reverse order, starting + with target 15 + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: global_tag_depth + Definition: Global tag depth for all targets on all busses. + This option sets the default tag depth which + may be selectively overridden vi the tag_info + option. + Possible Values: 1 - 253 + Default Value: 32 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: tag_info:{{value[,value...]}[,{value[,value...]}...]} + Definition: Set the per-target tagged queue depth on a + per controller basis. Both controllers and targets + may be omitted indicating that they should retain + the default tag depth. + Examples: tag_info:{{16,32,32,64,8,8,,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32} + On Controller 0 + specifies a tag depth of 16 for target 0 + specifies a tag depth of 64 for target 3 + specifies a tag depth of 8 for targets 4 and 5 + leaves target 6 at the default + specifies a tag depth of 32 for targets 1,2,7-15 + All other targets retain the default depth. + + tag_info:{{},{32,,32}} + On Controller 1 + specifies a tag depth of 32 for targets 0 and 2 + All other targets retain the default depth. + + Possible Values: 1 - 253 + Default Value: 32 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: rd_strm: {rd_strm_bitmask[,rd_strm_bitmask...]} + Definition: Enable read streaming on a per target basis. + The rd_strm_bitmask is a 16 bit hex value in which + each bit represents a target. Setting the target's + bit to '1' enables read streaming for that + target. Controllers may be omitted indicating that + they should retain the default read streaming setting. + Example: rd_strm:{0x0041} + On Controller 0 + enables read streaming for targets 0 and 6. + disables read streaming for targets 1-5,7-15. + All other targets retain the default read + streaming setting. + Example: rd_strm:{0x0023,,0xFFFF} + On Controller 0 + enables read streaming for targets 1,2, and 5. + disables read streaming for targets 3,4,6-15. + On Controller 2 + enables read streaming for all targets. + All other targets retain the default read + streaming setting. + + Possible Values: 0x0000 - 0xffff + Default Value: 0x0000 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: dv: {value[,value...]} + Definition: Set Domain Validation Policy on a per-controller basis. + Controllers may be omitted indicating that + they should retain the default read streaming setting. + Example: dv:{-1,0,,1,1,0} + On Controller 0 leave DV at its default setting. + On Controller 1 disable DV. + Skip configuration on Controller 2. + On Controllers 3 and 4 enable DV. + On Controller 5 disable DV. + + Possible Values: < 0 Use setting from serial EEPROM. + 0 Disable DV + > 0 Enable DV + Default Value: DV Serial EEPROM configuration setting. + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: seltime:[value] + Definition: Specifies the selection timeout value + Possible Values: 0 = 256ms, 1 = 128ms, 2 = 64ms, 3 = 32ms + Default Value: 0 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + + *** The following three options should only be changed at *** + *** the direction of a technical support representative. *** + + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: precomp: {value[,value...]} + Definition: Set IO Cell precompensation value on a per-controller + basis. + Controllers may be omitted indicating that + they should retain the default precompensation setting. + Example: precomp:{0x1} + On Controller 0 set precompensation to 1. + Example: precomp:{1,,7} + On Controller 0 set precompensation to 1. + On Controller 2 set precompensation to 8. + + Possible Values: 0 - 7 + Default Value: Varies based on chip revision + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: slewrate: {value[,value...]} + Definition: Set IO Cell slew rate on a per-controller basis. + Controllers may be omitted indicating that + they should retain the default slew rate setting. + Example: slewrate:{0x1} + On Controller 0 set slew rate to 1. + Example: slewrate :{1,,8} + On Controller 0 set slew rate to 1. + On Controller 2 set slew rate to 8. + + Possible Values: 0 - 15 + Default Value: Varies based on chip revision + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: amplitude: {value[,value...]} + Definition: Set IO Cell signal amplitude on a per-controller basis. + Controllers may be omitted indicating that + they should retain the default read streaming setting. + Example: amplitude:{0x1} + On Controller 0 set amplitude to 1. + Example: amplitude :{1,,7} + On Controller 0 set amplitude to 1. + On Controller 2 set amplitude to 7. + + Possible Values: 1 - 7 + Default Value: Varies based on chip revision + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + + Example: 'options aic79xx aic79xx=verbose,rd_strm:{{0x0041}}' + enables verbose output in the driver and turns read streaming on + for targets 0 and 6 of Controller 0. + +4. Additional Notes + + 4.1. Known/Unresolved or FYI Issues + + * Under SuSE Linux Enterprise 7, the driver may fail to operate + correctly due to a problem with PCI interrupt routing in the + Linux kernel. Please contact SuSE for an updated Linux + kernel. + + 4.2. Third-Party Compatibility Issues + + * Adaptec only supports Ultra320 hard drives running + the latest firmware available. Please check with + your hard drive manufacturer to ensure you have the + latest version. + + 4.3. Operating System or Technology Limitations + + * PCI Hot Plug is untested and may cause the operating system + to stop responding. + * Luns that are not numbered contiguously starting with 0 might not + be automatically probed during system startup. This is a limitation + of the OS. Please contact your Linux vendor for instructions on + manually probing non-contiguous luns. + * Using the Driver Update Disk version of this package during OS + installation under RedHat might result in two versions of this + driver being installed into the system module directory. This + might cause problems with the /sbin/mkinitrd program and/or + other RPM packages that try to install system modules. The best + way to correct this once the system is running is to install + the latest RPM package version of this driver, available from + http://www.adaptec.com. + + +5. Adaptec Customer Support + + A Technical Support Identification (TSID) Number is required for + Adaptec technical support. + - The 12-digit TSID can be found on the white barcode-type label + included inside the box with your product. The TSID helps us + provide more efficient service by accurately identifying your + product and support status. + + Support Options + - Search the Adaptec Support Knowledgebase (ASK) at + http://ask.adaptec.com for articles, troubleshooting tips, and + frequently asked questions about your product. + - For support via Email, submit your question to Adaptec's + Technical Support Specialists at http://ask.adaptec.com/. + + North America + - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec.com/. + - For information about Adaptec's support options, call + 408-957-2550, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. + - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, + * For hardware products, call 408-934-7274, + Monday to Friday, 3:00 am to 5:00 pm, PDT. + * For RAID and Fibre Channel products, call 321-207-2000, + Monday to Friday, 3:00 am to 5:00 pm, PDT. + To expedite your service, have your computer with you. + - To order Adaptec products, including accessories and cables, + call 408-957-7274. To order cables online go to + http://www.adaptec.com/buy-cables/. + + Europe + - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec.com/en-US/_common/world_index. + - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call, or email, + * German: +49 89 4366 5522, Monday-Friday, 9:00-17:00 CET, + http://ask-de.adaptec.com/. + * French: +49 89 4366 5533, Monday-Friday, 9:00-17:00 CET, + http://ask-fr.adaptec.com/. + * English: +49 89 4366 5544, Monday-Friday, 9:00-17:00 GMT, + http://ask.adaptec.com/. + - You can order Adaptec cables online at + http://www.adaptec.com/buy-cables/. + + Japan + - Visit our web site at http://www.adaptec.co.jp/. + - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call + +81 3 5308 6120, Monday-Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m., + 1:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +/* + * Copyright (c) 2003 Adaptec Inc. 691 S. Milpitas Blvd., Milpitas CA 95035 USA. + * All rights reserved. + * + * You are permitted to redistribute, use and modify this README file in whole + * or in part in conjunction with redistribution of software governed by the + * General Public License, provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of README file must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer, + * without modification. + * 2. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * 3. Modifications or new contributions must be attributed in a copyright + * notice identifying the author ("Contributor") and added below the + * original copyright notice. The copyright notice is for purposes of + * identifying contributors and should not be deemed as permission to alter + * the permissions given by Adaptec. + * + * THIS README FILE IS PROVIDED BY ADAPTEC AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY + * WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT OR THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY + * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * ADAPTEC OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED + * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS README + * FILE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + */ diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c5d0223d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,394 @@ +==================================================================== += Adaptec Aic7xxx Fast -> Ultra160 Family Manager Set v7.0 = += README for = += The Linux Operating System = +==================================================================== + +The following information is available in this file: + + 1. Supported Hardware + 2. Version History + 3. Command Line Options + 4. Contacting Adaptec + +1. Supported Hardware + + The following Adaptec SCSI Chips and Host Adapters are supported by + the aic7xxx driver. + + Chip MIPS Host Bus MaxSync MaxWidth SCBs Notes + --------------------------------------------------------------- + aic7770 10 EISA/VL 10MHz 16Bit 4 1 + aic7850 10 PCI/32 10MHz 8Bit 3 + aic7855 10 PCI/32 10MHz 8Bit 3 + aic7856 10 PCI/32 10MHz 8Bit 3 + aic7859 10 PCI/32 20MHz 8Bit 3 + aic7860 10 PCI/32 20MHz 8Bit 3 + aic7870 10 PCI/32 10MHz 16Bit 16 + aic7880 10 PCI/32 20MHz 16Bit 16 + aic7890 20 PCI/32 40MHz 16Bit 16 3 4 5 6 7 8 + aic7891 20 PCI/64 40MHz 16Bit 16 3 4 5 6 7 8 + aic7892 20 PCI/64-66 80MHz 16Bit 16 3 4 5 6 7 8 + aic7895 15 PCI/32 20MHz 16Bit 16 2 3 4 5 + aic7895C 15 PCI/32 20MHz 16Bit 16 2 3 4 5 8 + aic7896 20 PCI/32 40MHz 16Bit 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 + aic7897 20 PCI/64 40MHz 16Bit 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 + aic7899 20 PCI/64-66 80MHz 16Bit 16 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 + + 1. Multiplexed Twin Channel Device - One controller servicing two + busses. + 2. Multi-function Twin Channel Device - Two controllers on one chip. + 3. Command Channel Secondary DMA Engine - Allows scatter gather list + and SCB prefetch. + 4. 64 Byte SCB Support - Allows disconnected, untagged request table + for all possible target/lun combinations. + 5. Block Move Instruction Support - Doubles the speed of certain + sequencer operations. + 6. `Bayonet' style Scatter Gather Engine - Improves S/G prefetch + performance. + 7. Queuing Registers - Allows queuing of new transactions without + pausing the sequencer. + 8. Multiple Target IDs - Allows the controller to respond to selection + as a target on multiple SCSI IDs. + + Controller Chip Host-Bus Int-Connectors Ext-Connectors Notes + -------------------------------------------------------------------------- + AHA-274X[A] aic7770 EISA SE-50M SE-HD50F + AHA-274X[A]W aic7770 EISA SE-HD68F SE-HD68F + SE-50M + AHA-274X[A]T aic7770 EISA 2 X SE-50M SE-HD50F + AHA-2842 aic7770 VL SE-50M SE-HD50F + AHA-2940AU aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M SE-HD50F + AVA-2902I aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AVA-2902E aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AVA-2906 aic7856 PCI/32 SE-50M SE-DB25F + APC-7850 aic7850 PCI/32 SE-50M 1 + AVA-2940 aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AHA-2920B aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AHA-2930B aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AHA-2920C aic7856 PCI/32 SE-50M SE-HD50F + AHA-2930C aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AHA-2930C aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AHA-2910C aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AHA-2915C aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M + AHA-2940AU/CN aic7860 PCI/32 SE-50M SE-HD50F + AHA-2944W aic7870 PCI/32 HVD-HD68F HVD-HD68F + HVD-50M + AHA-3940W aic7870 PCI/32 2 X SE-HD68F SE-HD68F 2 + AHA-2940UW aic7880 PCI/32 SE-HD68F + SE-50M SE-HD68F + AHA-2940U aic7880 PCI/32 SE-50M SE-HD50F + AHA-2940D aic7880 PCI/32 + aHA-2940 A/T aic7880 PCI/32 + AHA-2940D A/T aic7880 PCI/32 + AHA-3940UW aic7880 PCI/32 2 X SE-HD68F SE-HD68F 3 + AHA-3940UWD aic7880 PCI/32 2 X SE-HD68F 2 X SE-VHD68F 3 + AHA-3940U aic7880 PCI/32 2 X SE-50M SE-HD50F 3 + AHA-2944UW aic7880 PCI/32 HVD-HD68F HVD-HD68F + HVD-50M + AHA-3944UWD aic7880 PCI/32 2 X HVD-HD68F 2 X HVD-VHD68F 3 + AHA-4944UW aic7880 PCI/32 + AHA-2930UW aic7880 PCI/32 + AHA-2940UW Pro aic7880 PCI/32 SE-HD68F SE-HD68F 4 + SE-50M + AHA-2940UW/CN aic7880 PCI/32 + AHA-2940UDual aic7895 PCI/32 + AHA-2940UWDual aic7895 PCI/32 + AHA-3940UWD aic7895 PCI/32 + AHA-3940AUW aic7895 PCI/32 + AHA-3940AUWD aic7895 PCI/32 + AHA-3940AU aic7895 PCI/32 + AHA-3944AUWD aic7895 PCI/32 2 X HVD-HD68F 2 X HVD-VHD68F + AHA-2940U2B aic7890 PCI/32 LVD-HD68F LVD-HD68F + AHA-2940U2 OEM aic7891 PCI/64 + AHA-2940U2W aic7890 PCI/32 LVD-HD68F LVD-HD68F + SE-HD68F + SE-50M + AHA-2950U2B aic7891 PCI/64 LVD-HD68F LVD-HD68F + AHA-2930U2 aic7890 PCI/32 LVD-HD68F SE-HD50F + SE-50M + AHA-3950U2B aic7897 PCI/64 + AHA-3950U2D aic7897 PCI/64 + AHA-29160 aic7892 PCI/64-66 + AHA-29160 CPQ aic7892 PCI/64-66 + AHA-29160N aic7892 PCI/32 LVD-HD68F SE-HD50F + SE-50M + AHA-29160LP aic7892 PCI/64-66 + AHA-19160 aic7892 PCI/64-66 + AHA-29150LP aic7892 PCI/64-66 + AHA-29130LP aic7892 PCI/64-66 + AHA-3960D aic7899 PCI/64-66 2 X LVD-HD68F 2 X LVD-VHD68F + LVD-50M + AHA-3960D CPQ aic7899 PCI/64-66 2 X LVD-HD68F 2 X LVD-VHD68F + LVD-50M + AHA-39160 aic7899 PCI/64-66 2 X LVD-HD68F 2 X LVD-VHD68F + LVD-50M + + 1. No BIOS support + 2. DEC21050 PCI-PCI bridge with multiple controller chips on secondary bus + 3. DEC2115X PCI-PCI bridge with multiple controller chips on secondary bus + 4. All three SCSI connectors may be used simultaneously without + SCSI "stub" effects. + +2. Version History + 7.0 (4th August, 2005) + - Updated driver to use SCSI transport class infrastructure + - Upported sequencer and core fixes from last adaptec released + version of the driver. + 6.2.36 (June 3rd, 2003) + - Correct code that disables PCI parity error checking. + - Correct and simplify handling of the ignore wide residue + message. The previous code would fail to report a residual + if the transaction data length was even and we received + an IWR message. + - Add support for the 2.5.X EISA framework. + - Update for change in 2.5.X SCSI proc FS interface. + - Correct Domain Validation command-line option parsing. + - When negotiation async via an 8bit WDTR message, send + an SDTR with an offset of 0 to be sure the target + knows we are async. This works around a firmware defect + in the Quantum Atlas 10K. + - Clear PCI error state during driver attach so that we + don't disable memory mapped I/O due to a stray write + by some other driver probe that occurred before we + claimed the controller. + + 6.2.35 (May 14th, 2003) + - Fix a few GCC 3.3 compiler warnings. + - Correct operation on EISA Twin Channel controller. + - Add support for 2.5.X's scsi_report_device_reset(). + + 6.2.34 (May 5th, 2003) + - Fix locking regression introduced in 6.2.29 that + could cause a lock order reversal between the io_request_lock + and our per-softc lock. This was only possible on RH9, + SuSE, and kernel.org 2.4.X kernels. + + 6.2.33 (April 30th, 2003) + - Dynamically disable PCI parity error reporting after + 10 errors are reported to the user. These errors are + the result of some other device issuing PCI transactions + with bad parity. Once the user has been informed of the + problem, continuing to report the errors just degrades + our performance. + + 6.2.32 (March 28th, 2003) + - Dynamically sized S/G lists to avoid SCSI malloc + pool fragmentation and SCSI mid-layer deadlock. + + 6.2.28 (January 20th, 2003) + - Domain Validation Fixes + - Add ability to disable PCI parity error checking. + - Enhanced Memory Mapped I/O probe + + 6.2.20 (November 7th, 2002) + - Added Domain Validation. + +3. Command Line Options + + WARNING: ALTERING OR ADDING THESE DRIVER PARAMETERS + INCORRECTLY CAN RENDER YOUR SYSTEM INOPERABLE. + USE THEM WITH CAUTION. + + Put a .conf file in the /etc/modprobe.d directory and add/edit a + line containing 'options aic7xxx aic7xxx=[command[,command...]]' where + 'command' is one or more of the following: + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: verbose + Definition: enable additional informative messages during + driver operation. + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: debug:[value] + Definition: Enables various levels of debugging information + Possible Values: 0x0000 = no debugging, 0xffff = full debugging + Default Value: 0x0000 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: no_probe + Option: probe_eisa_vl + Definition: Do not probe for EISA/VLB controllers. + This is a toggle. If the driver is compiled + to not probe EISA/VLB controllers by default, + specifying "no_probe" will enable this probing. + If the driver is compiled to probe EISA/VLB + controllers by default, specifying "no_probe" + will disable this probing. + Possible Values: This option is a toggle + Default Value: EISA/VLB probing is disabled by default. + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: pci_parity + Definition: Toggles the detection of PCI parity errors. + On many motherboards with VIA chipsets, + PCI parity is not generated correctly on the + PCI bus. It is impossible for the hardware to + differentiate between these "spurious" parity + errors and real parity errors. The symptom of + this problem is a stream of the message: + "scsi0: Data Parity Error Detected during address or write data phase" + output by the driver. + Possible Values: This option is a toggle + Default Value: PCI Parity Error reporting is disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: no_reset + Definition: Do not reset the bus during the initial probe + phase + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: extended + Definition: Force extended translation on the controller + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: periodic_otag + Definition: Send an ordered tag periodically to prevent + tag starvation. Needed for some older devices + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: reverse_scan + Definition: Probe the scsi bus in reverse order, starting + with target 15 + Possible Values: This option is a flag + Default Value: disabled + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: global_tag_depth:[value] + Definition: Global tag depth for all targets on all busses. + This option sets the default tag depth which + may be selectively overridden vi the tag_info + option. + Possible Values: 1 - 253 + Default Value: 32 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: tag_info:{{value[,value...]}[,{value[,value...]}...]} + Definition: Set the per-target tagged queue depth on a + per controller basis. Both controllers and targets + may be omitted indicating that they should retain + the default tag depth. + Examples: tag_info:{{16,32,32,64,8,8,,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32,32} + On Controller 0 + specifies a tag depth of 16 for target 0 + specifies a tag depth of 64 for target 3 + specifies a tag depth of 8 for targets 4 and 5 + leaves target 6 at the default + specifies a tag depth of 32 for targets 1,2,7-15 + All other targets retain the default depth. + + tag_info:{{},{32,,32}} + On Controller 1 + specifies a tag depth of 32 for targets 0 and 2 + All other targets retain the default depth. + + Possible Values: 1 - 253 + Default Value: 32 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: seltime:[value] + Definition: Specifies the selection timeout value + Possible Values: 0 = 256ms, 1 = 128ms, 2 = 64ms, 3 = 32ms + Default Value: 0 + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + Option: dv: {value[,value...]} + Definition: Set Domain Validation Policy on a per-controller basis. + Controllers may be omitted indicating that + they should retain the default read streaming setting. + Example: dv:{-1,0,,1,1,0} + On Controller 0 leave DV at its default setting. + On Controller 1 disable DV. + Skip configuration on Controller 2. + On Controllers 3 and 4 enable DV. + On Controller 5 disable DV. + + Possible Values: < 0 Use setting from serial EEPROM. + 0 Disable DV + > 0 Enable DV + + Default Value: SCSI-Select setting on controllers with a SCSI Select + option for DV. Otherwise, on for controllers supporting + U160 speeds and off for all other controller types. + ----------------------------------------------------------------- + + Example: + 'options aic7xxx aic7xxx=verbose,no_probe,tag_info:{{},{,,10}},seltime:1' + enables verbose logging, Disable EISA/VLB probing, + and set tag depth on Controller 1/Target 2 to 10 tags. + +4. Adaptec Customer Support + + A Technical Support Identification (TSID) Number is required for + Adaptec technical support. + - The 12-digit TSID can be found on the white barcode-type label + included inside the box with your product. The TSID helps us + provide more efficient service by accurately identifying your + product and support status. + + Support Options + - Search the Adaptec Support Knowledgebase (ASK) at + http://ask.adaptec.com for articles, troubleshooting tips, and + frequently asked questions about your product. + - For support via Email, submit your question to Adaptec's + Technical Support Specialists at http://ask.adaptec.com/. + + North America + - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec.com/. + - For information about Adaptec's support options, call + 408-957-2550, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. + - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, + * For hardware products, call 408-934-7274, + Monday to Friday, 3:00 am to 5:00 pm, PDT. + * For RAID and Fibre Channel products, call 321-207-2000, + Monday to Friday, 3:00 am to 5:00 pm, PDT. + To expedite your service, have your computer with you. + - To order Adaptec products, including accessories and cables, + call 408-957-7274. To order cables online go to + http://www.adaptec.com/buy-cables/. + + Europe + - Visit our Web site at http://www.adaptec.com/en-US/_common/world_index. + - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call, or email, + * German: +49 89 4366 5522, Monday-Friday, 9:00-17:00 CET, + http://ask-de.adaptec.com/. + * French: +49 89 4366 5533, Monday-Friday, 9:00-17:00 CET, + http://ask-fr.adaptec.com/. + * English: +49 89 4366 5544, Monday-Friday, 9:00-17:00 GMT, + http://ask.adaptec.com/. + - You can order Adaptec cables online at + http://www.adaptec.com/buy-cables/. + + Japan + - Visit our web site at http://www.adaptec.co.jp/. + - To speak with a Technical Support Specialist, call + +81 3 5308 6120, Monday-Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m., + 1:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. + +------------------------------------------------------------------- +/* + * Copyright (c) 2003 Adaptec Inc. 691 S. Milpitas Blvd., Milpitas CA 95035 USA. + * All rights reserved. + * + * You are permitted to redistribute, use and modify this README file in whole + * or in part in conjunction with redistribution of software governed by the + * General Public License, provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of README file must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer, + * without modification. + * 2. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products + * derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * 3. Modifications or new contributions must be attributed in a copyright + * notice identifying the author ("Contributor") and added below the + * original copyright notice. The copyright notice is for purposes of + * identifying contributors and should not be deemed as permission to alter + * the permissions given by Adaptec. + * + * THIS README FILE IS PROVIDED BY ADAPTEC AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND + * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY + * WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT OR THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY + * AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL + * ADAPTEC OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED + * TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR + * PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF + * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING + * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS README + * FILE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + */ diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/arcmsr_spec.txt b/Documentation/scsi/arcmsr_spec.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..45d9482c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/arcmsr_spec.txt @@ -0,0 +1,574 @@ +******************************************************************************* +** ARECA FIRMWARE SPEC +******************************************************************************* +** Usage of IOP331 adapter +** (All In/Out is in IOP331's view) +** 1. Message 0 --> InitThread message and return code +** 2. Doorbell is used for RS-232 emulation +** inDoorBell : bit0 -- data in ready +** (DRIVER DATA WRITE OK) +** bit1 -- data out has been read +** (DRIVER DATA READ OK) +** outDooeBell: bit0 -- data out ready +** (IOP331 DATA WRITE OK) +** bit1 -- data in has been read +** (IOP331 DATA READ OK) +** 3. Index Memory Usage +** offset 0xf00 : for RS232 out (request buffer) +** offset 0xe00 : for RS232 in (scratch buffer) +** offset 0xa00 : for inbound message code message_rwbuffer +** (driver send to IOP331) +** offset 0xa00 : for outbound message code message_rwbuffer +** (IOP331 send to driver) +** 4. RS-232 emulation +** Currently 128 byte buffer is used +** 1st uint32_t : Data length (1--124) +** Byte 4--127 : Max 124 bytes of data +** 5. PostQ +** All SCSI Command must be sent through postQ: +** (inbound queue port) Request frame must be 32 bytes aligned +** #bit27--bit31 => flag for post ccb +** #bit0--bit26 => real address (bit27--bit31) of post arcmsr_cdb +** bit31 : +** 0 : 256 bytes frame +** 1 : 512 bytes frame +** bit30 : +** 0 : normal request +** 1 : BIOS request +** bit29 : reserved +** bit28 : reserved +** bit27 : reserved +** --------------------------------------------------------------------------- +** (outbount queue port) Request reply +** #bit27--bit31 +** => flag for reply +** #bit0--bit26 +** => real address (bit27--bit31) of reply arcmsr_cdb +** bit31 : must be 0 (for this type of reply) +** bit30 : reserved for BIOS handshake +** bit29 : reserved +** bit28 : +** 0 : no error, ignore AdapStatus/DevStatus/SenseData +** 1 : Error, error code in AdapStatus/DevStatus/SenseData +** bit27 : reserved +** 6. BIOS request +** All BIOS request is the same with request from PostQ +** Except : +** Request frame is sent from configuration space +** offset: 0x78 : Request Frame (bit30 == 1) +** offset: 0x18 : writeonly to generate +** IRQ to IOP331 +** Completion of request: +** (bit30 == 0, bit28==err flag) +** 7. Definition of SGL entry (structure) +** 8. Message1 Out - Diag Status Code (????) +** 9. Message0 message code : +** 0x00 : NOP +** 0x01 : Get Config +** ->offset 0xa00 :for outbound message code message_rwbuffer +** (IOP331 send to driver) +** Signature 0x87974060(4) +** Request len 0x00000200(4) +** numbers of queue 0x00000100(4) +** SDRAM Size 0x00000100(4)-->256 MB +** IDE Channels 0x00000008(4) +** vendor 40 bytes char +** model 8 bytes char +** FirmVer 16 bytes char +** Device Map 16 bytes char +** FirmwareVersion DWORD <== Added for checking of +** new firmware capability +** 0x02 : Set Config +** ->offset 0xa00 :for inbound message code message_rwbuffer +** (driver send to IOP331) +** Signature 0x87974063(4) +** UPPER32 of Request Frame (4)-->Driver Only +** 0x03 : Reset (Abort all queued Command) +** 0x04 : Stop Background Activity +** 0x05 : Flush Cache +** 0x06 : Start Background Activity +** (re-start if background is halted) +** 0x07 : Check If Host Command Pending +** (Novell May Need This Function) +** 0x08 : Set controller time +** ->offset 0xa00 : for inbound message code message_rwbuffer +** (driver to IOP331) +** byte 0 : 0xaa <-- signature +** byte 1 : 0x55 <-- signature +** byte 2 : year (04) +** byte 3 : month (1..12) +** byte 4 : date (1..31) +** byte 5 : hour (0..23) +** byte 6 : minute (0..59) +** byte 7 : second (0..59) +******************************************************************************* +******************************************************************************* +** RS-232 Interface for Areca Raid Controller +** The low level command interface is exclusive with VT100 terminal +** -------------------------------------------------------------------- +** 1. Sequence of command execution +** -------------------------------------------------------------------- +** (A) Header : 3 bytes sequence (0x5E, 0x01, 0x61) +** (B) Command block : variable length of data including length, +** command code, data and checksum byte +** (C) Return data : variable length of data +** -------------------------------------------------------------------- +** 2. Command block +** -------------------------------------------------------------------- +** (A) 1st byte : command block length (low byte) +** (B) 2nd byte : command block length (high byte) +** note ..command block length shouldn't > 2040 bytes, +** length excludes these two bytes +** (C) 3rd byte : command code +** (D) 4th and following bytes : variable length data bytes +** depends on command code +** (E) last byte : checksum byte (sum of 1st byte until last data byte) +** -------------------------------------------------------------------- +** 3. Command code and associated data +** -------------------------------------------------------------------- +** The following are command code defined in raid controller Command +** code 0x10--0x1? are used for system level management, +** no password checking is needed and should be implemented in separate +** well controlled utility and not for end user access. +** Command code 0x20--0x?? always check the password, +** password must be entered to enable these command. +** enum +** { +** GUI_SET_SERIAL=0x10, +** GUI_SET_VENDOR, +** GUI_SET_MODEL, +** GUI_IDENTIFY, +** GUI_CHECK_PASSWORD, +** GUI_LOGOUT, +** GUI_HTTP, +** GUI_SET_ETHERNET_ADDR, +** GUI_SET_LOGO, +** GUI_POLL_EVENT, +** GUI_GET_EVENT, +** GUI_GET_HW_MONITOR, +** // GUI_QUICK_CREATE=0x20, (function removed) +** GUI_GET_INFO_R=0x20, +** GUI_GET_INFO_V, +** GUI_GET_INFO_P, +** GUI_GET_INFO_S, +** GUI_CLEAR_EVENT, +** GUI_MUTE_BEEPER=0x30, +** GUI_BEEPER_SETTING, +** GUI_SET_PASSWORD, +** GUI_HOST_INTERFACE_MODE, +** GUI_REBUILD_PRIORITY, +** GUI_MAX_ATA_MODE, +** GUI_RESET_CONTROLLER, +** GUI_COM_PORT_SETTING, +** GUI_NO_OPERATION, +** GUI_DHCP_IP, +** GUI_CREATE_PASS_THROUGH=0x40, +** GUI_MODIFY_PASS_THROUGH, +** GUI_DELETE_PASS_THROUGH, +** GUI_IDENTIFY_DEVICE, +** GUI_CREATE_RAIDSET=0x50, +** GUI_DELETE_RAIDSET, +** GUI_EXPAND_RAIDSET, +** GUI_ACTIVATE_RAIDSET, +** GUI_CREATE_HOT_SPARE, +** GUI_DELETE_HOT_SPARE, +** GUI_CREATE_VOLUME=0x60, +** GUI_MODIFY_VOLUME, +** GUI_DELETE_VOLUME, +** GUI_START_CHECK_VOLUME, +** GUI_STOP_CHECK_VOLUME +** }; +** Command description : +** GUI_SET_SERIAL : Set the controller serial# +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x10 +** byte 3 : password length (should be 0x0f) +** byte 4-0x13 : should be "ArEcATecHnoLogY" +** byte 0x14--0x23 : Serial number string (must be 16 bytes) +** GUI_SET_VENDOR : Set vendor string for the controller +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x11 +** byte 3 : password length (should be 0x08) +** byte 4-0x13 : should be "ArEcAvAr" +** byte 0x14--0x3B : vendor string (must be 40 bytes) +** GUI_SET_MODEL : Set the model name of the controller +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x12 +** byte 3 : password length (should be 0x08) +** byte 4-0x13 : should be "ArEcAvAr" +** byte 0x14--0x1B : model string (must be 8 bytes) +** GUI_IDENTIFY : Identify device +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x13 +** return "Areca RAID Subsystem " +** GUI_CHECK_PASSWORD : Verify password +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x14 +** byte 3 : password length +** byte 4-0x?? : user password to be checked +** GUI_LOGOUT : Logout GUI (force password checking on next command) +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x15 +** GUI_HTTP : HTTP interface (reserved for Http proxy service)(0x16) +** +** GUI_SET_ETHERNET_ADDR : Set the ethernet MAC address +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x17 +** byte 3 : password length (should be 0x08) +** byte 4-0x13 : should be "ArEcAvAr" +** byte 0x14--0x19 : Ethernet MAC address (must be 6 bytes) +** GUI_SET_LOGO : Set logo in HTTP +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x18 +** byte 3 : Page# (0/1/2/3) (0xff --> clear OEM logo) +** byte 4/5/6/7 : 0x55/0xaa/0xa5/0x5a +** byte 8 : TITLE.JPG data (each page must be 2000 bytes) +** note page0 1st 2 byte must be +** actual length of the JPG file +** GUI_POLL_EVENT : Poll If Event Log Changed +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x19 +** GUI_GET_EVENT : Read Event +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x1a +** byte 3 : Event Page (0:1st page/1/2/3:last page) +** GUI_GET_HW_MONITOR : Get HW monitor data +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x1b +** byte 3 : # of FANs(example 2) +** byte 4 : # of Voltage sensor(example 3) +** byte 5 : # of temperature sensor(example 2) +** byte 6 : # of power +** byte 7/8 : Fan#0 (RPM) +** byte 9/10 : Fan#1 +** byte 11/12 : Voltage#0 original value in *1000 +** byte 13/14 : Voltage#0 value +** byte 15/16 : Voltage#1 org +** byte 17/18 : Voltage#1 +** byte 19/20 : Voltage#2 org +** byte 21/22 : Voltage#2 +** byte 23 : Temp#0 +** byte 24 : Temp#1 +** byte 25 : Power indicator (bit0 : power#0, +** bit1 : power#1) +** byte 26 : UPS indicator +** GUI_QUICK_CREATE : Quick create raid/volume set +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x20 +** byte 3/4/5/6 : raw capacity +** byte 7 : raid level +** byte 8 : stripe size +** byte 9 : spare +** byte 10/11/12/13: device mask (the devices to create raid/volume) +** This function is removed, application like +** to implement quick create function +** need to use GUI_CREATE_RAIDSET and GUI_CREATE_VOLUMESET function. +** GUI_GET_INFO_R : Get Raid Set Information +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x20 +** byte 3 : raidset# +** typedef struct sGUI_RAIDSET +** { +** BYTE grsRaidSetName[16]; +** DWORD grsCapacity; +** DWORD grsCapacityX; +** DWORD grsFailMask; +** BYTE grsDevArray[32]; +** BYTE grsMemberDevices; +** BYTE grsNewMemberDevices; +** BYTE grsRaidState; +** BYTE grsVolumes; +** BYTE grsVolumeList[16]; +** BYTE grsRes1; +** BYTE grsRes2; +** BYTE grsRes3; +** BYTE grsFreeSegments; +** DWORD grsRawStripes[8]; +** DWORD grsRes4; +** DWORD grsRes5; // Total to 128 bytes +** DWORD grsRes6; // Total to 128 bytes +** } sGUI_RAIDSET, *pGUI_RAIDSET; +** GUI_GET_INFO_V : Get Volume Set Information +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x21 +** byte 3 : volumeset# +** typedef struct sGUI_VOLUMESET +** { +** BYTE gvsVolumeName[16]; // 16 +** DWORD gvsCapacity; +** DWORD gvsCapacityX; +** DWORD gvsFailMask; +** DWORD gvsStripeSize; +** DWORD gvsNewFailMask; +** DWORD gvsNewStripeSize; +** DWORD gvsVolumeStatus; +** DWORD gvsProgress; // 32 +** sSCSI_ATTR gvsScsi; +** BYTE gvsMemberDisks; +** BYTE gvsRaidLevel; // 8 +** BYTE gvsNewMemberDisks; +** BYTE gvsNewRaidLevel; +** BYTE gvsRaidSetNumber; +** BYTE gvsRes0; // 4 +** BYTE gvsRes1[4]; // 64 bytes +** } sGUI_VOLUMESET, *pGUI_VOLUMESET; +** GUI_GET_INFO_P : Get Physical Drive Information +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x22 +** byte 3 : drive # (from 0 to max-channels - 1) +** typedef struct sGUI_PHY_DRV +** { +** BYTE gpdModelName[40]; +** BYTE gpdSerialNumber[20]; +** BYTE gpdFirmRev[8]; +** DWORD gpdCapacity; +** DWORD gpdCapacityX; // Reserved for expansion +** BYTE gpdDeviceState; +** BYTE gpdPioMode; +** BYTE gpdCurrentUdmaMode; +** BYTE gpdUdmaMode; +** BYTE gpdDriveSelect; +** BYTE gpdRaidNumber; // 0xff if not belongs to a raid set +** sSCSI_ATTR gpdScsi; +** BYTE gpdReserved[40]; // Total to 128 bytes +** } sGUI_PHY_DRV, *pGUI_PHY_DRV; +** GUI_GET_INFO_S : Get System Information +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x23 +** typedef struct sCOM_ATTR +** { +** BYTE comBaudRate; +** BYTE comDataBits; +** BYTE comStopBits; +** BYTE comParity; +** BYTE comFlowControl; +** } sCOM_ATTR, *pCOM_ATTR; +** typedef struct sSYSTEM_INFO +** { +** BYTE gsiVendorName[40]; +** BYTE gsiSerialNumber[16]; +** BYTE gsiFirmVersion[16]; +** BYTE gsiBootVersion[16]; +** BYTE gsiMbVersion[16]; +** BYTE gsiModelName[8]; +** BYTE gsiLocalIp[4]; +** BYTE gsiCurrentIp[4]; +** DWORD gsiTimeTick; +** DWORD gsiCpuSpeed; +** DWORD gsiICache; +** DWORD gsiDCache; +** DWORD gsiScache; +** DWORD gsiMemorySize; +** DWORD gsiMemorySpeed; +** DWORD gsiEvents; +** BYTE gsiMacAddress[6]; +** BYTE gsiDhcp; +** BYTE gsiBeeper; +** BYTE gsiChannelUsage; +** BYTE gsiMaxAtaMode; +** BYTE gsiSdramEcc; // 1:if ECC enabled +** BYTE gsiRebuildPriority; +** sCOM_ATTR gsiComA; // 5 bytes +** sCOM_ATTR gsiComB; // 5 bytes +** BYTE gsiIdeChannels; +** BYTE gsiScsiHostChannels; +** BYTE gsiIdeHostChannels; +** BYTE gsiMaxVolumeSet; +** BYTE gsiMaxRaidSet; +** BYTE gsiEtherPort; // 1:if ether net port supported +** BYTE gsiRaid6Engine; // 1:Raid6 engine supported +** BYTE gsiRes[75]; +** } sSYSTEM_INFO, *pSYSTEM_INFO; +** GUI_CLEAR_EVENT : Clear System Event +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x24 +** GUI_MUTE_BEEPER : Mute current beeper +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x30 +** GUI_BEEPER_SETTING : Disable beeper +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x31 +** byte 3 : 0->disable, 1->enable +** GUI_SET_PASSWORD : Change password +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x32 +** byte 3 : pass word length ( must <= 15 ) +** byte 4 : password (must be alpha-numerical) +** GUI_HOST_INTERFACE_MODE : Set host interface mode +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x33 +** byte 3 : 0->Independent, 1->cluster +** GUI_REBUILD_PRIORITY : Set rebuild priority +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x34 +** byte 3 : 0/1/2/3 (low->high) +** GUI_MAX_ATA_MODE : Set maximum ATA mode to be used +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x35 +** byte 3 : 0/1/2/3 (133/100/66/33) +** GUI_RESET_CONTROLLER : Reset Controller +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x36 +** *Response with VT100 screen (discard it) +** GUI_COM_PORT_SETTING : COM port setting +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x37 +** byte 3 : 0->COMA (term port), +** 1->COMB (debug port) +** byte 4 : 0/1/2/3/4/5/6/7 +** (1200/2400/4800/9600/19200/38400/57600/115200) +** byte 5 : data bit +** (0:7 bit, 1:8 bit : must be 8 bit) +** byte 6 : stop bit (0:1, 1:2 stop bits) +** byte 7 : parity (0:none, 1:off, 2:even) +** byte 8 : flow control +** (0:none, 1:xon/xoff, 2:hardware => must use none) +** GUI_NO_OPERATION : No operation +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x38 +** GUI_DHCP_IP : Set DHCP option and local IP address +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x39 +** byte 3 : 0:dhcp disabled, 1:dhcp enabled +** byte 4/5/6/7 : IP address +** GUI_CREATE_PASS_THROUGH : Create pass through disk +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x40 +** byte 3 : device # +** byte 4 : scsi channel (0/1) +** byte 5 : scsi id (0-->15) +** byte 6 : scsi lun (0-->7) +** byte 7 : tagged queue (1 : enabled) +** byte 8 : cache mode (1 : enabled) +** byte 9 : max speed (0/1/2/3/4, +** async/20/40/80/160 for scsi) +** (0/1/2/3/4, 33/66/100/133/150 for ide ) +** GUI_MODIFY_PASS_THROUGH : Modify pass through disk +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x41 +** byte 3 : device # +** byte 4 : scsi channel (0/1) +** byte 5 : scsi id (0-->15) +** byte 6 : scsi lun (0-->7) +** byte 7 : tagged queue (1 : enabled) +** byte 8 : cache mode (1 : enabled) +** byte 9 : max speed (0/1/2/3/4, +** async/20/40/80/160 for scsi) +** (0/1/2/3/4, 33/66/100/133/150 for ide ) +** GUI_DELETE_PASS_THROUGH : Delete pass through disk +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x42 +** byte 3 : device# to be deleted +** GUI_IDENTIFY_DEVICE : Identify Device +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x43 +** byte 3 : Flash Method +** (0:flash selected, 1:flash not selected) +** byte 4/5/6/7 : IDE device mask to be flashed +** note .... no response data available +** GUI_CREATE_RAIDSET : Create Raid Set +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x50 +** byte 3/4/5/6 : device mask +** byte 7-22 : raidset name (if byte 7 == 0:use default) +** GUI_DELETE_RAIDSET : Delete Raid Set +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x51 +** byte 3 : raidset# +** GUI_EXPAND_RAIDSET : Expand Raid Set +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x52 +** byte 3 : raidset# +** byte 4/5/6/7 : device mask for expansion +** byte 8/9/10 : (8:0 no change, 1 change, 0xff:terminate, +** 9:new raid level, +** 10:new stripe size +** 0/1/2/3/4/5->4/8/16/32/64/128K ) +** byte 11/12/13 : repeat for each volume in the raidset +** GUI_ACTIVATE_RAIDSET : Activate incomplete raid set +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x53 +** byte 3 : raidset# +** GUI_CREATE_HOT_SPARE : Create hot spare disk +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x54 +** byte 3/4/5/6 : device mask for hot spare creation +** GUI_DELETE_HOT_SPARE : Delete hot spare disk +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x55 +** byte 3/4/5/6 : device mask for hot spare deletion +** GUI_CREATE_VOLUME : Create volume set +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x60 +** byte 3 : raidset# +** byte 4-19 : volume set name +** (if byte4 == 0, use default) +** byte 20-27 : volume capacity (blocks) +** byte 28 : raid level +** byte 29 : stripe size +** (0/1/2/3/4/5->4/8/16/32/64/128K) +** byte 30 : channel +** byte 31 : ID +** byte 32 : LUN +** byte 33 : 1 enable tag +** byte 34 : 1 enable cache +** byte 35 : speed +** (0/1/2/3/4->async/20/40/80/160 for scsi) +** (0/1/2/3/4->33/66/100/133/150 for IDE ) +** byte 36 : 1 to select quick init +** +** GUI_MODIFY_VOLUME : Modify volume Set +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x61 +** byte 3 : volumeset# +** byte 4-19 : new volume set name +** (if byte4 == 0, not change) +** byte 20-27 : new volume capacity (reserved) +** byte 28 : new raid level +** byte 29 : new stripe size +** (0/1/2/3/4/5->4/8/16/32/64/128K) +** byte 30 : new channel +** byte 31 : new ID +** byte 32 : new LUN +** byte 33 : 1 enable tag +** byte 34 : 1 enable cache +** byte 35 : speed +** (0/1/2/3/4->async/20/40/80/160 for scsi) +** (0/1/2/3/4->33/66/100/133/150 for IDE ) +** GUI_DELETE_VOLUME : Delete volume set +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x62 +** byte 3 : volumeset# +** GUI_START_CHECK_VOLUME : Start volume consistency check +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x63 +** byte 3 : volumeset# +** GUI_STOP_CHECK_VOLUME : Stop volume consistency check +** byte 0,1 : length +** byte 2 : command code 0x64 +** --------------------------------------------------------------------- +** 4. Returned data +** --------------------------------------------------------------------- +** (A) Header : 3 bytes sequence (0x5E, 0x01, 0x61) +** (B) Length : 2 bytes +** (low byte 1st, excludes length and checksum byte) +** (C) status or data : +** <1> If length == 1 ==> 1 byte status code +** #define GUI_OK 0x41 +** #define GUI_RAIDSET_NOT_NORMAL 0x42 +** #define GUI_VOLUMESET_NOT_NORMAL 0x43 +** #define GUI_NO_RAIDSET 0x44 +** #define GUI_NO_VOLUMESET 0x45 +** #define GUI_NO_PHYSICAL_DRIVE 0x46 +** #define GUI_PARAMETER_ERROR 0x47 +** #define GUI_UNSUPPORTED_COMMAND 0x48 +** #define GUI_DISK_CONFIG_CHANGED 0x49 +** #define GUI_INVALID_PASSWORD 0x4a +** #define GUI_NO_DISK_SPACE 0x4b +** #define GUI_CHECKSUM_ERROR 0x4c +** #define GUI_PASSWORD_REQUIRED 0x4d +** <2> If length > 1 ==> +** data block returned from controller +** and the contents depends on the command code +** (E) Checksum : checksum of length and status or data byte +************************************************************************** diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/bfa.txt b/Documentation/scsi/bfa.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cc4d80d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/bfa.txt @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +Linux driver for Brocade FC/FCOE adapters + + +Supported Hardware +------------------ + +bfa 3.0.2.2 driver supports all Brocade FC/FCOE adapters. Below is a list of +adapter models with corresponding PCIIDs. + + PCIID Model + + 1657:0013:1657:0014 425 4Gbps dual port FC HBA + 1657:0013:1657:0014 825 8Gbps PCIe dual port FC HBA + 1657:0013:103c:1742 HP 82B 8Gbps PCIedual port FC HBA + 1657:0013:103c:1744 HP 42B 4Gbps dual port FC HBA + 1657:0017:1657:0014 415 4Gbps single port FC HBA + 1657:0017:1657:0014 815 8Gbps single port FC HBA + 1657:0017:103c:1741 HP 41B 4Gbps single port FC HBA + 1657:0017:103c 1743 HP 81B 8Gbps single port FC HBA + 1657:0021:103c:1779 804 8Gbps FC HBA for HP Bladesystem c-class + + 1657:0014:1657:0014 1010 10Gbps single port CNA - FCOE + 1657:0014:1657:0014 1020 10Gbps dual port CNA - FCOE + 1657:0014:1657:0014 1007 10Gbps dual port CNA - FCOE + 1657:0014:1657:0014 1741 10Gbps dual port CNA - FCOE + + 1657:0022:1657:0024 1860 16Gbps FC HBA + 1657:0022:1657:0022 1860 10Gbps CNA - FCOE + + +Firmware download +----------------- + +The latest Firmware package for 3.0.2.2 bfa driver can be found at: + +http://www.brocade.com/services-support/drivers-downloads/adapters/Linux.page + +and then click following respective util package link: + + Version Link + + v3.0.0.0 Linux Adapter Firmware package for RHEL 6.2, SLES 11SP2 + + +Configuration & Management utility download +------------------------------------------- + +The latest driver configuration & management utility for 3.0.2.2 bfa driver can +be found at: + +http://www.brocade.com/services-support/drivers-downloads/adapters/Linux.page + +and then click following respective util package link + + Version Link + + v3.0.2.0 Linux Adapter Firmware package for RHEL 6.2, SLES 11SP2 + + +Documentation +------------- + +The latest Administration's Guide, Installation and Reference Manual, +Troubleshooting Guide, and Release Notes for the corresponding out-of-box +driver can be found at: + +http://www.brocade.com/services-support/drivers-downloads/adapters/Linux.page + +and use the following inbox and out-of-box driver version mapping to find +the corresponding documentation: + + Inbox Version Out-of-box Version + + v3.0.2.2 v3.0.0.0 + + +Support +------- + +For general product and support info, go to the Brocade website at: + +http://www.brocade.com/services-support/index.page diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/bnx2fc.txt b/Documentation/scsi/bnx2fc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..80823556d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/bnx2fc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +Operating FCoE using bnx2fc +=========================== +Broadcom FCoE offload through bnx2fc is full stateful hardware offload that +cooperates with all interfaces provided by the Linux ecosystem for FC/FCoE and +SCSI controllers. As such, FCoE functionality, once enabled is largely +transparent. Devices discovered on the SAN will be registered and unregistered +automatically with the upper storage layers. + +Despite the fact that the Broadcom's FCoE offload is fully offloaded, it does +depend on the state of the network interfaces to operate. As such, the network +interface (e.g. eth0) associated with the FCoE offload initiator must be 'up'. +It is recommended that the network interfaces be configured to be brought up +automatically at boot time. + +Furthermore, the Broadcom FCoE offload solution creates VLAN interfaces to +support the VLANs that have been discovered for FCoE operation (e.g. +eth0.1001-fcoe). Do not delete or disable these interfaces or FCoE operation +will be disrupted. + +Driver Usage Model: +=================== + +1. Ensure that fcoe-utils package is installed. + +2. Configure the interfaces on which bnx2fc driver has to operate on. +Here are the steps to configure: + a. cd /etc/fcoe + b. copy cfg-ethx to cfg-eth5 if FCoE has to be enabled on eth5. + c. Repeat this for all the interfaces where FCoE has to be enabled. + d. Edit all the cfg-eth files to set "no" for DCB_REQUIRED** field, and + "yes" for AUTO_VLAN. + e. Other configuration parameters should be left as default + +3. Ensure that "bnx2fc" is in SUPPORTED_DRIVERS list in /etc/fcoe/config. + +4. Start fcoe service. (service fcoe start). If Broadcom devices are present in +the system, bnx2fc driver would automatically claim the interfaces, starts vlan +discovery and log into the targets. + +5. "Symbolic Name" in 'fcoeadm -i' output would display if bnx2fc has claimed +the interface. +Eg: +[root@bh2 ~]# fcoeadm -i + Description: NetXtreme II BCM57712 10 Gigabit Ethernet + Revision: 01 + Manufacturer: Broadcom Corporation + Serial Number: 0010186FD558 + Driver: bnx2x 1.70.00-0 + Number of Ports: 2 + + Symbolic Name: bnx2fc v1.0.5 over eth5.4 + OS Device Name: host11 + Node Name: 0x10000010186FD559 + Port Name: 0x20000010186FD559 + FabricName: 0x2001000DECB3B681 + Speed: 10 Gbit + Supported Speed: 10 Gbit + MaxFrameSize: 2048 + FC-ID (Port ID): 0x0F0377 + State: Online + +6. Verify the vlan discovery is performed by running ifconfig and notice +<INTERFACE>.<VLAN>-fcoe interfaces are automatically created. + +Refer to fcoeadm manpage for more information on fcoeadm operations to +create/destroy interfaces or to display lun/target information. + +NOTE: +==== +** Broadcom FCoE capable devices implement a DCBX/LLDP client on-chip. Only one +LLDP client is allowed per interface. For proper operation all host software +based DCBX/LLDP clients (e.g. lldpad) must be disabled. To disable lldpad on a +given interface, run the following command: + +lldptool set-lldp -i <interface_name> adminStatus=disabled diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/cxgb3i.txt b/Documentation/scsi/cxgb3i.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ac8032ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/cxgb3i.txt @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +Chelsio S3 iSCSI Driver for Linux + +Introduction +============ + +The Chelsio T3 ASIC based Adapters (S310, S320, S302, S304, Mezz cards, etc. +series of products) support iSCSI acceleration and iSCSI Direct Data Placement +(DDP) where the hardware handles the expensive byte touching operations, such +as CRC computation and verification, and direct DMA to the final host memory +destination: + + - iSCSI PDU digest generation and verification + + On transmitting, Chelsio S3 h/w computes and inserts the Header and + Data digest into the PDUs. + On receiving, Chelsio S3 h/w computes and verifies the Header and + Data digest of the PDUs. + + - Direct Data Placement (DDP) + + S3 h/w can directly place the iSCSI Data-In or Data-Out PDU's + payload into pre-posted final destination host-memory buffers based + on the Initiator Task Tag (ITT) in Data-In or Target Task Tag (TTT) + in Data-Out PDUs. + + - PDU Transmit and Recovery + + On transmitting, S3 h/w accepts the complete PDU (header + data) + from the host driver, computes and inserts the digests, decomposes + the PDU into multiple TCP segments if necessary, and transmit all + the TCP segments onto the wire. It handles TCP retransmission if + needed. + + On receiving, S3 h/w recovers the iSCSI PDU by reassembling TCP + segments, separating the header and data, calculating and verifying + the digests, then forwarding the header to the host. The payload data, + if possible, will be directly placed into the pre-posted host DDP + buffer. Otherwise, the payload data will be sent to the host too. + +The cxgb3i driver interfaces with open-iscsi initiator and provides the iSCSI +acceleration through Chelsio hardware wherever applicable. + +Using the cxgb3i Driver +======================= + +The following steps need to be taken to accelerates the open-iscsi initiator: + +1. Load the cxgb3i driver: "modprobe cxgb3i" + + The cxgb3i module registers a new transport class "cxgb3i" with open-iscsi. + + * in the case of recompiling the kernel, the cxgb3i selection is located at + Device Drivers + SCSI device support ---> + [*] SCSI low-level drivers ---> + <M> Chelsio S3xx iSCSI support + +2. Create an interface file located under /etc/iscsi/ifaces/ for the new + transport class "cxgb3i". + + The content of the file should be in the following format: + iface.transport_name = cxgb3i + iface.net_ifacename = <ethX> + iface.ipaddress = <iscsi ip address> + + * if iface.ipaddress is specified, <iscsi ip address> needs to be either the + same as the ethX's ip address or an address on the same subnet. Make + sure the ip address is unique in the network. + +3. edit /etc/iscsi/iscsid.conf + The default setting for MaxRecvDataSegmentLength (131072) is too big; + replace with a value no bigger than 15360 (for example 8192): + + node.conn[0].iscsi.MaxRecvDataSegmentLength = 8192 + + * The login would fail for a normal session if MaxRecvDataSegmentLength is + too big. A error message in the format of + "cxgb3i: ERR! MaxRecvSegmentLength <X> too big. Need to be <= <Y>." + would be logged to dmesg. + +4. To direct open-iscsi traffic to go through cxgb3i's accelerated path, + "-I <iface file name>" option needs to be specified with most of the + iscsiadm command. <iface file name> is the transport interface file created + in step 2. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/dc395x.txt b/Documentation/scsi/dc395x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88219f966 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/dc395x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +README file for the dc395x SCSI driver +========================================== + +Status +------ +The driver has been tested with CD-R and CD-R/W drives. These should +be safe to use. Testing with hard disks has not been done to any +great degree and caution should be exercised if you want to attempt +to use this driver with hard disks. + +This is a 2.5 only driver. For a 2.4 driver please see the original +driver (which this driver started from) at +http://www.garloff.de/kurt/linux/dc395/ + +Problems, questions and patches should be submitted to the mailing +list. Details on the list, including archives, are available at +http://lists.twibble.org/mailman/listinfo/dc395x/ + +Parameters +---------- +The driver uses the settings from the EEPROM set in the SCSI BIOS +setup. If there is no EEPROM, the driver uses default values. +Both can be overridden by command line parameters (module or kernel +parameters). + +The following parameters are available: + + - safe + Default: 0, Acceptable values: 0 or 1 + + If safe is set to 1 then the adapter will use conservative + ("safe") default settings. This sets: + + shortcut for dc395x=7,4,9,15,2,10 + + - adapter_id + Default: 7, Acceptable values: 0 to 15 + + Sets the host adapter SCSI ID. + + - max_speed + Default: 1, Acceptable value: 0 to 7 + 0 = 20 Mhz + 1 = 12.2 Mhz + 2 = 10 Mhz + 3 = 8 Mhz + 4 = 6.7 Mhz + 5 = 5.8 Hhz + 6 = 5 Mhz + 7 = 4 Mhz + + - dev_mode + Bitmap for device configuration + + DevMode bit definition: + Bit Val(hex) Val(dec) Meaning + *0 0x01 1 Parity check + *1 0x02 2 Synchronous Negotiation + *2 0x04 4 Disconnection + *3 0x08 8 Send Start command on startup. (Not used) + *4 0x10 16 Tagged Command Queueing + *5 0x20 32 Wide Negotiation + + - adapter_mode + Bitmap for adapter configuration + + AdaptMode bit definition + Bit Val(hex) Val(dec) Meaning + *0 0x01 1 Support more than two drives. (Not used) + *1 0x02 2 Use DOS compatible mapping for HDs greater than 1GB. + *2 0x04 4 Reset SCSI Bus on startup. + *3 0x08 8 Active Negation: Improves SCSI Bus noise immunity. + 4 0x10 16 Immediate return on BIOS seek command. (Not used) + (*)5 0x20 32 Check for LUNs >= 1. + + - tags + Default: 3, Acceptable values: 0-5 + + The number of tags is 1<<x, if x has been specified + + - reset_delay + Default: 1, Acceptable values: 0-180 + + The seconds to not accept commands after a SCSI Reset + + +For the built in driver the parameters should be prefixed with +dc395x. (eg "dc395x.safe=1") + + +Copyright +--------- +The driver is free software. It is protected by the GNU General Public +License (GPL). Please read it, before using this driver. It should be +included in your kernel sources and with your distribution. It carries the +filename COPYING. If you don't have it, please ask me to send you one by +email. +Note: The GNU GPL says also something about warranty and liability. +Please be aware the following: While we do my best to provide a working and +reliable driver, there is a chance, that it will kill your valuable data. +We refuse to take any responsibility for that. The driver is provided as-is +and YOU USE IT AT YOUR OWN RESPONSIBILITY. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/dpti.txt b/Documentation/scsi/dpti.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f36dc0e7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/dpti.txt @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + /* TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF USE + * + * Redistribution and use in source form, with or without modification, are + * permitted provided that redistributions of source code must retain the + * above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * This software is provided `as is' by Adaptec and + * any express or implied warranties, including, but not limited to, the + * implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, + * are disclaimed. In no event shall Adaptec be + * liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary or + * consequential damages (including, but not limited to, procurement of + * substitute goods or services; loss of use, data, or profits; or business + * interruptions) however caused and on any theory of liability, whether in + * contract, strict liability, or tort (including negligence or otherwise) + * arising in any way out of the use of this driver software, even if advised + * of the possibility of such damage. + * + **************************************************************** + * This driver supports the Adaptec I2O RAID and DPT SmartRAID V I2O boards. + * + * CREDITS: + * The original linux driver was ported to Linux by Karen White while at + * Dell Computer. It was ported from Bob Pasteur's (of DPT) original + * non-Linux driver. Mark Salyzyn and Bob Pasteur consulted on the original + * driver. + * + * 2.0 version of the driver by Deanna Bonds and Mark Salyzyn. + * + * HISTORY: + * The driver was originally ported to linux version 2.0.34 + * + * V2.0 Rewrite of driver. Re-architectured based on i2o subsystem. + * This was the first full GPL version since the last version used + * i2osig headers which were not GPL. Developer Testing version. + * V2.1 Internal testing + * V2.2 First released version + * + * V2.3 + * Changes: + * Added Raptor Support + * Fixed bug causing system to hang under extreme load with + * management utilities running (removed GFP_DMA from kmalloc flags) + * + * + * V2.4 First version ready to be submitted to be embedded in the kernel + * Changes: + * Implemented suggestions from Alan Cox + * Added calculation of resid for sg layer + * Better error handling + * Added checking underflow conditions + * Added DATAPROTECT checking + * Changed error return codes + * Fixed pointer bug in bus reset routine + * Enabled hba reset from ioctls (allows a FW flash to reboot and use the new + * FW without having to reboot) + * Changed proc output + * + * TODO: + * Add 64 bit Scatter Gather when compiled on 64 bit architectures + * Add sparse lun scanning + * Add code that checks if a device that had been taken offline is + * now online (at the FW level) when test unit ready or inquiry + * command from scsi-core + * Add proc read interface + * busrescan command + * rescan command + * Add code to rescan routine that notifies scsi-core about new devices + * Add support for C-PCI (hotplug stuff) + * Add ioctl passthru error recovery + * + * NOTES: + * The DPT card optimizes the order of processing commands. Consequently, + * a command may take up to 6 minutes to complete after it has been sent + * to the board. + * + * The files dpti_ioctl.h dptsig.h osd_defs.h osd_util.h sys_info.h are part of the + * interface files for Adaptec's management routines. These define the structures used + * in the ioctls. They are written to be portable. They are hard to read, but I need + * to use them 'as is' or I can miss changes in the interface. + * + */ + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/g_NCR5380.txt b/Documentation/scsi/g_NCR5380.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37b1967a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/g_NCR5380.txt @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +README file for the Linux g_NCR5380 driver. + +(c) 1993 Drew Eckhard +NCR53c400 extensions (c) 1994,1995,1996 Kevin Lentin + +This file documents the NCR53c400 extensions by Kevin Lentin and some +enhancements to the NCR5380 core. + +This driver supports NCR5380 and NCR53c400 and compatible cards in port or +memory mapped modes. + +Use of an interrupt is recommended, if supported by the board, as this will +allow targets to disconnect and thereby improve SCSI bus utilization. + +If the irq parameter is 254 or is omitted entirely, the driver will probe +for the correct IRQ line automatically. If the irq parameter is 0 or 255 +then no IRQ will be used. + +The NCR53c400 does not support DMA but it does have Pseudo-DMA which is +supported by the driver. + +This driver provides some information on what it has detected in +/proc/scsi/g_NCR5380/x where x is the scsi card number as detected at boot +time. More info to come in the future. + +This driver works as a module. +When included as a module, parameters can be passed on the insmod/modprobe +command line: + irq=xx[,...] the interrupt(s) + base=xx[,...] the port or base address(es) (for port or memory mapped, resp.) + card=xx[,...] card type(s): + 0 = NCR5380, + 1 = NCR53C400, + 2 = NCR53C400A, + 3 = Domex Technology Corp 3181E (DTC3181E) + 4 = Hewlett Packard C2502 + +These old-style parameters can support only one card: + ncr_irq=xx the interrupt + ncr_addr=xx the port or base address (for port or memory + mapped, resp.) + ncr_5380=1 to set up for a NCR5380 board + ncr_53c400=1 to set up for a NCR53C400 board + ncr_53c400a=1 to set up for a NCR53C400A board + dtc_3181e=1 to set up for a Domex Technology Corp 3181E board + hp_c2502=1 to set up for a Hewlett Packard C2502 board + +E.g. Trantor T130B in its default configuration: +modprobe g_NCR5380 irq=5 base=0x350 card=1 +or alternatively, using the old syntax, +modprobe g_NCR5380 ncr_irq=5 ncr_addr=0x350 ncr_53c400=1 + +E.g. a port mapped NCR5380 board, driver to probe for IRQ: +modprobe g_NCR5380 base=0x350 card=0 +or alternatively, +modprobe g_NCR5380 ncr_addr=0x350 ncr_5380=1 + +E.g. a memory mapped NCR53C400 board with no IRQ: +modprobe g_NCR5380 irq=255 base=0xc8000 card=1 +or alternatively, +modprobe g_NCR5380 ncr_irq=255 ncr_addr=0xc8000 ncr_53c400=1 + +E.g. two cards, DTC3181 (in non-PnP mode) at 0x240 with no IRQ +and HP C2502 at 0x300 with IRQ 7: +modprobe g_NCR5380 irq=0,7 base=0x240,0x300 card=3,4 + +Kevin Lentin +K.Lentin@cs.monash.edu.au diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt b/Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..891435a72 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/hpsa.txt @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ + +HPSA - Hewlett Packard Smart Array driver +----------------------------------------- + +This file describes the hpsa SCSI driver for HP Smart Array controllers. +The hpsa driver is intended to supplant the cciss driver for newer +Smart Array controllers. The hpsa driver is a SCSI driver, while the +cciss driver is a "block" driver. Actually cciss is both a block +driver (for logical drives) AND a SCSI driver (for tape drives). This +"split-brained" design of the cciss driver is a source of excess +complexity and eliminating that complexity is one of the reasons +for hpsa to exist. + +Supported devices: +------------------ + +Smart Array P212 +Smart Array P410 +Smart Array P410i +Smart Array P411 +Smart Array P812 +Smart Array P712m +Smart Array P711m +StorageWorks P1210m + +Additionally, older Smart Arrays may work with the hpsa driver if the kernel +boot parameter "hpsa_allow_any=1" is specified, however these are not tested +nor supported by HP with this driver. For older Smart Arrays, the cciss +driver should still be used. + +The "hpsa_simple_mode=1" boot parameter may be used to prevent the driver from +putting the controller into "performant" mode. The difference is that with simple +mode, each command completion requires an interrupt, while with "performant mode" +(the default, and ordinarily better performing) it is possible to have multiple +command completions indicated by a single interrupt. + +HPSA specific entries in /sys +----------------------------- + + In addition to the generic SCSI attributes available in /sys, hpsa supports + the following attributes: + + HPSA specific host attributes: + ------------------------------ + + /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/rescan + /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/firmware_revision + /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/resettable + /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/transport_mode + + the host "rescan" attribute is a write only attribute. Writing to this + attribute will cause the driver to scan for new, changed, or removed devices + (e.g. hot-plugged tape drives, or newly configured or deleted logical drives, + etc.) and notify the SCSI midlayer of any changes detected. Normally this is + triggered automatically by HP's Array Configuration Utility (either the GUI or + command line variety) so for logical drive changes, the user should not + normally have to use this. It may be useful when hot plugging devices like + tape drives, or entire storage boxes containing pre-configured logical drives. + + The "firmware_revision" attribute contains the firmware version of the Smart Array. + For example: + + root@host:/sys/class/scsi_host/host4# cat firmware_revision + 7.14 + + The transport_mode indicates whether the controller is in "performant" + or "simple" mode. This is controlled by the "hpsa_simple_mode" module + parameter. + + The "resettable" read-only attribute indicates whether a particular + controller is able to honor the "reset_devices" kernel parameter. If the + device is resettable, this file will contain a "1", otherwise, a "0". This + parameter is used by kdump, for example, to reset the controller at driver + load time to eliminate any outstanding commands on the controller and get the + controller into a known state so that the kdump initiated i/o will work right + and not be disrupted in any way by stale commands or other stale state + remaining on the controller from the previous kernel. This attribute enables + kexec tools to warn the user if they attempt to designate a device which is + unable to honor the reset_devices kernel parameter as a dump device. + + HPSA specific disk attributes: + ------------------------------ + + /sys/class/scsi_disk/c:b:t:l/device/unique_id + /sys/class/scsi_disk/c:b:t:l/device/raid_level + /sys/class/scsi_disk/c:b:t:l/device/lunid + + (where c:b:t:l are the controller, bus, target and lun of the device) + + For example: + + root@host:/sys/class/scsi_disk/4:0:0:0/device# cat unique_id + 600508B1001044395355323037570F77 + root@host:/sys/class/scsi_disk/4:0:0:0/device# cat lunid + 0x0000004000000000 + root@host:/sys/class/scsi_disk/4:0:0:0/device# cat raid_level + RAID 0 + +HPSA specific ioctls: +--------------------- + + For compatibility with applications written for the cciss driver, many, but + not all of the ioctls supported by the cciss driver are also supported by the + hpsa driver. The data structures used by these are described in + include/linux/cciss_ioctl.h + + CCISS_DEREGDISK + CCISS_REGNEWDISK + CCISS_REGNEWD + + The above three ioctls all do exactly the same thing, which is to cause the driver + to rescan for new devices. This does exactly the same thing as writing to the + hpsa specific host "rescan" attribute. + + CCISS_GETPCIINFO + + Returns PCI domain, bus, device and function and "board ID" (PCI subsystem ID). + + CCISS_GETDRIVVER + + Returns driver version in three bytes encoded as: + (major_version << 16) | (minor_version << 8) | (subminor_version) + + CCISS_PASSTHRU + CCISS_BIG_PASSTHRU + + Allows "BMIC" and "CISS" commands to be passed through to the Smart Array. + These are used extensively by the HP Array Configuration Utility, SNMP storage + agents, etc. See cciss_vol_status at http://cciss.sf.net for some examples. + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/hptiop.txt b/Documentation/scsi/hptiop.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12ecfd308 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/hptiop.txt @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +HIGHPOINT ROCKETRAID 3xxx/4xxx ADAPTER DRIVER (hptiop) + +Controller Register Map +------------------------- + +For RR44xx Intel IOP based adapters, the controller IOP is accessed via PCI BAR0 and BAR2: + + BAR0 offset Register + 0x11C5C Link Interface IRQ Set + 0x11C60 Link Interface IRQ Clear + + BAR2 offset Register + 0x10 Inbound Message Register 0 + 0x14 Inbound Message Register 1 + 0x18 Outbound Message Register 0 + 0x1C Outbound Message Register 1 + 0x20 Inbound Doorbell Register + 0x24 Inbound Interrupt Status Register + 0x28 Inbound Interrupt Mask Register + 0x30 Outbound Interrupt Status Register + 0x34 Outbound Interrupt Mask Register + 0x40 Inbound Queue Port + 0x44 Outbound Queue Port + +For Intel IOP based adapters, the controller IOP is accessed via PCI BAR0: + + BAR0 offset Register + 0x10 Inbound Message Register 0 + 0x14 Inbound Message Register 1 + 0x18 Outbound Message Register 0 + 0x1C Outbound Message Register 1 + 0x20 Inbound Doorbell Register + 0x24 Inbound Interrupt Status Register + 0x28 Inbound Interrupt Mask Register + 0x30 Outbound Interrupt Status Register + 0x34 Outbound Interrupt Mask Register + 0x40 Inbound Queue Port + 0x44 Outbound Queue Port + +For Marvell not Frey IOP based adapters, the IOP is accessed via PCI BAR0 and BAR1: + + BAR0 offset Register + 0x20400 Inbound Doorbell Register + 0x20404 Inbound Interrupt Mask Register + 0x20408 Outbound Doorbell Register + 0x2040C Outbound Interrupt Mask Register + + BAR1 offset Register + 0x0 Inbound Queue Head Pointer + 0x4 Inbound Queue Tail Pointer + 0x8 Outbound Queue Head Pointer + 0xC Outbound Queue Tail Pointer + 0x10 Inbound Message Register + 0x14 Outbound Message Register + 0x40-0x1040 Inbound Queue + 0x1040-0x2040 Outbound Queue + +For Marvell Frey IOP based adapters, the IOP is accessed via PCI BAR0 and BAR1: + + BAR0 offset Register + 0x0 IOP configuration information. + + BAR1 offset Register + 0x4000 Inbound List Base Address Low + 0x4004 Inbound List Base Address High + 0x4018 Inbound List Write Pointer + 0x402C Inbound List Configuration and Control + 0x4050 Outbound List Base Address Low + 0x4054 Outbound List Base Address High + 0x4058 Outbound List Copy Pointer Shadow Base Address Low + 0x405C Outbound List Copy Pointer Shadow Base Address High + 0x4088 Outbound List Interrupt Cause + 0x408C Outbound List Interrupt Enable + 0x1020C PCIe Function 0 Interrupt Enable + 0x10400 PCIe Function 0 to CPU Message A + 0x10420 CPU to PCIe Function 0 Message A + 0x10480 CPU to PCIe Function 0 Doorbell + 0x10484 CPU to PCIe Function 0 Doorbell Enable + + +I/O Request Workflow of Not Marvell Frey +------------------------------------------ + +All queued requests are handled via inbound/outbound queue port. +A request packet can be allocated in either IOP or host memory. + +To send a request to the controller: + + - Get a free request packet by reading the inbound queue port or + allocate a free request in host DMA coherent memory. + + The value returned from the inbound queue port is an offset + relative to the IOP BAR0. + + Requests allocated in host memory must be aligned on 32-bytes boundary. + + - Fill the packet. + + - Post the packet to IOP by writing it to inbound queue. For requests + allocated in IOP memory, write the offset to inbound queue port. For + requests allocated in host memory, write (0x80000000|(bus_addr>>5)) + to the inbound queue port. + + - The IOP process the request. When the request is completed, it + will be put into outbound queue. An outbound interrupt will be + generated. + + For requests allocated in IOP memory, the request offset is posted to + outbound queue. + + For requests allocated in host memory, (0x80000000|(bus_addr>>5)) + is posted to the outbound queue. If IOP_REQUEST_FLAG_OUTPUT_CONTEXT + flag is set in the request, the low 32-bit context value will be + posted instead. + + - The host read the outbound queue and complete the request. + + For requests allocated in IOP memory, the host driver free the request + by writing it to the outbound queue. + +Non-queued requests (reset/flush etc) can be sent via inbound message +register 0. An outbound message with the same value indicates the completion +of an inbound message. + + +I/O Request Workflow of Marvell Frey +-------------------------------------- + +All queued requests are handled via inbound/outbound list. + +To send a request to the controller: + + - Allocate a free request in host DMA coherent memory. + + Requests allocated in host memory must be aligned on 32-bytes boundary. + + - Fill the request with index of the request in the flag. + + Fill a free inbound list unit with the physical address and the size of + the request. + + Set up the inbound list write pointer with the index of previous unit, + round to 0 if the index reaches the supported count of requests. + + - Post the inbound list writer pointer to IOP. + + - The IOP process the request. When the request is completed, the flag of + the request with or-ed IOPMU_QUEUE_MASK_HOST_BITS will be put into a + free outbound list unit and the index of the outbound list unit will be + put into the copy pointer shadow register. An outbound interrupt will be + generated. + + - The host read the outbound list copy pointer shadow register and compare + with previous saved read pointer N. If they are different, the host will + read the (N+1)th outbound list unit. + + The host get the index of the request from the (N+1)th outbound list + unit and complete the request. + +Non-queued requests (reset communication/reset/flush etc) can be sent via PCIe +Function 0 to CPU Message A register. The CPU to PCIe Function 0 Message register +with the same value indicates the completion of message. + + +User-level Interface +--------------------- + +The driver exposes following sysfs attributes: + + NAME R/W Description + driver-version R driver version string + firmware-version R firmware version string + + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Copyright (C) 2006-2012 HighPoint Technologies, Inc. All Rights Reserved. + + This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + linux@highpoint-tech.com + http://www.highpoint-tech.com diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/libsas.txt b/Documentation/scsi/libsas.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8cac6492a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/libsas.txt @@ -0,0 +1,395 @@ +SAS Layer +--------- + +The SAS Layer is a management infrastructure which manages +SAS LLDDs. It sits between SCSI Core and SAS LLDDs. The +layout is as follows: while SCSI Core is concerned with +SAM/SPC issues, and a SAS LLDD+sequencer is concerned with +phy/OOB/link management, the SAS layer is concerned with: + + * SAS Phy/Port/HA event management (LLDD generates, + SAS Layer processes), + * SAS Port management (creation/destruction), + * SAS Domain discovery and revalidation, + * SAS Domain device management, + * SCSI Host registration/unregistration, + * Device registration with SCSI Core (SAS) or libata + (SATA), and + * Expander management and exporting expander control + to user space. + +A SAS LLDD is a PCI device driver. It is concerned with +phy/OOB management, and vendor specific tasks and generates +events to the SAS layer. + +The SAS Layer does most SAS tasks as outlined in the SAS 1.1 +spec. + +The sas_ha_struct describes the SAS LLDD to the SAS layer. +Most of it is used by the SAS Layer but a few fields need to +be initialized by the LLDDs. + +After initializing your hardware, from the probe() function +you call sas_register_ha(). It will register your LLDD with +the SCSI subsystem, creating a SCSI host and it will +register your SAS driver with the sysfs SAS tree it creates. +It will then return. Then you enable your phys to actually +start OOB (at which point your driver will start calling the +notify_* event callbacks). + +Structure descriptions: + +struct sas_phy -------------------- +Normally this is statically embedded to your driver's +phy structure: + struct my_phy { + blah; + struct sas_phy sas_phy; + bleh; + }; +And then all the phys are an array of my_phy in your HA +struct (shown below). + +Then as you go along and initialize your phys you also +initialize the sas_phy struct, along with your own +phy structure. + +In general, the phys are managed by the LLDD and the ports +are managed by the SAS layer. So the phys are initialized +and updated by the LLDD and the ports are initialized and +updated by the SAS layer. + +There is a scheme where the LLDD can RW certain fields, +and the SAS layer can only read such ones, and vice versa. +The idea is to avoid unnecessary locking. + +enabled -- must be set (0/1) +id -- must be set [0,MAX_PHYS) +class, proto, type, role, oob_mode, linkrate -- must be set +oob_mode -- you set this when OOB has finished and then notify +the SAS Layer. + +sas_addr -- this normally points to an array holding the sas +address of the phy, possibly somewhere in your my_phy +struct. + +attached_sas_addr -- set this when you (LLDD) receive an +IDENTIFY frame or a FIS frame, _before_ notifying the SAS +layer. The idea is that sometimes the LLDD may want to fake +or provide a different SAS address on that phy/port and this +allows it to do this. At best you should copy the sas +address from the IDENTIFY frame or maybe generate a SAS +address for SATA directly attached devices. The Discover +process may later change this. + +frame_rcvd -- this is where you copy the IDENTIFY/FIS frame +when you get it; you lock, copy, set frame_rcvd_size and +unlock the lock, and then call the event. It is a pointer +since there's no way to know your hw frame size _exactly_, +so you define the actual array in your phy struct and let +this pointer point to it. You copy the frame from your +DMAable memory to that area holding the lock. + +sas_prim -- this is where primitives go when they're +received. See sas.h. Grab the lock, set the primitive, +release the lock, notify. + +port -- this points to the sas_port if the phy belongs +to a port -- the LLDD only reads this. It points to the +sas_port this phy is part of. Set by the SAS Layer. + +ha -- may be set; the SAS layer sets it anyway. + +lldd_phy -- you should set this to point to your phy so you +can find your way around faster when the SAS layer calls one +of your callbacks and passes you a phy. If the sas_phy is +embedded you can also use container_of -- whatever you +prefer. + + +struct sas_port -------------------- +The LLDD doesn't set any fields of this struct -- it only +reads them. They should be self explanatory. + +phy_mask is 32 bit, this should be enough for now, as I +haven't heard of a HA having more than 8 phys. + +lldd_port -- I haven't found use for that -- maybe other +LLDD who wish to have internal port representation can make +use of this. + + +struct sas_ha_struct -------------------- +It normally is statically declared in your own LLDD +structure describing your adapter: +struct my_sas_ha { + blah; + struct sas_ha_struct sas_ha; + struct my_phy phys[MAX_PHYS]; + struct sas_port sas_ports[MAX_PHYS]; /* (1) */ + bleh; +}; + +(1) If your LLDD doesn't have its own port representation. + +What needs to be initialized (sample function given below). + +pcidev +sas_addr -- since the SAS layer doesn't want to mess with + memory allocation, etc, this points to statically + allocated array somewhere (say in your host adapter + structure) and holds the SAS address of the host + adapter as given by you or the manufacturer, etc. +sas_port +sas_phy -- an array of pointers to structures. (see + note above on sas_addr). + These must be set. See more notes below. +num_phys -- the number of phys present in the sas_phy array, + and the number of ports present in the sas_port + array. There can be a maximum num_phys ports (one per + port) so we drop the num_ports, and only use + num_phys. + +The event interface: + + /* LLDD calls these to notify the class of an event. */ + void (*notify_ha_event)(struct sas_ha_struct *, enum ha_event); + void (*notify_port_event)(struct sas_phy *, enum port_event); + void (*notify_phy_event)(struct sas_phy *, enum phy_event); + +When sas_register_ha() returns, those are set and can be +called by the LLDD to notify the SAS layer of such events +the SAS layer. + +The port notification: + + /* The class calls these to notify the LLDD of an event. */ + void (*lldd_port_formed)(struct sas_phy *); + void (*lldd_port_deformed)(struct sas_phy *); + +If the LLDD wants notification when a port has been formed +or deformed it sets those to a function satisfying the type. + +A SAS LLDD should also implement at least one of the Task +Management Functions (TMFs) described in SAM: + + /* Task Management Functions. Must be called from process context. */ + int (*lldd_abort_task)(struct sas_task *); + int (*lldd_abort_task_set)(struct domain_device *, u8 *lun); + int (*lldd_clear_aca)(struct domain_device *, u8 *lun); + int (*lldd_clear_task_set)(struct domain_device *, u8 *lun); + int (*lldd_I_T_nexus_reset)(struct domain_device *); + int (*lldd_lu_reset)(struct domain_device *, u8 *lun); + int (*lldd_query_task)(struct sas_task *); + +For more information please read SAM from T10.org. + +Port and Adapter management: + + /* Port and Adapter management */ + int (*lldd_clear_nexus_port)(struct sas_port *); + int (*lldd_clear_nexus_ha)(struct sas_ha_struct *); + +A SAS LLDD should implement at least one of those. + +Phy management: + + /* Phy management */ + int (*lldd_control_phy)(struct sas_phy *, enum phy_func); + +lldd_ha -- set this to point to your HA struct. You can also +use container_of if you embedded it as shown above. + +A sample initialization and registration function +can look like this (called last thing from probe()) +*but* before you enable the phys to do OOB: + +static int register_sas_ha(struct my_sas_ha *my_ha) +{ + int i; + static struct sas_phy *sas_phys[MAX_PHYS]; + static struct sas_port *sas_ports[MAX_PHYS]; + + my_ha->sas_ha.sas_addr = &my_ha->sas_addr[0]; + + for (i = 0; i < MAX_PHYS; i++) { + sas_phys[i] = &my_ha->phys[i].sas_phy; + sas_ports[i] = &my_ha->sas_ports[i]; + } + + my_ha->sas_ha.sas_phy = sas_phys; + my_ha->sas_ha.sas_port = sas_ports; + my_ha->sas_ha.num_phys = MAX_PHYS; + + my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_port_formed = my_port_formed; + + my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_dev_found = my_dev_found; + my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_dev_gone = my_dev_gone; + + my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_execute_task = my_execute_task; + + my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_abort_task = my_abort_task; + my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_abort_task_set = my_abort_task_set; + my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_clear_aca = my_clear_aca; + my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_clear_task_set = my_clear_task_set; + my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_I_T_nexus_reset= NULL; (2) + my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_lu_reset = my_lu_reset; + my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_query_task = my_query_task; + + my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_clear_nexus_port = my_clear_nexus_port; + my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_clear_nexus_ha = my_clear_nexus_ha; + + my_ha->sas_ha.lldd_control_phy = my_control_phy; + + return sas_register_ha(&my_ha->sas_ha); +} + +(2) SAS 1.1 does not define I_T Nexus Reset TMF. + +Events +------ + +Events are _the only way_ a SAS LLDD notifies the SAS layer +of anything. There is no other method or way a LLDD to tell +the SAS layer of anything happening internally or in the SAS +domain. + +Phy events: + PHYE_LOSS_OF_SIGNAL, (C) + PHYE_OOB_DONE, + PHYE_OOB_ERROR, (C) + PHYE_SPINUP_HOLD. + +Port events, passed on a _phy_: + PORTE_BYTES_DMAED, (M) + PORTE_BROADCAST_RCVD, (E) + PORTE_LINK_RESET_ERR, (C) + PORTE_TIMER_EVENT, (C) + PORTE_HARD_RESET. + +Host Adapter event: + HAE_RESET + +A SAS LLDD should be able to generate + - at least one event from group C (choice), + - events marked M (mandatory) are mandatory (only one), + - events marked E (expander) if it wants the SAS layer + to handle domain revalidation (only one such). + - Unmarked events are optional. + +Meaning: + +HAE_RESET -- when your HA got internal error and was reset. + +PORTE_BYTES_DMAED -- on receiving an IDENTIFY/FIS frame +PORTE_BROADCAST_RCVD -- on receiving a primitive +PORTE_LINK_RESET_ERR -- timer expired, loss of signal, loss +of DWS, etc. (*) +PORTE_TIMER_EVENT -- DWS reset timeout timer expired (*) +PORTE_HARD_RESET -- Hard Reset primitive received. + +PHYE_LOSS_OF_SIGNAL -- the device is gone (*) +PHYE_OOB_DONE -- OOB went fine and oob_mode is valid +PHYE_OOB_ERROR -- Error while doing OOB, the device probably +got disconnected. (*) +PHYE_SPINUP_HOLD -- SATA is present, COMWAKE not sent. + +(*) should set/clear the appropriate fields in the phy, + or alternatively call the inlined sas_phy_disconnected() + which is just a helper, from their tasklet. + +The Execute Command SCSI RPC: + + int (*lldd_execute_task)(struct sas_task *, gfp_t gfp_flags); + +Used to queue a task to the SAS LLDD. @task is the task to be executed. +@gfp_mask is the gfp_mask defining the context of the caller. + +This function should implement the Execute Command SCSI RPC, + +That is, when lldd_execute_task() is called, the command +go out on the transport *immediately*. There is *no* +queuing of any sort and at any level in a SAS LLDD. + +Returns: -SAS_QUEUE_FULL, -ENOMEM, nothing was queued; + 0, the task(s) were queued. + +struct sas_task { + dev -- the device this task is destined to + task_proto -- _one_ of enum sas_proto + scatter -- pointer to scatter gather list array + num_scatter -- number of elements in scatter + total_xfer_len -- total number of bytes expected to be transferred + data_dir -- PCI_DMA_... + task_done -- callback when the task has finished execution +}; + +DISCOVERY +--------- + +The sysfs tree has the following purposes: + a) It shows you the physical layout of the SAS domain at + the current time, i.e. how the domain looks in the + physical world right now. + b) Shows some device parameters _at_discovery_time_. + +This is a link to the tree(1) program, very useful in +viewing the SAS domain: +ftp://mama.indstate.edu/linux/tree/ +I expect user space applications to actually create a +graphical interface of this. + +That is, the sysfs domain tree doesn't show or keep state if +you e.g., change the meaning of the READY LED MEANING +setting, but it does show you the current connection status +of the domain device. + +Keeping internal device state changes is responsibility of +upper layers (Command set drivers) and user space. + +When a device or devices are unplugged from the domain, this +is reflected in the sysfs tree immediately, and the device(s) +removed from the system. + +The structure domain_device describes any device in the SAS +domain. It is completely managed by the SAS layer. A task +points to a domain device, this is how the SAS LLDD knows +where to send the task(s) to. A SAS LLDD only reads the +contents of the domain_device structure, but it never creates +or destroys one. + +Expander management from User Space +----------------------------------- + +In each expander directory in sysfs, there is a file called +"smp_portal". It is a binary sysfs attribute file, which +implements an SMP portal (Note: this is *NOT* an SMP port), +to which user space applications can send SMP requests and +receive SMP responses. + +Functionality is deceptively simple: + +1. Build the SMP frame you want to send. The format and layout + is described in the SAS spec. Leave the CRC field equal 0. +open(2) +2. Open the expander's SMP portal sysfs file in RW mode. +write(2) +3. Write the frame you built in 1. +read(2) +4. Read the amount of data you expect to receive for the frame you built. + If you receive different amount of data you expected to receive, + then there was some kind of error. +close(2) +All this process is shown in detail in the function do_smp_func() +and its callers, in the file "expander_conf.c". + +The kernel functionality is implemented in the file +"sas_expander.c". + +The program "expander_conf.c" implements this. It takes one +argument, the sysfs file name of the SMP portal to the +expander, and gives expander information, including routing +tables. + +The SMP portal gives you complete control of the expander, +so please be careful. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/link_power_management_policy.txt b/Documentation/scsi/link_power_management_policy.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d18993d01 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/link_power_management_policy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +This parameter allows the user to set the link (interface) power management. +There are 3 possible options: + +Value Effect +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- +min_power Tell the controller to try to make the link use the + least possible power when possible. This may + sacrifice some performance due to increased latency + when coming out of lower power states. + +max_performance Generally, this means no power management. Tell + the controller to have performance be a priority + over power management. + +medium_power Tell the controller to enter a lower power state + when possible, but do not enter the lowest power + state, thus improving latency over min_power setting. + + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/lpfc.txt b/Documentation/scsi/lpfc.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5741ea8aa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/lpfc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ + +LPFC Driver Release Notes: + +============================================================================= + + + IMPORTANT: + + Starting in the 8.0.17 release, the driver began to be targeted strictly + toward the upstream kernel. As such, we removed #ifdefs for older kernels + (pre 2.6.10). The 8.0.16 release should be used if the driver is to be + run on one of the older kernels. + + The proposed modifications to the transport layer for FC remote ports + and extended attribute support is now part of the upstream kernel + as of 2.6.12. We no longer need to provide patches for this support, + nor a *full* version which has old an new kernel support. + + The driver now requires a 2.6.12 (if pre-release, 2.6.12-rc1) or later + kernel. + + Please heed these dependencies.... + + + ******************************************************************** + + +The following information is provided for additional background on the +history of the driver as we push for upstream acceptance. + +Cable pull and temporary device Loss: + + In older revisions of the lpfc driver, the driver internally queued i/o + received from the midlayer. In the cases where a cable was pulled, link + jitter, or a device temporarily loses connectivity (due to its cable + being removed, a switch rebooting, or a device reboot), the driver could + hide the disappearance of the device from the midlayer. I/O's issued to + the LLDD would simply be queued for a short duration, allowing the device + to reappear or link come back alive, with no inadvertent side effects + to the system. If the driver did not hide these conditions, i/o would be + errored by the driver, the mid-layer would exhaust its retries, and the + device would be taken offline. Manual intervention would be required to + re-enable the device. + + The community supporting kernel.org has driven an effort to remove + internal queuing from all LLDDs. The philosophy is that internal + queuing is unnecessary as the block layer already performs the + queuing. Removing the queues from the LLDD makes a more predictable + and more simple LLDD. + + As a potential new addition to kernel.org, the 8.x driver was asked to + have all internal queuing removed. Emulex complied with this request. + In explaining the impacts of this change, Emulex has worked with the + community in modifying the behavior of the SCSI midlayer so that SCSI + devices can be temporarily suspended while transport events (such as + those described) can occur. + + The proposed patch was posted to the linux-scsi mailing list. The patch + is contained in the 2.6.10-rc2 (and later) patch kits. As such, this + patch is part of the standard 2.6.10 kernel. + + By default, the driver expects the patches for block/unblock interfaces + to be present in the kernel. No #define needs to be set to enable support. + + +Kernel Support + + This source package is targeted for the upstream kernel only. (See notes + at the top of this file). It relies on interfaces that are slowing + migrating into the kernel.org kernel. + + At this time, the driver requires the 2.6.12 (if pre-release, 2.6.12-rc1) + kernel. + + If a driver is needed for older kernels please utilize the 8.0.16 + driver sources. + + +Patches + + Thankfully, at this time, patches are not needed. + + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/megaraid.txt b/Documentation/scsi/megaraid.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c7cea51e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/megaraid.txt @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + Notes on Management Module + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Overview: +-------- + +Different classes of controllers from LSI Logic accept and respond to the +user applications in a similar way. They understand the same firmware control +commands. Furthermore, the applications also can treat different classes of +the controllers uniformly. Hence it is logical to have a single module that +interfaces with the applications on one side and all the low level drivers +on the other. + +The advantages, though obvious, are listed for completeness: + + i. Avoid duplicate code from the low level drivers. + ii. Unburden the low level drivers from having to export the + character node device and related handling. + iii. Implement any policy mechanisms in one place. + iv. Applications have to interface with only module instead of + multiple low level drivers. + +Currently this module (called Common Management Module) is used only to issue +ioctl commands. But this module is envisioned to handle all user space level +interactions. So any 'proc', 'sysfs' implementations will be localized in this +common module. + +Credits: +------- + +"Shared code in a third module, a "library module", is an acceptable +solution. modprobe automatically loads dependent modules, so users +running "modprobe driver1" or "modprobe driver2" would automatically +load the shared library module." + + - Jeff Garzik (jgarzik@pobox.com), 02.25.2004 LKML + +"As Jeff hinted, if your userspace<->driver API is consistent between +your new MPT-based RAID controllers and your existing megaraid driver, +then perhaps you need a single small helper module (lsiioctl or some +better name), loaded by both mptraid and megaraid automatically, which +handles registering the /dev/megaraid node dynamically. In this case, +both mptraid and megaraid would register with lsiioctl for each +adapter discovered, and lsiioctl would essentially be a switch, +redirecting userspace tool ioctls to the appropriate driver." + + - Matt Domsch, (Matt_Domsch@dell.com), 02.25.2004 LKML + +Design: +------ + +The Common Management Module is implemented in megaraid_mm.[ch] files. This +module acts as a registry for low level hba drivers. The low level drivers +(currently only megaraid) register each controller with the common module. + +The applications interface with the common module via the character device +node exported by the module. + +The lower level drivers now understand only a new improved ioctl packet called +uioc_t. The management module converts the older ioctl packets from the older +applications into uioc_t. After driver handles the uioc_t, the common module +will convert that back into the old format before returning to applications. + +As new applications evolve and replace the old ones, the old packet format +will be retired. + +Common module dedicates one uioc_t packet to each controller registered. This +can easily be more than one. But since megaraid is the only low level driver +today, and it can handle only one ioctl, there is no reason to have more. But +as new controller classes get added, this will be tuned appropriately. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8586efff1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ncr53c8xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1824 @@ +The Linux NCR53C8XX/SYM53C8XX drivers README file + +Written by Gerard Roudier <groudier@free.fr> +21 Rue Carnot +95170 DEUIL LA BARRE - FRANCE + +29 May 1999 +=============================================================================== + +1. Introduction +2. Supported chips and SCSI features +3. Advantages of the enhanced 896 driver + 3.1 Optimized SCSI SCRIPTS + 3.2 New features of the SYM53C896 (64 bit PCI dual LVD SCSI controller) +4. Memory mapped I/O versus normal I/O +5. Tagged command queueing +6. Parity checking +7. Profiling information +8. Control commands + 8.1 Set minimum synchronous period + 8.2 Set wide size + 8.3 Set maximum number of concurrent tagged commands + 8.4 Set order type for tagged command + 8.5 Set debug mode + 8.6 Clear profile counters + 8.7 Set flag (no_disc) + 8.8 Set verbose level + 8.9 Reset all logical units of a target + 8.10 Abort all tasks of all logical units of a target +9. Configuration parameters +10. Boot setup commands + 10.1 Syntax + 10.2 Available arguments + 10.2.1 Master parity checking + 10.2.2 Scsi parity checking + 10.2.3 Scsi disconnections + 10.2.4 Special features + 10.2.5 Ultra SCSI support + 10.2.6 Default number of tagged commands + 10.2.7 Default synchronous period factor + 10.2.8 Negotiate synchronous with all devices + 10.2.9 Verbosity level + 10.2.10 Debug mode + 10.2.11 Burst max + 10.2.12 LED support + 10.2.13 Max wide + 10.2.14 Differential mode + 10.2.15 IRQ mode + 10.2.16 Reverse probe + 10.2.17 Fix up PCI configuration space + 10.2.18 Serial NVRAM + 10.2.19 Check SCSI BUS + 10.2.20 Exclude a host from being attached + 10.2.21 Suggest a default SCSI id for hosts + 10.2.22 Enable use of IMMEDIATE ARBITRATION + 10.3 Advised boot setup commands + 10.4 PCI configuration fix-up boot option + 10.5 Serial NVRAM support boot option + 10.6 SCSI BUS checking boot option + 10.7 IMMEDIATE ARBITRATION boot option +11. Some constants and flags of the ncr53c8xx.h header file +12. Installation +13. Architecture dependent features +14. Known problems + 14.1 Tagged commands with Iomega Jaz device + 14.2 Device names change when another controller is added + 14.3 Using only 8 bit devices with a WIDE SCSI controller. + 14.4 Possible data corruption during a Memory Write and Invalidate + 14.5 IRQ sharing problems +15. SCSI problem troubleshooting + 15.1 Problem tracking + 15.2 Understanding hardware error reports +16. Synchronous transfer negotiation tables + 16.1 Synchronous timings for 53C875 and 53C860 Ultra-SCSI controllers + 16.2 Synchronous timings for fast SCSI-2 53C8XX controllers +17. Serial NVRAM support (by Richard Waltham) + 17.1 Features + 17.2 Symbios NVRAM layout + 17.3 Tekram NVRAM layout +18. Support for Big Endian + 18.1 Big Endian CPU + 18.2 NCR chip in Big Endian mode of operations + +=============================================================================== + +1. Introduction + +The initial Linux ncr53c8xx driver has been a port of the ncr driver from +FreeBSD that has been achieved in November 1995 by: + Gerard Roudier <groudier@free.fr> + +The original driver has been written for 386bsd and FreeBSD by: + Wolfgang Stanglmeier <wolf@cologne.de> + Stefan Esser <se@mi.Uni-Koeln.de> + +It is now available as a bundle of 2 drivers: + +- ncr53c8xx generic driver that supports all the SYM53C8XX family including + the earliest 810 rev. 1, the latest 896 (2 channel LVD SCSI controller) and + the new 895A (1 channel LVD SCSI controller). +- sym53c8xx enhanced driver (a.k.a. 896 drivers) that drops support of oldest + chips in order to gain advantage of new features, as LOAD/STORE instructions + available since the 810A and hardware phase mismatch available with the + 896 and the 895A. + +You can find technical information about the NCR 8xx family in the +PCI-HOWTO written by Michael Will and in the SCSI-HOWTO written by +Drew Eckhardt. + +Information about new chips is available at LSILOGIC web server: + + http://www.lsilogic.com/ + +SCSI standard documentations are available at SYMBIOS ftp server: + + ftp://ftp.symbios.com/ + +Useful SCSI tools written by Eric Youngdale are available at tsx-11: + + ftp://tsx-11.mit.edu/pub/linux/ALPHA/scsi/scsiinfo-X.Y.tar.gz + ftp://tsx-11.mit.edu/pub/linux/ALPHA/scsi/scsidev-X.Y.tar.gz + +These tools are not ALPHA but quite clean and work quite well. +It is essential you have the 'scsiinfo' package. + +This short documentation describes the features of the generic and enhanced +drivers, configuration parameters and control commands available through +the proc SCSI file system read / write operations. + +This driver has been tested OK with linux/i386, Linux/Alpha and Linux/PPC. + +Latest driver version and patches are available at: + + ftp://ftp.tux.org/pub/people/gerard-roudier +or + ftp://ftp.symbios.com/mirror/ftp.tux.org/pub/tux/roudier/drivers + +I am not a native speaker of English and there are probably lots of +mistakes in this README file. Any help will be welcome. + + +2. Supported chips and SCSI features + +The following features are supported for all chips: + + Synchronous negotiation + Disconnection + Tagged command queuing + SCSI parity checking + Master parity checking + +"Wide negotiation" is supported for chips that allow it. The +following table shows some characteristics of NCR 8xx family chips +and what drivers support them. + + Supported by Supported by + On board the generic the enhanced +Chip SDMS BIOS Wide SCSI std. Max. sync driver driver +---- --------- ---- --------- ---------- ------------ ------------- +810 N N FAST10 10 MB/s Y N +810A N N FAST10 10 MB/s Y Y +815 Y N FAST10 10 MB/s Y N +825 Y Y FAST10 20 MB/s Y N +825A Y Y FAST10 20 MB/s Y Y +860 N N FAST20 20 MB/s Y Y +875 Y Y FAST20 40 MB/s Y Y +876 Y Y FAST20 40 MB/s Y Y +895 Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +895A Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +896 Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +897 Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +1510D Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +1010 Y Y FAST80 160 MB/s N Y +1010_66* Y Y FAST80 160 MB/s N Y + +* Chip supports 33MHz and 66MHz PCI buses. + + +Summary of other supported features: + +Module: allow to load the driver +Memory mapped I/O: increases performance +Profiling information: read operations from the proc SCSI file system +Control commands: write operations to the proc SCSI file system +Debugging information: written to syslog (expert only) +Scatter / gather +Shared interrupt +Boot setup commands +Serial NVRAM: Symbios and Tekram formats + + +3. Advantages of the enhanced 896 driver + +3.1 Optimized SCSI SCRIPTS. + +The 810A, 825A, 875, 895, 896 and 895A support new SCSI SCRIPTS instructions +named LOAD and STORE that allow to move up to 1 DWORD from/to an IO register +to/from memory much faster that the MOVE MEMORY instruction that is supported +by the 53c7xx and 53c8xx family. +The LOAD/STORE instructions support absolute and DSA relative addressing +modes. The SCSI SCRIPTS had been entirely rewritten using LOAD/STORE instead +of MOVE MEMORY instructions. + +3.2 New features of the SYM53C896 (64 bit PCI dual LVD SCSI controller) + +The 896 and the 895A allows handling of the phase mismatch context from +SCRIPTS (avoids the phase mismatch interrupt that stops the SCSI processor +until the C code has saved the context of the transfer). +Implementing this without using LOAD/STORE instructions would be painful +and I didn't even want to try it. + +The 896 chip supports 64 bit PCI transactions and addressing, while the +895A supports 32 bit PCI transactions and 64 bit addressing. +The SCRIPTS processor of these chips is not true 64 bit, but uses segment +registers for bit 32-63. Another interesting feature is that LOAD/STORE +instructions that address the on-chip RAM (8k) remain internal to the chip. + +Due to the use of LOAD/STORE SCRIPTS instructions, this driver does not +support the following chips: +- SYM53C810 revision < 0x10 (16) +- SYM53C815 all revisions +- SYM53C825 revision < 0x10 (16) + +4. Memory mapped I/O versus normal I/O + +Memory mapped I/O has less latency than normal I/O. Since +linux-1.3.x, memory mapped I/O is used rather than normal I/O. Memory +mapped I/O seems to work fine on most hardware configurations, but +some poorly designed motherboards may break this feature. + +The configuration option CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_IOMAPPED forces the +driver to use normal I/O in all cases. + + +5. Tagged command queueing + +Queuing more than 1 command at a time to a device allows it to perform +optimizations based on actual head positions and its mechanical +characteristics. This feature may also reduce average command latency. +In order to really gain advantage of this feature, devices must have +a reasonable cache size (No miracle is to be expected for a low-end +hard disk with 128 KB or less). +Some known SCSI devices do not properly support tagged command queuing. +Generally, firmware revisions that fix this kind of problems are available +at respective vendor web/ftp sites. +All I can say is that the hard disks I use on my machines behave well with +this driver with tagged command queuing enabled: + +- IBM S12 0662 +- Conner 1080S +- Quantum Atlas I +- Quantum Atlas II + +If your controller has NVRAM, you can configure this feature per target +from the user setup tool. The Tekram Setup program allows to tune the +maximum number of queued commands up to 32. The Symbios Setup only allows +to enable or disable this feature. + +The maximum number of simultaneous tagged commands queued to a device +is currently set to 8 by default. This value is suitable for most SCSI +disks. With large SCSI disks (>= 2GB, cache >= 512KB, average seek time +<= 10 ms), using a larger value may give better performances. + +The sym53c8xx driver supports up to 255 commands per device, and the +generic ncr53c8xx driver supports up to 64, but using more than 32 is +generally not worth-while, unless you are using a very large disk or disk +array. It is noticeable that most of recent hard disks seem not to accept +more than 64 simultaneous commands. So, using more than 64 queued commands +is probably just resource wasting. + +If your controller does not have NVRAM or if it is managed by the SDMS +BIOS/SETUP, you can configure tagged queueing feature and device queue +depths from the boot command-line. For example: + + ncr53c8xx=tags:4/t2t3q15-t4q7/t1u0q32 + +will set tagged commands queue depths as follow: + +- target 2 all luns on controller 0 --> 15 +- target 3 all luns on controller 0 --> 15 +- target 4 all luns on controller 0 --> 7 +- target 1 lun 0 on controller 1 --> 32 +- all other target/lun --> 4 + +In some special conditions, some SCSI disk firmwares may return a +QUEUE FULL status for a SCSI command. This behaviour is managed by the +driver using the following heuristic: + +- Each time a QUEUE FULL status is returned, tagged queue depth is reduced + to the actual number of disconnected commands. + +- Every 1000 successfully completed SCSI commands, if allowed by the + current limit, the maximum number of queueable commands is incremented. + +Since QUEUE FULL status reception and handling is resource wasting, the +driver notifies by default this problem to user by indicating the actual +number of commands used and their status, as well as its decision on the +device queue depth change. +The heuristic used by the driver in handling QUEUE FULL ensures that the +impact on performances is not too bad. You can get rid of the messages by +setting verbose level to zero, as follow: + +1st method: boot your system using 'ncr53c8xx=verb:0' option. +2nd method: apply "setverbose 0" control command to the proc fs entry + corresponding to your controller after boot-up. + +6. Parity checking + +The driver supports SCSI parity checking and PCI bus master parity +checking. These features must be enabled in order to ensure safe data +transfers. However, some flawed devices or mother boards will have +problems with parity. You can disable either PCI parity or SCSI parity +checking by entering appropriate options from the boot command line. +(See 10: Boot setup commands). + +7. Profiling information + +Profiling information is available through the proc SCSI file system. +Since gathering profiling information may impact performances, this +feature is disabled by default and requires a compilation configuration +option to be set to Y. + +The device associated with a host has the following pathname: + + /proc/scsi/ncr53c8xx/N (N=0,1,2 ....) + +Generally, only 1 board is used on hardware configuration, and that device is: + /proc/scsi/ncr53c8xx/0 + +However, if the driver has been made as module, the number of the +hosts is incremented each time the driver is loaded. + +In order to display profiling information, just enter: + + cat /proc/scsi/ncr53c8xx/0 + +and you will get something like the following text: + +------------------------------------------------------- +General information: + Chip NCR53C810, device id 0x1, revision id 0x2 + IO port address 0x6000, IRQ number 10 + Using memory mapped IO at virtual address 0x282c000 + Synchronous transfer period 25, max commands per lun 4 +Profiling information: + num_trans = 18014 + num_kbytes = 671314 + num_disc = 25763 + num_break = 1673 + num_int = 1685 + num_fly = 18038 + ms_setup = 4940 + ms_data = 369940 + ms_disc = 183090 + ms_post = 1320 +------------------------------------------------------- + +General information is easy to understand. The device ID and the +revision ID identify the SCSI chip as follows: + +Chip Device id Revision Id +---- --------- ----------- +810 0x1 < 0x10 +810A 0x1 >= 0x10 +815 0x4 +825 0x3 < 0x10 +860 0x6 +825A 0x3 >= 0x10 +875 0xf +895 0xc + +The profiling information is updated upon completion of SCSI commands. +A data structure is allocated and zeroed when the host adapter is +attached. So, if the driver is a module, the profile counters are +cleared each time the driver is loaded. The "clearprof" command +allows you to clear these counters at any time. + +The following counters are available: + +("num" prefix means "number of", +"ms" means milli-seconds) + +num_trans + Number of completed commands + Example above: 18014 completed commands + +num_kbytes + Number of kbytes transferred + Example above: 671 MB transferred + +num_disc + Number of SCSI disconnections + Example above: 25763 SCSI disconnections + +num_break + number of script interruptions (phase mismatch) + Example above: 1673 script interruptions + +num_int + Number of interrupts other than "on the fly" + Example above: 1685 interruptions not "on the fly" + +num_fly + Number of interrupts "on the fly" + Example above: 18038 interruptions "on the fly" + +ms_setup + Elapsed time for SCSI commands setups + Example above: 4.94 seconds + +ms_data + Elapsed time for data transfers + Example above: 369.94 seconds spent for data transfer + +ms_disc + Elapsed time for SCSI disconnections + Example above: 183.09 seconds spent disconnected + +ms_post + Elapsed time for command post processing + (time from SCSI status get to command completion call) + Example above: 1.32 seconds spent for post processing + +Due to the 1/100 second tick of the system clock, "ms_post" time may +be wrong. + +In the example above, we got 18038 interrupts "on the fly" and only +1673 script breaks generally due to disconnections inside a segment +of the scatter list. + + +8. Control commands + +Control commands can be sent to the driver with write operations to +the proc SCSI file system. The generic command syntax is the +following: + + echo "<verb> <parameters>" >/proc/scsi/ncr53c8xx/0 + (assumes controller number is 0) + +Using "all" for "<target>" parameter with the commands below will +apply to all targets of the SCSI chain (except the controller). + +Available commands: + +8.1 Set minimum synchronous period factor + + setsync <target> <period factor> + + target: target number + period: minimum synchronous period. + Maximum speed = 1000/(4*period factor) except for special + cases below. + + Specify a period of 255, to force asynchronous transfer mode. + + 10 means 25 nano-seconds synchronous period + 11 means 30 nano-seconds synchronous period + 12 means 50 nano-seconds synchronous period + +8.2 Set wide size + + setwide <target> <size> + + target: target number + size: 0=8 bits, 1=16bits + +8.3 Set maximum number of concurrent tagged commands + + settags <target> <tags> + + target: target number + tags: number of concurrent tagged commands + must not be greater than SCSI_NCR_MAX_TAGS (default: 8) + +8.4 Set order type for tagged command + + setorder <order> + + order: 3 possible values: + simple: use SIMPLE TAG for all operations (read and write) + ordered: use ORDERED TAG for all operations + default: use default tag type, + SIMPLE TAG for read operations + ORDERED TAG for write operations + + +8.5 Set debug mode + + setdebug <list of debug flags> + + Available debug flags: + alloc: print info about memory allocations (ccb, lcb) + queue: print info about insertions into the command start queue + result: print sense data on CHECK CONDITION status + scatter: print info about the scatter process + scripts: print info about the script binding process + tiny: print minimal debugging information + timing: print timing information of the NCR chip + nego: print information about SCSI negotiations + phase: print information on script interruptions + + Use "setdebug" with no argument to reset debug flags. + + +8.6 Clear profile counters + + clearprof + + The profile counters are automatically cleared when the amount of + data transferred reaches 1000 GB in order to avoid overflow. + The "clearprof" command allows you to clear these counters at any time. + + +8.7 Set flag (no_disc) + + setflag <target> <flag> + + target: target number + + For the moment, only one flag is available: + + no_disc: not allow target to disconnect. + + Do not specify any flag in order to reset the flag. For example: + - setflag 4 + will reset no_disc flag for target 4, so will allow it disconnections. + - setflag all + will allow disconnection for all devices on the SCSI bus. + + +8.8 Set verbose level + + setverbose #level + + The driver default verbose level is 1. This command allows to change + th driver verbose level after boot-up. + +8.9 Reset all logical units of a target + + resetdev <target> + + target: target number + The driver will try to send a BUS DEVICE RESET message to the target. + (Only supported by the SYM53C8XX driver and provided for test purpose) + +8.10 Abort all tasks of all logical units of a target + + cleardev <target> + + target: target number + The driver will try to send a ABORT message to all the logical units + of the target. + (Only supported by the SYM53C8XX driver and provided for test purpose) + + +9. Configuration parameters + +If the firmware of all your devices is perfect enough, all the +features supported by the driver can be enabled at start-up. However, +if only one has a flaw for some SCSI feature, you can disable the +support by the driver of this feature at linux start-up and enable +this feature after boot-up only for devices that support it safely. + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_IOMAPPED (default answer: n) + Answer "y" if you suspect your mother board to not allow memory mapped I/O. + May slow down performance a little. This option is required by + Linux/PPC and is used no matter what you select here. Linux/PPC + suffers no performance loss with this option since all IO is memory + mapped anyway. + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_DEFAULT_TAGS (default answer: 8) + Default tagged command queue depth. + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_MAX_TAGS (default answer: 8) + This option allows you to specify the maximum number of tagged commands + that can be queued to a device. The maximum supported value is 32. + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYNC (default answer: 5) + This option allows you to specify the frequency in MHz the driver + will use at boot time for synchronous data transfer negotiations. + This frequency can be changed later with the "setsync" control command. + 0 means "asynchronous data transfers". + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_FORCE_SYNC_NEGO (default answer: n) + Force synchronous negotiation for all SCSI-2 devices. + Some SCSI-2 devices do not report this feature in byte 7 of inquiry + response but do support it properly (TAMARACK scanners for example). + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_NO_DISCONNECT (default and only reasonable answer: n) + If you suspect a device of yours does not properly support disconnections, + you can answer "y". Then, all SCSI devices will never disconnect the bus + even while performing long SCSI operations. + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYMBIOS_COMPAT + Genuine SYMBIOS boards use GPIO0 in output for controller LED and GPIO3 + bit as a flag indicating singled-ended/differential interface. + If all the boards of your system are genuine SYMBIOS boards or use + BIOS and drivers from SYMBIOS, you would want to enable this option. + This option must NOT be enabled if your system has at least one 53C8XX + based scsi board with a vendor-specific BIOS. + For example, Tekram DC-390/U, DC-390/W and DC-390/F scsi controllers + use a vendor-specific BIOS and are known to not use SYMBIOS compatible + GPIO wiring. So, this option must not be enabled if your system has + such a board installed. + +CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_NVRAM_DETECT + Enable support for reading the serial NVRAM data on Symbios and + some Symbios compatible cards, and Tekram DC390W/U/F cards. Useful for + systems with more than one Symbios compatible controller where at least + one has a serial NVRAM, or for a system with a mixture of Symbios and + Tekram cards. Enables setting the boot order of host adaptors + to something other than the default order or "reverse probe" order. + Also enables Symbios and Tekram cards to be distinguished so + CONFIG_SCSI_NCR53C8XX_SYMBIOS_COMPAT may be set in a system with a + mixture of Symbios and Tekram cards so the Symbios cards can make use of + the full range of Symbios features, differential, led pin, without + causing problems for the Tekram card(s). + +10. Boot setup commands + +10.1 Syntax + +Setup commands can be passed to the driver either at boot time or as a +string variable using 'insmod'. + +A boot setup command for the ncr53c8xx (sym53c8xx) driver begins with the +driver name "ncr53c8xx="(sym53c8xx). The kernel syntax parser then expects +an optional list of integers separated with comma followed by an optional +list of comma-separated strings. Example of boot setup command under lilo +prompt: + +lilo: linux root=/dev/hda2 ncr53c8xx=tags:4,sync:10,debug:0x200 + +- enable tagged commands, up to 4 tagged commands queued. +- set synchronous negotiation speed to 10 Mega-transfers / second. +- set DEBUG_NEGO flag. + +Since comma seems not to be allowed when defining a string variable using +'insmod', the driver also accepts <space> as option separator. +The following command will install driver module with the same options as +above. + + insmod ncr53c8xx.o ncr53c8xx="tags:4 sync:10 debug:0x200" + +For the moment, the integer list of arguments is discarded by the driver. +It will be used in the future in order to allow a per controller setup. + +Each string argument must be specified as "keyword:value". Only lower-case +characters and digits are allowed. + +In a system that contains multiple 53C8xx adapters insmod will install the +specified driver on each adapter. To exclude a chip use the 'excl' keyword. + +The sequence of commands, + + insmod sym53c8xx sym53c8xx=excl:0x1400 + insmod ncr53c8xx + +installs the sym53c8xx driver on all adapters except the one at IO port +address 0x1400 and then installs the ncr53c8xx driver to the adapter at IO +port address 0x1400. + + +10.2 Available arguments + +10.2.1 Master parity checking + mpar:y enabled + mpar:n disabled + +10.2.2 Scsi parity checking + spar:y enabled + spar:n disabled + +10.2.3 Scsi disconnections + disc:y enabled + disc:n disabled + +10.2.4 Special features + Only apply to 810A, 825A, 860, 875 and 895 controllers. + Have no effect with other ones. + specf:y (or 1) enabled + specf:n (or 0) disabled + specf:3 enabled except Memory Write And Invalidate + The default driver setup is 'specf:3'. As a consequence, option 'specf:y' + must be specified in the boot setup command to enable Memory Write And + Invalidate. + +10.2.5 Ultra SCSI support + Only apply to 860, 875, 895, 895a, 896, 1010 and 1010_66 controllers. + Have no effect with other ones. + ultra:n All ultra speeds enabled + ultra:2 Ultra2 enabled + ultra:1 Ultra enabled + ultra:0 Ultra speeds disabled + +10.2.6 Default number of tagged commands + tags:0 (or tags:1 ) tagged command queuing disabled + tags:#tags (#tags > 1) tagged command queuing enabled + #tags will be truncated to the max queued commands configuration parameter. + This option also allows to specify a command queue depth for each device + that support tagged command queueing. + Example: + ncr53c8xx=tags:10/t2t3q16-t5q24/t1u2q32 + will set devices queue depth as follow: + - controller #0 target #2 and target #3 -> 16 commands, + - controller #0 target #5 -> 24 commands, + - controller #1 target #1 logical unit #2 -> 32 commands, + - all other logical units (all targets, all controllers) -> 10 commands. + +10.2.7 Default synchronous period factor + sync:255 disabled (asynchronous transfer mode) + sync:#factor + #factor = 10 Ultra-2 SCSI 40 Mega-transfers / second + #factor = 11 Ultra-2 SCSI 33 Mega-transfers / second + #factor < 25 Ultra SCSI 20 Mega-transfers / second + #factor < 50 Fast SCSI-2 + + In all cases, the driver will use the minimum transfer period supported by + controllers according to NCR53C8XX chip type. + +10.2.8 Negotiate synchronous with all devices + (force sync nego) + fsn:y enabled + fsn:n disabled + +10.2.9 Verbosity level + verb:0 minimal + verb:1 normal + verb:2 too much + +10.2.10 Debug mode + debug:0 clear debug flags + debug:#x set debug flags + #x is an integer value combining the following power-of-2 values: + DEBUG_ALLOC 0x1 + DEBUG_PHASE 0x2 + DEBUG_POLL 0x4 + DEBUG_QUEUE 0x8 + DEBUG_RESULT 0x10 + DEBUG_SCATTER 0x20 + DEBUG_SCRIPT 0x40 + DEBUG_TINY 0x80 + DEBUG_TIMING 0x100 + DEBUG_NEGO 0x200 + DEBUG_TAGS 0x400 + DEBUG_FREEZE 0x800 + DEBUG_RESTART 0x1000 + + You can play safely with DEBUG_NEGO. However, some of these flags may + generate bunches of syslog messages. + +10.2.11 Burst max + burst:0 burst disabled + burst:255 get burst length from initial IO register settings. + burst:#x burst enabled (1<<#x burst transfers max) + #x is an integer value which is log base 2 of the burst transfers max. + The NCR53C875 and NCR53C825A support up to 128 burst transfers (#x = 7). + Other chips only support up to 16 (#x = 4). + This is a maximum value. The driver set the burst length according to chip + and revision ids. By default the driver uses the maximum value supported + by the chip. + +10.2.12 LED support + led:1 enable LED support + led:0 disable LED support + Donnot enable LED support if your scsi board does not use SDMS BIOS. + (See 'Configuration parameters') + +10.2.13 Max wide + wide:1 wide scsi enabled + wide:0 wide scsi disabled + Some scsi boards use a 875 (ultra wide) and only supply narrow connectors. + If you have connected a wide device with a 50 pins to 68 pins cable + converter, any accepted wide negotiation will break further data transfers. + In such a case, using "wide:0" in the bootup command will be helpful. + +10.2.14 Differential mode + diff:0 never set up diff mode + diff:1 set up diff mode if BIOS set it + diff:2 always set up diff mode + diff:3 set diff mode if GPIO3 is not set + +10.2.15 IRQ mode + irqm:0 always open drain + irqm:1 same as initial settings (assumed BIOS settings) + irqm:2 always totem pole + irqm:0x10 driver will not use IRQF_SHARED flag when requesting irq + + (Bits 0x10 and 0x20 can be combined with hardware irq mode option) + +10.2.16 Reverse probe + revprob:n probe chip ids from the PCI configuration in this order: + 810, 815, 820, 860, 875, 885, 895, 896 + revprob:y probe chip ids in the reverse order. + +10.2.17 Fix up PCI configuration space + pcifix:<option bits> + + Available option bits: + 0x0: No attempt to fix PCI configuration space registers values. + 0x1: Set PCI cache-line size register if not set. + 0x2: Set write and invalidate bit in PCI command register. + 0x4: Increase if necessary PCI latency timer according to burst max. + + Use 'pcifix:7' in order to allow the driver to fix up all PCI features. + +10.2.18 Serial NVRAM + nvram:n do not look for serial NVRAM + nvram:y test controllers for onboard serial NVRAM + (alternate binary form) + mvram=<bits options> + 0x01 look for NVRAM (equivalent to nvram=y) + 0x02 ignore NVRAM "Synchronous negotiation" parameters for all devices + 0x04 ignore NVRAM "Wide negotiation" parameter for all devices + 0x08 ignore NVRAM "Scan at boot time" parameter for all devices + 0x80 also attach controllers set to OFF in the NVRAM (sym53c8xx only) + +10.2.19 Check SCSI BUS + buschk:<option bits> + + Available option bits: + 0x0: No check. + 0x1: Check and do not attach the controller on error. + 0x2: Check and just warn on error. + 0x4: Disable SCSI bus integrity checking. + +10.2.20 Exclude a host from being attached + excl=<io_address> + + Prevent host at a given io address from being attached. + For example 'ncr53c8xx=excl:0xb400,excl:0xc000' indicate to the + ncr53c8xx driver not to attach hosts at address 0xb400 and 0xc000. + +10.2.21 Suggest a default SCSI id for hosts + hostid:255 no id suggested. + hostid:#x (0 < x < 7) x suggested for hosts SCSI id. + + If a host SCSI id is available from the NVRAM, the driver will ignore + any value suggested as boot option. Otherwise, if a suggested value + different from 255 has been supplied, it will use it. Otherwise, it will + try to deduce the value previously set in the hardware and use value + 7 if the hardware value is zero. + +10.2.22 Enable use of IMMEDIATE ARBITRATION + (only supported by the sym53c8xx driver. See 10.7 for more details) + iarb:0 do not use this feature. + iarb:#x use this feature according to bit fields as follow: + + bit 0 (1) : enable IARB each time the initiator has been reselected + when it arbitrated for the SCSI BUS. + (#x >> 4) : maximum number of successive settings of IARB if the initiator + win arbitration and it has other commands to send to a device. + +Boot fail safe + safe:y load the following assumed fail safe initial setup + + master parity disabled mpar:n + scsi parity enabled spar:y + disconnections not allowed disc:n + special features disabled specf:n + ultra scsi disabled ultra:n + force sync negotiation disabled fsn:n + reverse probe disabled revprob:n + PCI fix up disabled pcifix:0 + serial NVRAM enabled nvram:y + verbosity level 2 verb:2 + tagged command queuing disabled tags:0 + synchronous negotiation disabled sync:255 + debug flags none debug:0 + burst length from BIOS settings burst:255 + LED support disabled led:0 + wide support disabled wide:0 + settle time 10 seconds settle:10 + differential support from BIOS settings diff:1 + irq mode from BIOS settings irqm:1 + SCSI BUS check do not attach on error buschk:1 + immediate arbitration disabled iarb:0 + +10.3 Advised boot setup commands + +If the driver has been configured with default options, the equivalent +boot setup is: + + ncr53c8xx=mpar:y,spar:y,disc:y,specf:3,fsn:n,ultra:2,fsn:n,revprob:n,verb:1\ + tags:0,sync:50,debug:0,burst:7,led:0,wide:1,settle:2,diff:0,irqm:0 + +For an installation diskette or a safe but not fast system, +boot setup can be: + + ncr53c8xx=safe:y,mpar:y,disc:y + ncr53c8xx=safe:y,disc:y + ncr53c8xx=safe:y,mpar:y + ncr53c8xx=safe:y + +My personal system works flawlessly with the following equivalent setup: + + ncr53c8xx=mpar:y,spar:y,disc:y,specf:1,fsn:n,ultra:2,fsn:n,revprob:n,verb:1\ + tags:32,sync:12,debug:0,burst:7,led:1,wide:1,settle:2,diff:0,irqm:0 + +The driver prints its actual setup when verbosity level is 2. You can try +"ncr53c8xx=verb:2" to get the "static" setup of the driver, or add "verb:2" +to your boot setup command in order to check the actual setup the driver is +using. + +10.4 PCI configuration fix-up boot option + +pcifix:<option bits> + +Available option bits: + 0x1: Set PCI cache-line size register if not set. + 0x2: Set write and invalidate bit in PCI command register. + +Use 'pcifix:3' in order to allow the driver to fix both PCI features. + +These options only apply to new SYMBIOS chips 810A, 825A, 860, 875 +and 895 and are only supported for Pentium and 486 class processors. +Recent SYMBIOS 53C8XX scsi processors are able to use PCI read multiple +and PCI write and invalidate commands. These features require the +cache line size register to be properly set in the PCI configuration +space of the chips. On the other hand, chips will use PCI write and +invalidate commands only if the corresponding bit is set to 1 in the +PCI command register. + +Not all PCI bioses set the PCI cache line register and the PCI write and +invalidate bit in the PCI configuration space of 53C8XX chips. +Optimized PCI accesses may be broken for some PCI/memory controllers or +make problems with some PCI boards. + +This fix-up worked flawlessly on my previous system. +(MB Triton HX / 53C875 / 53C810A) +I use these options at my own risks as you will do if you decide to +use them too. + + +10.5 Serial NVRAM support boot option + +nvram:n do not look for serial NVRAM +nvram:y test controllers for onboard serial NVRAM + +This option can also been entered as an hexadecimal value that allows +to control what information the driver will get from the NVRAM and what +information it will ignore. +For details see '17. Serial NVRAM support'. + +When this option is enabled, the driver tries to detect all boards using +a Serial NVRAM. This memory is used to hold user set up parameters. + +The parameters the driver is able to get from the NVRAM depend on the +data format used, as follow: + + Tekram format Symbios format +General and host parameters + Boot order N Y + Host SCSI ID Y Y + SCSI parity checking Y Y + Verbose boot messages N Y +SCSI devices parameters + Synchronous transfer speed Y Y + Wide 16 / Narrow Y Y + Tagged Command Queuing enabled Y Y + Disconnections enabled Y Y + Scan at boot time N Y + +In order to speed up the system boot, for each device configured without +the "scan at boot time" option, the driver forces an error on the +first TEST UNIT READY command received for this device. + +Some SDMS BIOS revisions seem to be unable to boot cleanly with very fast +hard disks. In such a situation you cannot configure the NVRAM with +optimized parameters value. + +The 'nvram' boot option can be entered in hexadecimal form in order +to ignore some options configured in the NVRAM, as follow: + +mvram=<bits options> + 0x01 look for NVRAM (equivalent to nvram=y) + 0x02 ignore NVRAM "Synchronous negotiation" parameters for all devices + 0x04 ignore NVRAM "Wide negotiation" parameter for all devices + 0x08 ignore NVRAM "Scan at boot time" parameter for all devices + 0x80 also attach controllers set to OFF in the NVRAM (sym53c8xx only) + +Option 0x80 is only supported by the sym53c8xx driver and is disabled by +default. Result is that, by default (option not set), the sym53c8xx driver +will not attach controllers set to OFF in the NVRAM. + +The ncr53c8xx always tries to attach all the controllers. Option 0x80 has +not been added to the ncr53c8xx driver, since it has been reported to +confuse users who use this driver since a long time. If you desire a +controller not to be attached by the ncr53c8xx driver at Linux boot, you +must use the 'excl' driver boot option. + +10.6 SCSI BUS checking boot option. + +When this option is set to a non-zero value, the driver checks SCSI lines +logic state, 100 micro-seconds after having asserted the SCSI RESET line. +The driver just reads SCSI lines and checks all lines read FALSE except RESET. +Since SCSI devices shall release the BUS at most 800 nano-seconds after SCSI +RESET has been asserted, any signal to TRUE may indicate a SCSI BUS problem. +Unfortunately, the following common SCSI BUS problems are not detected: +- Only 1 terminator installed. +- Misplaced terminators. +- Bad quality terminators. +On the other hand, either bad cabling, broken devices, not conformant +devices, ... may cause a SCSI signal to be wrong when te driver reads it. + +10.7 IMMEDIATE ARBITRATION boot option + +This option is only supported by the SYM53C8XX driver (not by the NCR53C8XX). + +SYMBIOS 53C8XX chips are able to arbitrate for the SCSI BUS as soon as they +have detected an expected disconnection (BUS FREE PHASE). For this process +to be started, bit 1 of SCNTL1 IO register must be set when the chip is +connected to the SCSI BUS. + +When this feature has been enabled for the current connection, the chip has +every chance to win arbitration if only devices with lower priority are +competing for the SCSI BUS. By the way, when the chip is using SCSI id 7, +then it will for sure win the next SCSI BUS arbitration. + +Since, there is no way to know what devices are trying to arbitrate for the +BUS, using this feature can be extremely unfair. So, you are not advised +to enable it, or at most enable this feature for the case the chip lost +the previous arbitration (boot option 'iarb:1'). + +This feature has the following advantages: + +a) Allow the initiator with ID 7 to win arbitration when it wants so. +b) Overlap at least 4 micro-seconds of arbitration time with the execution + of SCRIPTS that deal with the end of the current connection and that + starts the next job. + +Hmmm... But (a) may just prevent other devices from reselecting the initiator, +and delay data transfers or status/completions, and (b) may just waste +SCSI BUS bandwidth if the SCRIPTS execution lasts more than 4 micro-seconds. + +The use of IARB needs the SCSI_NCR_IARB_SUPPORT option to have been defined +at compile time and the 'iarb' boot option to have been set to a non zero +value at boot time. It is not that useful for real work, but can be used +to stress SCSI devices or for some applications that can gain advantage of +it. By the way, if you experience badnesses like 'unexpected disconnections', +'bad reselections', etc... when using IARB on heavy IO load, you should not +be surprised, because force-feeding anything and blocking its arse at the +same time cannot work for a long time. :-)) + + +11. Some constants and flags of the ncr53c8xx.h header file + +Some of these are defined from the configuration parameters. To +change other "defines", you must edit the header file. Do that only +if you know what you are doing. + +SCSI_NCR_SETUP_SPECIAL_FEATURES (default: defined) + If defined, the driver will enable some special features according + to chip and revision id. + For 810A, 860, 825A, 875 and 895 scsi chips, this option enables + support of features that reduce load of PCI bus and memory accesses + during scsi transfer processing: burst op-code fetch, read multiple, + read line, prefetch, cache line, write and invalidate, + burst 128 (875 only), large dma fifo (875 only), offset 16 (875 only). + Can be changed by the following boot setup command: + ncr53c8xx=specf:n + +SCSI_NCR_IOMAPPED (default: not defined) + If defined, normal I/O is forced. + +SCSI_NCR_SHARE_IRQ (default: defined) + If defined, request shared IRQ. + +SCSI_NCR_MAX_TAGS (default: 8) + Maximum number of simultaneous tagged commands to a device. + Can be changed by "settags <target> <maxtags>" + +SCSI_NCR_SETUP_DEFAULT_SYNC (default: 50) + Transfer period factor the driver will use at boot time for synchronous + negotiation. 0 means asynchronous. + Can be changed by "setsync <target> <period factor>" + +SCSI_NCR_SETUP_DEFAULT_TAGS (default: 8) + Default number of simultaneous tagged commands to a device. + < 1 means tagged command queuing disabled at start-up. + +SCSI_NCR_ALWAYS_SIMPLE_TAG (default: defined) + Use SIMPLE TAG for read and write commands. + Can be changed by "setorder <ordered|simple|default>" + +SCSI_NCR_SETUP_DISCONNECTION (default: defined) + If defined, targets are allowed to disconnect. + +SCSI_NCR_SETUP_FORCE_SYNC_NEGO (default: not defined) + If defined, synchronous negotiation is tried for all SCSI-2 devices. + Can be changed by "setsync <target> <period>" + +SCSI_NCR_SETUP_MASTER_PARITY (default: defined) + If defined, master parity checking is enabled. + +SCSI_NCR_SETUP_SCSI_PARITY (default: defined) + If defined, SCSI parity checking is enabled. + +SCSI_NCR_PROFILE_SUPPORT (default: not defined) + If defined, profiling information is gathered. + +SCSI_NCR_MAX_SCATTER (default: 128) + Scatter list size of the driver ccb. + +SCSI_NCR_MAX_TARGET (default: 16) + Max number of targets per host. + +SCSI_NCR_MAX_HOST (default: 2) + Max number of host controllers. + +SCSI_NCR_SETTLE_TIME (default: 2) + Number of seconds the driver will wait after reset. + +SCSI_NCR_TIMEOUT_ALERT (default: 3) + If a pending command will time out after this amount of seconds, + an ordered tag is used for the next command. + Avoids timeouts for unordered tagged commands. + +SCSI_NCR_CAN_QUEUE (default: 7*SCSI_NCR_MAX_TAGS) + Max number of commands that can be queued to a host. + +SCSI_NCR_CMD_PER_LUN (default: SCSI_NCR_MAX_TAGS) + Max number of commands queued to a host for a device. + +SCSI_NCR_SG_TABLESIZE (default: SCSI_NCR_MAX_SCATTER-1) + Max size of the Linux scatter/gather list. + +SCSI_NCR_MAX_LUN (default: 8) + Max number of LUNs per target. + + +12. Installation + +This driver is part of the linux kernel distribution. +Driver files are located in the sub-directory "drivers/scsi" of the +kernel source tree. + +Driver files: + + README.ncr53c8xx : this file + ChangeLog.ncr53c8xx : change log + ncr53c8xx.h : definitions + ncr53c8xx.c : the driver code + +New driver versions are made available separately in order to allow testing +changes and new features prior to including them into the linux kernel +distribution. The following URL provides information on latest available +patches: + + ftp://ftp.tux.org/pub/people/gerard-roudier/README + + +13. Architecture dependent features. + +<Not yet written> + + +14. Known problems + +14.1 Tagged commands with Iomega Jaz device + +I have not tried this device, however it has been reported to me the +following: This device is capable of Tagged command queuing. However +while spinning up, it rejects Tagged commands. This behaviour is +conforms to 6.8.2 of SCSI-2 specifications. The current behaviour of +the driver in that situation is not satisfying. So do not enable +Tagged command queuing for devices that are able to spin down. The +other problem that may appear is timeouts. The only way to avoid +timeouts seems to edit linux/drivers/scsi/sd.c and to increase the +current timeout values. + +14.2 Device names change when another controller is added. + +When you add a new NCR53C8XX chip based controller to a system that already +has one or more controllers of this family, it may happen that the order +the driver registers them to the kernel causes problems due to device +name changes. +When at least one controller uses NvRAM, SDMS BIOS version 4 allows you to +define the order the BIOS will scan the scsi boards. The driver attaches +controllers according to BIOS information if NvRAM detect option is set. + +If your controllers do not have NvRAM, you can: + +- Ask the driver to probe chip ids in reverse order from the boot command + line: ncr53c8xx=revprob:y +- Make appropriate changes in the fstab. +- Use the 'scsidev' tool from Eric Youngdale. + +14.3 Using only 8 bit devices with a WIDE SCSI controller. + +When only 8 bit NARROW devices are connected to a 16 bit WIDE SCSI controller, +you must ensure that lines of the wide part of the SCSI BUS are pulled-up. +This can be achieved by ENABLING the WIDE TERMINATOR portion of the SCSI +controller card. +The TYAN 1365 documentation revision 1.2 is not correct about such settings. +(page 10, figure 3.3). + +14.4 Possible data corruption during a Memory Write and Invalidate + +This problem is described in SYMBIOS DEL 397, Part Number 69-039241, ITEM 4. + +In some complex situations, 53C875 chips revision <= 3 may start a PCI +Write and Invalidate Command at a not cache-line-aligned 4 DWORDS boundary. +This is only possible when Cache Line Size is 8 DWORDS or greater. +Pentium systems use a 8 DWORDS cache line size and so are concerned by +this chip bug, unlike i486 systems that use a 4 DWORDS cache line size. + +When this situation occurs, the chip may complete the Write and Invalidate +command after having only filled part of the last cache line involved in +the transfer, leaving to data corruption the remainder of this cache line. + +Not using Write And Invalidate obviously gets rid of this chip bug, and so +it is now the default setting of the driver. +However, for people like me who want to enable this feature, I have added +part of a work-around suggested by SYMBIOS. This work-around resets the +addressing logic when the DATA IN phase is entered and so prevents the bug +from being triggered for the first SCSI MOVE of the phase. This work-around +should be enough according to the following: + +The only driver internal data structure that is greater than 8 DWORDS and +that is moved by the SCRIPTS processor is the 'CCB header' that contains +the context of the SCSI transfer. This data structure is aligned on 8 DWORDS +boundary (Pentium Cache Line Size), and so is immune to this chip bug, at +least on Pentium systems. +But the conditions of this bug can be met when a SCSI read command is +performed using a buffer that is 4 DWORDS but not cache-line aligned. +This cannot happen under Linux when scatter/gather lists are used since +they only refer to system buffers that are well aligned. So, a work around +may only be needed under Linux when a scatter/gather list is not used and +when the SCSI DATA IN phase is reentered after a phase mismatch. + +15. SCSI problem troubleshooting + +15.1 Problem tracking + +Most SCSI problems are due to a non conformant SCSI bus or to buggy +devices. If unfortunately you have SCSI problems, you can check the +following things: + +- SCSI bus cables +- terminations at both end of the SCSI chain +- linux syslog messages (some of them may help you) + +If you do not find the source of problems, you can configure the +driver with no features enabled. + +- only asynchronous data transfers +- tagged commands disabled +- disconnections not allowed + +Now, if your SCSI bus is ok, your system have every chance to work +with this safe configuration but performances will not be optimal. + +If it still fails, then you can send your problem description to +appropriate mailing lists or news-groups. Send me a copy in order to +be sure I will receive it. Obviously, a bug in the driver code is +possible. + + My email address: Gerard Roudier <groudier@free.fr> + +Allowing disconnections is important if you use several devices on +your SCSI bus but often causes problems with buggy devices. +Synchronous data transfers increases throughput of fast devices like +hard disks. Good SCSI hard disks with a large cache gain advantage of +tagged commands queuing. + +Try to enable one feature at a time with control commands. For example: + +- echo "setsync all 25" >/proc/scsi/ncr53c8xx/0 + Will enable fast synchronous data transfer negotiation for all targets. + +- echo "setflag 3" >/proc/scsi/ncr53c8xx/0 + Will reset flags (no_disc) for target 3, and so will allow it to disconnect + the SCSI Bus. + +- echo "settags 3 8" >/proc/scsi/ncr53c8xx/0 + Will enable tagged command queuing for target 3 if that device supports it. + +Once you have found the device and the feature that cause problems, just +disable that feature for that device. + +15.2 Understanding hardware error reports + +When the driver detects an unexpected error condition, it may display a +message of the following pattern. + +sym53c876-0:1: ERROR (0:48) (1-21-65) (f/95) @ (script 7c0:19000000). +sym53c876-0: script cmd = 19000000 +sym53c876-0: regdump: da 10 80 95 47 0f 01 07 75 01 81 21 80 01 09 00. + +Some fields in such a message may help you understand the cause of the +problem, as follows: + +sym53c876-0:1: ERROR (0:48) (1-21-65) (f/95) @ (script 7c0:19000000). +............A.........B.C....D.E..F....G.H.......I.....J...K....... + +Field A : target number. + SCSI ID of the device the controller was talking with at the moment the + error occurs. + +Field B : DSTAT io register (DMA STATUS) + Bit 0x40 : MDPE Master Data Parity Error + Data parity error detected on the PCI BUS. + Bit 0x20 : BF Bus Fault + PCI bus fault condition detected + Bit 0x01 : IID Illegal Instruction Detected + Set by the chip when it detects an Illegal Instruction format + on some condition that makes an instruction illegal. + Bit 0x80 : DFE Dma Fifo Empty + Pure status bit that does not indicate an error. + If the reported DSTAT value contains a combination of MDPE (0x40), + BF (0x20), then the cause may be likely due to a PCI BUS problem. + +Field C : SIST io register (SCSI Interrupt Status) + Bit 0x08 : SGE SCSI GROSS ERROR + Indicates that the chip detected a severe error condition + on the SCSI BUS that prevents the SCSI protocol from functioning + properly. + Bit 0x04 : UDC Unexpected Disconnection + Indicates that the device released the SCSI BUS when the chip + was not expecting this to happen. A device may behave so to + indicate the SCSI initiator that an error condition not reportable using the SCSI protocol has occurred. + Bit 0x02 : RST SCSI BUS Reset + Generally SCSI targets do not reset the SCSI BUS, although any + device on the BUS can reset it at any time. + Bit 0x01 : PAR Parity + SCSI parity error detected. + On a faulty SCSI BUS, any error condition among SGE (0x08), UDC (0x04) and + PAR (0x01) may be detected by the chip. If your SCSI system sometimes + encounters such error conditions, especially SCSI GROSS ERROR, then a SCSI + BUS problem is likely the cause of these errors. + +For fields D,E,F,G and H, you may look into the sym53c8xx_defs.h file +that contains some minimal comments on IO register bits. +Field D : SOCL Scsi Output Control Latch + This register reflects the state of the SCSI control lines the + chip want to drive or compare against. +Field E : SBCL Scsi Bus Control Lines + Actual value of control lines on the SCSI BUS. +Field F : SBDL Scsi Bus Data Lines + Actual value of data lines on the SCSI BUS. +Field G : SXFER SCSI Transfer + Contains the setting of the Synchronous Period for output and + the current Synchronous offset (offset 0 means asynchronous). +Field H : SCNTL3 Scsi Control Register 3 + Contains the setting of timing values for both asynchronous and + synchronous data transfers. + +Understanding Fields I, J, K and dumps requires to have good knowledge of +SCSI standards, chip cores functionnals and internal driver data structures. +You are not required to decode and understand them, unless you want to help +maintain the driver code. + +16. Synchronous transfer negotiation tables + +Tables below have been created by calling the routine the driver uses +for synchronisation negotiation timing calculation and chip setting. +The first table corresponds to Ultra chips 53875 and 53C860 with 80 MHz +clock and 5 clock divisors. +The second one has been calculated by setting the scsi clock to 40 Mhz +and using 4 clock divisors and so applies to all NCR53C8XX chips in fast +SCSI-2 mode. + +Periods are in nano-seconds and speeds are in Mega-transfers per second. +1 Mega-transfers/second means 1 MB/s with 8 bits SCSI and 2 MB/s with +Wide16 SCSI. + +16.1 Synchronous timings for 53C895, 53C875 and 53C860 SCSI controllers + + ---------------------------------------------- + Negotiated NCR settings + Factor Period Speed Period Speed + ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ + 10 25 40.000 25 40.000 (53C895 only) + 11 30.2 33.112 31.25 32.000 (53C895 only) + 12 50 20.000 50 20.000 + 13 52 19.230 62 16.000 + 14 56 17.857 62 16.000 + 15 60 16.666 62 16.000 + 16 64 15.625 75 13.333 + 17 68 14.705 75 13.333 + 18 72 13.888 75 13.333 + 19 76 13.157 87 11.428 + 20 80 12.500 87 11.428 + 21 84 11.904 87 11.428 + 22 88 11.363 93 10.666 + 23 92 10.869 93 10.666 + 24 96 10.416 100 10.000 + 25 100 10.000 100 10.000 + 26 104 9.615 112 8.888 + 27 108 9.259 112 8.888 + 28 112 8.928 112 8.888 + 29 116 8.620 125 8.000 + 30 120 8.333 125 8.000 + 31 124 8.064 125 8.000 + 32 128 7.812 131 7.619 + 33 132 7.575 150 6.666 + 34 136 7.352 150 6.666 + 35 140 7.142 150 6.666 + 36 144 6.944 150 6.666 + 37 148 6.756 150 6.666 + 38 152 6.578 175 5.714 + 39 156 6.410 175 5.714 + 40 160 6.250 175 5.714 + 41 164 6.097 175 5.714 + 42 168 5.952 175 5.714 + 43 172 5.813 175 5.714 + 44 176 5.681 187 5.333 + 45 180 5.555 187 5.333 + 46 184 5.434 187 5.333 + 47 188 5.319 200 5.000 + 48 192 5.208 200 5.000 + 49 196 5.102 200 5.000 + + +16.2 Synchronous timings for fast SCSI-2 53C8XX controllers + + ---------------------------------------------- + Negotiated NCR settings + Factor Period Speed Period Speed + ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ + 25 100 10.000 100 10.000 + 26 104 9.615 125 8.000 + 27 108 9.259 125 8.000 + 28 112 8.928 125 8.000 + 29 116 8.620 125 8.000 + 30 120 8.333 125 8.000 + 31 124 8.064 125 8.000 + 32 128 7.812 131 7.619 + 33 132 7.575 150 6.666 + 34 136 7.352 150 6.666 + 35 140 7.142 150 6.666 + 36 144 6.944 150 6.666 + 37 148 6.756 150 6.666 + 38 152 6.578 175 5.714 + 39 156 6.410 175 5.714 + 40 160 6.250 175 5.714 + 41 164 6.097 175 5.714 + 42 168 5.952 175 5.714 + 43 172 5.813 175 5.714 + 44 176 5.681 187 5.333 + 45 180 5.555 187 5.333 + 46 184 5.434 187 5.333 + 47 188 5.319 200 5.000 + 48 192 5.208 200 5.000 + 49 196 5.102 200 5.000 + + +17. Serial NVRAM (added by Richard Waltham: dormouse@farsrobt.demon.co.uk) + +17.1 Features + +Enabling serial NVRAM support enables detection of the serial NVRAM included +on Symbios and some Symbios compatible host adaptors, and Tekram boards. The +serial NVRAM is used by Symbios and Tekram to hold set up parameters for the +host adaptor and its attached drives. + +The Symbios NVRAM also holds data on the boot order of host adaptors in a +system with more than one host adaptor. This enables the order of scanning +the cards for drives to be changed from the default used during host adaptor +detection. + +This can be done to a limited extent at the moment using "reverse probe" but +this only changes the order of detection of different types of cards. The +NVRAM boot order settings can do this as well as change the order the same +types of cards are scanned in, something "reverse probe" cannot do. + +Tekram boards using Symbios chips, DC390W/F/U, which have NVRAM are detected +and this is used to distinguish between Symbios compatible and Tekram host +adaptors. This is used to disable the Symbios compatible "diff" setting +incorrectly set on Tekram boards if the CONFIG_SCSI_53C8XX_SYMBIOS_COMPAT +configuration parameter is set enabling both Symbios and Tekram boards to be +used together with the Symbios cards using all their features, including +"diff" support. ("led pin" support for Symbios compatible cards can remain +enabled when using Tekram cards. It does nothing useful for Tekram host +adaptors but does not cause problems either.) + + +17.2 Symbios NVRAM layout + +typical data at NVRAM address 0x100 (53c810a NVRAM) +----------------------------------------------------------- +00 00 +64 01 +8e 0b + +00 30 00 00 00 00 07 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 07 04 10 04 00 00 + +04 00 0f 00 00 10 00 50 00 00 01 00 00 62 +04 00 03 00 00 10 00 58 00 00 01 00 00 63 +04 00 01 00 00 10 00 48 00 00 01 00 00 61 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +fe fe +00 00 +00 00 +----------------------------------------------------------- +NVRAM layout details + +NVRAM Address 0x000-0x0ff not used + 0x100-0x26f initialised data + 0x270-0x7ff not used + +general layout + + header - 6 bytes, + data - 356 bytes (checksum is byte sum of this data) + trailer - 6 bytes + --- + total 368 bytes + +data area layout + + controller set up - 20 bytes + boot configuration - 56 bytes (4x14 bytes) + device set up - 128 bytes (16x8 bytes) + unused (spare?) - 152 bytes (19x8 bytes) + --- + total 356 bytes + +----------------------------------------------------------- +header + +00 00 - ?? start marker +64 01 - byte count (lsb/msb excludes header/trailer) +8e 0b - checksum (lsb/msb excludes header/trailer) +----------------------------------------------------------- +controller set up + +00 30 00 00 00 00 07 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 07 04 10 04 00 00 + | | | | + | | | -- host ID + | | | + | | --Removable Media Support + | | 0x00 = none + | | 0x01 = Bootable Device + | | 0x02 = All with Media + | | + | --flag bits 2 + | 0x00000001= scan order hi->low + | (default 0x00 - scan low->hi) + --flag bits 1 + 0x00000001 scam enable + 0x00000010 parity enable + 0x00000100 verbose boot msgs + +remaining bytes unknown - they do not appear to change in my +current set up for any of the controllers. + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +(Removable Media added Symbios BIOS version 4.09) +----------------------------------------------------------- +boot configuration + +boot order set by order of the devices in this table + +04 00 0f 00 00 10 00 50 00 00 01 00 00 62 -- 1st controller +04 00 03 00 00 10 00 58 00 00 01 00 00 63 2nd controller +04 00 01 00 00 10 00 48 00 00 01 00 00 61 3rd controller +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4th controller + | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | ---- PCI io port adr + | | | | | --0x01 init/scan at boot time + | | | | --PCI device/function number (0xdddddfff) + | | ----- ?? PCI vendor ID (lsb/msb) + ----PCI device ID (lsb/msb) + +?? use of this data is a guess but seems reasonable + +remaining bytes unknown - they do not appear to change in my +current set up + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +----------------------------------------------------------- +device set up (up to 16 devices - includes controller) + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 - id 0 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 - id 15 + | | | | | | + | | | | ----timeout (lsb/msb) + | | | --synch period (0x?? 40 Mtrans/sec- fast 40) (probably 0x28) + | | | (0x30 20 Mtrans/sec- fast 20) + | | | (0x64 10 Mtrans/sec- fast ) + | | | (0xc8 5 Mtrans/sec) + | | | (0x00 asynchronous) + | | -- ?? max sync offset (0x08 in NVRAM on 53c810a) + | | (0x10 in NVRAM on 53c875) + | --device bus width (0x08 narrow) + | (0x10 16 bit wide) + --flag bits + 0x00000001 - disconnect enabled + 0x00000010 - scan at boot time + 0x00000100 - scan luns + 0x00001000 - queue tags enabled + +remaining bytes unknown - they do not appear to change in my +current set up + +?? use of this data is a guess but seems reasonable +(but it could be max bus width) + +default set up for 53c810a NVRAM +default set up for 53c875 NVRAM - bus width - 0x10 + - sync offset ? - 0x10 + - sync period - 0x30 +----------------------------------------------------------- +?? spare device space (32 bit bus ??) + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 (19x8bytes) +. +. +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +----------------------------------------------------------- +trailer + +fe fe - ? end marker ? +00 00 +00 00 + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +----------------------------------------------------------- + + + +17.3 Tekram NVRAM layout + +nvram 64x16 (1024 bit) + +Drive settings + +Drive ID 0-15 (addr 0x0yyyy0 = device setup, yyyy = ID) + (addr 0x0yyyy1 = 0x0000) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | | ----- parity check 0 - off + | | | | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | ------- sync neg 0 - off + | | | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | | | + | | | | | | --------- disconnect 0 - off + | | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | | + | | | | | ----------- start cmd 0 - off + | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | + | | | | -------------- tagged cmds 0 - off + | | | | 1 - on + | | | | + | | | ---------------- wide neg 0 - off + | | | 1 - on + | | | + --------------------------- sync rate 0 - 10.0 Mtrans/sec + 1 - 8.0 + 2 - 6.6 + 3 - 5.7 + 4 - 5.0 + 5 - 4.0 + 6 - 3.0 + 7 - 2.0 + 7 - 2.0 + 8 - 20.0 + 9 - 16.7 + a - 13.9 + b - 11.9 + +Global settings + +Host flags 0 (addr 0x100000, 32) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | | | | | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | | ----------- host ID 0x00 - 0x0f + | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | ----------------------- support for 0 - off + | | | | | | | > 2 drives 1 - on + | | | | | | | + | | | | | | ------------------------- support drives 0 - off + | | | | | | > 1Gbytes 1 - on + | | | | | | + | | | | | --------------------------- bus reset on 0 - off + | | | | | power on 1 - on + | | | | | + | | | | ----------------------------- active neg 0 - off + | | | | 1 - on + | | | | + | | | -------------------------------- imm seek 0 - off + | | | 1 - on + | | | + | | ---------------------------------- scan luns 0 - off + | | 1 - on + | | + -------------------------------------- removable 0 - disable + as BIOS dev 1 - boot device + 2 - all + +Host flags 1 (addr 0x100001, 33) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | | | | | | + | | | --------- boot delay 0 - 3 sec + | | | 1 - 5 + | | | 2 - 10 + | | | 3 - 20 + | | | 4 - 30 + | | | 5 - 60 + | | | 6 - 120 + | | | + --------------------------- max tag cmds 0 - 2 + 1 - 4 + 2 - 8 + 3 - 16 + 4 - 32 + +Host flags 2 (addr 0x100010, 34) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | + ----- F2/F6 enable 0 - off ??? + 1 - on ??? + +checksum (addr 0x111111) + +checksum = 0x1234 - (sum addr 0-63) + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +default nvram data: + +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 + +0x0f07 0x0400 0x0001 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 +0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 +0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 +0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0xfbbc + + +18. Support for Big Endian + +The PCI local bus has been primarily designed for x86 architecture. +As a consequence, PCI devices generally expect DWORDS using little endian +byte ordering. + +18.1 Big Endian CPU + +In order to support NCR chips on a Big Endian architecture the driver has to +perform byte reordering each time it is needed. This feature has been +added to the driver by Cort <cort@cs.nmt.edu> and is available in driver +version 2.5 and later ones. For the moment Big Endian support has only +been tested on Linux/PPC (PowerPC). + +18.2 NCR chip in Big Endian mode of operations + +It can be read in SYMBIOS documentation that some chips support a special +Big Endian mode, on paper: 53C815, 53C825A, 53C875, 53C875N, 53C895. +This mode of operations is not software-selectable, but needs pin named +BigLit to be pulled-up. Using this mode, most of byte reorderings should +be avoided when the driver is running on a Big Endian CPU. +Driver version 2.5 is also, in theory, ready for this feature. + +=============================================================================== +End of NCR53C8XX driver README file diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/osd.txt b/Documentation/scsi/osd.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a9879bad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/osd.txt @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +The OSD Standard +================ +OSD (Object-Based Storage Device) is a T10 SCSI command set that is designed +to provide efficient operation of input/output logical units that manage the +allocation, placement, and accessing of variable-size data-storage containers, +called objects. Objects are intended to contain operating system and application +constructs. Each object has associated attributes attached to it, which are +integral part of the object and provide metadata about the object. The standard +defines some common obligatory attributes, but user attributes can be added as +needed. + +See: http://www.t10.org/ftp/t10/drafts/osd2/ for the latest draft for OSD 2 +or search the web for "OSD SCSI" + +OSD in the Linux Kernel +======================= +osd-initiator: + The main component of OSD in Kernel is the osd-initiator library. Its main +user is intended to be the pNFS-over-objects layout driver, which uses objects +as its back-end data storage. Other clients are the other osd parts listed below. + +osd-uld: + This is a SCSI ULD that registers for OSD type devices and provides a testing +platform, both for the in-kernel initiator as well as connected targets. It +currently has no useful user-mode API, though it could have if need be. + +exofs: + Is an OSD based Linux file system. It uses the osd-initiator and osd-uld, +to export a usable file system for users. +See Documentation/filesystems/exofs.txt for more details + +osd target: + There are no current plans for an OSD target implementation in kernel. For all +needs, a user-mode target that is based on the scsi tgt target framework is +available from Ohio Supercomputer Center (OSC) at: +http://www.open-osd.org/bin/view/Main/OscOsdProject +There are several other target implementations. See http://open-osd.org for more +links. + +Files and Folders +================= +This is the complete list of files included in this work: +include/scsi/ + osd_initiator.h Main API for the initiator library + osd_types.h Common OSD types + osd_sec.h Security Manager API + osd_protocol.h Wire definitions of the OSD standard protocol + osd_attributes.h Wire definitions of OSD attributes + +drivers/scsi/osd/ + osd_initiator.c OSD-Initiator library implementation + osd_uld.c The OSD scsi ULD + osd_ktest.{h,c} In-kernel test suite (called by osd_uld) + osd_debug.h Some printk macros + Makefile For both in-tree and out-of-tree compilation + Kconfig Enables inclusion of the different pieces + osd_test.c User-mode application to call the kernel tests + +The OSD-Initiator Library +========================= +osd_initiator is a low level implementation of an osd initiator encoder. +But even though, it should be intuitive and easy to use. Perhaps over time an +higher lever will form that automates some of the more common recipes. + +init/fini: +- osd_dev_init() associates a scsi_device with an osd_dev structure + and initializes some global pools. This should be done once per scsi_device + (OSD LUN). The osd_dev structure is needed for calling osd_start_request(). + +- osd_dev_fini() cleans up before a osd_dev/scsi_device destruction. + +OSD commands encoding, execution, and decoding of results: + +struct osd_request's is used to iteratively encode an OSD command and carry +its state throughout execution. Each request goes through these stages: + +a. osd_start_request() allocates the request. + +b. Any of the osd_req_* methods is used to encode a request of the specified + type. + +c. osd_req_add_{get,set}_attr_* may be called to add get/set attributes to the + CDB. "List" or "Page" mode can be used exclusively. The attribute-list API + can be called multiple times on the same request. However, only one + attribute-page can be read, as mandated by the OSD standard. + +d. osd_finalize_request() computes offsets into the data-in and data-out buffers + and signs the request using the provided capability key and integrity- + check parameters. + +e. osd_execute_request() may be called to execute the request via the block + layer and wait for its completion. The request can be executed + asynchronously by calling the block layer API directly. + +f. After execution, osd_req_decode_sense() can be called to decode the request's + sense information. + +g. osd_req_decode_get_attr() may be called to retrieve osd_add_get_attr_list() + values. + +h. osd_end_request() must be called to deallocate the request and any resource + associated with it. Note that osd_end_request cleans up the request at any + stage and it must always be called after a successful osd_start_request(). + +osd_request's structure: + +The OSD standard defines a complex structure of IO segments pointed to by +members in the CDB. Up to 3 segments can be deployed in the IN-Buffer and up to +4 in the OUT-Buffer. The ASCII illustration below depicts a secure-read with +associated get+set of attributes-lists. Other combinations very on the same +basic theme. From no-segments-used up to all-segments-used. + +|________OSD-CDB__________| +| | +|read_len (offset=0) -|---------\ +| | | +|get_attrs_list_length | | +|get_attrs_list_offset -|----\ | +| | | | +|retrieved_attrs_alloc_len| | | +|retrieved_attrs_offset -|----|----|-\ +| | | | | +|set_attrs_list_length | | | | +|set_attrs_list_offset -|-\ | | | +| | | | | | +|in_data_integ_offset -|-|--|----|-|-\ +|out_data_integ_offset -|-|--|--\ | | | +\_________________________/ | | | | | | + | | | | | | +|_______OUT-BUFFER________| | | | | | | +| Set attr list |</ | | | | | +| | | | | | | +|-------------------------| | | | | | +| Get attr descriptors |<---/ | | | | +| | | | | | +|-------------------------| | | | | +| Out-data integrity |<------/ | | | +| | | | | +\_________________________/ | | | + | | | +|________IN-BUFFER________| | | | +| In-Data read |<--------/ | | +| | | | +|-------------------------| | | +| Get attr list |<----------/ | +| | | +|-------------------------| | +| In-data integrity |<------------/ +| | +\_________________________/ + +A block device request can carry bidirectional payload by means of associating +a bidi_read request with a main write-request. Each in/out request is described +by a chain of BIOs associated with each request. +The CDB is of a SCSI VARLEN CDB format, as described by OSD standard. +The OSD standard also mandates alignment restrictions at start of each segment. + +In the code, in struct osd_request, there are two _osd_io_info structures to +describe the IN/OUT buffers above, two BIOs for the data payload and up to five +_osd_req_data_segment structures to hold the different segments allocation and +information. + +Important: We have chosen to disregard the assumption that a BIO-chain (and +the resulting sg-list) describes a linear memory buffer. Meaning only first and +last scatter chain can be incomplete and all the middle chains are of PAGE_SIZE. +For us, a scatter-gather-list, as its name implies and as used by the Networking +layer, is to describe a vector of buffers that will be transferred to/from the +wire. It works very well with current iSCSI transport. iSCSI is currently the +only deployed OSD transport. In the future we anticipate SAS and FC attached OSD +devices as well. + +The OSD Testing ULD +=================== +TODO: More user-mode control on tests. + +Authors, Mailing list +===================== +Please communicate with us on any deployment of osd, whether using this code +or not. + +Any problems, questions, bug reports, lonely OSD nights, please email: + OSD Dev List <osd-dev@open-osd.org> + +More up-to-date information can be found on: +http://open-osd.org + +Boaz Harrosh <ooo@electrozaur.com> + +References +========== +Weber, R., "SCSI Object-Based Storage Device Commands", +T10/1355-D ANSI/INCITS 400-2004, +http://www.t10.org/ftp/t10/drafts/osd/osd-r10.pdf + +Weber, R., "SCSI Object-Based Storage Device Commands -2 (OSD-2)" +T10/1729-D, Working Draft, rev. 3 +http://www.t10.org/ftp/t10/drafts/osd2/osd2r03.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt b/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00c8ebb2f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +README file for the osst driver +=============================== +(w) Kurt Garloff <garloff@suse.de> 12/2000 + +This file describes the osst driver as of version 0.8.x/0.9.x, the released +version of the osst driver. +It is intended to help advanced users to understand the role of osst and to +get them started using (and maybe debugging) it. +It won't address issues like "How do I compile a kernel?" or "How do I load +a module?", as these are too basic. +Once the OnStream got merged into the official kernel, the distro makers +will provide the OnStream support for those who are not familiar with +hacking their kernels. + + +Purpose +------- +The osst driver was developed, because the standard SCSI tape driver in +Linux, st, does not support the OnStream SC-x0 SCSI tape. The st is not to +blame for that, as the OnStream tape drives do not support the standard SCSI +command set for Serial Access Storage Devices (SASDs), which basically +corresponds to the QIC-157 spec. +Nevertheless, the OnStream tapes are nice pieces of hardware and therefore +the osst driver has been written to make these tape devs supported by Linux. +The driver is free software. It's released under the GNU GPL and planned to +be integrated into the mainstream kernel. + + +Implementation +-------------- +The osst is a new high-level SCSI driver, just like st, sr, sd and sg. It +can be compiled into the kernel or loaded as a module. +As it represents a new device, it got assigned a new device node: /dev/osstX +are character devices with major no 206 and minor numbers like the /dev/stX +devices. If those are not present, you may create them by calling +Makedevs.sh as root (see below). +The driver started being a copy of st and as such, the osst devices' +behavior looks very much the same as st to the userspace applications. + + +History +------- +In the first place, osst shared its identity very much with st. That meant +that it used the same kernel structures and the same device node as st. +So you could only have either of them being present in the kernel. This has +been fixed by registering an own device, now. +st and osst can coexist, each only accessing the devices it can support by +themselves. + + +Installation +------------ +osst got integrated into the linux kernel. Select it during kernel +configuration as module or compile statically into the kernel. +Compile your kernel and install the modules. + +Now, your osst driver is inside the kernel or available as a module, +depending on your choice during kernel config. You may still need to create +the device nodes by calling the Makedevs.sh script (see below) manually. + +To load your module, you may use the command +modprobe osst +as root. dmesg should show you, whether your OnStream tapes have been +recognized. + +If you want to have the module autoloaded on access to /dev/osst, you may +add something like +alias char-major-206 osst +to a file under /etc/modprobe.d/ directory. + +You may find it convenient to create a symbolic link +ln -s nosst0 /dev/tape +to make programs assuming a default name of /dev/tape more convenient to +use. + +The device nodes for osst have to be created. Use the Makedevs.sh script +attached to this file. + + +Using it +-------- +You may use the OnStream tape driver with your standard backup software, +which may be tar, cpio, amanda, arkeia, BRU, Lone Tar, ... +by specifying /dev/(n)osst0 as the tape device to use or using the above +symlink trick. The IOCTLs to control tape operation are also mostly +supported and you may try the mt (or mt_st) program to jump between +filemarks, eject the tape, ... + +There's one limitation: You need to use a block size of 32kB. + +(This limitation is worked on and will be fixed in version 0.8.8 of + this driver.) + +If you just want to get started with standard software, here is an example +for creating and restoring a full backup: +# Backup +tar cvf - / --exclude /proc | buffer -s 32k -m 24M -B -t -o /dev/nosst0 +# Restore +buffer -s 32k -m 8M -B -t -i /dev/osst0 | tar xvf - -C / + +The buffer command has been used to buffer the data before it goes to the +tape (or the file system) in order to smooth out the data stream and prevent +the tape from needing to stop and rewind. The OnStream does have an internal +buffer and a variable speed which help this, but especially on writing, the +buffering still proves useful in most cases. It also pads the data to +guarantees the block size of 32k. (Otherwise you may pass the -b64 option to +tar.) +Expect something like 1.8MB/s for the SC-x0 drives and 0.9MB/s for the DI-30. +The USB drive will give you about 0.7MB/s. +On a fast machine, you may profit from software data compression (z flag for +tar). + + +USB and IDE +----------- +Via the SCSI emulation layers usb-storage and ide-scsi, you can also use the +osst driver to drive the USB-30 and the DI-30 drives. (Unfortunately, there +is no such layer for the parallel port, otherwise the DP-30 would work as +well.) For the USB support, you need the latest 2.4.0-test kernels and the +latest usb-storage driver from +http://www.linux-usb.org/ +http://sourceforge.net/cvs/?group_id=3581 + +Note that the ide-tape driver as of 1.16f uses a slightly outdated on-tape +format and therefore is not completely interoperable with osst tapes. + +The ADR-x0 line is fully SCSI-2 compliant and is supported by st, not osst. +The on-tape format is supposed to be compatible with the one used by osst. + + +Feedback and updates +-------------------- +The driver development is coordinated through a mailing list +<osst@linux1.onstream.nl> +a CVS repository and some web pages. +The tester's pages which contain recent news and updated drivers to download +can be found on +http://sourceforge.net/projects/osst/ + +If you find any problems, please have a look at the tester's page in order +to see whether the problem is already known and solved. Otherwise, please +report it to the mailing list. Your feedback is welcome. (This holds also +for reports of successful usage, of course.) +In case of trouble, please do always provide the following info: +* driver and kernel version used (see syslog) +* driver messages (syslog) +* SCSI config and OnStream Firmware (/proc/scsi/scsi) +* description of error. Is it reproducible? +* software and commands used + +You may subscribe to the mailing list, BTW, it's a majordomo list. + + +Status +------ +0.8.0 was the first widespread BETA release. Since then a lot of reports +have been sent, but mostly reported success or only minor trouble. +All the issues have been addressed. +Check the web pages for more info about the current developments. +0.9.x is the tree for the 2.3/2.4 kernel. + + +Acknowledgments +---------------- +The driver has been started by making a copy of Kai Makisara's st driver. +Most of the development has been done by Willem Riede. The presence of the +userspace program osg (onstreamsg) from Terry Hardie has been rather +helpful. The same holds for Gadi Oxman's ide-tape support for the DI-30. +I did add some patches to those drivers as well and coordinated things a +little bit. +Note that most of them did mostly spend their spare time for the creation of +this driver. +The people from OnStream, especially Jack Bombeeck did support this project +and always tried to answer HW or FW related questions. Furthermore, he +pushed the FW developers to do the right things. +SuSE did support this project by allowing me to work on it during my working +time for them and by integrating the driver into their distro. + +More people did help by sending useful comments. Sorry to those who have +been forgotten. Thanks to all the GNU/FSF and Linux developers who made this +platform such an interesting, nice and stable platform. +Thanks go to those who tested the drivers and did send useful reports. Your +help is needed! + + +Makedevs.sh +----------- +#!/bin/sh +# Script to create OnStream SC-x0 device nodes (major 206) +# Usage: Makedevs.sh [nos [path to dev]] +# $Id: README.osst.kernel,v 1.4 2000/12/20 14:13:15 garloff Exp $ +major=206 +nrs=4 +dir=/dev +test -z "$1" || nrs=$1 +test -z "$2" || dir=$2 +declare -i nr +nr=0 +test -d $dir || mkdir -p $dir +while test $nr -lt $nrs; do + mknod $dir/osst$nr c $major $nr + chown 0.disk $dir/osst$nr; chmod 660 $dir/osst$nr; + mknod $dir/nosst$nr c $major $[nr+128] + chown 0.disk $dir/nosst$nr; chmod 660 $dir/nosst$nr; + mknod $dir/osst${nr}l c $major $[nr+32] + chown 0.disk $dir/osst${nr}l; chmod 660 $dir/osst${nr}l; + mknod $dir/nosst${nr}l c $major $[nr+160] + chown 0.disk $dir/nosst${nr}l; chmod 660 $dir/nosst${nr}l; + mknod $dir/osst${nr}m c $major $[nr+64] + chown 0.disk $dir/osst${nr}m; chmod 660 $dir/osst${nr}m; + mknod $dir/nosst${nr}m c $major $[nr+192] + chown 0.disk $dir/nosst${nr}m; chmod 660 $dir/nosst${nr}m; + mknod $dir/osst${nr}a c $major $[nr+96] + chown 0.disk $dir/osst${nr}a; chmod 660 $dir/osst${nr}a; + mknod $dir/nosst${nr}a c $major $[nr+224] + chown 0.disk $dir/nosst${nr}a; chmod 660 $dir/nosst${nr}a; + let nr+=1 +done diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..05ff47dbe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ppa.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +-------- Terse where to get ZIP Drive help info -------- + +General Iomega ZIP drive page for Linux: +http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.torque.net/~campbell/ + +Driver archive for old drivers: +http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.torque.net/~campbell/ppa + +Linux Parport page (parallel port) +http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.torque.net/parport/ + +Email list for Linux Parport +linux-parport@torque.net + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/qlogicfas.txt b/Documentation/scsi/qlogicfas.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c211d827f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/qlogicfas.txt @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ + +This driver supports the Qlogic FASXXX family of chips. This driver +only works with the ISA, VLB, and PCMCIA versions of the Qlogic +FastSCSI! cards as well as any other card based on the FASXX chip +(including the Control Concepts SCSI/IDE/SIO/PIO/FDC cards). + +This driver does NOT support the PCI version. Support for these PCI +Qlogic boards: + + * IQ-PCI + * IQ-PCI-10 + * IQ-PCI-D + +is provided by the qla1280 driver. + +Nor does it support the PCI-Basic, which is supported by the +'am53c974' driver. + +PCMCIA SUPPORT + +This currently only works if the card is enabled first from DOS. This +means you will have to load your socket and card services, and +QL41DOS.SYS and QL40ENBL.SYS. These are a minimum, but loading the +rest of the modules won't interfere with the operation. The next +thing to do is load the kernel without resetting the hardware, which +can be a simple ctrl-alt-delete with a boot floppy, or by using +loadlin with the kernel image accessible from DOS. If you are using +the Linux PCMCIA driver, you will have to adjust it or otherwise stop +it from configuring the card. + +I am working with the PCMCIA group to make it more flexible, but that +may take a while. + +ALL CARDS + +The top of the qlogic.c file has a number of defines that controls +configuration. As shipped, it provides a balance between speed and +function. If there are any problems, try setting SLOW_CABLE to 1, and +then try changing USE_IRQ and TURBO_PDMA to zero. If you are familiar +with SCSI, there are other settings which can tune the bus. + +It may be a good idea to enable RESET_AT_START, especially if the +devices may not have been just powered up, or if you are restarting +after a crash, since they may be busy trying to complete the last +command or something. It comes up faster if this is set to zero, and +if you have reliable hardware and connections it may be more useful to +not reset things. + +SOME TROUBLESHOOTING TIPS + +Make sure it works properly under DOS. You should also do an initial FDISK +on a new drive if you want partitions. + +Don't enable all the speedups first. If anything is wrong, they will make +any problem worse. + +IMPORTANT + +The best way to test if your cables, termination, etc. are good is to +copy a very big file (e.g. a doublespace container file, or a very +large executable or archive). It should be at least 5 megabytes, but +you can do multiple tests on smaller files. Then do a COMP to verify +that the file copied properly. (Turn off all caching when doing these +tests, otherwise you will test your RAM and not the files). Then do +10 COMPs, comparing the same file on the SCSI hard drive, i.e. "COMP +realbig.doc realbig.doc". Then do it after the computer gets warm. + +I noticed my system which seems to work 100% would fail this test if +the computer was left on for a few hours. It was worse with longer +cables, and more devices on the SCSI bus. What seems to happen is +that it gets a false ACK causing an extra byte to be inserted into the +stream (and this is not detected). This can be caused by bad +termination (the ACK can be reflected), or by noise when the chips +work less well because of the heat, or when cables get too long for +the speed. + +Remember, if it doesn't work under DOS, it probably won't work under +Linux. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ade046ea7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-changer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ + +README for the SCSI media changer driver +======================================== + +This is a driver for SCSI Medium Changer devices, which are listed +with "Type: Medium Changer" in /proc/scsi/scsi. + +This is for *real* Jukeboxes. It is *not* supported to work with +common small CD-ROM changers, neither one-lun-per-slot SCSI changers +nor IDE drives. + +Userland tools available from here: + http://linux.bytesex.org/misc/changer.html + + +General Information +------------------- + +First some words about how changers work: A changer has 2 (possibly +more) SCSI ID's. One for the changer device which controls the robot, +and one for the device which actually reads and writes the data. The +later may be anything, a MOD, a CD-ROM, a tape or whatever. For the +changer device this is a "don't care", he *only* shuffles around the +media, nothing else. + + +The SCSI changer model is complex, compared to - for example - IDE-CD +changers. But it allows to handle nearly all possible cases. It knows +4 different types of changer elements: + + media transport - this one shuffles around the media, i.e. the + transport arm. Also known as "picker". + storage - a slot which can hold a media. + import/export - the same as above, but is accessible from outside, + i.e. there the operator (you !) can use this to + fill in and remove media from the changer. + Sometimes named "mailslot". + data transfer - this is the device which reads/writes, i.e. the + CD-ROM / Tape / whatever drive. + +None of these is limited to one: A huge Jukebox could have slots for +123 CD-ROM's, 5 CD-ROM readers (and therefore 6 SCSI ID's: the changer +and each CD-ROM) and 2 transport arms. No problem to handle. + + +How it is implemented +--------------------- + +I implemented the driver as character device driver with a NetBSD-like +ioctl interface. Just grabbed NetBSD's header file and one of the +other linux SCSI device drivers as starting point. The interface +should be source code compatible with NetBSD. So if there is any +software (anybody knows ???) which supports a BSDish changer driver, +it should work with this driver too. + +Over time a few more ioctls where added, volume tag support for example +wasn't covered by the NetBSD ioctl API. + + +Current State +------------- + +Support for more than one transport arm is not implemented yet (and +nobody asked for it so far...). + +I test and use the driver myself with a 35 slot cdrom jukebox from +Grundig. I got some reports telling it works ok with tape autoloaders +(Exabyte, HP and DEC). Some People use this driver with amanda. It +works fine with small (11 slots) and a huge (4 MOs, 88 slots) +magneto-optical Jukebox. Probably with lots of other changers too, most +(but not all :-) people mail me only if it does *not* work... + +I don't have any device lists, neither black-list nor white-list. Thus +it is quite useless to ask me whenever a specific device is supported or +not. In theory every changer device which supports the SCSI-2 media +changer command set should work out-of-the-box with this driver. If it +doesn't, it is a bug. Either within the driver or within the firmware +of the changer device. + + +Using it +-------- + +This is a character device with major number is 86, so use +"mknod /dev/sch0 c 86 0" to create the special file for the driver. + +If the module finds the changer, it prints some messages about the +device [ try "dmesg" if you don't see anything ] and should show up in +/proc/devices. If not.... some changers use ID ? / LUN 0 for the +device and ID ? / LUN 1 for the robot mechanism. But Linux does *not* +look for LUNs other than 0 as default, because there are too many +broken devices. So you can try: + + 1) echo "scsi add-single-device 0 0 ID 1" > /proc/scsi/scsi + (replace ID with the SCSI-ID of the device) + 2) boot the kernel with "max_scsi_luns=1" on the command line + (append="max_scsi_luns=1" in lilo.conf should do the trick) + + +Trouble? +-------- + +If you insmod the driver with "insmod debug=1", it will be verbose and +prints a lot of stuff to the syslog. Compiling the kernel with +CONFIG_SCSI_CONSTANTS=y improves the quality of the error messages a lot +because the kernel will translate the error codes into human-readable +strings then. + +You can display these messages with the dmesg command (or check the +logfiles). If you email me some question because of a problem with the +driver, please include these messages. + + +Insmod options +-------------- + +debug=0/1 + Enable debug messages (see above, default: 0). + +verbose=0/1 + Be verbose (default: 1). + +init=0/1 + Send INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS command to the changer + at insmod time (default: 1). + +timeout_init=<seconds> + timeout for the INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS command + (default: 3600). + +timeout_move=<seconds> + timeout for all other commands (default: 120). + +dt_id=<id1>,<id2>,... +dt_lun=<lun1>,<lun2>,... + These two allow to specify the SCSI ID and LUN for the data + transfer elements. You likely don't need this as the jukebox + should provide this information. But some devices don't ... + +vendor_firsts= +vendor_counts= +vendor_labels= + These insmod options can be used to tell the driver that there + are some vendor-specific element types. Grundig for example + does this. Some jukeboxes have a printer to label fresh burned + CDs, which is addressed as element 0xc000 (type 5). To tell the + driver about this vendor-specific element, use this: + $ insmod ch \ + vendor_firsts=0xc000 \ + vendor_counts=1 \ + vendor_labels=printer + All three insmod options accept up to four comma-separated + values, this way you can configure the element types 5-8. + You likely need the SCSI specs for the device in question to + find the correct values as they are not covered by the SCSI-2 + standard. + + +Credits +------- + +I wrote this driver using the famous mailing-patches-around-the-world +method. With (more or less) help from: + + Daniel Moehwald <moehwald@hdg.de> + Dane Jasper <dane@sonic.net> + R. Scott Bailey <sbailey@dsddi.eds.com> + Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net> + +Special thanks go to + Martin Kuehne <martin.kuehne@bnbt.de> +for a old, second-hand (but full functional) cdrom jukebox which I use +to develop/test driver and tools now. + +Have fun, + + Gerd + +-- +Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org> diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51be20a6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ + Notes on Linux SCSI Generic (sg) driver + --------------------------------------- + 20020126 +Introduction +============ +The SCSI Generic driver (sg) is one of the four "high level" SCSI device +drivers along with sd, st and sr (disk, tape and CDROM respectively). Sg +is more generalized (but lower level) than its siblings and tends to be +used on SCSI devices that don't fit into the already serviced categories. +Thus sg is used for scanners, CD writers and reading audio CDs digitally +amongst other things. + +Rather than document the driver's interface here, version information +is provided plus pointers (i.e. URLs) where to find documentation +and examples. + + +Major versions of the sg driver +=============================== +There are three major versions of sg found in the linux kernel (lk): + - sg version 1 (original) from 1992 to early 1999 (lk 2.2.5) . + It is based in the sg_header interface structure. + - sg version 2 from lk 2.2.6 in the 2.2 series. It is based on + an extended version of the sg_header interface structure. + - sg version 3 found in the lk 2.4 series (and the lk 2.5 series). + It adds the sg_io_hdr interface structure. + + +Sg driver documentation +======================= +The most recent documentation of the sg driver is kept at the Linux +Documentation Project's (LDP) site: +http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/SCSI-Generic-HOWTO +This describes the sg version 3 driver found in the lk 2.4 series. +The LDP renders documents in single and multiple page HTML, postscript +and pdf. This document can also be found at: +http://sg.danny.cz/sg/p/sg_v3_ho.html + +Documentation for the version 2 sg driver found in the lk 2.2 series can +be found at http://sg.danny.cz/sg/. A larger version +is at: http://sg.danny.cz/sg/p/scsi-generic_long.txt. + +The original documentation for the sg driver (prior to lk 2.2.6) can be +found at http://www.torque.net/sg/p/original/SCSI-Programming-HOWTO.txt +and in the LDP archives. + +A changelog with brief notes can be found in the +/usr/src/linux/include/scsi/sg.h file. Note that the glibc maintainers copy +and edit this file (removing its changelog for example) before placing it +in /usr/include/scsi/sg.h . Driver debugging information and other notes +can be found at the top of the /usr/src/linux/drivers/scsi/sg.c file. + +A more general description of the Linux SCSI subsystem of which sg is a +part can be found at http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/SCSI-2.4-HOWTO . + + +Example code and utilities +========================== +There are two packages of sg utilities: + - sg3_utils for the sg version 3 driver found in lk 2.4 + - sg_utils for the sg version 2 (and original) driver found in lk 2.2 + and earlier +Both packages will work in the lk 2.4 series however sg3_utils offers more +capabilities. They can be found at: http://sg.danny.cz/sg/sg3_utils.html and +freecode.com + +Another approach is to look at the applications that use the sg driver. +These include cdrecord, cdparanoia, SANE and cdrdao. + + +Mapping of Linux kernel versions to sg driver versions +====================================================== +Here is a list of linux kernels in the 2.4 series that had new version +of the sg driver: + lk 2.4.0 : sg version 3.1.17 + lk 2.4.7 : sg version 3.1.19 + lk 2.4.10 : sg version 3.1.20 ** + lk 2.4.17 : sg version 3.1.22 + +** There were 3 changes to sg version 3.1.20 by third parties in the + next six linux kernel versions. + +For reference here is a list of linux kernels in the 2.2 series that had +new version of the sg driver: + lk 2.2.0 : original sg version [with no version number] + lk 2.2.6 : sg version 2.1.31 + lk 2.2.8 : sg version 2.1.32 + lk 2.2.10 : sg version 2.1.34 [SG_GET_VERSION_NUM ioctl first appeared] + lk 2.2.14 : sg version 2.1.36 + lk 2.2.16 : sg version 2.1.38 + lk 2.2.17 : sg version 2.1.39 + lk 2.2.20 : sg version 2.1.40 + +The lk 2.5 development series has recently commenced and it currently +contains sg version 3.5.23 which is functionally equivalent to sg +version 3.1.22 found in lk 2.4.17 . + + +Douglas Gilbert +26th January 2002 +dgilbert@interlog.com diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92999d4e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.txt @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ + SCSI Kernel Parameters + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +See Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst for general information on +specifying module parameters. + +This document may not be entirely up to date and comprehensive. The command +"modinfo -p ${modulename}" shows a current list of all parameters of a loadable +module. Loadable modules, after being loaded into the running kernel, also +reveal their parameters in /sys/module/${modulename}/parameters/. Some of these +parameters may be changed at runtime by the command +"echo -n ${value} > /sys/module/${modulename}/parameters/${parm}". + + + advansys= [HW,SCSI] + See header of drivers/scsi/advansys.c. + + aha152x= [HW,SCSI] + See Documentation/scsi/aha152x.txt. + + aha1542= [HW,SCSI] + Format: <portbase>[,<buson>,<busoff>[,<dmaspeed>]] + + aic7xxx= [HW,SCSI] + See Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt. + + aic79xx= [HW,SCSI] + See Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt. + + atascsi= [HW,SCSI] + See drivers/scsi/atari_scsi.c. + + BusLogic= [HW,SCSI] + See drivers/scsi/BusLogic.c, comment before function + BusLogic_ParseDriverOptions(). + + gdth= [HW,SCSI] + See header of drivers/scsi/gdth.c. + + gvp11= [HW,SCSI] + + ips= [HW,SCSI] Adaptec / IBM ServeRAID controller + See header of drivers/scsi/ips.c. + + mac5380= [HW,SCSI] + See drivers/scsi/mac_scsi.c. + + scsi_mod.max_luns= + [SCSI] Maximum number of LUNs to probe. + Should be between 1 and 2^32-1. + + scsi_mod.max_report_luns= + [SCSI] Maximum number of LUNs received. + Should be between 1 and 16384. + + NCR_D700= [HW,SCSI] + See header of drivers/scsi/NCR_D700.c. + + ncr5380= [HW,SCSI] + See Documentation/scsi/g_NCR5380.txt. + + ncr53c400= [HW,SCSI] + See Documentation/scsi/g_NCR5380.txt. + + ncr53c400a= [HW,SCSI] + See Documentation/scsi/g_NCR5380.txt. + + ncr53c8xx= [HW,SCSI] + + osst= [HW,SCSI] SCSI Tape Driver + Format: <buffer_size>,<write_threshold> + See also Documentation/scsi/st.txt. + + scsi_debug_*= [SCSI] + See drivers/scsi/scsi_debug.c. + + scsi_mod.default_dev_flags= + [SCSI] SCSI default device flags + Format: <integer> + + scsi_mod.dev_flags= + [SCSI] Black/white list entry for vendor and model + Format: <vendor>:<model>:<flags> + (flags are integer value) + + scsi_mod.scsi_logging_level= + [SCSI] a bit mask of logging levels + See drivers/scsi/scsi_logging.h for bits. Also + settable via sysctl at dev.scsi.logging_level + (/proc/sys/dev/scsi/logging_level). + There is also a nice 'scsi_logging_level' script in the + S390-tools package, available for download at + http://www-128.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/linux390/s390-tools-1.5.4.html + + scsi_mod.scan= [SCSI] sync (default) scans SCSI busses as they are + discovered. async scans them in kernel threads, + allowing boot to proceed. none ignores them, expecting + user space to do the scan. + + scsi_mod.use_blk_mq= + [SCSI] use blk-mq I/O path by default + See SCSI_MQ_DEFAULT in drivers/scsi/Kconfig. + Format: <y/n> + + sim710= [SCSI,HW] + See header of drivers/scsi/sim710.c. + + st= [HW,SCSI] SCSI tape parameters (buffers, etc.) + See Documentation/scsi/st.txt. + + wd33c93= [HW,SCSI] + See header of drivers/scsi/wd33c93.c. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d99d38cb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +SCSI subsystem documentation +============================ +The Linux Documentation Project (LDP) maintains a document describing +the SCSI subsystem in the Linux kernel (lk) 2.4 series. See: +http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/SCSI-2.4-HOWTO . The LDP has single +and multiple page HTML renderings as well as postscript and pdf. +It can also be found at: +http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.torque.net/scsi/SCSI-2.4-HOWTO + +Notes on using modules in the SCSI subsystem +============================================ +The scsi support in the linux kernel can be modularized in a number of +different ways depending upon the needs of the end user. To understand +your options, we should first define a few terms. + +The scsi-core (also known as the "mid level") contains the core of scsi +support. Without it you can do nothing with any of the other scsi drivers. +The scsi core support can be a module (scsi_mod.o), or it can be built into +the kernel. If the core is a module, it must be the first scsi module +loaded, and if you unload the modules, it will have to be the last one +unloaded. In practice the modprobe and rmmod commands (and "autoclean") +will enforce the correct ordering of loading and unloading modules in +the SCSI subsystem. + +The individual upper and lower level drivers can be loaded in any order +once the scsi core is present in the kernel (either compiled in or loaded +as a module). The disk driver (sd_mod.o), cdrom driver (sr_mod.o), +tape driver ** (st.o) and scsi generics driver (sg.o) represent the upper +level drivers to support the various assorted devices which can be +controlled. You can for example load the tape driver to use the tape drive, +and then unload it once you have no further need for the driver (and release +the associated memory). + +The lower level drivers are the ones that support the individual cards that +are supported for the hardware platform that you are running under. Those +individual cards are often called Host Bus Adapters (HBAs). For example the +aic7xxx.o driver is used to control all recent SCSI controller cards from +Adaptec. Almost all lower level drivers can be built either as modules or +built into the kernel. + + +** There is a variant of the st driver for controlling OnStream tape + devices. Its module name is osst.o . + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b7436932 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_eh.txt @@ -0,0 +1,475 @@ + +SCSI EH +====================================== + + This document describes SCSI midlayer error handling infrastructure. +Please refer to Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt for more +information regarding SCSI midlayer. + +TABLE OF CONTENTS + +[1] How SCSI commands travel through the midlayer and to EH + [1-1] struct scsi_cmnd + [1-2] How do scmd's get completed? + [1-2-1] Completing a scmd w/ scsi_done + [1-2-2] Completing a scmd w/ timeout + [1-3] How EH takes over +[2] How SCSI EH works + [2-1] EH through fine-grained callbacks + [2-1-1] Overview + [2-1-2] Flow of scmds through EH + [2-1-3] Flow of control + [2-2] EH through transportt->eh_strategy_handler() + [2-2-1] Pre transportt->eh_strategy_handler() SCSI midlayer conditions + [2-2-2] Post transportt->eh_strategy_handler() SCSI midlayer conditions + [2-2-3] Things to consider + + +[1] How SCSI commands travel through the midlayer and to EH + +[1-1] struct scsi_cmnd + + Each SCSI command is represented with struct scsi_cmnd (== scmd). A +scmd has two list_head's to link itself into lists. The two are +scmd->list and scmd->eh_entry. The former is used for free list or +per-device allocated scmd list and not of much interest to this EH +discussion. The latter is used for completion and EH lists and unless +otherwise stated scmds are always linked using scmd->eh_entry in this +discussion. + + +[1-2] How do scmd's get completed? + + Once LLDD gets hold of a scmd, either the LLDD will complete the +command by calling scsi_done callback passed from midlayer when +invoking hostt->queuecommand() or the block layer will time it out. + + +[1-2-1] Completing a scmd w/ scsi_done + + For all non-EH commands, scsi_done() is the completion callback. It +just calls blk_complete_request() to delete the block layer timer and +raise SCSI_SOFTIRQ + + SCSI_SOFTIRQ handler scsi_softirq calls scsi_decide_disposition() to +determine what to do with the command. scsi_decide_disposition() +looks at the scmd->result value and sense data to determine what to do +with the command. + + - SUCCESS + scsi_finish_command() is invoked for the command. The + function does some maintenance chores and then calls + scsi_io_completion() to finish the I/O. + scsi_io_completion() then notifies the block layer on + the completed request by calling blk_end_request and + friends or figures out what to do with the remainder + of the data in case of an error. + + - NEEDS_RETRY + - ADD_TO_MLQUEUE + scmd is requeued to blk queue. + + - otherwise + scsi_eh_scmd_add(scmd) is invoked for the command. See + [1-3] for details of this function. + + +[1-2-2] Completing a scmd w/ timeout + + The timeout handler is scsi_times_out(). When a timeout occurs, this +function + + 1. invokes optional hostt->eh_timed_out() callback. Return value can + be one of + + - BLK_EH_RESET_TIMER + This indicates that more time is required to finish the + command. Timer is restarted. This action is counted as a + retry and only allowed scmd->allowed + 1(!) times. Once the + limit is reached, action for BLK_EH_DONE is taken instead. + + - BLK_EH_DONE + eh_timed_out() callback did not handle the command. + Step #2 is taken. + + 2. scsi_abort_command() is invoked to schedule an asynchrous abort. + Asynchronous abort are not invoked for commands which the + SCSI_EH_ABORT_SCHEDULED flag is set (this indicates that the command + already had been aborted once, and this is a retry which failed), + or when the EH deadline is expired. In these case Step #3 is taken. + + 3. scsi_eh_scmd_add(scmd, SCSI_EH_CANCEL_CMD) is invoked for the + command. See [1-4] for more information. + +[1-3] Asynchronous command aborts + + After a timeout occurs a command abort is scheduled from + scsi_abort_command(). If the abort is successful the command + will either be retried (if the number of retries is not exhausted) + or terminated with DID_TIME_OUT. + Otherwise scsi_eh_scmd_add() is invoked for the command. + See [1-4] for more information. + +[1-4] How EH takes over + + scmds enter EH via scsi_eh_scmd_add(), which does the following. + + 1. Links scmd->eh_entry to shost->eh_cmd_q + + 2. Sets SHOST_RECOVERY bit in shost->shost_state + + 3. Increments shost->host_failed + + 4. Wakes up SCSI EH thread if shost->host_busy == shost->host_failed + + As can be seen above, once any scmd is added to shost->eh_cmd_q, +SHOST_RECOVERY shost_state bit is turned on. This prevents any new +scmd to be issued from blk queue to the host; eventually, all scmds on +the host either complete normally, fail and get added to eh_cmd_q, or +time out and get added to shost->eh_cmd_q. + + If all scmds either complete or fail, the number of in-flight scmds +becomes equal to the number of failed scmds - i.e. shost->host_busy == +shost->host_failed. This wakes up SCSI EH thread. So, once woken up, +SCSI EH thread can expect that all in-flight commands have failed and +are linked on shost->eh_cmd_q. + + Note that this does not mean lower layers are quiescent. If a LLDD +completed a scmd with error status, the LLDD and lower layers are +assumed to forget about the scmd at that point. However, if a scmd +has timed out, unless hostt->eh_timed_out() made lower layers forget +about the scmd, which currently no LLDD does, the command is still +active as long as lower layers are concerned and completion could +occur at any time. Of course, all such completions are ignored as the +timer has already expired. + + We'll talk about how SCSI EH takes actions to abort - make LLDD +forget about - timed out scmds later. + + +[2] How SCSI EH works + + LLDD's can implement SCSI EH actions in one of the following two +ways. + + - Fine-grained EH callbacks + LLDD can implement fine-grained EH callbacks and let SCSI + midlayer drive error handling and call appropriate callbacks. + This will be discussed further in [2-1]. + + - eh_strategy_handler() callback + This is one big callback which should perform whole error + handling. As such, it should do all chores the SCSI midlayer + performs during recovery. This will be discussed in [2-2]. + + Once recovery is complete, SCSI EH resumes normal operation by +calling scsi_restart_operations(), which + + 1. Checks if door locking is needed and locks door. + + 2. Clears SHOST_RECOVERY shost_state bit + + 3. Wakes up waiters on shost->host_wait. This occurs if someone + calls scsi_block_when_processing_errors() on the host. + (*QUESTION* why is it needed? All operations will be blocked + anyway after it reaches blk queue.) + + 4. Kicks queues in all devices on the host in the asses + + +[2-1] EH through fine-grained callbacks + +[2-1-1] Overview + + If eh_strategy_handler() is not present, SCSI midlayer takes charge +of driving error handling. EH's goals are two - make LLDD, host and +device forget about timed out scmds and make them ready for new +commands. A scmd is said to be recovered if the scmd is forgotten by +lower layers and lower layers are ready to process or fail the scmd +again. + + To achieve these goals, EH performs recovery actions with increasing +severity. Some actions are performed by issuing SCSI commands and +others are performed by invoking one of the following fine-grained +hostt EH callbacks. Callbacks may be omitted and omitted ones are +considered to fail always. + +int (* eh_abort_handler)(struct scsi_cmnd *); +int (* eh_device_reset_handler)(struct scsi_cmnd *); +int (* eh_bus_reset_handler)(struct scsi_cmnd *); +int (* eh_host_reset_handler)(struct scsi_cmnd *); + + Higher-severity actions are taken only when lower-severity actions +cannot recover some of failed scmds. Also, note that failure of the +highest-severity action means EH failure and results in offlining of +all unrecovered devices. + + During recovery, the following rules are followed + + - Recovery actions are performed on failed scmds on the to do list, + eh_work_q. If a recovery action succeeds for a scmd, recovered + scmds are removed from eh_work_q. + + Note that single recovery action on a scmd can recover multiple + scmds. e.g. resetting a device recovers all failed scmds on the + device. + + - Higher severity actions are taken iff eh_work_q is not empty after + lower severity actions are complete. + + - EH reuses failed scmds to issue commands for recovery. For + timed-out scmds, SCSI EH ensures that LLDD forgets about a scmd + before reusing it for EH commands. + + When a scmd is recovered, the scmd is moved from eh_work_q to EH +local eh_done_q using scsi_eh_finish_cmd(). After all scmds are +recovered (eh_work_q is empty), scsi_eh_flush_done_q() is invoked to +either retry or error-finish (notify upper layer of failure) recovered +scmds. + + scmds are retried iff its sdev is still online (not offlined during +EH), REQ_FAILFAST is not set and ++scmd->retries is less than +scmd->allowed. + + +[2-1-2] Flow of scmds through EH + + 1. Error completion / time out + ACTION: scsi_eh_scmd_add() is invoked for scmd + - add scmd to shost->eh_cmd_q + - set SHOST_RECOVERY + - shost->host_failed++ + LOCKING: shost->host_lock + + 2. EH starts + ACTION: move all scmds to EH's local eh_work_q. shost->eh_cmd_q + is cleared. + LOCKING: shost->host_lock (not strictly necessary, just for + consistency) + + 3. scmd recovered + ACTION: scsi_eh_finish_cmd() is invoked to EH-finish scmd + - scsi_setup_cmd_retry() + - move from local eh_work_q to local eh_done_q + LOCKING: none + CONCURRENCY: at most one thread per separate eh_work_q to + keep queue manipulation lockless + + 4. EH completes + ACTION: scsi_eh_flush_done_q() retries scmds or notifies upper + layer of failure. May be called concurrently but must have + a no more than one thread per separate eh_work_q to + manipulate the queue locklessly + - scmd is removed from eh_done_q and scmd->eh_entry is cleared + - if retry is necessary, scmd is requeued using + scsi_queue_insert() + - otherwise, scsi_finish_command() is invoked for scmd + - zero shost->host_failed + LOCKING: queue or finish function performs appropriate locking + + +[2-1-3] Flow of control + + EH through fine-grained callbacks start from scsi_unjam_host(). + +<<scsi_unjam_host>> + + 1. Lock shost->host_lock, splice_init shost->eh_cmd_q into local + eh_work_q and unlock host_lock. Note that shost->eh_cmd_q is + cleared by this action. + + 2. Invoke scsi_eh_get_sense. + + <<scsi_eh_get_sense>> + + This action is taken for each error-completed + (!SCSI_EH_CANCEL_CMD) commands without valid sense data. Most + SCSI transports/LLDDs automatically acquire sense data on + command failures (autosense). Autosense is recommended for + performance reasons and as sense information could get out of + sync between occurrence of CHECK CONDITION and this action. + + Note that if autosense is not supported, scmd->sense_buffer + contains invalid sense data when error-completing the scmd + with scsi_done(). scsi_decide_disposition() always returns + FAILED in such cases thus invoking SCSI EH. When the scmd + reaches here, sense data is acquired and + scsi_decide_disposition() is called again. + + 1. Invoke scsi_request_sense() which issues REQUEST_SENSE + command. If fails, no action. Note that taking no action + causes higher-severity recovery to be taken for the scmd. + + 2. Invoke scsi_decide_disposition() on the scmd + + - SUCCESS + scmd->retries is set to scmd->allowed preventing + scsi_eh_flush_done_q() from retrying the scmd and + scsi_eh_finish_cmd() is invoked. + + - NEEDS_RETRY + scsi_eh_finish_cmd() invoked + + - otherwise + No action. + + 3. If !list_empty(&eh_work_q), invoke scsi_eh_abort_cmds(). + + <<scsi_eh_abort_cmds>> + + This action is taken for each timed out command when + no_async_abort is enabled in the host template. + hostt->eh_abort_handler() is invoked for each scmd. The + handler returns SUCCESS if it has succeeded to make LLDD and + all related hardware forget about the scmd. + + If a timedout scmd is successfully aborted and the sdev is + either offline or ready, scsi_eh_finish_cmd() is invoked for + the scmd. Otherwise, the scmd is left in eh_work_q for + higher-severity actions. + + Note that both offline and ready status mean that the sdev is + ready to process new scmds, where processing also implies + immediate failing; thus, if a sdev is in one of the two + states, no further recovery action is needed. + + Device readiness is tested using scsi_eh_tur() which issues + TEST_UNIT_READY command. Note that the scmd must have been + aborted successfully before reusing it for TEST_UNIT_READY. + + 4. If !list_empty(&eh_work_q), invoke scsi_eh_ready_devs() + + <<scsi_eh_ready_devs>> + + This function takes four increasingly more severe measures to + make failed sdevs ready for new commands. + + 1. Invoke scsi_eh_stu() + + <<scsi_eh_stu>> + + For each sdev which has failed scmds with valid sense data + of which scsi_check_sense()'s verdict is FAILED, + START_STOP_UNIT command is issued w/ start=1. Note that + as we explicitly choose error-completed scmds, it is known + that lower layers have forgotten about the scmd and we can + reuse it for STU. + + If STU succeeds and the sdev is either offline or ready, + all failed scmds on the sdev are EH-finished with + scsi_eh_finish_cmd(). + + *NOTE* If hostt->eh_abort_handler() isn't implemented or + failed, we may still have timed out scmds at this point + and STU doesn't make lower layers forget about those + scmds. Yet, this function EH-finish all scmds on the sdev + if STU succeeds leaving lower layers in an inconsistent + state. It seems that STU action should be taken only when + a sdev has no timed out scmd. + + 2. If !list_empty(&eh_work_q), invoke scsi_eh_bus_device_reset(). + + <<scsi_eh_bus_device_reset>> + + This action is very similar to scsi_eh_stu() except that, + instead of issuing STU, hostt->eh_device_reset_handler() + is used. Also, as we're not issuing SCSI commands and + resetting clears all scmds on the sdev, there is no need + to choose error-completed scmds. + + 3. If !list_empty(&eh_work_q), invoke scsi_eh_bus_reset() + + <<scsi_eh_bus_reset>> + + hostt->eh_bus_reset_handler() is invoked for each channel + with failed scmds. If bus reset succeeds, all failed + scmds on all ready or offline sdevs on the channel are + EH-finished. + + 4. If !list_empty(&eh_work_q), invoke scsi_eh_host_reset() + + <<scsi_eh_host_reset>> + + This is the last resort. hostt->eh_host_reset_handler() + is invoked. If host reset succeeds, all failed scmds on + all ready or offline sdevs on the host are EH-finished. + + 5. If !list_empty(&eh_work_q), invoke scsi_eh_offline_sdevs() + + <<scsi_eh_offline_sdevs>> + + Take all sdevs which still have unrecovered scmds offline + and EH-finish the scmds. + + 5. Invoke scsi_eh_flush_done_q(). + + <<scsi_eh_flush_done_q>> + + At this point all scmds are recovered (or given up) and + put on eh_done_q by scsi_eh_finish_cmd(). This function + flushes eh_done_q by either retrying or notifying upper + layer of failure of the scmds. + + +[2-2] EH through transportt->eh_strategy_handler() + + transportt->eh_strategy_handler() is invoked in the place of +scsi_unjam_host() and it is responsible for whole recovery process. +On completion, the handler should have made lower layers forget about +all failed scmds and either ready for new commands or offline. Also, +it should perform SCSI EH maintenance chores to maintain integrity of +SCSI midlayer. IOW, of the steps described in [2-1-2], all steps +except for #1 must be implemented by eh_strategy_handler(). + + +[2-2-1] Pre transportt->eh_strategy_handler() SCSI midlayer conditions + + The following conditions are true on entry to the handler. + + - Each failed scmd's eh_flags field is set appropriately. + + - Each failed scmd is linked on scmd->eh_cmd_q by scmd->eh_entry. + + - SHOST_RECOVERY is set. + + - shost->host_failed == shost->host_busy + + +[2-2-2] Post transportt->eh_strategy_handler() SCSI midlayer conditions + + The following conditions must be true on exit from the handler. + + - shost->host_failed is zero. + + - Each scmd is in such a state that scsi_setup_cmd_retry() on the + scmd doesn't make any difference. + + - shost->eh_cmd_q is cleared. + + - Each scmd->eh_entry is cleared. + + - Either scsi_queue_insert() or scsi_finish_command() is called on + each scmd. Note that the handler is free to use scmd->retries and + ->allowed to limit the number of retries. + + +[2-2-3] Things to consider + + - Know that timed out scmds are still active on lower layers. Make + lower layers forget about them before doing anything else with + those scmds. + + - For consistency, when accessing/modifying shost data structure, + grab shost->host_lock. + + - On completion, each failed sdev must have forgotten about all + active scmds. + + - On completion, each failed sdev must be ready for new commands or + offline. + + +-- +Tejun Heo +htejun@gmail.com +11th September 2005 diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_fc_transport.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_fc_transport.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f79282fc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_fc_transport.txt @@ -0,0 +1,496 @@ + SCSI FC Tansport + ============================================= + +Date: 11/18/2008 +Kernel Revisions for features: + rports : <<TBS>> + vports : 2.6.22 + bsg support : 2.6.30 (?TBD?) + + +Introduction +============ +This file documents the features and components of the SCSI FC Transport. +It also provides documents the API between the transport and FC LLDDs. +The FC transport can be found at: + drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_fc.c + include/scsi/scsi_transport_fc.h + include/scsi/scsi_netlink_fc.h + include/scsi/scsi_bsg_fc.h + +This file is found at Documentation/scsi/scsi_fc_transport.txt + + +FC Remote Ports (rports) +======================================================================== +<< To Be Supplied >> + + +FC Virtual Ports (vports) +======================================================================== + +Overview: +------------------------------- + + New FC standards have defined mechanisms which allows for a single physical + port to appear on as multiple communication ports. Using the N_Port Id + Virtualization (NPIV) mechanism, a point-to-point connection to a Fabric + can be assigned more than 1 N_Port_ID. Each N_Port_ID appears as a + separate port to other endpoints on the fabric, even though it shares one + physical link to the switch for communication. Each N_Port_ID can have a + unique view of the fabric based on fabric zoning and array lun-masking + (just like a normal non-NPIV adapter). Using the Virtual Fabric (VF) + mechanism, adding a fabric header to each frame allows the port to + interact with the Fabric Port to join multiple fabrics. The port will + obtain an N_Port_ID on each fabric it joins. Each fabric will have its + own unique view of endpoints and configuration parameters. NPIV may be + used together with VF so that the port can obtain multiple N_Port_IDs + on each virtual fabric. + + The FC transport is now recognizing a new object - a vport. A vport is + an entity that has a world-wide unique World Wide Port Name (wwpn) and + World Wide Node Name (wwnn). The transport also allows for the FC4's to + be specified for the vport, with FCP_Initiator being the primary role + expected. Once instantiated by one of the above methods, it will have a + distinct N_Port_ID and view of fabric endpoints and storage entities. + The fc_host associated with the physical adapter will export the ability + to create vports. The transport will create the vport object within the + Linux device tree, and instruct the fc_host's driver to instantiate the + virtual port. Typically, the driver will create a new scsi_host instance + on the vport, resulting in a unique <H,C,T,L> namespace for the vport. + Thus, whether a FC port is based on a physical port or on a virtual port, + each will appear as a unique scsi_host with its own target and lun space. + + Note: At this time, the transport is written to create only NPIV-based + vports. However, consideration was given to VF-based vports and it + should be a minor change to add support if needed. The remaining + discussion will concentrate on NPIV. + + Note: World Wide Name assignment (and uniqueness guarantees) are left + up to an administrative entity controlling the vport. For example, + if vports are to be associated with virtual machines, a XEN mgmt + utility would be responsible for creating wwpn/wwnn's for the vport, + using its own naming authority and OUI. (Note: it already does this + for virtual MAC addresses). + + +Device Trees and Vport Objects: +------------------------------- + + Today, the device tree typically contains the scsi_host object, + with rports and scsi target objects underneath it. Currently the FC + transport creates the vport object and places it under the scsi_host + object corresponding to the physical adapter. The LLDD will allocate + a new scsi_host for the vport and link its object under the vport. + The remainder of the tree under the vports scsi_host is the same + as the non-NPIV case. The transport is written currently to easily + allow the parent of the vport to be something other than the scsi_host. + This could be used in the future to link the object onto a vm-specific + device tree. If the vport's parent is not the physical port's scsi_host, + a symbolic link to the vport object will be placed in the physical + port's scsi_host. + + Here's what to expect in the device tree : + The typical Physical Port's Scsi_Host: + /sys/devices/.../host17/ + and it has the typical descendant tree: + /sys/devices/.../host17/rport-17:0-0/target17:0:0/17:0:0:0: + and then the vport is created on the Physical Port: + /sys/devices/.../host17/vport-17:0-0 + and the vport's Scsi_Host is then created: + /sys/devices/.../host17/vport-17:0-0/host18 + and then the rest of the tree progresses, such as: + /sys/devices/.../host17/vport-17:0-0/host18/rport-18:0-0/target18:0:0/18:0:0:0: + + Here's what to expect in the sysfs tree : + scsi_hosts: + /sys/class/scsi_host/host17 physical port's scsi_host + /sys/class/scsi_host/host18 vport's scsi_host + fc_hosts: + /sys/class/fc_host/host17 physical port's fc_host + /sys/class/fc_host/host18 vport's fc_host + fc_vports: + /sys/class/fc_vports/vport-17:0-0 the vport's fc_vport + fc_rports: + /sys/class/fc_remote_ports/rport-17:0-0 rport on the physical port + /sys/class/fc_remote_ports/rport-18:0-0 rport on the vport + + +Vport Attributes: +------------------------------- + + The new fc_vport class object has the following attributes + + node_name: Read_Only + The WWNN of the vport + + port_name: Read_Only + The WWPN of the vport + + roles: Read_Only + Indicates the FC4 roles enabled on the vport. + + symbolic_name: Read_Write + A string, appended to the driver's symbolic port name string, which + is registered with the switch to identify the vport. For example, + a hypervisor could set this string to "Xen Domain 2 VM 5 Vport 2", + and this set of identifiers can be seen on switch management screens + to identify the port. + + vport_delete: Write_Only + When written with a "1", will tear down the vport. + + vport_disable: Write_Only + When written with a "1", will transition the vport to a disabled. + state. The vport will still be instantiated with the Linux kernel, + but it will not be active on the FC link. + When written with a "0", will enable the vport. + + vport_last_state: Read_Only + Indicates the previous state of the vport. See the section below on + "Vport States". + + vport_state: Read_Only + Indicates the state of the vport. See the section below on + "Vport States". + + vport_type: Read_Only + Reflects the FC mechanism used to create the virtual port. + Only NPIV is supported currently. + + + For the fc_host class object, the following attributes are added for vports: + + max_npiv_vports: Read_Only + Indicates the maximum number of NPIV-based vports that the + driver/adapter can support on the fc_host. + + npiv_vports_inuse: Read_Only + Indicates how many NPIV-based vports have been instantiated on the + fc_host. + + vport_create: Write_Only + A "simple" create interface to instantiate a vport on an fc_host. + A "<WWPN>:<WWNN>" string is written to the attribute. The transport + then instantiates the vport object and calls the LLDD to create the + vport with the role of FCP_Initiator. Each WWN is specified as 16 + hex characters and may *not* contain any prefixes (e.g. 0x, x, etc). + + vport_delete: Write_Only + A "simple" delete interface to teardown a vport. A "<WWPN>:<WWNN>" + string is written to the attribute. The transport will locate the + vport on the fc_host with the same WWNs and tear it down. Each WWN + is specified as 16 hex characters and may *not* contain any prefixes + (e.g. 0x, x, etc). + + +Vport States: +------------------------------- + + Vport instantiation consists of two parts: + - Creation with the kernel and LLDD. This means all transport and + driver data structures are built up, and device objects created. + This is equivalent to a driver "attach" on an adapter, which is + independent of the adapter's link state. + - Instantiation of the vport on the FC link via ELS traffic, etc. + This is equivalent to a "link up" and successful link initialization. + Further information can be found in the interfaces section below for + Vport Creation. + + Once a vport has been instantiated with the kernel/LLDD, a vport state + can be reported via the sysfs attribute. The following states exist: + + FC_VPORT_UNKNOWN - Unknown + An temporary state, typically set only while the vport is being + instantiated with the kernel and LLDD. + + FC_VPORT_ACTIVE - Active + The vport has been successfully been created on the FC link. + It is fully functional. + + FC_VPORT_DISABLED - Disabled + The vport instantiated, but "disabled". The vport is not instantiated + on the FC link. This is equivalent to a physical port with the + link "down". + + FC_VPORT_LINKDOWN - Linkdown + The vport is not operational as the physical link is not operational. + + FC_VPORT_INITIALIZING - Initializing + The vport is in the process of instantiating on the FC link. + The LLDD will set this state just prior to starting the ELS traffic + to create the vport. This state will persist until the vport is + successfully created (state becomes FC_VPORT_ACTIVE) or it fails + (state is one of the values below). As this state is transitory, + it will not be preserved in the "vport_last_state". + + FC_VPORT_NO_FABRIC_SUPP - No Fabric Support + The vport is not operational. One of the following conditions were + encountered: + - The FC topology is not Point-to-Point + - The FC port is not connected to an F_Port + - The F_Port has indicated that NPIV is not supported. + + FC_VPORT_NO_FABRIC_RSCS - No Fabric Resources + The vport is not operational. The Fabric failed FDISC with a status + indicating that it does not have sufficient resources to complete + the operation. + + FC_VPORT_FABRIC_LOGOUT - Fabric Logout + The vport is not operational. The Fabric has LOGO'd the N_Port_ID + associated with the vport. + + FC_VPORT_FABRIC_REJ_WWN - Fabric Rejected WWN + The vport is not operational. The Fabric failed FDISC with a status + indicating that the WWN's are not valid. + + FC_VPORT_FAILED - VPort Failed + The vport is not operational. This is a catchall for all other + error conditions. + + + The following state table indicates the different state transitions: + + State Event New State + -------------------------------------------------------------------- + n/a Initialization Unknown + Unknown: Link Down Linkdown + Link Up & Loop No Fabric Support + Link Up & no Fabric No Fabric Support + Link Up & FLOGI response No Fabric Support + indicates no NPIV support + Link Up & FDISC being sent Initializing + Disable request Disable + Linkdown: Link Up Unknown + Initializing: FDISC ACC Active + FDISC LS_RJT w/ no resources No Fabric Resources + FDISC LS_RJT w/ invalid Fabric Rejected WWN + pname or invalid nport_id + FDISC LS_RJT failed for Vport Failed + other reasons + Link Down Linkdown + Disable request Disable + Disable: Enable request Unknown + Active: LOGO received from fabric Fabric Logout + Link Down Linkdown + Disable request Disable + Fabric Logout: Link still up Unknown + + The following 4 error states all have the same transitions: + No Fabric Support: + No Fabric Resources: + Fabric Rejected WWN: + Vport Failed: + Disable request Disable + Link goes down Linkdown + + +Transport <-> LLDD Interfaces : +------------------------------- + +Vport support by LLDD: + + The LLDD indicates support for vports by supplying a vport_create() + function in the transport template. The presence of this function will + cause the creation of the new attributes on the fc_host. As part of + the physical port completing its initialization relative to the + transport, it should set the max_npiv_vports attribute to indicate the + maximum number of vports the driver and/or adapter supports. + + +Vport Creation: + + The LLDD vport_create() syntax is: + + int vport_create(struct fc_vport *vport, bool disable) + + where: + vport: Is the newly allocated vport object + disable: If "true", the vport is to be created in a disabled stated. + If "false", the vport is to be enabled upon creation. + + When a request is made to create a new vport (via sgio/netlink, or the + vport_create fc_host attribute), the transport will validate that the LLDD + can support another vport (e.g. max_npiv_vports > npiv_vports_inuse). + If not, the create request will be failed. If space remains, the transport + will increment the vport count, create the vport object, and then call the + LLDD's vport_create() function with the newly allocated vport object. + + As mentioned above, vport creation is divided into two parts: + - Creation with the kernel and LLDD. This means all transport and + driver data structures are built up, and device objects created. + This is equivalent to a driver "attach" on an adapter, which is + independent of the adapter's link state. + - Instantiation of the vport on the FC link via ELS traffic, etc. + This is equivalent to a "link up" and successful link initialization. + + The LLDD's vport_create() function will not synchronously wait for both + parts to be fully completed before returning. It must validate that the + infrastructure exists to support NPIV, and complete the first part of + vport creation (data structure build up) before returning. We do not + hinge vport_create() on the link-side operation mainly because: + - The link may be down. It is not a failure if it is. It simply + means the vport is in an inoperable state until the link comes up. + This is consistent with the link bouncing post vport creation. + - The vport may be created in a disabled state. + - This is consistent with a model where: the vport equates to a + FC adapter. The vport_create is synonymous with driver attachment + to the adapter, which is independent of link state. + + Note: special error codes have been defined to delineate infrastructure + failure cases for quicker resolution. + + The expected behavior for the LLDD's vport_create() function is: + - Validate Infrastructure: + - If the driver or adapter cannot support another vport, whether + due to improper firmware, (a lie about) max_npiv, or a lack of + some other resource - return VPCERR_UNSUPPORTED. + - If the driver validates the WWN's against those already active on + the adapter and detects an overlap - return VPCERR_BAD_WWN. + - If the driver detects the topology is loop, non-fabric, or the + FLOGI did not support NPIV - return VPCERR_NO_FABRIC_SUPP. + - Allocate data structures. If errors are encountered, such as out + of memory conditions, return the respective negative Exxx error code. + - If the role is FCP Initiator, the LLDD is to : + - Call scsi_host_alloc() to allocate a scsi_host for the vport. + - Call scsi_add_host(new_shost, &vport->dev) to start the scsi_host + and bind it as a child of the vport device. + - Initializes the fc_host attribute values. + - Kick of further vport state transitions based on the disable flag and + link state - and return success (zero). + + LLDD Implementers Notes: + - It is suggested that there be a different fc_function_templates for + the physical port and the virtual port. The physical port's template + would have the vport_create, vport_delete, and vport_disable functions, + while the vports would not. + - It is suggested that there be different scsi_host_templates + for the physical port and virtual port. Likely, there are driver + attributes, embedded into the scsi_host_template, that are applicable + for the physical port only (link speed, topology setting, etc). This + ensures that the attributes are applicable to the respective scsi_host. + + +Vport Disable/Enable: + + The LLDD vport_disable() syntax is: + + int vport_disable(struct fc_vport *vport, bool disable) + + where: + vport: Is vport to be enabled or disabled + disable: If "true", the vport is to be disabled. + If "false", the vport is to be enabled. + + When a request is made to change the disabled state on a vport, the + transport will validate the request against the existing vport state. + If the request is to disable and the vport is already disabled, the + request will fail. Similarly, if the request is to enable, and the + vport is not in a disabled state, the request will fail. If the request + is valid for the vport state, the transport will call the LLDD to + change the vport's state. + + Within the LLDD, if a vport is disabled, it remains instantiated with + the kernel and LLDD, but it is not active or visible on the FC link in + any way. (see Vport Creation and the 2 part instantiation discussion). + The vport will remain in this state until it is deleted or re-enabled. + When enabling a vport, the LLDD reinstantiates the vport on the FC + link - essentially restarting the LLDD statemachine (see Vport States + above). + + +Vport Deletion: + + The LLDD vport_delete() syntax is: + + int vport_delete(struct fc_vport *vport) + + where: + vport: Is vport to delete + + When a request is made to delete a vport (via sgio/netlink, or via the + fc_host or fc_vport vport_delete attributes), the transport will call + the LLDD to terminate the vport on the FC link, and teardown all other + datastructures and references. If the LLDD completes successfully, + the transport will teardown the vport objects and complete the vport + removal. If the LLDD delete request fails, the vport object will remain, + but will be in an indeterminate state. + + Within the LLDD, the normal code paths for a scsi_host teardown should + be followed. E.g. If the vport has a FCP Initiator role, the LLDD + will call fc_remove_host() for the vports scsi_host, followed by + scsi_remove_host() and scsi_host_put() for the vports scsi_host. + + +Other: + fc_host port_type attribute: + There is a new fc_host port_type value - FC_PORTTYPE_NPIV. This value + must be set on all vport-based fc_hosts. Normally, on a physical port, + the port_type attribute would be set to NPORT, NLPORT, etc based on the + topology type and existence of the fabric. As this is not applicable to + a vport, it makes more sense to report the FC mechanism used to create + the vport. + + Driver unload: + FC drivers are required to call fc_remove_host() prior to calling + scsi_remove_host(). This allows the fc_host to tear down all remote + ports prior the scsi_host being torn down. The fc_remove_host() call + was updated to remove all vports for the fc_host as well. + + +Transport supplied functions +---------------------------- + +The following functions are supplied by the FC-transport for use by LLDs. + + fc_vport_create - create a vport + fc_vport_terminate - detach and remove a vport + +Details: + +/** + * fc_vport_create - Admin App or LLDD requests creation of a vport + * @shost: scsi host the virtual port is connected to. + * @ids: The world wide names, FC4 port roles, etc for + * the virtual port. + * + * Notes: + * This routine assumes no locks are held on entry. + */ +struct fc_vport * +fc_vport_create(struct Scsi_Host *shost, struct fc_vport_identifiers *ids) + +/** + * fc_vport_terminate - Admin App or LLDD requests termination of a vport + * @vport: fc_vport to be terminated + * + * Calls the LLDD vport_delete() function, then deallocates and removes + * the vport from the shost and object tree. + * + * Notes: + * This routine assumes no locks are held on entry. + */ +int +fc_vport_terminate(struct fc_vport *vport) + + +FC BSG support (CT & ELS passthru, and more) +======================================================================== +<< To Be Supplied >> + + + + + +Credits +======= +The following people have contributed to this document: + + + + + + +James Smart +james.smart@emulex.com + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..177c03176 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1281 @@ + Linux Kernel 2.6 series + SCSI mid_level - lower_level driver interface + ============================================= + +Introduction +============ +This document outlines the interface between the Linux SCSI mid level and +SCSI lower level drivers. Lower level drivers (LLDs) are variously called +host bus adapter (HBA) drivers and host drivers (HD). A "host" in this +context is a bridge between a computer IO bus (e.g. PCI or ISA) and a +single SCSI initiator port on a SCSI transport. An "initiator" port +(SCSI terminology, see SAM-3 at http://www.t10.org) sends SCSI commands +to "target" SCSI ports (e.g. disks). There can be many LLDs in a running +system, but only one per hardware type. Most LLDs can control one or more +SCSI HBAs. Some HBAs contain multiple hosts. + +In some cases the SCSI transport is an external bus that already has +its own subsystem in Linux (e.g. USB and ieee1394). In such cases the +SCSI subsystem LLD is a software bridge to the other driver subsystem. +Examples are the usb-storage driver (found in the drivers/usb/storage +directory) and the ieee1394/sbp2 driver (found in the drivers/ieee1394 +directory). + +For example, the aic7xxx LLD controls Adaptec SCSI parallel interface +(SPI) controllers based on that company's 7xxx chip series. The aic7xxx +LLD can be built into the kernel or loaded as a module. There can only be +one aic7xxx LLD running in a Linux system but it may be controlling many +HBAs. These HBAs might be either on PCI daughter-boards or built into +the motherboard (or both). Some aic7xxx based HBAs are dual controllers +and thus represent two hosts. Like most modern HBAs, each aic7xxx host +has its own PCI device address. [The one-to-one correspondence between +a SCSI host and a PCI device is common but not required (e.g. with +ISA adapters).] + +The SCSI mid level isolates an LLD from other layers such as the SCSI +upper layer drivers and the block layer. + +This version of the document roughly matches linux kernel version 2.6.8 . + +Documentation +============= +There is a SCSI documentation directory within the kernel source tree, +typically Documentation/scsi . Most documents are in plain +(i.e. ASCII) text. This file is named scsi_mid_low_api.txt and can be +found in that directory. A more recent copy of this document may be found +at http://web.archive.org/web/20070107183357rn_1/sg.torque.net/scsi/. +Many LLDs are documented there (e.g. aic7xxx.txt). The SCSI mid-level is +briefly described in scsi.txt which contains a url to a document +describing the SCSI subsystem in the lk 2.4 series. Two upper level +drivers have documents in that directory: st.txt (SCSI tape driver) and +scsi-generic.txt (for the sg driver). + +Some documentation (or urls) for LLDs may be found in the C source code +or in the same directory as the C source code. For example to find a url +about the USB mass storage driver see the +/usr/src/linux/drivers/usb/storage directory. + +Driver structure +================ +Traditionally an LLD for the SCSI subsystem has been at least two files in +the drivers/scsi directory. For example, a driver called "xyz" has a header +file "xyz.h" and a source file "xyz.c". [Actually there is no good reason +why this couldn't all be in one file; the header file is superfluous.] Some +drivers that have been ported to several operating systems have more than +two files. For example the aic7xxx driver has separate files for generic +and OS-specific code (e.g. FreeBSD and Linux). Such drivers tend to have +their own directory under the drivers/scsi directory. + +When a new LLD is being added to Linux, the following files (found in the +drivers/scsi directory) will need some attention: Makefile and Kconfig . +It is probably best to study how existing LLDs are organized. + +As the 2.5 series development kernels evolve into the 2.6 series +production series, changes are being introduced into this interface. An +example of this is driver initialization code where there are now 2 models +available. The older one, similar to what was found in the lk 2.4 series, +is based on hosts that are detected at HBA driver load time. This will be +referred to the "passive" initialization model. The newer model allows HBAs +to be hot plugged (and unplugged) during the lifetime of the LLD and will +be referred to as the "hotplug" initialization model. The newer model is +preferred as it can handle both traditional SCSI equipment that is +permanently connected as well as modern "SCSI" devices (e.g. USB or +IEEE 1394 connected digital cameras) that are hotplugged. Both +initialization models are discussed in the following sections. + +An LLD interfaces to the SCSI subsystem several ways: + a) directly invoking functions supplied by the mid level + b) passing a set of function pointers to a registration function + supplied by the mid level. The mid level will then invoke these + functions at some point in the future. The LLD will supply + implementations of these functions. + c) direct access to instances of well known data structures maintained + by the mid level + +Those functions in group a) are listed in a section entitled "Mid level +supplied functions" below. + +Those functions in group b) are listed in a section entitled "Interface +functions" below. Their function pointers are placed in the members of +"struct scsi_host_template", an instance of which is passed to +scsi_host_alloc() ** . Those interface functions that the LLD does not +wish to supply should have NULL placed in the corresponding member of +struct scsi_host_template. Defining an instance of struct +scsi_host_template at file scope will cause NULL to be placed in function + pointer members not explicitly initialized. + +Those usages in group c) should be handled with care, especially in a +"hotplug" environment. LLDs should be aware of the lifetime of instances +that are shared with the mid level and other layers. + +All functions defined within an LLD and all data defined at file scope +should be static. For example the slave_alloc() function in an LLD +called "xxx" could be defined as +"static int xxx_slave_alloc(struct scsi_device * sdev) { /* code */ }" + +** the scsi_host_alloc() function is a replacement for the rather vaguely +named scsi_register() function in most situations. + + +Hotplug initialization model +============================ +In this model an LLD controls when SCSI hosts are introduced and removed +from the SCSI subsystem. Hosts can be introduced as early as driver +initialization and removed as late as driver shutdown. Typically a driver +will respond to a sysfs probe() callback that indicates an HBA has been +detected. After confirming that the new device is one that the LLD wants +to control, the LLD will initialize the HBA and then register a new host +with the SCSI mid level. + +During LLD initialization the driver should register itself with the +appropriate IO bus on which it expects to find HBA(s) (e.g. the PCI bus). +This can probably be done via sysfs. Any driver parameters (especially +those that are writable after the driver is loaded) could also be +registered with sysfs at this point. The SCSI mid level first becomes +aware of an LLD when that LLD registers its first HBA. + +At some later time, the LLD becomes aware of an HBA and what follows +is a typical sequence of calls between the LLD and the mid level. +This example shows the mid level scanning the newly introduced HBA for 3 +scsi devices of which only the first 2 respond: + + HBA PROBE: assume 2 SCSI devices found in scan +LLD mid level LLD +===-------------------=========--------------------===------ +scsi_host_alloc() --> +scsi_add_host() ----> +scsi_scan_host() -------+ + | + slave_alloc() + slave_configure() --> scsi_change_queue_depth() + | + slave_alloc() + slave_configure() + | + slave_alloc() *** + slave_destroy() *** +------------------------------------------------------------ + +If the LLD wants to adjust the default queue settings, it can invoke +scsi_change_queue_depth() in its slave_configure() routine. + +*** For scsi devices that the mid level tries to scan but do not + respond, a slave_alloc(), slave_destroy() pair is called. + +When an HBA is being removed it could be as part of an orderly shutdown +associated with the LLD module being unloaded (e.g. with the "rmmod" +command) or in response to a "hot unplug" indicated by sysfs()'s +remove() callback being invoked. In either case, the sequence is the +same: + + HBA REMOVE: assume 2 SCSI devices attached +LLD mid level LLD +===----------------------=========-----------------===------ +scsi_remove_host() ---------+ + | + slave_destroy() + slave_destroy() +scsi_host_put() +------------------------------------------------------------ + +It may be useful for a LLD to keep track of struct Scsi_Host instances +(a pointer is returned by scsi_host_alloc()). Such instances are "owned" +by the mid-level. struct Scsi_Host instances are freed from +scsi_host_put() when the reference count hits zero. + +Hot unplugging an HBA that controls a disk which is processing SCSI +commands on a mounted file system is an interesting situation. Reference +counting logic is being introduced into the mid level to cope with many +of the issues involved. See the section on reference counting below. + + +The hotplug concept may be extended to SCSI devices. Currently, when an +HBA is added, the scsi_scan_host() function causes a scan for SCSI devices +attached to the HBA's SCSI transport. On newer SCSI transports the HBA +may become aware of a new SCSI device _after_ the scan has completed. +An LLD can use this sequence to make the mid level aware of a SCSI device: + + SCSI DEVICE hotplug +LLD mid level LLD +===-------------------=========--------------------===------ +scsi_add_device() ------+ + | + slave_alloc() + slave_configure() [--> scsi_change_queue_depth()] +------------------------------------------------------------ + +In a similar fashion, an LLD may become aware that a SCSI device has been +removed (unplugged) or the connection to it has been interrupted. Some +existing SCSI transports (e.g. SPI) may not become aware that a SCSI +device has been removed until a subsequent SCSI command fails which will +probably cause that device to be set offline by the mid level. An LLD that +detects the removal of a SCSI device can instigate its removal from +upper layers with this sequence: + + SCSI DEVICE hot unplug +LLD mid level LLD +===----------------------=========-----------------===------ +scsi_remove_device() -------+ + | + slave_destroy() +------------------------------------------------------------ + +It may be useful for an LLD to keep track of struct scsi_device instances +(a pointer is passed as the parameter to slave_alloc() and +slave_configure() callbacks). Such instances are "owned" by the mid-level. +struct scsi_device instances are freed after slave_destroy(). + + +Reference Counting +================== +The Scsi_Host structure has had reference counting infrastructure added. +This effectively spreads the ownership of struct Scsi_Host instances +across the various SCSI layers which use them. Previously such instances +were exclusively owned by the mid level. LLDs would not usually need to +directly manipulate these reference counts but there may be some cases +where they do. + +There are 3 reference counting functions of interest associated with +struct Scsi_Host: + - scsi_host_alloc(): returns a pointer to new instance of struct + Scsi_Host which has its reference count ^^ set to 1 + - scsi_host_get(): adds 1 to the reference count of the given instance + - scsi_host_put(): decrements 1 from the reference count of the given + instance. If the reference count reaches 0 then the given instance + is freed + +The scsi_device structure has had reference counting infrastructure added. +This effectively spreads the ownership of struct scsi_device instances +across the various SCSI layers which use them. Previously such instances +were exclusively owned by the mid level. See the access functions declared +towards the end of include/scsi/scsi_device.h . If an LLD wants to keep +a copy of a pointer to a scsi_device instance it should use scsi_device_get() +to bump its reference count. When it is finished with the pointer it can +use scsi_device_put() to decrement its reference count (and potentially +delete it). + +^^ struct Scsi_Host actually has 2 reference counts which are manipulated +in parallel by these functions. + + +Conventions +=========== +First, Linus Torvalds's thoughts on C coding style can be found in the +Documentation/process/coding-style.rst file. + +Next, there is a movement to "outlaw" typedefs introducing synonyms for +struct tags. Both can be still found in the SCSI subsystem, but +the typedefs have been moved to a single file, scsi_typedefs.h to +make their future removal easier, for example: +"typedef struct scsi_cmnd Scsi_Cmnd;" + +Also, most C99 enhancements are encouraged to the extent they are supported +by the relevant gcc compilers. So C99 style structure and array +initializers are encouraged where appropriate. Don't go too far, +VLAs are not properly supported yet. An exception to this is the use of +"//" style comments; /*...*/ comments are still preferred in Linux. + +Well written, tested and documented code, need not be re-formatted to +comply with the above conventions. For example, the aic7xxx driver +comes to Linux from FreeBSD and Adaptec's own labs. No doubt FreeBSD +and Adaptec have their own coding conventions. + + +Mid level supplied functions +============================ +These functions are supplied by the SCSI mid level for use by LLDs. +The names (i.e. entry points) of these functions are exported +so an LLD that is a module can access them. The kernel will +arrange for the SCSI mid level to be loaded and initialized before any LLD +is initialized. The functions below are listed alphabetically and their +names all start with "scsi_". + +Summary: + scsi_add_device - creates new scsi device (lu) instance + scsi_add_host - perform sysfs registration and set up transport class + scsi_change_queue_depth - change the queue depth on a SCSI device + scsi_bios_ptable - return copy of block device's partition table + scsi_block_requests - prevent further commands being queued to given host + scsi_host_alloc - return a new scsi_host instance whose refcount==1 + scsi_host_get - increments Scsi_Host instance's refcount + scsi_host_put - decrements Scsi_Host instance's refcount (free if 0) + scsi_partsize - parse partition table into cylinders, heads + sectors + scsi_register - create and register a scsi host adapter instance. + scsi_remove_device - detach and remove a SCSI device + scsi_remove_host - detach and remove all SCSI devices owned by host + scsi_report_bus_reset - report scsi _bus_ reset observed + scsi_scan_host - scan SCSI bus + scsi_track_queue_full - track successive QUEUE_FULL events + scsi_unblock_requests - allow further commands to be queued to given host + scsi_unregister - [calls scsi_host_put()] + + +Details: + +/** + * scsi_add_device - creates new scsi device (lu) instance + * @shost: pointer to scsi host instance + * @channel: channel number (rarely other than 0) + * @id: target id number + * @lun: logical unit number + * + * Returns pointer to new struct scsi_device instance or + * ERR_PTR(-ENODEV) (or some other bent pointer) if something is + * wrong (e.g. no lu responds at given address) + * + * Might block: yes + * + * Notes: This call is usually performed internally during a scsi + * bus scan when an HBA is added (i.e. scsi_scan_host()). So it + * should only be called if the HBA becomes aware of a new scsi + * device (lu) after scsi_scan_host() has completed. If successful + * this call can lead to slave_alloc() and slave_configure() callbacks + * into the LLD. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi_scan.c + **/ +struct scsi_device * scsi_add_device(struct Scsi_Host *shost, + unsigned int channel, + unsigned int id, unsigned int lun) + + +/** + * scsi_add_host - perform sysfs registration and set up transport class + * @shost: pointer to scsi host instance + * @dev: pointer to struct device of type scsi class + * + * Returns 0 on success, negative errno of failure (e.g. -ENOMEM) + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: Only required in "hotplug initialization model" after a + * successful call to scsi_host_alloc(). This function does not + * scan the bus; this can be done by calling scsi_scan_host() or + * in some other transport-specific way. The LLD must set up + * the transport template before calling this function and may only + * access the transport class data after this function has been called. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/hosts.c + **/ +int scsi_add_host(struct Scsi_Host *shost, struct device * dev) + + +/** + * scsi_change_queue_depth - allow LLD to change queue depth on a SCSI device + * @sdev: pointer to SCSI device to change queue depth on + * @tags Number of tags allowed if tagged queuing enabled, + * or number of commands the LLD can queue up + * in non-tagged mode (as per cmd_per_lun). + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: Can be invoked any time on a SCSI device controlled by this + * LLD. [Specifically during and after slave_configure() and prior to + * slave_destroy().] Can safely be invoked from interrupt code. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi.c [see source code for more notes] + * + **/ +int scsi_change_queue_depth(struct scsi_device *sdev, int tags) + + +/** + * scsi_bios_ptable - return copy of block device's partition table + * @dev: pointer to block device + * + * Returns pointer to partition table, or NULL for failure + * + * Might block: yes + * + * Notes: Caller owns memory returned (free with kfree() ) + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsicam.c + **/ +unsigned char *scsi_bios_ptable(struct block_device *dev) + + +/** + * scsi_block_requests - prevent further commands being queued to given host + * + * @shost: pointer to host to block commands on + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: There is no timer nor any other means by which the requests + * get unblocked other than the LLD calling scsi_unblock_requests(). + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi_lib.c +**/ +void scsi_block_requests(struct Scsi_Host * shost) + + +/** + * scsi_host_alloc - create a scsi host adapter instance and perform basic + * initialization. + * @sht: pointer to scsi host template + * @privsize: extra bytes to allocate in hostdata array (which is the + * last member of the returned Scsi_Host instance) + * + * Returns pointer to new Scsi_Host instance or NULL on failure + * + * Might block: yes + * + * Notes: When this call returns to the LLD, the SCSI bus scan on + * this host has _not_ yet been done. + * The hostdata array (by default zero length) is a per host scratch + * area for the LLD's exclusive use. + * Both associated refcounting objects have their refcount set to 1. + * Full registration (in sysfs) and a bus scan are performed later when + * scsi_add_host() and scsi_scan_host() are called. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/hosts.c . + **/ +struct Scsi_Host * scsi_host_alloc(struct scsi_host_template * sht, + int privsize) + + +/** + * scsi_host_get - increment Scsi_Host instance refcount + * @shost: pointer to struct Scsi_Host instance + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: currently may block but may be changed to not block + * + * Notes: Actually increments the counts in two sub-objects + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/hosts.c + **/ +void scsi_host_get(struct Scsi_Host *shost) + + +/** + * scsi_host_put - decrement Scsi_Host instance refcount, free if 0 + * @shost: pointer to struct Scsi_Host instance + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: currently may block but may be changed to not block + * + * Notes: Actually decrements the counts in two sub-objects. If the + * latter refcount reaches 0, the Scsi_Host instance is freed. + * The LLD need not worry exactly when the Scsi_Host instance is + * freed, it just shouldn't access the instance after it has balanced + * out its refcount usage. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/hosts.c + **/ +void scsi_host_put(struct Scsi_Host *shost) + + +/** + * scsi_partsize - parse partition table into cylinders, heads + sectors + * @buf: pointer to partition table + * @capacity: size of (total) disk in 512 byte sectors + * @cyls: outputs number of cylinders calculated via this pointer + * @hds: outputs number of heads calculated via this pointer + * @secs: outputs number of sectors calculated via this pointer + * + * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: Caller owns memory returned (free with kfree() ) + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsicam.c + **/ +int scsi_partsize(unsigned char *buf, unsigned long capacity, + unsigned int *cyls, unsigned int *hds, unsigned int *secs) + + +/** + * scsi_register - create and register a scsi host adapter instance. + * @sht: pointer to scsi host template + * @privsize: extra bytes to allocate in hostdata array (which is the + * last member of the returned Scsi_Host instance) + * + * Returns pointer to new Scsi_Host instance or NULL on failure + * + * Might block: yes + * + * Notes: When this call returns to the LLD, the SCSI bus scan on + * this host has _not_ yet been done. + * The hostdata array (by default zero length) is a per host scratch + * area for the LLD. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/hosts.c . + **/ +struct Scsi_Host * scsi_register(struct scsi_host_template * sht, + int privsize) + + +/** + * scsi_remove_device - detach and remove a SCSI device + * @sdev: a pointer to a scsi device instance + * + * Returns value: 0 on success, -EINVAL if device not attached + * + * Might block: yes + * + * Notes: If an LLD becomes aware that a scsi device (lu) has + * been removed but its host is still present then it can request + * the removal of that scsi device. If successful this call will + * lead to the slave_destroy() callback being invoked. sdev is an + * invalid pointer after this call. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi_sysfs.c . + **/ +int scsi_remove_device(struct scsi_device *sdev) + + +/** + * scsi_remove_host - detach and remove all SCSI devices owned by host + * @shost: a pointer to a scsi host instance + * + * Returns value: 0 on success, 1 on failure (e.g. LLD busy ??) + * + * Might block: yes + * + * Notes: Should only be invoked if the "hotplug initialization + * model" is being used. It should be called _prior_ to + * scsi_unregister(). + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/hosts.c . + **/ +int scsi_remove_host(struct Scsi_Host *shost) + + +/** + * scsi_report_bus_reset - report scsi _bus_ reset observed + * @shost: a pointer to a scsi host involved + * @channel: channel (within) host on which scsi bus reset occurred + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: This only needs to be called if the reset is one which + * originates from an unknown location. Resets originated by the + * mid level itself don't need to call this, but there should be + * no harm. The main purpose of this is to make sure that a + * CHECK_CONDITION is properly treated. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi_error.c . + **/ +void scsi_report_bus_reset(struct Scsi_Host * shost, int channel) + + +/** + * scsi_scan_host - scan SCSI bus + * @shost: a pointer to a scsi host instance + * + * Might block: yes + * + * Notes: Should be called after scsi_add_host() + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi_scan.c + **/ +void scsi_scan_host(struct Scsi_Host *shost) + + +/** + * scsi_track_queue_full - track successive QUEUE_FULL events on given + * device to determine if and when there is a need + * to adjust the queue depth on the device. + * @sdev: pointer to SCSI device instance + * @depth: Current number of outstanding SCSI commands on this device, + * not counting the one returned as QUEUE_FULL. + * + * Returns 0 - no change needed + * >0 - adjust queue depth to this new depth + * -1 - drop back to untagged operation using host->cmd_per_lun + * as the untagged command depth + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: LLDs may call this at any time and we will do "The Right + * Thing"; interrupt context safe. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi.c . + **/ +int scsi_track_queue_full(struct scsi_device *sdev, int depth) + + +/** + * scsi_unblock_requests - allow further commands to be queued to given host + * + * @shost: pointer to host to unblock commands on + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: no + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/scsi_lib.c . +**/ +void scsi_unblock_requests(struct Scsi_Host * shost) + + +/** + * scsi_unregister - unregister and free memory used by host instance + * @shp: pointer to scsi host instance to unregister. + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Might block: no + * + * Notes: Should not be invoked if the "hotplug initialization + * model" is being used. Called internally by exit_this_scsi_driver() + * in the "passive initialization model". Hence a LLD has no need to + * call this function directly. + * + * Defined in: drivers/scsi/hosts.c . + **/ +void scsi_unregister(struct Scsi_Host * shp) + + + + +Interface Functions +=================== +Interface functions are supplied (defined) by LLDs and their function +pointers are placed in an instance of struct scsi_host_template which +is passed to scsi_host_alloc() [or scsi_register() / init_this_scsi_driver()]. +Some are mandatory. Interface functions should be declared static. The +accepted convention is that driver "xyz" will declare its slave_configure() +function as: + static int xyz_slave_configure(struct scsi_device * sdev); +and so forth for all interface functions listed below. + +A pointer to this function should be placed in the 'slave_configure' member +of a "struct scsi_host_template" instance. A pointer to such an instance +should be passed to the mid level's scsi_host_alloc() [or scsi_register() / +init_this_scsi_driver()]. + +The interface functions are also described in the include/scsi/scsi_host.h +file immediately above their definition point in "struct scsi_host_template". +In some cases more detail is given in scsi_host.h than below. + +The interface functions are listed below in alphabetical order. + +Summary: + bios_param - fetch head, sector, cylinder info for a disk + eh_timed_out - notify the host that a command timer expired + eh_abort_handler - abort given command + eh_bus_reset_handler - issue SCSI bus reset + eh_device_reset_handler - issue SCSI device reset + eh_host_reset_handler - reset host (host bus adapter) + info - supply information about given host + ioctl - driver can respond to ioctls + proc_info - supports /proc/scsi/{driver_name}/{host_no} + queuecommand - queue scsi command, invoke 'done' on completion + slave_alloc - prior to any commands being sent to a new device + slave_configure - driver fine tuning for given device after attach + slave_destroy - given device is about to be shut down + + +Details: + +/** + * bios_param - fetch head, sector, cylinder info for a disk + * @sdev: pointer to scsi device context (defined in + * include/scsi/scsi_device.h) + * @bdev: pointer to block device context (defined in fs.h) + * @capacity: device size (in 512 byte sectors) + * @params: three element array to place output: + * params[0] number of heads (max 255) + * params[1] number of sectors (max 63) + * params[2] number of cylinders + * + * Return value is ignored + * + * Locks: none + * + * Calling context: process (sd) + * + * Notes: an arbitrary geometry (based on READ CAPACITY) is used + * if this function is not provided. The params array is + * pre-initialized with made up values just in case this function + * doesn't output anything. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int bios_param(struct scsi_device * sdev, struct block_device *bdev, + sector_t capacity, int params[3]) + + +/** + * eh_timed_out - The timer for the command has just fired + * @scp: identifies command timing out + * + * Returns: + * + * EH_HANDLED: I fixed the error, please complete the command + * EH_RESET_TIMER: I need more time, reset the timer and + * begin counting again + * EH_NOT_HANDLED Begin normal error recovery + * + * + * Locks: None held + * + * Calling context: interrupt + * + * Notes: This is to give the LLD an opportunity to do local recovery. + * This recovery is limited to determining if the outstanding command + * will ever complete. You may not abort and restart the command from + * this callback. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int eh_timed_out(struct scsi_cmnd * scp) + + +/** + * eh_abort_handler - abort command associated with scp + * @scp: identifies command to be aborted + * + * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED + * + * Locks: None held + * + * Calling context: kernel thread + * + * Notes: If 'no_async_abort' is defined this callback + * will be invoked from scsi_eh thread. No other commands + * will then be queued on current host during eh. + * Otherwise it will be called whenever scsi_times_out() + * is called due to a command timeout. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int eh_abort_handler(struct scsi_cmnd * scp) + + +/** + * eh_bus_reset_handler - issue SCSI bus reset + * @scp: SCSI bus that contains this device should be reset + * + * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED + * + * Locks: None held + * + * Calling context: kernel thread + * + * Notes: Invoked from scsi_eh thread. No other commands will be + * queued on current host during eh. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int eh_bus_reset_handler(struct scsi_cmnd * scp) + + +/** + * eh_device_reset_handler - issue SCSI device reset + * @scp: identifies SCSI device to be reset + * + * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED + * + * Locks: None held + * + * Calling context: kernel thread + * + * Notes: Invoked from scsi_eh thread. No other commands will be + * queued on current host during eh. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int eh_device_reset_handler(struct scsi_cmnd * scp) + + +/** + * eh_host_reset_handler - reset host (host bus adapter) + * @scp: SCSI host that contains this device should be reset + * + * Returns SUCCESS if command aborted else FAILED + * + * Locks: None held + * + * Calling context: kernel thread + * + * Notes: Invoked from scsi_eh thread. No other commands will be + * queued on current host during eh. + * With the default eh_strategy in place, if none of the _abort_, + * _device_reset_, _bus_reset_ or this eh handler function are + * defined (or they all return FAILED) then the device in question + * will be set offline whenever eh is invoked. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int eh_host_reset_handler(struct scsi_cmnd * scp) + + +/** + * info - supply information about given host: driver name plus data + * to distinguish given host + * @shp: host to supply information about + * + * Return ASCII null terminated string. [This driver is assumed to + * manage the memory pointed to and maintain it, typically for the + * lifetime of this host.] + * + * Locks: none + * + * Calling context: process + * + * Notes: Often supplies PCI or ISA information such as IO addresses + * and interrupt numbers. If not supplied struct Scsi_Host::name used + * instead. It is assumed the returned information fits on one line + * (i.e. does not included embedded newlines). + * The SCSI_IOCTL_PROBE_HOST ioctl yields the string returned by this + * function (or struct Scsi_Host::name if this function is not + * available). + * In a similar manner, init_this_scsi_driver() outputs to the console + * each host's "info" (or name) for the driver it is registering. + * Also if proc_info() is not supplied, the output of this function + * is used instead. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + const char * info(struct Scsi_Host * shp) + + +/** + * ioctl - driver can respond to ioctls + * @sdp: device that ioctl was issued for + * @cmd: ioctl number + * @arg: pointer to read or write data from. Since it points to + * user space, should use appropriate kernel functions + * (e.g. copy_from_user() ). In the Unix style this argument + * can also be viewed as an unsigned long. + * + * Returns negative "errno" value when there is a problem. 0 or a + * positive value indicates success and is returned to the user space. + * + * Locks: none + * + * Calling context: process + * + * Notes: The SCSI subsystem uses a "trickle down" ioctl model. + * The user issues an ioctl() against an upper level driver + * (e.g. /dev/sdc) and if the upper level driver doesn't recognize + * the 'cmd' then it is passed to the SCSI mid level. If the SCSI + * mid level does not recognize it, then the LLD that controls + * the device receives the ioctl. According to recent Unix standards + * unsupported ioctl() 'cmd' numbers should return -ENOTTY. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int ioctl(struct scsi_device *sdp, int cmd, void *arg) + + +/** + * proc_info - supports /proc/scsi/{driver_name}/{host_no} + * @buffer: anchor point to output to (0==writeto1_read0) or fetch from + * (1==writeto1_read0). + * @start: where "interesting" data is written to. Ignored when + * 1==writeto1_read0. + * @offset: offset within buffer 0==writeto1_read0 is actually + * interested in. Ignored when 1==writeto1_read0 . + * @length: maximum (or actual) extent of buffer + * @host_no: host number of interest (struct Scsi_Host::host_no) + * @writeto1_read0: 1 -> data coming from user space towards driver + * (e.g. "echo some_string > /proc/scsi/xyz/2") + * 0 -> user what data from this driver + * (e.g. "cat /proc/scsi/xyz/2") + * + * Returns length when 1==writeto1_read0. Otherwise number of chars + * output to buffer past offset. + * + * Locks: none held + * + * Calling context: process + * + * Notes: Driven from scsi_proc.c which interfaces to proc_fs. proc_fs + * support can now be configured out of the scsi subsystem. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int proc_info(char * buffer, char ** start, off_t offset, + int length, int host_no, int writeto1_read0) + + +/** + * queuecommand - queue scsi command, invoke scp->scsi_done on completion + * @shost: pointer to the scsi host object + * @scp: pointer to scsi command object + * + * Returns 0 on success. + * + * If there's a failure, return either: + * + * SCSI_MLQUEUE_DEVICE_BUSY if the device queue is full, or + * SCSI_MLQUEUE_HOST_BUSY if the entire host queue is full + * + * On both of these returns, the mid-layer will requeue the I/O + * + * - if the return is SCSI_MLQUEUE_DEVICE_BUSY, only that particular + * device will be paused, and it will be unpaused when a command to + * the device returns (or after a brief delay if there are no more + * outstanding commands to it). Commands to other devices continue + * to be processed normally. + * + * - if the return is SCSI_MLQUEUE_HOST_BUSY, all I/O to the host + * is paused and will be unpaused when any command returns from + * the host (or after a brief delay if there are no outstanding + * commands to the host). + * + * For compatibility with earlier versions of queuecommand, any + * other return value is treated the same as + * SCSI_MLQUEUE_HOST_BUSY. + * + * Other types of errors that are detected immediately may be + * flagged by setting scp->result to an appropriate value, + * invoking the scp->scsi_done callback, and then returning 0 + * from this function. If the command is not performed + * immediately (and the LLD is starting (or will start) the given + * command) then this function should place 0 in scp->result and + * return 0. + * + * Command ownership. If the driver returns zero, it owns the + * command and must take responsibility for ensuring the + * scp->scsi_done callback is executed. Note: the driver may + * call scp->scsi_done before returning zero, but after it has + * called scp->scsi_done, it may not return any value other than + * zero. If the driver makes a non-zero return, it must not + * execute the command's scsi_done callback at any time. + * + * Locks: up to and including 2.6.36, struct Scsi_Host::host_lock + * held on entry (with "irqsave") and is expected to be + * held on return. From 2.6.37 onwards, queuecommand is + * called without any locks held. + * + * Calling context: in interrupt (soft irq) or process context + * + * Notes: This function should be relatively fast. Normally it + * will not wait for IO to complete. Hence the scp->scsi_done + * callback is invoked (often directly from an interrupt service + * routine) some time after this function has returned. In some + * cases (e.g. pseudo adapter drivers that manufacture the + * response to a SCSI INQUIRY) the scp->scsi_done callback may be + * invoked before this function returns. If the scp->scsi_done + * callback is not invoked within a certain period the SCSI mid + * level will commence error processing. If a status of CHECK + * CONDITION is placed in "result" when the scp->scsi_done + * callback is invoked, then the LLD driver should perform + * autosense and fill in the struct scsi_cmnd::sense_buffer + * array. The scsi_cmnd::sense_buffer array is zeroed prior to + * the mid level queuing a command to an LLD. + * + * Defined in: LLD + **/ + int queuecommand(struct Scsi_Host *shost, struct scsi_cmnd * scp) + + +/** + * slave_alloc - prior to any commands being sent to a new device + * (i.e. just prior to scan) this call is made + * @sdp: pointer to new device (about to be scanned) + * + * Returns 0 if ok. Any other return is assumed to be an error and + * the device is ignored. + * + * Locks: none + * + * Calling context: process + * + * Notes: Allows the driver to allocate any resources for a device + * prior to its initial scan. The corresponding scsi device may not + * exist but the mid level is just about to scan for it (i.e. send + * and INQUIRY command plus ...). If a device is found then + * slave_configure() will be called while if a device is not found + * slave_destroy() is called. + * For more details see the include/scsi/scsi_host.h file. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int slave_alloc(struct scsi_device *sdp) + + +/** + * slave_configure - driver fine tuning for given device just after it + * has been first scanned (i.e. it responded to an + * INQUIRY) + * @sdp: device that has just been attached + * + * Returns 0 if ok. Any other return is assumed to be an error and + * the device is taken offline. [offline devices will _not_ have + * slave_destroy() called on them so clean up resources.] + * + * Locks: none + * + * Calling context: process + * + * Notes: Allows the driver to inspect the response to the initial + * INQUIRY done by the scanning code and take appropriate action. + * For more details see the include/scsi/scsi_host.h file. + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + int slave_configure(struct scsi_device *sdp) + + +/** + * slave_destroy - given device is about to be shut down. All + * activity has ceased on this device. + * @sdp: device that is about to be shut down + * + * Returns nothing + * + * Locks: none + * + * Calling context: process + * + * Notes: Mid level structures for given device are still in place + * but are about to be torn down. Any per device resources allocated + * by this driver for given device should be freed now. No further + * commands will be sent for this sdp instance. [However the device + * could be re-attached in the future in which case a new instance + * of struct scsi_device would be supplied by future slave_alloc() + * and slave_configure() calls.] + * + * Optionally defined in: LLD + **/ + void slave_destroy(struct scsi_device *sdp) + + + +Data Structures +=============== +struct scsi_host_template +------------------------- +There is one "struct scsi_host_template" instance per LLD ***. It is +typically initialized as a file scope static in a driver's header file. That +way members that are not explicitly initialized will be set to 0 or NULL. +Member of interest: + name - name of driver (may contain spaces, please limit to + less than 80 characters) + proc_name - name used in "/proc/scsi/<proc_name>/<host_no>" and + by sysfs in one of its "drivers" directories. Hence + "proc_name" should only contain characters acceptable + to a Unix file name. + (*queuecommand)() - primary callback that the mid level uses to inject + SCSI commands into an LLD. +The structure is defined and commented in include/scsi/scsi_host.h + +*** In extreme situations a single driver may have several instances + if it controls several different classes of hardware (e.g. an LLD + that handles both ISA and PCI cards and has a separate instance of + struct scsi_host_template for each class). + +struct Scsi_Host +---------------- +There is one struct Scsi_Host instance per host (HBA) that an LLD +controls. The struct Scsi_Host structure has many members in common +with "struct scsi_host_template". When a new struct Scsi_Host instance +is created (in scsi_host_alloc() in hosts.c) those common members are +initialized from the driver's struct scsi_host_template instance. Members +of interest: + host_no - system wide unique number that is used for identifying + this host. Issued in ascending order from 0. + can_queue - must be greater than 0; do not send more than can_queue + commands to the adapter. + this_id - scsi id of host (scsi initiator) or -1 if not known + sg_tablesize - maximum scatter gather elements allowed by host. + 0 implies scatter gather not supported by host + max_sectors - maximum number of sectors (usually 512 bytes) allowed + in a single SCSI command. The default value of 0 leads + to a setting of SCSI_DEFAULT_MAX_SECTORS (defined in + scsi_host.h) which is currently set to 1024. So for a + disk the maximum transfer size is 512 KB when max_sectors + is not defined. Note that this size may not be sufficient + for disk firmware uploads. + cmd_per_lun - maximum number of commands that can be queued on devices + controlled by the host. Overridden by LLD calls to + scsi_change_queue_depth(). + unchecked_isa_dma - 1=>only use bottom 16 MB of ram (ISA DMA addressing + restriction), 0=>can use full 32 bit (or better) DMA + address space + use_clustering - 1=>SCSI commands in mid level's queue can be merged, + 0=>disallow SCSI command merging + no_async_abort - 1=>Asynchronous aborts are not supported + 0=>Timed-out commands will be aborted asynchronously + hostt - pointer to driver's struct scsi_host_template from which + this struct Scsi_Host instance was spawned + hostt->proc_name - name of LLD. This is the driver name that sysfs uses + transportt - pointer to driver's struct scsi_transport_template instance + (if any). FC and SPI transports currently supported. + sh_list - a double linked list of pointers to all struct Scsi_Host + instances (currently ordered by ascending host_no) + my_devices - a double linked list of pointers to struct scsi_device + instances that belong to this host. + hostdata[0] - area reserved for LLD at end of struct Scsi_Host. Size + is set by the second argument (named 'xtr_bytes') to + scsi_host_alloc() or scsi_register(). + vendor_id - a unique value that identifies the vendor supplying + the LLD for the Scsi_Host. Used most often in validating + vendor-specific message requests. Value consists of an + identifier type and a vendor-specific value. + See scsi_netlink.h for a description of valid formats. + +The scsi_host structure is defined in include/scsi/scsi_host.h + +struct scsi_device +------------------ +Generally, there is one instance of this structure for each SCSI logical unit +on a host. Scsi devices connected to a host are uniquely identified by a +channel number, target id and logical unit number (lun). +The structure is defined in include/scsi/scsi_device.h + +struct scsi_cmnd +---------------- +Instances of this structure convey SCSI commands to the LLD and responses +back to the mid level. The SCSI mid level will ensure that no more SCSI +commands become queued against the LLD than are indicated by +scsi_change_queue_depth() (or struct Scsi_Host::cmd_per_lun). There will +be at least one instance of struct scsi_cmnd available for each SCSI device. +Members of interest: + cmnd - array containing SCSI command + cmnd_len - length (in bytes) of SCSI command + sc_data_direction - direction of data transfer in data phase. See + "enum dma_data_direction" in include/linux/dma-mapping.h + request_bufflen - number of data bytes to transfer (0 if no data phase) + use_sg - ==0 -> no scatter gather list, hence transfer data + to/from request_buffer + - >0 -> scatter gather list (actually an array) in + request_buffer with use_sg elements + request_buffer - either contains data buffer or scatter gather list + depending on the setting of use_sg. Scatter gather + elements are defined by 'struct scatterlist' found + in include/linux/scatterlist.h . + done - function pointer that should be invoked by LLD when the + SCSI command is completed (successfully or otherwise). + Should only be called by an LLD if the LLD has accepted + the command (i.e. queuecommand() returned or will return + 0). The LLD may invoke 'done' prior to queuecommand() + finishing. + result - should be set by LLD prior to calling 'done'. A value + of 0 implies a successfully completed command (and all + data (if any) has been transferred to or from the SCSI + target device). 'result' is a 32 bit unsigned integer that + can be viewed as 4 related bytes. The SCSI status value is + in the LSB. See include/scsi/scsi.h status_byte(), + msg_byte(), host_byte() and driver_byte() macros and + related constants. + sense_buffer - an array (maximum size: SCSI_SENSE_BUFFERSIZE bytes) that + should be written when the SCSI status (LSB of 'result') + is set to CHECK_CONDITION (2). When CHECK_CONDITION is + set, if the top nibble of sense_buffer[0] has the value 7 + then the mid level will assume the sense_buffer array + contains a valid SCSI sense buffer; otherwise the mid + level will issue a REQUEST_SENSE SCSI command to + retrieve the sense buffer. The latter strategy is error + prone in the presence of command queuing so the LLD should + always "auto-sense". + device - pointer to scsi_device object that this command is + associated with. + resid - an LLD should set this signed integer to the requested + transfer length (i.e. 'request_bufflen') less the number + of bytes that are actually transferred. 'resid' is + preset to 0 so an LLD can ignore it if it cannot detect + underruns (overruns should be rare). If possible an LLD + should set 'resid' prior to invoking 'done'. The most + interesting case is data transfers from a SCSI target + device (e.g. READs) that underrun. + underflow - LLD should place (DID_ERROR << 16) in 'result' if + actual number of bytes transferred is less than this + figure. Not many LLDs implement this check and some that + do just output an error message to the log rather than + report a DID_ERROR. Better for an LLD to implement + 'resid'. + +It is recommended that a LLD set 'resid' on data transfers from a SCSI +target device (e.g. READs). It is especially important that 'resid' is set +when such data transfers have sense keys of MEDIUM ERROR and HARDWARE ERROR +(and possibly RECOVERED ERROR). In these cases if a LLD is in doubt how much +data has been received then the safest approach is to indicate no bytes have +been received. For example: to indicate that no valid data has been received +a LLD might use these helpers: + scsi_set_resid(SCpnt, scsi_bufflen(SCpnt)); +where 'SCpnt' is a pointer to a scsi_cmnd object. To indicate only three 512 +bytes blocks has been received 'resid' could be set like this: + scsi_set_resid(SCpnt, scsi_bufflen(SCpnt) - (3 * 512)); + +The scsi_cmnd structure is defined in include/scsi/scsi_cmnd.h + + +Locks +===== +Each struct Scsi_Host instance has a spin_lock called struct +Scsi_Host::default_lock which is initialized in scsi_host_alloc() [found in +hosts.c]. Within the same function the struct Scsi_Host::host_lock pointer +is initialized to point at default_lock. Thereafter lock and unlock +operations performed by the mid level use the struct Scsi_Host::host_lock +pointer. Previously drivers could override the host_lock pointer but +this is not allowed anymore. + + +Autosense +========= +Autosense (or auto-sense) is defined in the SAM-2 document as "the +automatic return of sense data to the application client coincident +with the completion of a SCSI command" when a status of CHECK CONDITION +occurs. LLDs should perform autosense. This should be done when the LLD +detects a CHECK CONDITION status by either: + a) instructing the SCSI protocol (e.g. SCSI Parallel Interface (SPI)) + to perform an extra data in phase on such responses + b) or, the LLD issuing a REQUEST SENSE command itself + +Either way, when a status of CHECK CONDITION is detected, the mid level +decides whether the LLD has performed autosense by checking struct +scsi_cmnd::sense_buffer[0] . If this byte has an upper nibble of 7 (or 0xf) +then autosense is assumed to have taken place. If it has another value (and +this byte is initialized to 0 before each command) then the mid level will +issue a REQUEST SENSE command. + +In the presence of queued commands the "nexus" that maintains sense +buffer data from the command that failed until a following REQUEST SENSE +may get out of synchronization. This is why it is best for the LLD +to perform autosense. + + +Changes since lk 2.4 series +=========================== +io_request_lock has been replaced by several finer grained locks. The lock +relevant to LLDs is struct Scsi_Host::host_lock and there is +one per SCSI host. + +The older error handling mechanism has been removed. This means the +LLD interface functions abort() and reset() have been removed. +The struct scsi_host_template::use_new_eh_code flag has been removed. + +In the 2.4 series the SCSI subsystem configuration descriptions were +aggregated with the configuration descriptions from all other Linux +subsystems in the Documentation/Configure.help file. In the 2.6 series, +the SCSI subsystem now has its own (much smaller) drivers/scsi/Kconfig +file that contains both configuration and help information. + +struct SHT has been renamed to struct scsi_host_template. + +Addition of the "hotplug initialization model" and many extra functions +to support it. + + +Credits +======= +The following people have contributed to this document: + Mike Anderson <andmike at us dot ibm dot com> + James Bottomley <James dot Bottomley at hansenpartnership dot com> + Patrick Mansfield <patmans at us dot ibm dot com> + Christoph Hellwig <hch at infradead dot org> + Doug Ledford <dledford at redhat dot com> + Andries Brouwer <Andries dot Brouwer at cwi dot nl> + Randy Dunlap <rdunlap at xenotime dot net> + Alan Stern <stern at rowland dot harvard dot edu> + + +Douglas Gilbert +dgilbert at interlog dot com +21st September 2004 diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_transport_srp/Makefile b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_transport_srp/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f6b567e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_transport_srp/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +all: rport_state_diagram.svg rport_state_diagram.png + +rport_state_diagram.svg: rport_state_diagram.dot + dot -Tsvg -o $@ $< + +rport_state_diagram.png: rport_state_diagram.dot + dot -Tpng -o $@ $< diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_transport_srp/rport_state_diagram.dot b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_transport_srp/rport_state_diagram.dot new file mode 100644 index 000000000..75d610d64 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_transport_srp/rport_state_diagram.dot @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +digraph srp_initiator { + node [shape = doublecircle]; running lost; + node [shape = circle]; + + { + rank = min; + running_rta [ label = "running;\nreconnect\ntimer\nactive" ]; + }; + running [ label = "running;\nreconnect\ntimer\nstopped" ]; + blocked; + failfast [ label = "fail I/O\nfast" ]; + lost; + + running -> running_rta [ label = "fast_io_fail_tmo = off and\ndev_loss_tmo = off;\nsrp_start_tl_fail_timers()" ]; + running_rta -> running [ label = "fast_io_fail_tmo = off and\ndev_loss_tmo = off;\nreconnecting succeeded" ]; + running -> blocked [ label = "fast_io_fail_tmo >= 0 or\ndev_loss_tmo >= 0;\nsrp_start_tl_fail_timers()" ]; + running -> failfast [ label = "fast_io_fail_tmo = off and\ndev_loss_tmo = off;\nreconnecting failed\n" ]; + blocked -> failfast [ label = "fast_io_fail_tmo\nexpired or\nreconnecting\nfailed" ]; + blocked -> lost [ label = "dev_loss_tmo\nexpired or\nsrp_stop_rport_timers()" ]; + failfast -> lost [ label = "dev_loss_tmo\nexpired or\nsrp_stop_rport_timers()" ]; + blocked -> running [ label = "reconnecting\nsucceeded" ]; + failfast -> failfast [ label = "reconnecting\nfailed" ]; + failfast -> running [ label = "reconnecting\nsucceeded" ]; + running -> lost [ label = "srp_stop_rport_timers()" ]; + running_rta -> lost [ label = "srp_stop_rport_timers()" ]; +} diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/sd-parameters.txt b/Documentation/scsi/sd-parameters.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8e5af00d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/sd-parameters.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Linux SCSI Disk Driver (sd) Parameters +====================================== + +cache_type (RW) +--------------- +Enable/disable drive write & read cache. + + cache_type string | WCE RCD | Write cache | Read cache +----------------------------+---------+-------------+------------ + write through | 0 0 | off | on + none | 0 1 | off | off + write back | 1 0 | on | on + write back, no read (daft) | 1 1 | on | off + +To set cache type to "write back" and save this setting to the drive: + + # echo "write back" > cache_type + +To modify the caching mode without making the change persistent, prepend +"temporary " to the cache type string. E.g.: + + # echo "temporary write back" > cache_type diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/smartpqi.txt b/Documentation/scsi/smartpqi.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..201f80c7c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/smartpqi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ + +SMARTPQI - Microsemi Smart PQI Driver +----------------------------------------- + +This file describes the smartpqi SCSI driver for Microsemi +(http://www.microsemi.com) PQI controllers. The smartpqi driver +is the next generation SCSI driver for Microsemi Corp. The smartpqi +driver is the first SCSI driver to implement the PQI queuing model. + +The smartpqi driver will replace the aacraid driver for Adaptec Series 9 +controllers. Customers running an older kernel (Pre-4.9) using an Adaptec +Series 9 controller will have to configure the smartpqi driver or their +volumes will not be added to the OS. + +For Microsemi smartpqi controller support, enable the smartpqi driver +when configuring the kernel. + +For more information on the PQI Queuing Interface, please see: +http://www.t10.org/drafts.htm +http://www.t10.org/members/w_pqi2.htm + +Supported devices: +------------------ +<Controller names to be added as they become publicly available.> + +smartpqi specific entries in /sys +----------------------------- + + smartpqi host attributes: + ------------------------- + /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/rescan + /sys/class/scsi_host/host*/version + + The host rescan attribute is a write only attribute. Writing to this + attribute will trigger the driver to scan for new, changed, or removed + devices and notify the SCSI mid-layer of any changes detected. + + The version attribute is read-only and will return the driver version + and the controller firmware version. + For example: + driver: 0.9.13-370 + firmware: 0.01-522 + + smartpqi sas device attributes + ------------------------------ + HBA devices are added to the SAS transport layer. These attributes are + automatically added by the SAS transport layer. + + /sys/class/sas_device/end_device-X:X/sas_address + /sys/class/sas_device/end_device-X:X/enclosure_identifier + /sys/class/sas_device/end_device-X:X/scsi_target_id + +smartpqi specific ioctls: +------------------------- + + For compatibility with applications written for the cciss protocol. + + CCISS_DEREGDISK + CCISS_REGNEWDISK + CCISS_REGNEWD + + The above three ioctls all do exactly the same thing, which is to cause the driver + to rescan for new devices. This does exactly the same thing as writing to the + smartpqi specific host "rescan" attribute. + + CCISS_GETPCIINFO + + Returns PCI domain, bus, device and function and "board ID" (PCI subsystem ID). + + CCISS_GETDRIVVER + + Returns driver version in three bytes encoded as: + (DRIVER_MAJOR << 28) | (DRIVER_MINOR << 24) | (DRIVER_RELEASE << 16) | DRIVER_REVISION; + + CCISS_PASSTHRU + + Allows "BMIC" and "CISS" commands to be passed through to the Smart Storage Array. + These are used extensively by the SSA Array Configuration Utility, SNMP storage + agents, etc. + diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/st.txt b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec0acf6ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt @@ -0,0 +1,592 @@ +This file contains brief information about the SCSI tape driver. +The driver is currently maintained by Kai Mäkisara (email +Kai.Makisara@kolumbus.fi) + +Last modified: Tue Feb 9 21:54:16 2016 by kai.makisara + + +BASICS + +The driver is generic, i.e., it does not contain any code tailored +to any specific tape drive. The tape parameters can be specified with +one of the following three methods: + +1. Each user can specify the tape parameters he/she wants to use +directly with ioctls. This is administratively a very simple and +flexible method and applicable to single-user workstations. However, +in a multiuser environment the next user finds the tape parameters in +state the previous user left them. + +2. The system manager (root) can define default values for some tape +parameters, like block size and density using the MTSETDRVBUFFER ioctl. +These parameters can be programmed to come into effect either when a +new tape is loaded into the drive or if writing begins at the +beginning of the tape. The second method is applicable if the tape +drive performs auto-detection of the tape format well (like some +QIC-drives). The result is that any tape can be read, writing can be +continued using existing format, and the default format is used if +the tape is rewritten from the beginning (or a new tape is written +for the first time). The first method is applicable if the drive +does not perform auto-detection well enough and there is a single +"sensible" mode for the device. An example is a DAT drive that is +used only in variable block mode (I don't know if this is sensible +or not :-). + +The user can override the parameters defined by the system +manager. The changes persist until the defaults again come into +effect. + +3. By default, up to four modes can be defined and selected using the minor +number (bits 5 and 6). The number of modes can be changed by changing +ST_NBR_MODE_BITS in st.h. Mode 0 corresponds to the defaults discussed +above. Additional modes are dormant until they are defined by the +system manager (root). When specification of a new mode is started, +the configuration of mode 0 is used to provide a starting point for +definition of the new mode. + +Using the modes allows the system manager to give the users choices +over some of the buffering parameters not directly accessible to the +users (buffered and asynchronous writes). The modes also allow choices +between formats in multi-tape operations (the explicitly overridden +parameters are reset when a new tape is loaded). + +If more than one mode is used, all modes should contain definitions +for the same set of parameters. + +Many Unices contain internal tables that associate different modes to +supported devices. The Linux SCSI tape driver does not contain such +tables (and will not do that in future). Instead of that, a utility +program can be made that fetches the inquiry data sent by the device, +scans its database, and sets up the modes using the ioctls. Another +alternative is to make a small script that uses mt to set the defaults +tailored to the system. + +The driver supports fixed and variable block size (within buffer +limits). Both the auto-rewind (minor equals device number) and +non-rewind devices (minor is 128 + device number) are implemented. + +In variable block mode, the byte count in write() determines the size +of the physical block on tape. When reading, the drive reads the next +tape block and returns to the user the data if the read() byte count +is at least the block size. Otherwise, error ENOMEM is returned. + +In fixed block mode, the data transfer between the drive and the +driver is in multiples of the block size. The write() byte count must +be a multiple of the block size. This is not required when reading but +may be advisable for portability. + +Support is provided for changing the tape partition and partitioning +of the tape with one or two partitions. By default support for +partitioned tape is disabled for each driver and it can be enabled +with the ioctl MTSETDRVBUFFER. + +By default the driver writes one filemark when the device is closed after +writing and the last operation has been a write. Two filemarks can be +optionally written. In both cases end of data is signified by +returning zero bytes for two consecutive reads. + +Writing filemarks without the immediate bit set in the SCSI command block acts +as a synchronization point, i.e., all remaining data form the drive buffers is +written to tape before the command returns. This makes sure that write errors +are caught at that point, but this takes time. In some applications, several +consecutive files must be written fast. The MTWEOFI operation can be used to +write the filemarks without flushing the drive buffer. Writing filemark at +close() is always flushing the drive buffers. However, if the previous +operation is MTWEOFI, close() does not write a filemark. This can be used if +the program wants to close/open the tape device between files and wants to +skip waiting. + +If rewind, offline, bsf, or seek is done and previous tape operation was +write, a filemark is written before moving tape. + +The compile options are defined in the file linux/drivers/scsi/st_options.h. + +4. If the open option O_NONBLOCK is used, open succeeds even if the +drive is not ready. If O_NONBLOCK is not used, the driver waits for +the drive to become ready. If this does not happen in ST_BLOCK_SECONDS +seconds, open fails with the errno value EIO. With O_NONBLOCK the +device can be opened for writing even if there is a write protected +tape in the drive (commands trying to write something return error if +attempted). + + +MINOR NUMBERS + +The tape driver currently supports up to 2^17 drives if 4 modes for +each drive are used. + +The minor numbers consist of the following bit fields: + +dev_upper non-rew mode dev-lower + 20 - 8 7 6 5 4 0 +The non-rewind bit is always bit 7 (the uppermost bit in the lowermost +byte). The bits defining the mode are below the non-rewind bit. The +remaining bits define the tape device number. This numbering is +backward compatible with the numbering used when the minor number was +only 8 bits wide. + + +SYSFS SUPPORT + +The driver creates the directory /sys/class/scsi_tape and populates it with +directories corresponding to the existing tape devices. There are autorewind +and non-rewind entries for each mode. The names are stxy and nstxy, where x +is the tape number and y a character corresponding to the mode (none, l, m, +a). For example, the directories for the first tape device are (assuming four +modes): st0 nst0 st0l nst0l st0m nst0m st0a nst0a. + +Each directory contains the entries: default_blksize default_compression +default_density defined dev device driver. The file 'defined' contains 1 +if the mode is defined and zero if not defined. The files 'default_*' contain +the defaults set by the user. The value -1 means the default is not set. The +file 'dev' contains the device numbers corresponding to this device. The links +'device' and 'driver' point to the SCSI device and driver entries. + +Each directory also contains the entry 'options' which shows the currently +enabled driver and mode options. The value in the file is a bit mask where the +bit definitions are the same as those used with MTSETDRVBUFFER in setting the +options. + +A link named 'tape' is made from the SCSI device directory to the class +directory corresponding to the mode 0 auto-rewind device (e.g., st0). + + +SYSFS AND STATISTICS FOR TAPE DEVICES + +The st driver maintains statistics for tape drives inside the sysfs filesystem. +The following method can be used to locate the statistics that are +available (assuming that sysfs is mounted at /sys): + +1. Use opendir(3) on the directory /sys/class/scsi_tape +2. Use readdir(3) to read the directory contents +3. Use regcomp(3)/regexec(3) to match directory entries to the extended + regular expression "^st[0-9]+$" +4. Access the statistics from the /sys/class/scsi_tape/<match>/stats + directory (where <match> is a directory entry from /sys/class/scsi_tape + that matched the extended regular expression) + +The reason for using this approach is that all the character devices +pointing to the same tape drive use the same statistics. That means +that st0 would have the same statistics as nst0. + +The directory contains the following statistics files: + +1. in_flight - The number of I/Os currently outstanding to this device. +2. io_ns - The amount of time spent waiting (in nanoseconds) for all I/O + to complete (including read and write). This includes tape movement + commands such as seeking between file or set marks and implicit tape + movement such as when rewind on close tape devices are used. +3. other_cnt - The number of I/Os issued to the tape drive other than read or + write commands. The time taken to complete these commands uses the + following calculation io_ms-read_ms-write_ms. +4. read_byte_cnt - The number of bytes read from the tape drive. +5. read_cnt - The number of read requests issued to the tape drive. +6. read_ns - The amount of time (in nanoseconds) spent waiting for read + requests to complete. +7. write_byte_cnt - The number of bytes written to the tape drive. +8. write_cnt - The number of write requests issued to the tape drive. +9. write_ns - The amount of time (in nanoseconds) spent waiting for write + requests to complete. +10. resid_cnt - The number of times during a read or write we found + the residual amount to be non-zero. This should mean that a program + is issuing a read larger thean the block size on tape. For write + not all data made it to tape. + +Note: The in_flight value is incremented when an I/O starts the I/O +itself is not added to the statistics until it completes. + +The total of read_cnt, write_cnt, and other_cnt may not total to the same +value as iodone_cnt at the device level. The tape statistics only count +I/O issued via the st module. + +When read the statistics may not be temporally consistent while I/O is in +progress. The individual values are read and written to atomically however +when reading them back via sysfs they may be in the process of being +updated when starting an I/O or when it is completed. + +The value shown in in_flight is incremented before any statstics are +updated and decremented when an I/O completes after updating statistics. +The value of in_flight is 0 when there are no I/Os outstanding that are +issued by the st driver. Tape statistics do not take into account any +I/O performed via the sg device. + +BSD AND SYS V SEMANTICS + +The user can choose between these two behaviours of the tape driver by +defining the value of the symbol ST_SYSV. The semantics differ when a +file being read is closed. The BSD semantics leaves the tape where it +currently is whereas the SYS V semantics moves the tape past the next +filemark unless the filemark has just been crossed. + +The default is BSD semantics. + + +BUFFERING + +The driver tries to do transfers directly to/from user space. If this +is not possible, a driver buffer allocated at run-time is used. If +direct i/o is not possible for the whole transfer, the driver buffer +is used (i.e., bounce buffers for individual pages are not +used). Direct i/o can be impossible because of several reasons, e.g.: +- one or more pages are at addresses not reachable by the HBA +- the number of pages in the transfer exceeds the number of + scatter/gather segments permitted by the HBA +- one or more pages can't be locked into memory (should not happen in + any reasonable situation) + +The size of the driver buffers is always at least one tape block. In fixed +block mode, the minimum buffer size is defined (in 1024 byte units) by +ST_FIXED_BUFFER_BLOCKS. With small block size this allows buffering of +several blocks and using one SCSI read or write to transfer all of the +blocks. Buffering of data across write calls in fixed block mode is +allowed if ST_BUFFER_WRITES is non-zero and direct i/o is not used. +Buffer allocation uses chunks of memory having sizes 2^n * (page +size). Because of this the actual buffer size may be larger than the +minimum allowable buffer size. + +NOTE that if direct i/o is used, the small writes are not buffered. This may +cause a surprise when moving from 2.4. There small writes (e.g., tar without +-b option) may have had good throughput but this is not true any more with +2.6. Direct i/o can be turned off to solve this problem but a better solution +is to use bigger write() byte counts (e.g., tar -b 64). + +Asynchronous writing. Writing the buffer contents to the tape is +started and the write call returns immediately. The status is checked +at the next tape operation. Asynchronous writes are not done with +direct i/o and not in fixed block mode. + +Buffered writes and asynchronous writes may in some rare cases cause +problems in multivolume operations if there is not enough space on the +tape after the early-warning mark to flush the driver buffer. + +Read ahead for fixed block mode (ST_READ_AHEAD). Filling the buffer is +attempted even if the user does not want to get all of the data at +this read command. Should be disabled for those drives that don't like +a filemark to truncate a read request or that don't like backspacing. + +Scatter/gather buffers (buffers that consist of chunks non-contiguous +in the physical memory) are used if contiguous buffers can't be +allocated. To support all SCSI adapters (including those not +supporting scatter/gather), buffer allocation is using the following +three kinds of chunks: +1. The initial segment that is used for all SCSI adapters including +those not supporting scatter/gather. The size of this buffer will be +(PAGE_SIZE << ST_FIRST_ORDER) bytes if the system can give a chunk of +this size (and it is not larger than the buffer size specified by +ST_BUFFER_BLOCKS). If this size is not available, the driver halves +the size and tries again until the size of one page. The default +settings in st_options.h make the driver to try to allocate all of the +buffer as one chunk. +2. The scatter/gather segments to fill the specified buffer size are +allocated so that as many segments as possible are used but the number +of segments does not exceed ST_FIRST_SG. +3. The remaining segments between ST_MAX_SG (or the module parameter +max_sg_segs) and the number of segments used in phases 1 and 2 +are used to extend the buffer at run-time if this is necessary. The +number of scatter/gather segments allowed for the SCSI adapter is not +exceeded if it is smaller than the maximum number of scatter/gather +segments specified. If the maximum number allowed for the SCSI adapter +is smaller than the number of segments used in phases 1 and 2, +extending the buffer will always fail. + + +EOM BEHAVIOUR WHEN WRITING + +When the end of medium early warning is encountered, the current write +is finished and the number of bytes is returned. The next write +returns -1 and errno is set to ENOSPC. To enable writing a trailer, +the next write is allowed to proceed and, if successful, the number of +bytes is returned. After this, -1 and the number of bytes are +alternately returned until the physical end of medium (or some other +error) is encountered. + + +MODULE PARAMETERS + +The buffer size, write threshold, and the maximum number of allocated buffers +are configurable when the driver is loaded as a module. The keywords are: + +buffer_kbs=xxx the buffer size for fixed block mode is set + to xxx kilobytes +write_threshold_kbs=xxx the write threshold in kilobytes set to xxx +max_sg_segs=xxx the maximum number of scatter/gather + segments +try_direct_io=x try direct transfer between user buffer and + tape drive if this is non-zero + +Note that if the buffer size is changed but the write threshold is not +set, the write threshold is set to the new buffer size - 2 kB. + + +BOOT TIME CONFIGURATION + +If the driver is compiled into the kernel, the same parameters can be +also set using, e.g., the LILO command line. The preferred syntax is +to use the same keyword used when loading as module but prepended +with 'st.'. For instance, to set the maximum number of scatter/gather +segments, the parameter 'st.max_sg_segs=xx' should be used (xx is the +number of scatter/gather segments). + +For compatibility, the old syntax from early 2.5 and 2.4 kernel +versions is supported. The same keywords can be used as when loading +the driver as module. If several parameters are set, the keyword-value +pairs are separated with a comma (no spaces allowed). A colon can be +used instead of the equal mark. The definition is prepended by the +string st=. Here is an example: + + st=buffer_kbs:64,write_threshold_kbs:60 + +The following syntax used by the old kernel versions is also supported: + + st=aa[,bb[,dd]] + +where + aa is the buffer size for fixed block mode in 1024 byte units + bb is the write threshold in 1024 byte units + dd is the maximum number of scatter/gather segments + + +IOCTLS + +The tape is positioned and the drive parameters are set with ioctls +defined in mtio.h The tape control program 'mt' uses these ioctls. Try +to find an mt that supports all of the Linux SCSI tape ioctls and +opens the device for writing if the tape contents will be modified +(look for a package mt-st* from the Linux ftp sites; the GNU mt does +not open for writing for, e.g., erase). + +The supported ioctls are: + +The following use the structure mtop: + +MTFSF Space forward over count filemarks. Tape positioned after filemark. +MTFSFM As above but tape positioned before filemark. +MTBSF Space backward over count filemarks. Tape positioned before + filemark. +MTBSFM As above but ape positioned after filemark. +MTFSR Space forward over count records. +MTBSR Space backward over count records. +MTFSS Space forward over count setmarks. +MTBSS Space backward over count setmarks. +MTWEOF Write count filemarks. +MTWEOFI Write count filemarks with immediate bit set (i.e., does not + wait until data is on tape) +MTWSM Write count setmarks. +MTREW Rewind tape. +MTOFFL Set device off line (often rewind plus eject). +MTNOP Do nothing except flush the buffers. +MTRETEN Re-tension tape. +MTEOM Space to end of recorded data. +MTERASE Erase tape. If the argument is zero, the short erase command + is used. The long erase command is used with all other values + of the argument. +MTSEEK Seek to tape block count. Uses Tandberg-compatible seek (QFA) + for SCSI-1 drives and SCSI-2 seek for SCSI-2 drives. The file and + block numbers in the status are not valid after a seek. +MTSETBLK Set the drive block size. Setting to zero sets the drive into + variable block mode (if applicable). +MTSETDENSITY Sets the drive density code to arg. See drive + documentation for available codes. +MTLOCK and MTUNLOCK Explicitly lock/unlock the tape drive door. +MTLOAD and MTUNLOAD Explicitly load and unload the tape. If the + command argument x is between MT_ST_HPLOADER_OFFSET + 1 and + MT_ST_HPLOADER_OFFSET + 6, the number x is used sent to the + drive with the command and it selects the tape slot to use of + HP C1553A changer. +MTCOMPRESSION Sets compressing or uncompressing drive mode using the + SCSI mode page 15. Note that some drives other methods for + control of compression. Some drives (like the Exabytes) use + density codes for compression control. Some drives use another + mode page but this page has not been implemented in the + driver. Some drives without compression capability will accept + any compression mode without error. +MTSETPART Moves the tape to the partition given by the argument at the + next tape operation. The block at which the tape is positioned + is the block where the tape was previously positioned in the + new active partition unless the next tape operation is + MTSEEK. In this case the tape is moved directly to the block + specified by MTSEEK. MTSETPART is inactive unless + MT_ST_CAN_PARTITIONS set. +MTMKPART Formats the tape with one partition (argument zero) or two + partitions (argument non-zero). If the argument is positive, + it specifies the size of partition 1 in megabytes. For DDS + drives and several early drives this is the physically first + partition of the tape. If the argument is negative, its absolute + value specifies the size of partition 0 in megabytes. This is + the physically first partition of many later drives, like the + LTO drives from LTO-5 upwards. The drive has to support partitions + with size specified by the initiator. Inactive unless + MT_ST_CAN_PARTITIONS set. +MTSETDRVBUFFER + Is used for several purposes. The command is obtained from count + with mask MT_SET_OPTIONS, the low order bits are used as argument. + This command is only allowed for the superuser (root). The + subcommands are: + 0 + The drive buffer option is set to the argument. Zero means + no buffering. + MT_ST_BOOLEANS + Sets the buffering options. The bits are the new states + (enabled/disabled) the following options (in the + parenthesis is specified whether the option is global or + can be specified differently for each mode): + MT_ST_BUFFER_WRITES write buffering (mode) + MT_ST_ASYNC_WRITES asynchronous writes (mode) + MT_ST_READ_AHEAD read ahead (mode) + MT_ST_TWO_FM writing of two filemarks (global) + MT_ST_FAST_EOM using the SCSI spacing to EOD (global) + MT_ST_AUTO_LOCK automatic locking of the drive door (global) + MT_ST_DEF_WRITES the defaults are meant only for writes (mode) + MT_ST_CAN_BSR backspacing over more than one records can + be used for repositioning the tape (global) + MT_ST_NO_BLKLIMS the driver does not ask the block limits + from the drive (block size can be changed only to + variable) (global) + MT_ST_CAN_PARTITIONS enables support for partitioned + tapes (global) + MT_ST_SCSI2LOGICAL the logical block number is used in + the MTSEEK and MTIOCPOS for SCSI-2 drives instead of + the device dependent address. It is recommended to set + this flag unless there are tapes using the device + dependent (from the old times) (global) + MT_ST_SYSV sets the SYSV semantics (mode) + MT_ST_NOWAIT enables immediate mode (i.e., don't wait for + the command to finish) for some commands (e.g., rewind) + MT_ST_NOWAIT_EOF enables immediate filemark mode (i.e. when + writing a filemark, don't wait for it to complete). Please + see the BASICS note about MTWEOFI with respect to the + possible dangers of writing immediate filemarks. + MT_ST_SILI enables setting the SILI bit in SCSI commands when + reading in variable block mode to enhance performance when + reading blocks shorter than the byte count; set this only + if you are sure that the drive supports SILI and the HBA + correctly returns transfer residuals + MT_ST_DEBUGGING debugging (global; debugging must be + compiled into the driver) + MT_ST_SETBOOLEANS + MT_ST_CLEARBOOLEANS + Sets or clears the option bits. + MT_ST_WRITE_THRESHOLD + Sets the write threshold for this device to kilobytes + specified by the lowest bits. + MT_ST_DEF_BLKSIZE + Defines the default block size set automatically. Value + 0xffffff means that the default is not used any more. + MT_ST_DEF_DENSITY + MT_ST_DEF_DRVBUFFER + Used to set or clear the density (8 bits), and drive buffer + state (3 bits). If the value is MT_ST_CLEAR_DEFAULT + (0xfffff) the default will not be used any more. Otherwise + the lowermost bits of the value contain the new value of + the parameter. + MT_ST_DEF_COMPRESSION + The compression default will not be used if the value of + the lowermost byte is 0xff. Otherwise the lowermost bit + contains the new default. If the bits 8-15 are set to a + non-zero number, and this number is not 0xff, the number is + used as the compression algorithm. The value + MT_ST_CLEAR_DEFAULT can be used to clear the compression + default. + MT_ST_SET_TIMEOUT + Set the normal timeout in seconds for this device. The + default is 900 seconds (15 minutes). The timeout should be + long enough for the retries done by the device while + reading/writing. + MT_ST_SET_LONG_TIMEOUT + Set the long timeout that is used for operations that are + known to take a long time. The default is 14000 seconds + (3.9 hours). For erase this value is further multiplied by + eight. + MT_ST_SET_CLN + Set the cleaning request interpretation parameters using + the lowest 24 bits of the argument. The driver can set the + generic status bit GMT_CLN if a cleaning request bit pattern + is found from the extended sense data. Many drives set one or + more bits in the extended sense data when the drive needs + cleaning. The bits are device-dependent. The driver is + given the number of the sense data byte (the lowest eight + bits of the argument; must be >= 18 (values 1 - 17 + reserved) and <= the maximum requested sense data sixe), + a mask to select the relevant bits (the bits 9-16), and the + bit pattern (bits 17-23). If the bit pattern is zero, one + or more bits under the mask indicate cleaning request. If + the pattern is non-zero, the pattern must match the masked + sense data byte. + + (The cleaning bit is set if the additional sense code and + qualifier 00h 17h are seen regardless of the setting of + MT_ST_SET_CLN.) + +The following ioctl uses the structure mtpos: +MTIOCPOS Reads the current position from the drive. Uses + Tandberg-compatible QFA for SCSI-1 drives and the SCSI-2 + command for the SCSI-2 drives. + +The following ioctl uses the structure mtget to return the status: +MTIOCGET Returns some status information. + The file number and block number within file are returned. The + block is -1 when it can't be determined (e.g., after MTBSF). + The drive type is either MTISSCSI1 or MTISSCSI2. + The number of recovered errors since the previous status call + is stored in the lower word of the field mt_erreg. + The current block size and the density code are stored in the field + mt_dsreg (shifts for the subfields are MT_ST_BLKSIZE_SHIFT and + MT_ST_DENSITY_SHIFT). + The GMT_xxx status bits reflect the drive status. GMT_DR_OPEN + is set if there is no tape in the drive. GMT_EOD means either + end of recorded data or end of tape. GMT_EOT means end of tape. + + +MISCELLANEOUS COMPILE OPTIONS + +The recovered write errors are considered fatal if ST_RECOVERED_WRITE_FATAL +is defined. + +The maximum number of tape devices is determined by the define +ST_MAX_TAPES. If more tapes are detected at driver initialization, the +maximum is adjusted accordingly. + +Immediate return from tape positioning SCSI commands can be enabled by +defining ST_NOWAIT. If this is defined, the user should take care that +the next tape operation is not started before the previous one has +finished. The drives and SCSI adapters should handle this condition +gracefully, but some drive/adapter combinations are known to hang the +SCSI bus in this case. + +The MTEOM command is by default implemented as spacing over 32767 +filemarks. With this method the file number in the status is +correct. The user can request using direct spacing to EOD by setting +ST_FAST_EOM 1 (or using the MT_ST_OPTIONS ioctl). In this case the file +number will be invalid. + +When using read ahead or buffered writes the position within the file +may not be correct after the file is closed (correct position may +require backspacing over more than one record). The correct position +within file can be obtained if ST_IN_FILE_POS is defined at compile +time or the MT_ST_CAN_BSR bit is set for the drive with an ioctl. +(The driver always backs over a filemark crossed by read ahead if the +user does not request data that far.) + + +DEBUGGING HINTS + +Debugging code is now compiled in by default but debugging is turned off +with the kernel module parameter debug_flag defaulting to 0. Debugging +can still be switched on and off with an ioctl. To enable debug at +module load time add debug_flag=1 to the module load options, the +debugging output is not voluminous. Debugging can also be enabled +and disabled by writing a '0' (disable) or '1' (enable) to the sysfs +file /sys/bus/scsi/drivers/st/debug_flag. + +If the tape seems to hang, I would be very interested to hear where +the driver is waiting. With the command 'ps -l' you can see the state +of the process using the tape. If the state is D, the process is +waiting for something. The field WCHAN tells where the driver is +waiting. If you have the current System.map in the correct place (in +/boot for the procps I use) or have updated /etc/psdatabase (for kmem +ps), ps writes the function name in the WCHAN field. If not, you have +to look up the function from System.map. + +Note also that the timeouts are very long compared to most other +drivers. This means that the Linux driver may appear hung although the +real reason is that the tape firmware has got confused. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/sym53c500_cs.txt b/Documentation/scsi/sym53c500_cs.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..75febcf92 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/sym53c500_cs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +The sym53c500_cs driver originated as an add-on to David Hinds' pcmcia-cs +package, and was written by Tom Corner (tcorner@via.at). A rewrite was +long overdue, and the current version addresses the following concerns: + + (1) extensive kernel changes between 2.4 and 2.6. + (2) deprecated PCMCIA support outside the kernel. + +All the USE_BIOS code has been ripped out. It was never used, and could +not have worked anyway. The USE_DMA code is likewise gone. Many thanks +to YOKOTA Hiroshi (nsp_cs driver) and David Hinds (qlogic_cs driver) for +the code fragments I shamelessly adapted for this work. Thanks also to +Christoph Hellwig for his patient tutelage while I stumbled about. + +The Symbios Logic 53c500 chip was used in the "newer" (circa 1997) version +of the New Media Bus Toaster PCMCIA SCSI controller. Presumably there are +other products using this chip, but I've never laid eyes (much less hands) +on one. + +Through the years, there have been a number of downloads of the pcmcia-cs +version of this driver, and I guess it worked for those users. It worked +for Tom Corner, and it works for me. Your mileage will probably vary. + +--Bob Tracy (rct@frus.com) diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt b/Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d28186553 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/sym53c8xx_2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1048 @@ +The Linux SYM-2 driver documentation file + +Written by Gerard Roudier <groudier@free.fr> +21 Rue Carnot +95170 DEUIL LA BARRE - FRANCE + +Updated by Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx> + +2004-10-09 +=============================================================================== + +1. Introduction +2. Supported chips and SCSI features +3. Advantages of this driver for newer chips. + 3.1 Optimized SCSI SCRIPTS + 3.2 New features appeared with the SYM53C896 +4. Memory mapped I/O versus normal I/O +5. Tagged command queueing +6. Parity checking +7. Profiling information +8. Control commands + 8.1 Set minimum synchronous period + 8.2 Set wide size + 8.3 Set maximum number of concurrent tagged commands + 8.4 Set debug mode + 8.5 Set flag (no_disc) + 8.6 Set verbose level + 8.7 Reset all logical units of a target + 8.8 Abort all tasks of all logical units of a target +9. Configuration parameters +10. Boot setup commands + 10.1 Syntax + 10.2 Available arguments + 10.2.1 Default number of tagged commands + 10.2.2 Burst max + 10.2.3 LED support + 10.2.4 Differential mode + 10.2.5 IRQ mode + 10.2.6 Check SCSI BUS + 10.2.7 Suggest a default SCSI id for hosts + 10.2.8 Verbosity level + 10.2.9 Debug mode + 10.2.10 Settle delay + 10.2.11 Serial NVRAM + 10.2.12 Exclude a host from being attached + 10.3 Converting from old options + 10.4 SCSI BUS checking boot option +11. SCSI problem troubleshooting + 15.1 Problem tracking + 15.2 Understanding hardware error reports +12. Serial NVRAM support (by Richard Waltham) + 17.1 Features + 17.2 Symbios NVRAM layout + 17.3 Tekram NVRAM layout + +=============================================================================== + +1. Introduction + +This driver supports the whole SYM53C8XX family of PCI-SCSI controllers. +It also support the subset of LSI53C10XX PCI-SCSI controllers that are based +on the SYM53C8XX SCRIPTS language. + +It replaces the sym53c8xx+ncr53c8xx driver bundle and shares its core code +with the FreeBSD SYM-2 driver. The `glue' that allows this driver to work +under Linux is contained in 2 files named sym_glue.h and sym_glue.c. +Other drivers files are intended not to depend on the Operating System +on which the driver is used. + +The history of this driver can be summarized as follows: + +1993: ncr driver written for 386bsd and FreeBSD by: + Wolfgang Stanglmeier <wolf@cologne.de> + Stefan Esser <se@mi.Uni-Koeln.de> + +1996: port of the ncr driver to Linux-1.2.13 and rename it ncr53c8xx. + Gerard Roudier + +1998: new sym53c8xx driver for Linux based on LOAD/STORE instruction and that + adds full support for the 896 but drops support for early NCR devices. + Gerard Roudier + +1999: port of the sym53c8xx driver to FreeBSD and support for the LSI53C1010 + 33 MHz and 66MHz Ultra-3 controllers. The new driver is named `sym'. + Gerard Roudier + +2000: Add support for early NCR devices to FreeBSD `sym' driver. + Break the driver into several sources and separate the OS glue + code from the core code that can be shared among different O/Ses. + Write a glue code for Linux. + Gerard Roudier + +2004: Remove FreeBSD compatibility code. Remove support for versions of + Linux before 2.6. Start using Linux facilities. + +This README file addresses the Linux version of the driver. Under FreeBSD, +the driver documentation is the sym.8 man page. + +Information about new chips is available at LSILOGIC web server: + + http://www.lsilogic.com/ + +SCSI standard documentations are available at T10 site: + + http://www.t10.org/ + +Useful SCSI tools written by Eric Youngdale are part of most Linux +distributions: + scsiinfo: command line tool + scsi-config: TCL/Tk tool using scsiinfo + +2. Supported chips and SCSI features + +The following features are supported for all chips: + + Synchronous negotiation + Disconnection + Tagged command queuing + SCSI parity checking + PCI Master parity checking + +Other features depends on chip capabilities. +The driver notably uses optimized SCRIPTS for devices that support +LOAD/STORE and handles PHASE MISMATCH from SCRIPTS for devices that +support the corresponding feature. + +The following table shows some characteristics of the chip family. + + On board LOAD/STORE HARDWARE +Chip SDMS BIOS Wide SCSI std. Max. sync SCRIPTS PHASE MISMATCH +---- --------- ---- --------- ---------- ---------- -------------- +810 N N FAST10 10 MB/s N N +810A N N FAST10 10 MB/s Y N +815 Y N FAST10 10 MB/s N N +825 Y Y FAST10 20 MB/s N N +825A Y Y FAST10 20 MB/s Y N +860 N N FAST20 20 MB/s Y N +875 Y Y FAST20 40 MB/s Y N +875A Y Y FAST20 40 MB/s Y Y +876 Y Y FAST20 40 MB/s Y N +895 Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y N +895A Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +896 Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +897 Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +1510D Y Y FAST40 80 MB/s Y Y +1010 Y Y FAST80 160 MB/s Y Y +1010_66* Y Y FAST80 160 MB/s Y Y + +* Chip supports 33MHz and 66MHz PCI bus clock. + + +Summary of other supported features: + +Module: allow to load the driver +Memory mapped I/O: increases performance +Control commands: write operations to the proc SCSI file system +Debugging information: written to syslog (expert only) +Scatter / gather +Shared interrupt +Boot setup commands +Serial NVRAM: Symbios and Tekram formats + + +3. Advantages of this driver for newer chips. + +3.1 Optimized SCSI SCRIPTS. + +All chips except the 810, 815 and 825, support new SCSI SCRIPTS instructions +named LOAD and STORE that allow to move up to 1 DWORD from/to an IO register +to/from memory much faster that the MOVE MEMORY instruction that is supported +by the 53c7xx and 53c8xx family. + +The LOAD/STORE instructions support absolute and DSA relative addressing +modes. The SCSI SCRIPTS had been entirely rewritten using LOAD/STORE instead +of MOVE MEMORY instructions. + +Due to the lack of LOAD/STORE SCRIPTS instructions by earlier chips, this +driver also incorporates a different SCRIPTS set based on MEMORY MOVE, in +order to provide support for the entire SYM53C8XX chips family. + +3.2 New features appeared with the SYM53C896 + +Newer chips (see above) allows handling of the phase mismatch context from +SCRIPTS (avoids the phase mismatch interrupt that stops the SCSI processor +until the C code has saved the context of the transfer). + +The 896 and 1010 chips support 64 bit PCI transactions and addressing, +while the 895A supports 32 bit PCI transactions and 64 bit addressing. +The SCRIPTS processor of these chips is not true 64 bit, but uses segment +registers for bit 32-63. Another interesting feature is that LOAD/STORE +instructions that address the on-chip RAM (8k) remain internal to the chip. + +4. Memory mapped I/O versus normal I/O + +Memory mapped I/O has less latency than normal I/O and is the recommended +way for doing IO with PCI devices. Memory mapped I/O seems to work fine on +most hardware configurations, but some poorly designed chipsets may break +this feature. A configuration option is provided for normal I/O to be +used but the driver defaults to MMIO. + +5. Tagged command queueing + +Queuing more than 1 command at a time to a device allows it to perform +optimizations based on actual head positions and its mechanical +characteristics. This feature may also reduce average command latency. +In order to really gain advantage of this feature, devices must have +a reasonable cache size (No miracle is to be expected for a low-end +hard disk with 128 KB or less). +Some known old SCSI devices do not properly support tagged command queuing. +Generally, firmware revisions that fix this kind of problems are available +at respective vendor web/ftp sites. +All I can say is that I never have had problem with tagged queuing using +this driver and its predecessors. Hard disks that behaved correctly for +me using tagged commands are the following: + +- IBM S12 0662 +- Conner 1080S +- Quantum Atlas I +- Quantum Atlas II +- Seagate Cheetah I +- Quantum Viking II +- IBM DRVS +- Quantum Atlas IV +- Seagate Cheetah II + +If your controller has NVRAM, you can configure this feature per target +from the user setup tool. The Tekram Setup program allows to tune the +maximum number of queued commands up to 32. The Symbios Setup only allows +to enable or disable this feature. + +The maximum number of simultaneous tagged commands queued to a device +is currently set to 16 by default. This value is suitable for most SCSI +disks. With large SCSI disks (>= 2GB, cache >= 512KB, average seek time +<= 10 ms), using a larger value may give better performances. + +This driver supports up to 255 commands per device, and but using more than +64 is generally not worth-while, unless you are using a very large disk or +disk arrays. It is noticeable that most of recent hard disks seem not to +accept more than 64 simultaneous commands. So, using more than 64 queued +commands is probably just resource wasting. + +If your controller does not have NVRAM or if it is managed by the SDMS +BIOS/SETUP, you can configure tagged queueing feature and device queue +depths from the boot command-line. For example: + + sym53c8xx=tags:4/t2t3q15-t4q7/t1u0q32 + +will set tagged commands queue depths as follow: + +- target 2 all luns on controller 0 --> 15 +- target 3 all luns on controller 0 --> 15 +- target 4 all luns on controller 0 --> 7 +- target 1 lun 0 on controller 1 --> 32 +- all other target/lun --> 4 + +In some special conditions, some SCSI disk firmwares may return a +QUEUE FULL status for a SCSI command. This behaviour is managed by the +driver using the following heuristic: + +- Each time a QUEUE FULL status is returned, tagged queue depth is reduced + to the actual number of disconnected commands. + +- Every 200 successfully completed SCSI commands, if allowed by the + current limit, the maximum number of queueable commands is incremented. + +Since QUEUE FULL status reception and handling is resource wasting, the +driver notifies by default this problem to user by indicating the actual +number of commands used and their status, as well as its decision on the +device queue depth change. +The heuristic used by the driver in handling QUEUE FULL ensures that the +impact on performances is not too bad. You can get rid of the messages by +setting verbose level to zero, as follow: + +1st method: boot your system using 'sym53c8xx=verb:0' option. +2nd method: apply "setverbose 0" control command to the proc fs entry + corresponding to your controller after boot-up. + +6. Parity checking + +The driver supports SCSI parity checking and PCI bus master parity +checking. These features must be enabled in order to ensure safe +data transfers. Some flawed devices or mother boards may have problems +with parity. The options to defeat parity checking have been removed +from the driver. + +7. Profiling information + +This driver does not provide profiling information as did its predecessors. +This feature was not this useful and added complexity to the code. +As the driver code got more complex, I have decided to remove everything +that didn't seem actually useful. + +8. Control commands + +Control commands can be sent to the driver with write operations to +the proc SCSI file system. The generic command syntax is the +following: + + echo "<verb> <parameters>" >/proc/scsi/sym53c8xx/0 + (assumes controller number is 0) + +Using "all" for "<target>" parameter with the commands below will +apply to all targets of the SCSI chain (except the controller). + +Available commands: + +8.1 Set minimum synchronous period factor + + setsync <target> <period factor> + + target: target number + period: minimum synchronous period. + Maximum speed = 1000/(4*period factor) except for special + cases below. + + Specify a period of 0, to force asynchronous transfer mode. + + 9 means 12.5 nano-seconds synchronous period + 10 means 25 nano-seconds synchronous period + 11 means 30 nano-seconds synchronous period + 12 means 50 nano-seconds synchronous period + +8.2 Set wide size + + setwide <target> <size> + + target: target number + size: 0=8 bits, 1=16bits + +8.3 Set maximum number of concurrent tagged commands + + settags <target> <tags> + + target: target number + tags: number of concurrent tagged commands + must not be greater than configured (default: 16) + +8.4 Set debug mode + + setdebug <list of debug flags> + + Available debug flags: + alloc: print info about memory allocations (ccb, lcb) + queue: print info about insertions into the command start queue + result: print sense data on CHECK CONDITION status + scatter: print info about the scatter process + scripts: print info about the script binding process + tiny: print minimal debugging information + timing: print timing information of the NCR chip + nego: print information about SCSI negotiations + phase: print information on script interruptions + + Use "setdebug" with no argument to reset debug flags. + + +8.5 Set flag (no_disc) + + setflag <target> <flag> + + target: target number + + For the moment, only one flag is available: + + no_disc: not allow target to disconnect. + + Do not specify any flag in order to reset the flag. For example: + - setflag 4 + will reset no_disc flag for target 4, so will allow it disconnections. + - setflag all + will allow disconnection for all devices on the SCSI bus. + + +8.6 Set verbose level + + setverbose #level + + The driver default verbose level is 1. This command allows to change + th driver verbose level after boot-up. + +8.7 Reset all logical units of a target + + resetdev <target> + + target: target number + The driver will try to send a BUS DEVICE RESET message to the target. + +8.8 Abort all tasks of all logical units of a target + + cleardev <target> + + target: target number + The driver will try to send a ABORT message to all the logical units + of the target. + + +9. Configuration parameters + +Under kernel configuration tools (make menuconfig, for example), it is +possible to change some default driver configuration parameters. +If the firmware of all your devices is perfect enough, all the +features supported by the driver can be enabled at start-up. However, +if only one has a flaw for some SCSI feature, you can disable the +support by the driver of this feature at linux start-up and enable +this feature after boot-up only for devices that support it safely. + +Configuration parameters: + +Use normal IO (default answer: n) + Answer "y" if you suspect your mother board to not allow memory mapped I/O. + May slow down performance a little. + +Default tagged command queue depth (default answer: 16) + Entering 0 defaults to tagged commands not being used. + This parameter can be specified from the boot command line. + +Maximum number of queued commands (default answer: 32) + This option allows you to specify the maximum number of tagged commands + that can be queued to a device. The maximum supported value is 255. + +Synchronous transfers frequency (default answer: 80) + This option allows you to specify the frequency in MHz the driver + will use at boot time for synchronous data transfer negotiations. + 0 means "asynchronous data transfers". + +10. Boot setup commands + +10.1 Syntax + +Setup commands can be passed to the driver either at boot time or as +parameters to modprobe, as described in Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst + +Example of boot setup command under lilo prompt: + +lilo: linux root=/dev/sda2 sym53c8xx.cmd_per_lun=4 sym53c8xx.sync=10 sym53c8xx.debug=0x200 + +- enable tagged commands, up to 4 tagged commands queued. +- set synchronous negotiation speed to 10 Mega-transfers / second. +- set DEBUG_NEGO flag. + +The following command will install the driver module with the same +options as above. + + modprobe sym53c8xx cmd_per_lun=4 sync=10 debug=0x200 + +10.2 Available arguments + +10.2.1 Default number of tagged commands + cmd_per_lun=0 (or cmd_per_lun=1) tagged command queuing disabled + cmd_per_lun=#tags (#tags > 1) tagged command queuing enabled + #tags will be truncated to the max queued commands configuration parameter. + +10.2.2 Burst max + burst=0 burst disabled + burst=255 get burst length from initial IO register settings. + burst=#x burst enabled (1<<#x burst transfers max) + #x is an integer value which is log base 2 of the burst transfers max. + By default the driver uses the maximum value supported by the chip. + +10.2.3 LED support + led=1 enable LED support + led=0 disable LED support + Do not enable LED support if your scsi board does not use SDMS BIOS. + (See 'Configuration parameters') + +10.2.4 Differential mode + diff=0 never set up diff mode + diff=1 set up diff mode if BIOS set it + diff=2 always set up diff mode + diff=3 set diff mode if GPIO3 is not set + +10.2.5 IRQ mode + irqm=0 always open drain + irqm=1 same as initial settings (assumed BIOS settings) + irqm=2 always totem pole + +10.2.6 Check SCSI BUS + buschk=<option bits> + + Available option bits: + 0x0: No check. + 0x1: Check and do not attach the controller on error. + 0x2: Check and just warn on error. + +10.2.7 Suggest a default SCSI id for hosts + hostid=255 no id suggested. + hostid=#x (0 < x < 7) x suggested for hosts SCSI id. + + If a host SCSI id is available from the NVRAM, the driver will ignore + any value suggested as boot option. Otherwise, if a suggested value + different from 255 has been supplied, it will use it. Otherwise, it will + try to deduce the value previously set in the hardware and use value + 7 if the hardware value is zero. + +10.2.8 Verbosity level + verb=0 minimal + verb=1 normal + verb=2 too much + +10.2.9 Debug mode + debug=0 clear debug flags + debug=#x set debug flags + #x is an integer value combining the following power-of-2 values: + DEBUG_ALLOC 0x1 + DEBUG_PHASE 0x2 + DEBUG_POLL 0x4 + DEBUG_QUEUE 0x8 + DEBUG_RESULT 0x10 + DEBUG_SCATTER 0x20 + DEBUG_SCRIPT 0x40 + DEBUG_TINY 0x80 + DEBUG_TIMING 0x100 + DEBUG_NEGO 0x200 + DEBUG_TAGS 0x400 + DEBUG_FREEZE 0x800 + DEBUG_RESTART 0x1000 + + You can play safely with DEBUG_NEGO. However, some of these flags may + generate bunches of syslog messages. + +10.2.10 Settle delay + settle=n delay for n seconds + + After a bus reset, the driver will delay for n seconds before talking + to any device on the bus. The default is 3 seconds and safe mode will + default it to 10. + +10.2.11 Serial NVRAM + NB: option not currently implemented. + nvram=n do not look for serial NVRAM + nvram=y test controllers for onboard serial NVRAM + (alternate binary form) + nvram=<bits options> + 0x01 look for NVRAM (equivalent to nvram=y) + 0x02 ignore NVRAM "Synchronous negotiation" parameters for all devices + 0x04 ignore NVRAM "Wide negotiation" parameter for all devices + 0x08 ignore NVRAM "Scan at boot time" parameter for all devices + 0x80 also attach controllers set to OFF in the NVRAM (sym53c8xx only) + +10.2.12 Exclude a host from being attached + excl=<io_address>,... + + Prevent host at a given io address from being attached. + For example 'excl=0xb400,0xc000' indicate to the + driver not to attach hosts at address 0xb400 and 0xc000. + +10.3 Converting from old style options + +Previously, the sym2 driver accepted arguments of the form + sym53c8xx=tags:4,sync:10,debug:0x200 + +As a result of the new module parameters, this is no longer available. +Most of the options have remained the same, but tags has become +cmd_per_lun to reflect its different purposes. The sample above would +be specified as: + modprobe sym53c8xx cmd_per_lun=4 sync=10 debug=0x200 + +or on the kernel boot line as: + sym53c8xx.cmd_per_lun=4 sym53c8xx.sync=10 sym53c8xx.debug=0x200 + +10.4 SCSI BUS checking boot option. + +When this option is set to a non-zero value, the driver checks SCSI lines +logic state, 100 micro-seconds after having asserted the SCSI RESET line. +The driver just reads SCSI lines and checks all lines read FALSE except RESET. +Since SCSI devices shall release the BUS at most 800 nano-seconds after SCSI +RESET has been asserted, any signal to TRUE may indicate a SCSI BUS problem. +Unfortunately, the following common SCSI BUS problems are not detected: +- Only 1 terminator installed. +- Misplaced terminators. +- Bad quality terminators. +On the other hand, either bad cabling, broken devices, not conformant +devices, ... may cause a SCSI signal to be wrong when te driver reads it. + +15. SCSI problem troubleshooting + +15.1 Problem tracking + +Most SCSI problems are due to a non conformant SCSI bus or too buggy +devices. If unfortunately you have SCSI problems, you can check the +following things: + +- SCSI bus cables +- terminations at both end of the SCSI chain +- linux syslog messages (some of them may help you) + +If you do not find the source of problems, you can configure the +driver or devices in the NVRAM with minimal features. + +- only asynchronous data transfers +- tagged commands disabled +- disconnections not allowed + +Now, if your SCSI bus is ok, your system has every chance to work +with this safe configuration but performances will not be optimal. + +If it still fails, then you can send your problem description to +appropriate mailing lists or news-groups. Send me a copy in order to +be sure I will receive it. Obviously, a bug in the driver code is +possible. + + My current email address: Gerard Roudier <groudier@free.fr> + +Allowing disconnections is important if you use several devices on +your SCSI bus but often causes problems with buggy devices. +Synchronous data transfers increases throughput of fast devices like +hard disks. Good SCSI hard disks with a large cache gain advantage of +tagged commands queuing. + +15.2 Understanding hardware error reports + +When the driver detects an unexpected error condition, it may display a +message of the following pattern. + +sym0:1: ERROR (0:48) (1-21-65) (f/95/0) @ (script 7c0:19000000). +sym0: script cmd = 19000000 +sym0: regdump: da 10 80 95 47 0f 01 07 75 01 81 21 80 01 09 00. + +Some fields in such a message may help you understand the cause of the +problem, as follows: + +sym0:1: ERROR (0:48) (1-21-65) (f/95/0) @ (script 7c0:19000000). +.....A.........B.C....D.E..F....G.H..I.......J.....K...L....... + +Field A : target number. + SCSI ID of the device the controller was talking with at the moment the + error occurs. + +Field B : DSTAT io register (DMA STATUS) + Bit 0x40 : MDPE Master Data Parity Error + Data parity error detected on the PCI BUS. + Bit 0x20 : BF Bus Fault + PCI bus fault condition detected + Bit 0x01 : IID Illegal Instruction Detected + Set by the chip when it detects an Illegal Instruction format + on some condition that makes an instruction illegal. + Bit 0x80 : DFE Dma Fifo Empty + Pure status bit that does not indicate an error. + If the reported DSTAT value contains a combination of MDPE (0x40), + BF (0x20), then the cause may be likely due to a PCI BUS problem. + +Field C : SIST io register (SCSI Interrupt Status) + Bit 0x08 : SGE SCSI GROSS ERROR + Indicates that the chip detected a severe error condition + on the SCSI BUS that prevents the SCSI protocol from functioning + properly. + Bit 0x04 : UDC Unexpected Disconnection + Indicates that the device released the SCSI BUS when the chip + was not expecting this to happen. A device may behave so to + indicate the SCSI initiator that an error condition not reportable using the SCSI protocol has occurred. + Bit 0x02 : RST SCSI BUS Reset + Generally SCSI targets do not reset the SCSI BUS, although any + device on the BUS can reset it at any time. + Bit 0x01 : PAR Parity + SCSI parity error detected. + On a faulty SCSI BUS, any error condition among SGE (0x08), UDC (0x04) and + PAR (0x01) may be detected by the chip. If your SCSI system sometimes + encounters such error conditions, especially SCSI GROSS ERROR, then a SCSI + BUS problem is likely the cause of these errors. + +For fields D,E,F,G and H, you may look into the sym53c8xx_defs.h file +that contains some minimal comments on IO register bits. +Field D : SOCL Scsi Output Control Latch + This register reflects the state of the SCSI control lines the + chip want to drive or compare against. +Field E : SBCL Scsi Bus Control Lines + Actual value of control lines on the SCSI BUS. +Field F : SBDL Scsi Bus Data Lines + Actual value of data lines on the SCSI BUS. +Field G : SXFER SCSI Transfer + Contains the setting of the Synchronous Period for output and + the current Synchronous offset (offset 0 means asynchronous). +Field H : SCNTL3 Scsi Control Register 3 + Contains the setting of timing values for both asynchronous and + synchronous data transfers. +Field I : SCNTL4 Scsi Control Register 4 + Only meaningful for 53C1010 Ultra3 controllers. + +Understanding Fields J, K, L and dumps requires to have good knowledge of +SCSI standards, chip cores functionnals and internal driver data structures. +You are not required to decode and understand them, unless you want to help +maintain the driver code. + +17. Serial NVRAM (added by Richard Waltham: dormouse@farsrobt.demon.co.uk) + +17.1 Features + +Enabling serial NVRAM support enables detection of the serial NVRAM included +on Symbios and some Symbios compatible host adaptors, and Tekram boards. The +serial NVRAM is used by Symbios and Tekram to hold set up parameters for the +host adaptor and its attached drives. + +The Symbios NVRAM also holds data on the boot order of host adaptors in a +system with more than one host adaptor. This information is no longer used +as it's fundamentally incompatible with the hotplug PCI model. + +Tekram boards using Symbios chips, DC390W/F/U, which have NVRAM are detected +and this is used to distinguish between Symbios compatible and Tekram host +adaptors. This is used to disable the Symbios compatible "diff" setting +incorrectly set on Tekram boards if the CONFIG_SCSI_53C8XX_SYMBIOS_COMPAT +configuration parameter is set enabling both Symbios and Tekram boards to be +used together with the Symbios cards using all their features, including +"diff" support. ("led pin" support for Symbios compatible cards can remain +enabled when using Tekram cards. It does nothing useful for Tekram host +adaptors but does not cause problems either.) + +The parameters the driver is able to get from the NVRAM depend on the +data format used, as follow: + + Tekram format Symbios format +General and host parameters + Boot order N Y + Host SCSI ID Y Y + SCSI parity checking Y Y + Verbose boot messages N Y +SCSI devices parameters + Synchronous transfer speed Y Y + Wide 16 / Narrow Y Y + Tagged Command Queuing enabled Y Y + Disconnections enabled Y Y + Scan at boot time N Y + +In order to speed up the system boot, for each device configured without +the "scan at boot time" option, the driver forces an error on the +first TEST UNIT READY command received for this device. + + +17.2 Symbios NVRAM layout + +typical data at NVRAM address 0x100 (53c810a NVRAM) +----------------------------------------------------------- +00 00 +64 01 +8e 0b + +00 30 00 00 00 00 07 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 07 04 10 04 00 00 + +04 00 0f 00 00 10 00 50 00 00 01 00 00 62 +04 00 03 00 00 10 00 58 00 00 01 00 00 63 +04 00 01 00 00 10 00 48 00 00 01 00 00 61 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +fe fe +00 00 +00 00 +----------------------------------------------------------- +NVRAM layout details + +NVRAM Address 0x000-0x0ff not used + 0x100-0x26f initialised data + 0x270-0x7ff not used + +general layout + + header - 6 bytes, + data - 356 bytes (checksum is byte sum of this data) + trailer - 6 bytes + --- + total 368 bytes + +data area layout + + controller set up - 20 bytes + boot configuration - 56 bytes (4x14 bytes) + device set up - 128 bytes (16x8 bytes) + unused (spare?) - 152 bytes (19x8 bytes) + --- + total 356 bytes + +----------------------------------------------------------- +header + +00 00 - ?? start marker +64 01 - byte count (lsb/msb excludes header/trailer) +8e 0b - checksum (lsb/msb excludes header/trailer) +----------------------------------------------------------- +controller set up + +00 30 00 00 00 00 07 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 07 04 10 04 00 00 + | | | | + | | | -- host ID + | | | + | | --Removable Media Support + | | 0x00 = none + | | 0x01 = Bootable Device + | | 0x02 = All with Media + | | + | --flag bits 2 + | 0x00000001= scan order hi->low + | (default 0x00 - scan low->hi) + --flag bits 1 + 0x00000001 scam enable + 0x00000010 parity enable + 0x00000100 verbose boot msgs + +remaining bytes unknown - they do not appear to change in my +current set up for any of the controllers. + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +(Removable Media added Symbios BIOS version 4.09) +----------------------------------------------------------- +boot configuration + +boot order set by order of the devices in this table + +04 00 0f 00 00 10 00 50 00 00 01 00 00 62 -- 1st controller +04 00 03 00 00 10 00 58 00 00 01 00 00 63 2nd controller +04 00 01 00 00 10 00 48 00 00 01 00 00 61 3rd controller +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 4th controller + | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | ---- PCI io port adr + | | | | | --0x01 init/scan at boot time + | | | | --PCI device/function number (0xdddddfff) + | | ----- ?? PCI vendor ID (lsb/msb) + ----PCI device ID (lsb/msb) + +?? use of this data is a guess but seems reasonable + +remaining bytes unknown - they do not appear to change in my +current set up + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +----------------------------------------------------------- +device set up (up to 16 devices - includes controller) + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 - id 0 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 + +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 +0f 00 08 08 64 00 0a 00 - id 15 + | | | | | | + | | | | ----timeout (lsb/msb) + | | | --synch period (0x?? 40 Mtrans/sec- fast 40) (probably 0x28) + | | | (0x30 20 Mtrans/sec- fast 20) + | | | (0x64 10 Mtrans/sec- fast ) + | | | (0xc8 5 Mtrans/sec) + | | | (0x00 asynchronous) + | | -- ?? max sync offset (0x08 in NVRAM on 53c810a) + | | (0x10 in NVRAM on 53c875) + | --device bus width (0x08 narrow) + | (0x10 16 bit wide) + --flag bits + 0x00000001 - disconnect enabled + 0x00000010 - scan at boot time + 0x00000100 - scan luns + 0x00001000 - queue tags enabled + +remaining bytes unknown - they do not appear to change in my +current set up + +?? use of this data is a guess but seems reasonable +(but it could be max bus width) + +default set up for 53c810a NVRAM +default set up for 53c875 NVRAM - bus width - 0x10 + - sync offset ? - 0x10 + - sync period - 0x30 +----------------------------------------------------------- +?? spare device space (32 bit bus ??) + +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 (19x8bytes) +. +. +00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +----------------------------------------------------------- +trailer + +fe fe - ? end marker ? +00 00 +00 00 + +default set up is identical for 53c810a and 53c875 NVRAM +----------------------------------------------------------- + + + +17.3 Tekram NVRAM layout + +nvram 64x16 (1024 bit) + +Drive settings + +Drive ID 0-15 (addr 0x0yyyy0 = device setup, yyyy = ID) + (addr 0x0yyyy1 = 0x0000) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | | ----- parity check 0 - off + | | | | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | ------- sync neg 0 - off + | | | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | | | + | | | | | | --------- disconnect 0 - off + | | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | | + | | | | | ----------- start cmd 0 - off + | | | | | 1 - on + | | | | | + | | | | -------------- tagged cmds 0 - off + | | | | 1 - on + | | | | + | | | ---------------- wide neg 0 - off + | | | 1 - on + | | | + --------------------------- sync rate 0 - 10.0 Mtrans/sec + 1 - 8.0 + 2 - 6.6 + 3 - 5.7 + 4 - 5.0 + 5 - 4.0 + 6 - 3.0 + 7 - 2.0 + 7 - 2.0 + 8 - 20.0 + 9 - 16.7 + a - 13.9 + b - 11.9 + +Global settings + +Host flags 0 (addr 0x100000, 32) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | | | | | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | | ----------- host ID 0x00 - 0x0f + | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | ----------------------- support for 0 - off + | | | | | | | > 2 drives 1 - on + | | | | | | | + | | | | | | ------------------------- support drives 0 - off + | | | | | | > 1Gbytes 1 - on + | | | | | | + | | | | | --------------------------- bus reset on 0 - off + | | | | | power on 1 - on + | | | | | + | | | | ----------------------------- active neg 0 - off + | | | | 1 - on + | | | | + | | | -------------------------------- imm seek 0 - off + | | | 1 - on + | | | + | | ---------------------------------- scan luns 0 - off + | | 1 - on + | | + -------------------------------------- removable 0 - disable + as BIOS dev 1 - boot device + 2 - all + +Host flags 1 (addr 0x100001, 33) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | | | | | | + | | | --------- boot delay 0 - 3 sec + | | | 1 - 5 + | | | 2 - 10 + | | | 3 - 20 + | | | 4 - 30 + | | | 5 - 60 + | | | 6 - 120 + | | | + --------------------------- max tag cmds 0 - 2 + 1 - 4 + 2 - 8 + 3 - 16 + 4 - 32 + +Host flags 2 (addr 0x100010, 34) + + x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x + | + ----- F2/F6 enable 0 - off ??? + 1 - on ??? + +checksum (addr 0x111111) + +checksum = 0x1234 - (sum addr 0-63) + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +default nvram data: + +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 +0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 0x0037 0x0000 + +0x0f07 0x0400 0x0001 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 +0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 +0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 +0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0x0000 0xfbbc + + +=============================================================================== +End of Linux SYM-2 driver documentation file diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/tcm_qla2xxx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/tcm_qla2xxx.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c3a670a25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/tcm_qla2xxx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +tcm_qla2xxx jam_host attribute +------------------------------ +There is now a new module endpoint atribute called jam_host +attribute: jam_host: boolean=0/1 +This attribute and accompanying code is only included if the +Kconfig parameter TCM_QLA2XXX_DEBUG is set to Y +By default this jammer code and functionality is disabled + +Use this attribute to control the discarding of SCSI commands to a +selected host. +This may be useful for testing error handling and simulating slow drain +and other fabric issues. + +Setting a boolean of 1 for the jam_host attribute for a particular host + will discard the commands for that host. +Reset back to 0 to stop the jamming. + +Enable host 4 to be jammed +echo 1 > /sys/kernel/config/target/qla2xxx/21:00:00:24:ff:27:8f:ae/tpgt_1/attrib/jam_host + +Disable jamming on host 4 +echo 0 > /sys/kernel/config/target/qla2xxx/21:00:00:24:ff:27:8f:ae/tpgt_1/attrib/jam_host diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ufs.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ufs.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41a616459 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ufs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ + Universal Flash Storage + ======================= + + +Contents +-------- + +1. Overview +2. UFS Architecture Overview + 2.1 Application Layer + 2.2 UFS Transport Protocol(UTP) layer + 2.3 UFS Interconnect(UIC) Layer +3. UFSHCD Overview + 3.1 UFS controller initialization + 3.2 UTP Transfer requests + 3.3 UFS error handling + 3.4 SCSI Error handling + + +1. Overview +----------- + +Universal Flash Storage(UFS) is a storage specification for flash devices. +It is aimed to provide a universal storage interface for both +embedded and removable flash memory based storage in mobile +devices such as smart phones and tablet computers. The specification +is defined by JEDEC Solid State Technology Association. UFS is based +on MIPI M-PHY physical layer standard. UFS uses MIPI M-PHY as the +physical layer and MIPI Unipro as the link layer. + +The main goals of UFS is to provide, + * Optimized performance: + For UFS version 1.0 and 1.1 the target performance is as follows, + Support for Gear1 is mandatory (rate A: 1248Mbps, rate B: 1457.6Mbps) + Support for Gear2 is optional (rate A: 2496Mbps, rate B: 2915.2Mbps) + Future version of the standard, + Gear3 (rate A: 4992Mbps, rate B: 5830.4Mbps) + * Low power consumption + * High random IOPs and low latency + + +2. UFS Architecture Overview +---------------------------- + +UFS has a layered communication architecture which is based on SCSI +SAM-5 architectural model. + +UFS communication architecture consists of following layers, + +2.1 Application Layer + + The Application layer is composed of UFS command set layer(UCS), + Task Manager and Device manager. The UFS interface is designed to be + protocol agnostic, however SCSI has been selected as a baseline + protocol for versions 1.0 and 1.1 of UFS protocol layer. + UFS supports subset of SCSI commands defined by SPC-4 and SBC-3. + * UCS: It handles SCSI commands supported by UFS specification. + * Task manager: It handles task management functions defined by the + UFS which are meant for command queue control. + * Device manager: It handles device level operations and device + configuration operations. Device level operations mainly involve + device power management operations and commands to Interconnect + layers. Device level configurations involve handling of query + requests which are used to modify and retrieve configuration + information of the device. + +2.2 UFS Transport Protocol(UTP) layer + + UTP layer provides services for + the higher layers through Service Access Points. UTP defines 3 + service access points for higher layers. + * UDM_SAP: Device manager service access point is exposed to device + manager for device level operations. These device level operations + are done through query requests. + * UTP_CMD_SAP: Command service access point is exposed to UFS command + set layer(UCS) to transport commands. + * UTP_TM_SAP: Task management service access point is exposed to task + manager to transport task management functions. + UTP transports messages through UFS protocol information unit(UPIU). + +2.3 UFS Interconnect(UIC) Layer + + UIC is the lowest layer of UFS layered architecture. It handles + connection between UFS host and UFS device. UIC consists of + MIPI UniPro and MIPI M-PHY. UIC provides 2 service access points + to upper layer, + * UIC_SAP: To transport UPIU between UFS host and UFS device. + * UIO_SAP: To issue commands to Unipro layers. + + +3. UFSHCD Overview +------------------ + +The UFS host controller driver is based on Linux SCSI Framework. +UFSHCD is a low level device driver which acts as an interface between +SCSI Midlayer and PCIe based UFS host controllers. + +The current UFSHCD implementation supports following functionality, + +3.1 UFS controller initialization + + The initialization module brings UFS host controller to active state + and prepares the controller to transfer commands/response between + UFSHCD and UFS device. + +3.2 UTP Transfer requests + + Transfer request handling module of UFSHCD receives SCSI commands + from SCSI Midlayer, forms UPIUs and issues the UPIUs to UFS Host + controller. Also, the module decodes, responses received from UFS + host controller in the form of UPIUs and intimates the SCSI Midlayer + of the status of the command. + +3.3 UFS error handling + + Error handling module handles Host controller fatal errors, + Device fatal errors and UIC interconnect layer related errors. + +3.4 SCSI Error handling + + This is done through UFSHCD SCSI error handling routines registered + with SCSI Midlayer. Examples of some of the error handling commands + issues by SCSI Midlayer are Abort task, Lun reset and host reset. + UFSHCD Routines to perform these tasks are registered with + SCSI Midlayer through .eh_abort_handler, .eh_device_reset_handler and + .eh_host_reset_handler. + +In this version of UFSHCD Query requests and power management +functionality are not implemented. + +UFS Specifications can be found at, +UFS - http://www.jedec.org/sites/default/files/docs/JESD220.pdf +UFSHCI - http://www.jedec.org/sites/default/files/docs/JESD223.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/wd719x.txt b/Documentation/scsi/wd719x.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0816b0220 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/wd719x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Driver for Western Digital WD7193, WD7197 and WD7296 SCSI cards +--------------------------------------------------------------- + +The card requires firmware that can be cut out of the Windows NT driver that +can be downloaded from WD at: +http://support.wdc.com/product/download.asp?groupid=801&sid=27&lang=en + +There is no license anywhere in the file or on the page - so the firmware +probably cannot be added to linux-firmware. + +This script downloads and extracts the firmware, creating wd719x-risc.bin and +d719x-wcs.bin files. Put them in /lib/firmware/. + +#!/bin/sh +wget http://support.wdc.com/download/archive/pciscsi.exe +lha xi pciscsi.exe pci-scsi.exe +lha xi pci-scsi.exe nt/wd7296a.sys +rm pci-scsi.exe +dd if=wd7296a.sys of=wd719x-risc.bin bs=1 skip=5760 count=14336 +dd if=wd7296a.sys of=wd719x-wcs.bin bs=1 skip=20096 count=514 +rm wd7296a.sys |